<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>59</NO>
  <DATE>Tuesday, March 27, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
  <CNTNTS>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agency Toxic</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
      <HD>Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18248-18250</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7351</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
      <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Rural Utilities Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18202-18203</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7327</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7328</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Alcohol Tobacco Tax</EAR>
      <HD>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Standards of Identity for Pisco and Cognac,</DOC>
          <PGS>18146-18149</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7256</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Census Bureau</EAR>
      <HD>Census Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Qualifying Urban Areas for the 2010 Census,</DOC>
          <PGS>18652-18669</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="17" T="27MRN2.sgm">2012-6903</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Coast Guard</EAR>
      <HD>Coast Guard</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Drawbridge Operations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Trent River, New Bern, NC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18105</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRR1.sgm">2012-7128</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Discharge Removal Equipment for Vessels Carrying Oil,</DOC>
          <PGS>18151-18157</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7344</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18253-18254</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7285</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Certificates of Alternative Compliance:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Research Vessel R/V Sikuliaq,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18254-18255</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7338</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
      <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Census Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>International Trade Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Patent and Trademark Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18203-18205</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7332</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records,</DOC>
          <PGS>18205</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7297</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7301</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7302</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commodity Futures</EAR>
      <HD>Commodity Futures Trading Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>18216</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7447</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7448</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7450</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7451</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Education Department</EAR>
      <HD>Education Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Applications for New Awards:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Investing in Innovation Fund, Scale-Up Grants,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18216-18229</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="13" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7362</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Investing in Innovation Fund, Validation Grants,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18229-18242</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="13" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7365</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Employment and Training</EAR>
      <HD>Employment and Training Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Foreign Labor Certification Quarterly Activity Report,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18267-18268</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7288</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Energy Conservation Standards for Battery Chargers and External Power Supplies and Public Meeting,</DOC>
          <PGS>18478-18649</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="171" T="27MRP2.sgm">2012-6042</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board Chairs,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18242</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7306</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Oak Ridge Reservation,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18243-18244</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7308</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Hydrogen and Fuel Cell Technical Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18243</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7315</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Secretary of Energy Advisory Board,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18242-18243</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7307</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
      <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Air Emissions Reporting Requirements,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18244-18245</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7323</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Contractor Cumulative Claim and Reconciliation,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18245-18246</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7321</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Executive Office of the President</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Trade Representative, Office of United States</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Amendment of Restricted Areas R-5801 and R-5803; Chambersburg, PA,</DOC>
          <PGS>18104-18105</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRR1.sgm">2012-7311</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Amendments of Class E Airspace:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Lamar, CO,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18102-18103</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRR1.sgm">2012-7231</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Establishments of Class E Airspace:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Piseco, NY,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18103-18104</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRR1.sgm">2012-7230</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Special Conditions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Dassault Aviation, Model Falcon 7X Airplanes; Seats with Inflatable Shoulder Straps,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18099-18102</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="27MRR1.sgm">2012-7280</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bombardier, Inc., Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18135-18137</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7357</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Fokker Services B.V. Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18141-18143</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7361</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>The Boeing Company Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18137-18140</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7283</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Air Traffic Noise, Fuel Burn, and Emissions Modeling using Aviation Environmental Design Tool Version 2a,</DOC>
          <PGS>18297-18298</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7354</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Communications</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Communications Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Structure and Practices of Video Relay Service Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Correction,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18106</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRR1.sgm">2012-7245</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Deposit</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Assessments, Large Bank Pricing,</DOC>
          <PGS>18109-18127</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="18" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7268</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Enforcement of Subsidiary and Affiliate Contracts,</DOC>
          <PGS>18127-18135</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="8" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7051</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Motor</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Improvements to the Compliance, Safety, Accountability Motor Carrier Safety Measurement System,</DOC>
          <PGS>18298-18302</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7360</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
          <DOC>Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Diabetes Mellitus,</DOC>
          <PGS>18302-18304</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7363</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Reserve</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Reserve System</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies,</DOC>
          <PGS>18246</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7294</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Fish</EAR>
      <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Designation of Critical Habitat for Ipomopsis polyantha (Pagosa skyrocket), et al.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18157-18172</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="15" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7087</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Endangered Status for the Alabama Pearlshell, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18173-18176</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7200</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
      <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Experimental Study of Graphic Cigarette Warning Labels,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18250-18251</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7289</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Workshops:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Development of Animal Models of Pregnancy to Address Medical Countermeasures for Influenza in the `At Risk' Population of Pregnant Women, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18251-18252</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7290</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
      <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Establishment of Exchanges and Qualified Health Plans; Exchange Standards for Employers,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18310-18475</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="165" T="27MRR2.sgm">2012-6125</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18246-18247</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7287</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Issues of Privacy and Access With Regard to Human Genome Sequence Data,</DOC>
          <PGS>18247-18248</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7329</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Advisory Committee on Minority Health,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18248</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7330</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Petitions to Designate for Inclusion in Special Exposure Cohorts:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Class of Employees from Winchester Engineering and Analytical Center, Winchester, MA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18248</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7292</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Homeland</EAR>
      <HD>Homeland Security Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Coast Guard</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Housing</EAR>
      <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Federal Property Suitable as Facilities to Assist the Homeless,</DOC>
          <PGS>18258</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7343</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>FHA Debenture Call,</DOC>
          <PGS>18258</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7326</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Interior</EAR>
      <HD>Interior Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Park Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Ocean Energy Management Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement Office</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Internal Revenue</EAR>
      <HD>Internal Revenue Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Guidance Regarding Deduction and Capitalization of Expenditures Related to Tangible Property; Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>18145-18146</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7266</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7267</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Antidumping Duty Administrative Reviews; Results, Extensions, Amendments, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and Strip (PET Film) from Taiwan,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18206</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7342</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Wooden Bedroom Furniture from the People's Republic of China,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18206</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7350</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Antidumping Duty Investigations; Results, Extensions, Amendments, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks from the People's Republic of China,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18207-18211</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7353</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Countervailing Duty Investigations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks from the People's Republic of China,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18211-18215</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7331</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Education Mission to Brazil,</DOC>
          <PGS>18215</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7312</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Revised Schedule for Subject Reviews:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Stainless Steel Butt-Weld Pipe Fittings from Italy, Malaysia, and The Philippines,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18266</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7286</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Justice Programs Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Lodgings of Consent Decrees under Resource Conservation and Recovery and Clean Air Acts,</DOC>
          <PGS>18266</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7277</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Programs</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Programs Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Global Justice Information Sharing Initiative Federal Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18266-18267</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7291</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Labor Department</EAR>
      <HD>Labor Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Employment and Training Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>NASA</EAR>
      <HD>National Aeronautics and Space Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Award Fees for Service and End-Item Contracts,</DOC>
          <PGS>18106-18108</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRR1.sgm">2012-5797</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
      <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18252-18253</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7334</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18253</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7336</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18252</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7333</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Oceanic</EAR>
      <HD>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Fisheries of the Northeastern U.S.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Northeast Multispecies Fishery; Framework Adjustment 47,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18176-18201</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="25" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7075</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Park</EAR>
      <HD>National Park Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Government-to-Government Telephonic Consultation,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18258-18259</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7261</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
        <SJ>National Register of Historic Places:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pending Nominations and Related Actions,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18259-18260</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7262</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Science</EAR>
      <HD>National Science Foundation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Antarctic Conservation Act Permit Modifications,</DOC>
          <PGS>18268</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7293</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Proposal Review Panel for Engineering Education and Centers,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18268</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7259</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Transportation</EAR>
      <HD>National Transportation Safety Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18269</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7241</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>18269</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7462</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
      <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Acceptability  for Unrestricted Use:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Former Michigan Chemical Co., Breckenridge Disposal Site,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18270-18271</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7314</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>18271</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7435</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Terrestrial Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations,</DOC>
          <PGS>18271-18272</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7313</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Uranium Enrichment Fuel Cycle Facility Inspection Reports; Availability:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Louisiana Energy Services LLC, National Enrichment Facility, Eunice, NM,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18272-18273</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7310</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Ocean Energy Management</EAR>
      <HD>Ocean Energy Management Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Alaska Outer Continental Shelf Region, Cook Inlet Planning Area, Oil and Gas Leasing Program 2012-2017:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Proposed Oil and Gas Lease Sale 244,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18260-18263</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7337</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Proposed Oil, Gas, and Mineral Operations by the Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental Shelf Region,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18263-18266</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7364</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Office of United States Trade Representative</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Trade Representative, Office of United States</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Patent</EAR>
      <HD>Patent and Trademark Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18215</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7284</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Peace</EAR>
      <HD>Peace Corps</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18273-18277</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7339</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Research Innovative</EAR>
      <HD>Research and Innovative Technology Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Airline Service Quality Performance,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18306-18307</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7298</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Report of Financial and Operating Statistics for Large Certificated Air Carriers,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18304-18305</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7300</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Report of Passengers Denied Confirmed Space,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18305-18306</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7303</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Rural Utilities</EAR>
      <HD>Rural Utilities Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18203</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7264</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Securities</EAR>
      <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Applications:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Domini Social Investment Trust and Domini Social Investments LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18277-18280</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7282</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>18280</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7385</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>C2 Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18287-18288</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7281</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18282-18283</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7278</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18288-18290</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7279</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ Stock Market LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18280-18282</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7246</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>The National Securities Clearing Corp.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18283-18287</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7276</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Social</EAR>
      <HD>Social Security Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Reinstatement of Index,</DOC>
          <PGS>18290-18295</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7182</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>State Department</EAR>
      <HD>State Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Decree Stele,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18295</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7348</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Roy Lichtenstein; A Retrospective,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18295</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7349</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>2012 - 2013 U.S.-Mexico Binational Bridges and Border Crossings,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18296</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7352</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Industry Advisory Panel,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18295-18296</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7346</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Surface Mining</EAR>
      <HD>Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Montana Regulatory Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>18149-18151</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7325</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Toxic Substances and Disease Registry Agency</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Trade Representative</EAR>
      <HD>Trade Representative, Office of United States</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>WTO Dispute Settlement Proceeding Regarding India:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Measures Concerning the Importation of Certain Agricultural Products,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18296-18297</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7309</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
      <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Research and Innovative Technology Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
      <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Internal Revenue Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>United States Mint</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Members of a Family for Purpose of Filing CBP Family Declaration,</DOC>
          <PGS>18143-18145</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7122</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>U.S. Citizenship</EAR>
      <HD>U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>18255-18256</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7299</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Employment Eligibility Verification,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18256</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7340</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Customs</EAR>
      <HD>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Members of a Family for Purpose of Filing CBP Family Declaration,</DOC>
          <PGS>18143-18145</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRP1.sgm">2012-7122</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Quarterly IRS Interest Rates Used to Calculate Interest on Overdue Accounts and Refunds on Customs Duties,</DOC>
          <PGS>18256-18258</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7226</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>U.S. Mint</EAR>
      <HD>United States Mint</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Prices for 2012 Products Featuring 1 Dollar Coins:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Update,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>18307</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7258</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Veteran Affairs</EAR>
      <HD>Veterans Affairs Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Gulf War Veterans' Illnesses Task Force Report,</DOC>
          <PGS>18307-18308</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="27MRN1.sgm">2012-7355</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <PTS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
      <HD>Part II</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Health and Human Services Department,</DOC>
        <PGS>18310-18475</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="165" T="27MRR2.sgm">2012-6125</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part III</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Energy Department,</DOC>
        <PGS>18478-18649</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="171" T="27MRP2.sgm">2012-6042</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part IV</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Commerce Department, Census Bureau,</DOC>
        <PGS>18652-18669</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="17" T="27MRN2.sgm">2012-6903</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
    </PTS>
    <AIDS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
      <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
      
      <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.</P>
    </AIDS>
  </CNTNTS>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>59</NO>
  <DATE>Tuesday, March 27, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
  <RULES>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18099"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 25</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0344; Special Conditions No. 25-461-SC]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Special Conditions: Dassault Aviation, Model Falcon 7X Airplanes; Seats With Inflatable Shoulder Straps</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final special conditions; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>These special conditions are issued for the Dassault Aviation Model Falcon 7X airplane. This airplane will have a novel or unusual design feature associated with seats with inflatable shoulder straps. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The effective date of these special conditions is March 19, 2012. We must receive your comments by May 11, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2012-0344 using any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRegulations Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and follow the online instructions for sending your comments electronically.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Send comments to Docket Operations, M-30, U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12-140, West Building Ground Floor, Washington, DC, 20590-0001.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>Take comments to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>Fax comments to Docket Operations at 202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Privacy:</E>The FAA will post all comments it receives, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/,</E>including any personal information the commenter provides. Using the search function of the docket web site, anyone can find and read the electronic form of all comments received into any FAA docket, including the name of the individual sending the comment (or signing the comment for an association, business, labor union, etc.). DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement can be found in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-19478), as well as at<E T="03">http://DocketsInfo.dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>Background documents or comments received may be read at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at any time. Follow the online instructions for accessing the docket or go to the Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Dan Jacquet, FAA, Airframe and Cabin Safety Branch, ANM-115, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2676; facsimile  425-227-1149.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The FAA has determined that notice of, and opportunity for prior public comment on, these special conditions are impracticable because these procedures would significantly delay issuance of the design approval and thus delivery of the affected aircraft. In addition, the substance of these special conditions has been subject to the public comment process in several prior instances with no substantive comments received. The FAA therefore finds that good cause exists for making these special conditions effective upon issuance.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
        <P>We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.</P>
        <P>We will consider all comments we receive by the closing date for comments. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>On March 15, 2011, Dassault Aviation applied for a change to Type Certificate No. A59NM to install an inflatable restraint system on side facing divans in Dassault Aviation Model Falcon 7X airplanes (hereafter referred to as “Falcon 7X”). The Falcon 7X is a 19-passenger, transport category airplane powered by three aft-mounted Pratt &amp; Whitney PW307A high-bypass-ratio turbofan engines. Maximum takeoff weight is 69,000 pounds, and maximum certified altitude is 51,000 feet with a range of 5,700 nautical miles.</P>
        <P>The inflatable restraint system is designed to limit occupant forward excursion in the event of an accident. This will reduce the potential for head injury, thereby reducing the Head Injury Criteria (HIC) measurement. The inflatable restraint system behaves similarly to an automotive inflatable airbag, but in this case the airbag is integrated into the shoulder strap and inflates away from the seated occupant. While inflatable airbags are now standard in the automotive industry, the use of an inflatable shoulder strap is novel for commercial aviation.</P>
        <P>Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 25.785 requires that occupants be protected from head injury by either the elimination of any injurious object within the striking radius of the head, or by padding. Traditionally, this has required a setback of 35 inches from any bulkhead or other rigid interior feature or, where not practical, specified types of padding. The relative effectiveness of these means of injury protection was not quantified. With the adoption of Amendment 25-64 to part 25, specifically § 25.562, a new standard that quantifies required head injury protection was created.</P>

        <P>Section 25.562 specifies that each seat type design approved for crew or passenger occupancy during takeoff and landing must successfully complete dynamic tests or be shown to be compliant by rational analysis based on dynamic tests of a similar type seat. In particular, the regulations require that<PRTPAGE P="18100"/>persons not suffer serious head injury under the conditions specified in the tests, and that protection must be provided or the seat be designed so that the head impact does not exceed a HIC of 1000 units. While the test conditions described for HIC are detailed and specific, it is the intent of the requirement that an adequate level of head injury protection be provided for passengers in a severe crash.</P>
        <P>Because §§ 25.562 and 25.785 and associated guidance do not adequately address seats with inflatable shoulder straps, the FAA recognizes that appropriate pass/fail criteria need to be developed that do fully address the safety concerns specific to occupants of these seats.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Type Certification Basis</HD>
        <P>Under the provisions of 14 CFR 21.101, Dassault Aviation must show that the Falcon 7X, as changed, continues to meet the applicable provisions of the regulations incorporated by reference in Type Certificate No. A59NM or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change. The regulations incorporated by reference in the type certificate are commonly referred to as the “original type certification basis.” The regulations incorporated by reference in Type Certificate No. A59NM are as follows: 14 CFR part 25, effective February 1, 1965, including Amendments 25-1 through 25-111 in entirety, and in accordance with 14 CFR part 11, Special Conditions No. 25-346-SC: High Intensity Radiated Fields (HIRF) Protection.</P>
        <P>The U.S. type certification basis for the Falcon 7X is established in accordance with 14 CFR 21.29 and 21.17 and the type certification application date. The U.S. type certification basis is listed in Type Certification Data Sheet No. A59NM.</P>
        <P>If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (i.e., 14 CFR part 25) do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for the Falcon 7X because of a novel or unusual design feature, special conditions are prescribed under the provisions of § 21.16.</P>
        <P>Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, the special conditions would also apply to the other model.</P>
        <P>In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Falcon 7X must comply with the fuel vent and exhaust emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34 and the noise certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.</P>
        <P>The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Novel or Unusual Design Features</HD>
        <P>The Falcon 7X will incorporate the following novel or unusual design feature: Dassault Aviation is proposing to install inflatable shoulder straps on side facing divans to reduce the potential for head injury in the event of an accident. The inflatable shoulder strap works similarly to an automotive airbag, except that the airbag is integrated with the shoulder strap of the restraint system.</P>
        <P>Part 25 states the performance criteria for head injury protection in objective terms. However, none of these criteria are adequate to address the specific issues raised concerning seats with inflatable shoulder straps. The FAA has therefore determined that, in addition to the requirements of part 25, special conditions are needed to address requirements particular to installation of seats with inflatable shoulder straps.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, in addition to the passenger injury criteria specified in § 25.785, these special conditions are adopted for Falcon 7X airplanes equipped with inflatable shoulder straps. Other conditions may be developed, as needed, based on further FAA review and discussions with the manufacturer and civil aviation authorities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>From the standpoint of a passenger safety system, the inflatable shoulder strap is unique in that it is both an active and entirely autonomous device. While the automotive industry has good experience with airbags, the conditions of use and reliance on the inflatable shoulder strap as the sole means of injury protection are quite different. In automobile installations, the airbag is a supplemental system and works in conjunction with an upper torso restraint. In addition, the crash event is more definable and of typically shorter duration, which can simplify the activation logic. The airplane operating environment is also quite different from automobiles and includes the potential for greater wear and tear and unanticipated abuse conditions (due to galley loading, passenger baggage, etc.). Airplanes also operate where exposure to high intensity electromagnetic fields could affect the activation system.</P>
        <P>The inflatable shoulder strap has two potential advantages over other means of head impact protection. First, it can provide significantly greater protection than would be expected with energy-absorbing pads; and second, it can provide essentially equivalent protection for occupants of all stature. These are significant advantages from a safety standpoint, since such devices will likely provide a level of safety that exceeds the minimum standards of the federal aviation regulations. Conversely, inflatable shoulder straps in general are active systems and must be relied upon to activate properly when needed, as opposed to an energy-absorbing pad or upper torso restraint that is passive and always available. Therefore, the potential advantages must be balanced against this and other potential disadvantages in order to develop standards for this design feature.</P>
        <P>The FAA has considered the installation of inflatable shoulder straps to have two primary safety concerns: First, that they perform properly under foreseeable operating conditions, and second, that they do not perform in a manner or at such times as would constitute a hazard to the airplane or occupants. This latter point has the potential to be the more rigorous of the requirements, owing to the active nature of the system.</P>
        <P>The inflatable shoulder strap will rely on electronic sensors for signaling and a stored gas canister for inflation. These same devices could be susceptible to inadvertent activation, causing deployment in a potentially unsafe manner. The consequences of inadvertent deployment, as well as failure to deploy, must be considered in establishing the reliability of the system. Dassault Aviation must substantiate that the effects of an inadvertent deployment in flight either would not cause injuries to occupants or that such deployment(s) meet the requirement of § 25.1309(b). The effect of an inadvertent deployment on a passenger or crewmember that might be positioned close to the inflatable shoulder strap should also be considered. The person could be either standing or sitting. A minimum reliability level will have to be established for this case, depending upon the consequences, even if the effect on the airplane is negligible.</P>

        <P>The potential for an inadvertent deployment could be increased as a result of conditions in service. The installation must take into account wear and tear so that the likelihood of an inadvertent deployment is not increased to an unacceptable level. In this context, an appropriate inspection interval and self-test capability are considered<PRTPAGE P="18101"/>necessary. Other outside influences are lightning and high intensity radiated fields (HIRF). Existing HIRF special conditions for the Dassault Aviation Model Falcon 7X airplanes, Special Conditions No. 25-346-SC, are applicable. Finally, the inflatable shoulder strap installation should be protected from the effects of fire, so that an additional hazard is not created by, for example, a rupture of the pyrotechnic squib.</P>
        <P>In order to be an effective safety system, the inflatable shoulder strap must function properly and must not introduce any additional hazards to occupants as a result of its functioning. There are several areas where the inflatable shoulder strap differs from traditional occupant protection systems, and requires special conditions to ensure adequate performance.</P>
        <P>Because the inflatable shoulder strap is essentially a single use device, there is the potential that it could deploy under crash conditions that are not sufficiently severe as to require head injury protection from the inflatable shoulder strap. Since an actual crash is frequently composed of a series of impacts before the airplane comes to rest, this could render the inflatable shoulder strap useless if a larger impact follows the initial impact. This situation does not exist with energy absorbing pads or upper torso restraints, which tend to provide continuous protection regardless of severity or number of impacts in a crash event. Therefore, the inflatable shoulder strap installation should provide protection, when it is required, by not expending its protection during a less severe impact. Also, it is possible to have several large impact events during the course of a crash, but there is no requirement for the inflatable shoulder strap to provide protection for multiple impacts.</P>
        <P>Since each occupant's restraint system provides protection for that occupant only, the installation must address seats that are unoccupied. It will be necessary to show that the required protection is provided for each occupant regardless of the number of occupied seats, and considering that unoccupied seats may have shoulder straps that are active.</P>
        <P>The inflatable shoulder straps should be effective for a wide range of occupants. The FAA has historically considered the range from the fifth percentile female to the ninety-fifth percentile male as the range of occupants that must be taken into account. In this case, the FAA is proposing consideration of a broader range of occupants, due to the nature of the shoulder straps installation and its close proximity to the occupant. In a similar vein, these persons could have assumed the brace position, for those accidents where an impact is anticipated. Test data indicate that occupants in the brace position do not require supplemental protection, and so it would not be necessary to show that the inflatable shoulder straps will enhance the brace position. However, the inflatable shoulder straps must not introduce a hazard in the case of deploying into the seated, braced occupant.</P>
        <P>Another area of concern is the use of seats, so equipped, by children whether lap-held, in approved child safety seats, or occupying the seat directly. Similarly, if the seat is occupied by a pregnant woman, the installation should address such usage, either by demonstrating that it will function properly, or by adding appropriate limitation on usage.</P>
        <P>Since the inflatable shoulder strap will be electrically powered, there is the possibility that the system could fail due to a separation in the fuselage. Since this system is intended as crash/post-crash protection means, failure to deploy due to fuselage separation is not acceptable. As with emergency lighting, the system should function properly if such a separation occurs at any point in the fuselage.</P>
        <P>Since the inflatable shoulder strap is likely to have a large volume displacement, the inflated bag could potentially impede egress of passengers. Since the bag deflates to absorb energy, it is likely that an inflatable shoulder strap would be deflated at the time that persons would be trying to leave their seats. Nonetheless, it is considered appropriate to specify a time interval after which the inflatable shoulder strap may not impede rapid egress. Ten seconds has been chosen as a reasonable time, since this corresponds to the maximum time allowed for an exit to be openable (§ 25.809). In actuality, it is unlikely that an exit would be prepared by a flight attendant this quickly in an accident severe enough to warrant deployment of the inflatable shoulder strap, and the inflatable shoulder strap is expected to deflate much quicker than ten seconds.</P>
        <P>Part I of appendix F to part 25 specifies the flammability requirements for interior materials and components. There is no reference to inflatable restraint systems in appendix F, because such devices did not exist at the time the flammability requirements were written. The existing requirements are based on both material types, as well as use, and have been specified in light of the state-of-the-art of materials available to perform a given function. In the absence of a specific reference, the default requirement would be for the type of material used to construct the inflatable restraint, which is a fabric in this case. However, in writing special conditions, the FAA must also consider the use of the material, and whether the default requirement is appropriate. In this case, the specialized function of the inflatable shoulder strap means that highly specialized materials are needed. The standard normally applied to fabrics is a 12-second vertical ignition test. However, materials that meet this standard do not perform adequately as inflatable shoulder straps. Since the safety benefit of the inflatable shoulder strap is significant, the flammability standard appropriate for these devices should not screen out suitable materials, thereby effectively eliminating use of inflatable shoulder straps. The FAA will need to establish a balance between the safety benefit of the inflatable shoulder strap and its flammability performance. At this time, the 2.5-inch per minute horizontal test is considered to provide that balance. As the technology in materials progresses (which is expected), the FAA may change this standard in subsequent special conditions to account for improved materials.</P>
        <P>The following special conditions can be characterized as addressing either the safety performance of the system or the system's integrity against inadvertent activation. Because a crash requiring use of the inflatable shoulder strap is a relatively rare event, and because the consequences of an inadvertent activation are potentially quite severe, these latter requirements are probably the more rigorous from a design standpoint.</P>
        <P>Finally, it should be noted that these special conditions are applicable to the inflatable shoulder straps as installed. These special conditions are not an installation approval. Therefore, while these special conditions relate to each such system installed, the overall installation approval is a separate finding and must consider the combined effects of all such systems installed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>

        <P>As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the Dassault Aviation Model Falcon 7X. Should Dassault Aviation apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, the special conditions would apply to that model as well.<PRTPAGE P="18102"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model of airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability.</P>
        <P>The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in several prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, because a delay would significantly affect the certification of the airplane, which is imminent, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon issuance. The FAA is requesting comments to allow interested persons to submit views that may not have been submitted in response to the prior opportunities for comment described above.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 25</HD>
          <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Special Conditions</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for Dassault Aviation Model Falcon 7X airplanes.</P>
        <P>1. Seats with Inflatable Shoulder Straps. It must be shown that the airbag system in the shoulder strap will deploy and provide protection under crash conditions where it is necessary to prevent serious injury. The means of protection must take into consideration a range of stature from a two-year-old child to a ninety-fifth percentile male. The airbag system in the shoulder strap must provide a consistent approach to energy absorption throughout that range of occupants. In addition, the following situations must be considered:</P>
        <P>a. The seat occupant is holding an infant.</P>
        <P>b. The seat occupant is a child in a child restraint device.</P>
        <P>c. The seat occupant is a child not using a child restraint device.</P>
        <P>d. The seat occupant is a pregnant woman.</P>
        <P>2. The airbag system in the shoulder strap must provide adequate protection for each occupant regardless of the number of occupants of the seat assembly, considering that unoccupied seats may have an active airbag system in the shoulder strap.</P>
        <P>3. The design must prevent the airbag system in the shoulder strap from being either incorrectly buckled or incorrectly installed, such that the airbag system in the shoulder strap would not properly deploy. Alternatively, it must be shown that such deployment is not hazardous to the occupant and will provide the required injury protection.</P>
        <P>4. It must be shown that the airbag system in the shoulder strap is not susceptible to inadvertent deployment as a result of wear and tear or inertial loads resulting from in-flight or ground maneuvers (including gusts and hard landings) and other operating and environmental conditions (vibrations, moisture, etc.) likely to be experienced in service.</P>
        <P>5. Deployment of the airbag system in the shoulder strap must not introduce injury mechanisms to the seated occupant or result in injuries that could impede rapid egress. This assessment should include an occupant whose belt is loosely fastened.</P>
        <P>6. It must be shown that inadvertent deployment of the airbag system in the shoulder strap, during the most critical part of the flight, will either meet the requirement of § 25.1309(b) or not cause a hazard to the airplane or its occupants.</P>
        <P>7. It must be shown that the airbag system in the shoulder strap will not impede rapid egress of occupants 10 seconds after airbag deployment.</P>
        <P>8. The airbag system must be protected from lightning and HIRF. The threats to the airplane specified in existing regulations regarding lightning, § 25.1316, and special conditions regarding HIRF, Special Condition No. 25-346-SC, are incorporated by reference for the purpose of measuring lightning and HIRF protection. For the purposes of complying with HIRF requirements, the airbag system in the shoulder strap is considered a “critical system” if its deployment could have a hazardous effect on the airplane; otherwise, it is considered an “essential” system.</P>
        <P>9. The airbag system in the shoulder strap must function properly after loss of normal aircraft electrical power and after a transverse separation of the fuselage at the most critical location. A separation at the location of the airbag system in the shoulder strap does not have to be considered.</P>
        <P>10. It must be shown that the airbag system in the shoulder strap will not release hazardous quantities of gas or particulate matter into the cabin.</P>
        <P>11. The airbag system in the shoulder strap installation must be protected from the effects of fire such that no hazard to occupants will result.</P>
        <P>12. There must be a means for a crewmember to verify the integrity of the airbag system in the shoulder strap activation system prior to each flight, or it must be demonstrated to reliably operate between inspection intervals. The FAA considers the loss of the airbag-system deployment function alone (i.e., independent of the conditional event that requires the airbag system deployment) to be a major failure condition.</P>
        <P>13. With regard to § 25.853, the inflatable material may not have an average burn rate of greater than 2.5 inches/minute when tested using the horizontal flammability test defined in part 25, appendix F, part I, paragraph (b)(5).</P>
        <P>14. The airbag system in the shoulder strap, once deployed, must not adversely affect the emergency-lighting system (i.e., block floor proximity lights to the extent that the lights no longer meet their intended function).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 19, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Ali Bahrami,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7280 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-1262; Airspace Docket No. 11-ANM-25]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Amendment of Class E Airspace; Lamar, CO</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action amends Class E airspace at Lamar Municipal Airport, Lamar, CO. Decommissioning of the Lamar Tactical Air Navigation System (TACAN) has made this action necessary for the safety and management of Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) operations at the airport. This action also adjusts the geographic coordinates of the airport.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective date, 0901 UTC, May 31, 2012. The Director of the Federal Register  approves this incorporation by reference action under 1 CFR Part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.9 and publication of conforming amendments.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <PRTPAGE P="18103"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Eldon Taylor, Federal Aviation Administration, Operations Support Group, Western Service Center, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057; telephone (425) 203-4537.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>
        <P>On December 20, 2011, the FAA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a notice of proposed rulemaking to amend controlled airspace at Lamar, CO (76 FR 78864). Interested parties were invited to participate in this rulemaking effort by submitting written comments on the proposal to the FAA. No comments were received.</P>
        <P>Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph 6005, of FAA Order 7400.9V dated August 9, 2011, and effective September 15, 2011, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR part 71.1. The Class E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in that Order.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
        <P>This action amends Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 by amending Class E airspace, extending upward from 700 feet above the surface, at Lamar Municipal Airport. Airspace reconfiguration is necessary due to the decommissioning of the Lamar TACAN. Also, the geographic coordinates of the airport are updated to coincide with the FAA's aeronautical database. Controlled airspace is necessary for the safety and management of IFR operations at the airport.</P>
        <P>The FAA has determined this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. Therefore, this regulation: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified this rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the U.S. Code. Subtitle 1, Section 106 discusses the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends controlled airspace at Lamar Municipal Airport, Lamar, CO.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
          <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 14 CFR part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR part 71.1 of the Federal Aviation Administration Order 7400.9V, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 9, 2011, and effective September 15, 2011 is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <EXTRACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005Class E airspace areas extending upward from 700 feet or more above the surface of the earth.</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">ANM CO E5Lamar, CO [Amended]</HD>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Lamar Municipal Airport, CO</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 38°04′11″ N., long. 102°41′19″ W.)</FP>
            
            <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 6.8-mile radius of the Lamar Municipal Airport, and within 3.1 miles each side of the Lamar Municipal Airport 001° bearing extending from the 6.8-mile radius to 16.5 miles north of the airport; that airspace extending upward from 1,200 feet above the surface beginning on the Colorado/Kansas state boundary at lat. 38°34′00″ N.; thence along the Colorado/Kansas state boundary to lat. 37°11′00″ N.; to lat. 37°11′00″ N., long. 103°24′00″ W.; to lat. 38°34′00″ N., long. 103°24′00″ W.; thence to the point of beginning.</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Seattle, Washington, on March 19, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Vered Lovett,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Operations Support Group, Western Service Center.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7231 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0726; Airspace Docket No. 11-AEA-18]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Establishment of Class E Airspace; Piseco, NY</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action establishes Class E airspace at Piseco, NY, to accommodate new Area Navigation (RNAV) Global Positioning System (GPS) Standard Instrument Approach Procedures at Piseco Airport. This action enhances the safety and management of Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) operations at the airport. This action also makes a minor adjustment to the geographic coordinates of the airport.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective 0901 UTC, May 31, 2012. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under title 1, Code of Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.9 and publication of conforming amendments</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, P. O. Box 20636, Atlanta, Georgia 30320; telephone (404) 305-6364.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>
        <P>On December 13, 2011, the FAA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to establish Class E airspace 700 feet above the surface, at Piseco, NY (76 FR 77451). Interested parties were invited to participate in this rulemaking effort by submitting written comments on the proposal to the FAA. No comments were received. Subsequent to publication, the FAA found that the geographic coordinates needed to be adjusted; this rule makes that adjustment. Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph<PRTPAGE P="18104"/>6005 of FAA Order 7400.9V dated August 9, 2011, and effective September 15, 2011, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR Part 71.1. The Class E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
        <P>This amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 establish Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface to support new standard instrument approach procedures developed at Piseco Airport, Piseco, NY. This action also adjusts the geographic coordinates of the airport to be in concert with the FAAs aeronautical database. This enhances the safety and management of IFR operations at the airport. Except for the changes noted above, this action is the same as that proposed in the NPRM.</P>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current, is non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse or negative comments. It, therefore, (1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it establishes Class E airspace at Piseco Airport, Piseco, NY.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
          <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of Federal Aviation Administration Order 7400.9V, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 9, 2011, effective September 15, 2011, is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <EXTRACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005Class E airspace areas extending upward from 700 feet or more above the surface of the earth.</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">AEA NY E5Piseco, NY [New]</HD>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Piseco Airport, NY</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 43°27′12″ N., long. 74°30′54″ W.)</FP>
            
            <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 12.3-mile radius of Piseco Airport.</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in College Park, Georgia, on March 16, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Barry A. Knight,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Manager, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Air Traffic Organization.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7230 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 73</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0174; Airspace Docket No. 11-AEA-3]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA66</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Amendment of Restricted Areas R-5801 and R-5803; Chambersburg, PA</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; technical amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action makes a minor editorial change to the time of designation for restricted areas R-5801 and R-5803, Chambersburg, PA, to remove the abbreviation “EST.” This amendment does not change the dimensions of, or activities conducted within, the restricted areas.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective date 0901 UTC, May 31, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Paul Gallant, Airspace, Regulations and ATC Procedures Group, Office of Airspace Services, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone: (202) 267-8783.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The time of designation for R-5801 and R-5803 currently reads “0800 to 1600 EST, Monday-Friday.” Since these restricted areas lie completely within the Eastern Time zone, it is unnecessary to specify “EST” in the descriptions. The hours 0800 to 1600 are in effect year round regardless of time of year. The use of “EST” in the current description leads to confusion about the time of designation during that part of the year when daylight saving time is in effect. The intended time of designation for the restricted areas is 0800-1600 local time during both standard time and daylight time periods.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
        <P>This action amends Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 73 to remove “EST” from the time of designation in the descriptions of restricted areas R-5801 and R-5803, Chambersburg, PA. The time of designation is amended to read “0800 to 1600 local time, Monday-Friday.” This change does not alter the current usage of the restricted areas.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, since this action is an administrative change, and does not alter the dimensions or utilization of the restricted areas, I find that notice and public procedures under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are unnecessary.</P>
        <P>Section 73.58 of Title 14 CFR part 73 was republished in FAA Order 7400.8U, effective February 16, 2012.</P>

        <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. Therefore, this regulation: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under Department of Transportation (DOT) Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant<PRTPAGE P="18105"/>economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of the airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends airspace descriptions to keep them current.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Review</HD>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1E, Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures, paragraph 311d. This action updates the technical description of special use airspace that does not alter the dimensions, altitudes, or use of the airspace. It is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 73</HD>
          <P>Airspace, Prohibited areas, Restricted areas.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 73 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="73" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 73—SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 73 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="73" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 73.58</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 73.58 is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">R-5801Chambersburg, PA [Amended]</HD>
          <P>By removing the current time of designation and substituting the following:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time of designation.</E>0800 to 1600 local time, Monday-Friday.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">R-5803Chambersburg, PA [Amended]</HD>
          <P>By removing the current time of designation and substituting the following:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time of designation.</E>0800 to 1600 local time, Monday-Friday.</P>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on March 14, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Gary A. Norek,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Airspace, Regulations and ATC Procedures Group.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7311 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>33 CFR Part 117</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2012-0079]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Trent River, New Bern, NC</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of temporary deviation from regulations.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Commander, Fifth Coast Guard District, has issued a temporary deviation from the regulation governing the operation of the US 70 Alfred Cunningham Bridge across the Trent River, mile 0.0, at New Bern, NC. The deviation is necessary to accommodate cyclists in the “Cyclist Goin Coastal” charity event. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed position for one-half hour to ensure safe passage for the cyclists.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This deviation is effective from 8 a.m. through 8:30 a.m. on May 5, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket are part of docket USCG-2012-0079 and are available online by going to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>inserting USCG-2012-0079 in the “Keyword” box and then clicking “Search”. They are also available for inspection or copying at the Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>If you have questions on this rule, call or email Lindsey Middleton, Coast Guard; telephone 757-398-6629, email<E T="03">Lindsey.R.Middleton@uscg.mil.</E>If you have questions on viewing the docket, call Renee V. Wright, Program Manager, Docket Operations, telephone 202-366-9826.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The NC Coastal Land Trust “Cyclist Goin Coastal” Ride Committee on behalf of the North Carolina Department of Transportation has requested a temporary deviation from the current operating regulation of the US 70 Alfred Cunningham Bascule Bridge across the Trent River, mile 0.0, at New Bern, NC. The route of the cycle ride crosses the bridge and the requested deviation is to accommodate a safe and efficient passage across the bridge for the cyclists. To facilitate this event, the draw of the bridge will be maintained in the closed-to-navigation position for one-half hour; from 8 a.m. until 8:30 a.m. on Saturday, May 5, 2012.</P>
        <P>The vertical clearance for this bridge in the closed position is 14 feet at Mean High Water and unlimited in the open position. The operating regulations are set forth in 33 CFR 117.843(a) which states that during this time period the bridge shall open on signal.</P>
        <P>Vessels that can pass through the bridge in the closed position may do so at any time. The Coast Guard will inform the waterway users of the closure through our Local Notice to Mariners and other appropriate local media to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies. Most vessel traffic utilizing this bridge consists of recreational boaters. This closure is for a small duration of time, therefore, only a small number of boaters may be affected by the temporary closure. There are no alternate routes to the Neuse River from the Trent River.</P>
        <P>In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the designated time period. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 29, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Waverly W. Gregory, Jr.,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Bridge Program Manager, Fifth Coast Guard District.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7128 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18106"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>47 CFR Part 64</CFR>
        <RIN>[CG Docket No. 10-51; FCC 11-54]</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Structure and Practices of the Video Relay Service Program</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is correcting a final rule that appeared in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of September 26, 2011. The document announces the effective date of rules containing information collection requirements approved by the Office of Management and Budget that were adopted by the FCC to prevent fraud, waste, and abuse in the Video Relay Service (VRS) industry.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective September 26, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Gregory Hlibok, Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, Disability Rights Office, at (202) 559-5158, or email<E T="03">Gregory.Hlibok@fcc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This document makes the following corrections to the final rule published September 26, 2011, 76 FR 59269:</P>
        <P>On page 59270, column 2, correct paragraph (c) to read as follows:</P>
        <P>(c)<E T="03">Data Filed with the Fund Administrator to Support Payment Claims.</E>TRS providers shall provide the following data associated with each TRS call for which a TRS provider seeks compensation in its filing with the Fund Administrator: (1) The call record ID sequence; (2) CA ID number; (3) session start and end times; (4) conversation start and end times; (5) incoming telephone number and IP address (if call originates with an IP-based device) at the time of call; (6) outbound telephone number and IP address (if call terminates with an IP-based device) at the time of call; (7) total conversation minutes; (8) total session minutes; (9) the call center (by assigned center ID number) that handles the call; and (10) the URL address through which the call was initiated.</P>
        <SIG>
          <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
          <NAME>Marlene H. Dortch,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7245 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>48 CFR Part 1852</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 2700-AD70</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Award Fee for Service and End-Item Contracts</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Aeronautics and Space Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NASA has adopted, without change, a final rule amending the NASA FAR Supplement (NFS) to update the Award Fee for Service Contracts clause (NFS 1852.216-76) to clarify that the amount of award fee held in reserve, if any, shall not exceed $100,000 for the contract, and add similar language to the Award Fee for End-Item Contracts clause (NFS 1852.216-77) to allow the contracting officer to withhold fee payments, at a not-to-exceed amount of $100,000 for the contract, in reserve to protect the Government's interests relative to an orderly and timely closeout of the contract.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective:</E>April 26, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Bill Roets, NASA, Office of Procurement, Contract Management Division, Room 5G86; (202) 358-4483; email:<E T="03">william.roets-1@nasa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Background</HD>
        <P>A proposed rule was published on September 15, 2011 (76 FR 57014) updating NFS clause 52.216-76 to clarify that the amount of withheld award fee shall not exceed $100,000 for the contract revising paragraph (d) of this clause. As currently written, the clause specified a not-to-exceed amount of 15 percent of the contract's potential award fee, and on large multi-million dollar procurements, this reserve could total millions of dollars which would be excessive for the intended purpose of this reserve. By capping this reserve at $100,000, NASA will set the appropriate maximum dollar amount for this potential reserve and will align this clause with similar language in FAR clauses 52.216-8, Fixed-Fee, and 52.216-10, Incentive Fee. Similar language relative to withholding a reserve amount of fee, not to exceed $100,000, to protect the Government's interests relative to an orderly and timely closeout of the contract, is also being added to the Award Fee for End Item Contracts clause (NFS 1852.216-77). NASA received no comments on the proposed rule and has adopted the proposed rule as a final rule without change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
        <P>Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health, and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not subject to review under section 6(b) of E.O. 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993. This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>NASA certifies that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, at 5 U.S.C. 601, et seq., because it merely updates, for clarification purposes, the maximum amount of award fee that can be withheld on a contract which will provide a benefit to all entities both large and small. In addition, award fee contracts are largely the province of large businesses with large dollar contracts and the changes promulgated in this final rule do not directly affect the current processes of Federal contractors. No comments from small entities were submitted in reference to the Regulatory Flexibility Act request under the proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act (Pub. L., 104-13) does not apply because this final rule does not contain any information collection requirements that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget under 44 U.S.C. 3501, et seq.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 48 CFR Part 1852</HD>
          <P>Government procurement.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Sheryl Goddard,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Administrator for Procurement.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>Accordingly, 48 CFR part 1852 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1852" TITLE="48">
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 48 CFR part 1852 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 2455(a), 2473(c)(1).</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1852" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <PRTPAGE P="18107"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1852—SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 1852.216-76 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>1852.216-76</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Award fee for service contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As prescribed in 1816.406-70(a), insert the following clause:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">AWARD FEE FOR SERVICE CONTRACTS  (APR 2012)</HD>
              <P>(a) The contractor can earn award fee from a minimum of zero dollars to the maximum stated in NASA FAR Supplement clause 1852.216-85, “Estimated Cost and Award Fee” in this contract.</P>
              <P>(b) Beginning 6* months after the effective date of this contract, the Government shall evaluate the Contractor's performance every 6* months to determine the amount of award fee earned by the contractor during the period. The Contractor may submit a self-evaluation of performance for each evaluation period under consideration. These self-evaluations will be considered by the Government in its evaluation. The Government's Fee Determination Official (FDO) will determine the award fee amounts based on the Contractor's performance in accordance with [identify performance evaluation plan]. The plan may be revised unilaterally by the Government prior to the beginning of any rating period to redirect emphasis.</P>
              <P>(c) The Government will advise the Contractor in writing of the evaluation results. The [insert payment office] will make payment based on [Insert method of authorizing award fee payment, e.g., issuance of unilateral modification by contracting officer].</P>
              <P>(d) The Contracting Officer may direct the withholding of earned award fee payments until a reserve is set aside in an amount that the Contracting Officer considers necessary to protect the Government's interest relative to an orderly and timely closeout of the contract. This reserve shall not exceed 15 percent of the contract's total potential award fee or $100,000, whichever is less.</P>
              <P>(e) The amount of award fee which can be awarded in each evaluation period is limited to the amounts set forth at [identify location of award fee amounts]. Award fee which is not earned in an evaluation period cannot be reallocated to future evaluation periods.</P>
              <P>(f)(1) Provisional award fee payments [insert “will” or “will not”, as applicable] be made under this contract pending the determination of the amount of fee earned for an evaluation period. If applicable, provisional award fee payments will be made to the Contractor on a [insert the frequency of provisional payments (not more often than monthly)] basis. The total amount of award fee available in an evaluation period that will be provisionally paid is the lesser of [Insert a percent not to exceed 80 percent] or the prior period's evaluation score.</P>
              <P>(2) Provisional award fee payments will be superseded by the final award fee evaluation for that period. If provisional payments exceed the final evaluation score, the Contractor will either credit the next payment voucher for the amount of such overpayment or refund the difference to the Government, as directed by the Contracting Officer.</P>
              <P>(3) If the Contracting Officer determines that the Contractor will not achieve a level of performance commensurate with the provisional rate, payment of provisional award fee will be discontinued or reduced in such amounts as the Contracting Officer deems appropriate. The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor in writing if it is determined that such discontinuance or reduction is appropriate.</P>
              <P>(4) Provisional award fee payments [insert “will” or “will not”, as appropriate] be made prior to the first award fee determination by the Government.</P>
              <P>(g) Award fee determinations are unilateral decisions made solely at the discretion of the Government.</P>
              <P>* [A period of time greater or lesser than 6 months may be substituted in accordance with 1816.405-272(a).]</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <FP>(End of clause)</FP>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1852" TITLE="48">
          <AMDPAR>3. Section 1852.216-77 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>1852.216-77</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Award fee for end item contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As prescribed in 1816.406-70(b), insert the following clause:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">AWARD FEE FOR END ITEM CONTRACTS  (APR 2012)</HD>
              <P>(a) The contractor can earn award fee, or base fee, if any, from a minimum of zero dollars to the maximum stated in NASA FAR Supplement clause 1852.216-85, “Estimated Cost and Award Fee” in this contract. All award fee evaluations, with the exception of the last evaluation, will be interim evaluations. At the last evaluation, which is final, the Contractor's performance for the entire contract will be evaluated to determine total earned award fee. No award fee or base fee will be paid to the Contractor if the final award fee evaluation is “poor/unsatisfactory.”</P>
              <P>(b) Beginning 6* months after the effective date of this contract, the Government will evaluate the Contractor's interim performance every 6* months to monitor Contractor performance prior to contract completion and to provide feedback to the Contractor. The evaluation will be performed in accordance with [identify performance evaluation plan] to this contract. The Contractor may submit a self-evaluation of performance for each period under consideration. These self-evaluations will be considered by the Government in its evaluation. The Government will advise the Contractor in writing of the evaluation results. The plan may be revised unilaterally by the Government prior to the beginning of any rating period to redirect emphasis.</P>
              <P>(c)(1) Base fee, if applicable, will be paid in [Insert “monthly”, or less frequent period] installments based on the percent of completion of the work as determined by the Contracting Officer.</P>
              <P>(2) Interim award fee payments will be made to the Contractor based on each interim evaluation. The amount of the interim award fee payment is limited to the lesser of the interim evaluation score or 80 percent of the fee allocated to that period less any provisional payments made during the period. All interim award fee payments will be superseded by the final award fee determination.</P>

              <P>(3) Provisional award fee payments will [insert “not” if applicable] be made under this contract pending each interim evaluation. If applicable, provisional award fee payments will be made to the Contractor on a [<E T="03">insert the frequency of provisional payments (not more often than monthly</E>) basis. The amount of award fee which will be provisionally paid in each evaluation period is limited to [Insert a percent not to exceed 80 percent] of the prior interim evaluation score (see [<E T="03">insert applicable cite</E>]). Provisional award fee payments made each evaluation period will be superseded by the interim award fee evaluation for that period. If provisional payments made exceed the interim evaluation score, the Contractor will either credit the next payment voucher for the amount of such overpayment or refund the difference to the Government, as directed by the Contracting Officer. If the Government determines that (i) the total amount of provisional fee payments will apparently<E T="03">substantially</E>exceed the anticipated final evaluation score, or (ii) the prior interim evaluation is “poor/unsatisfactory,” the Contracting Officer will direct the suspension or reduction of the future payments and/or request a prompt refund of excess payments as appropriate. Written notification of the determination will be provided to the Contractor with a copy to the Deputy Chief Financial Officer (Finance).</P>
              <P>(4) All interim (and provisional, if applicable) fee payments will be superseded by the fee determination made in the final award fee evaluation. The Government will then pay the Contractor, or the Contractor will refund to the Government the difference between the final award fee determination and the cumulative interim (and provisional, if applicable) fee payments. If the final award fee evaluation is “poor/unsatisfactory”, any base fee paid will be refunded to the Government.</P>
              <P>(5) Payment of base fee, if applicable, will be made based on submission of an invoice by the Contractor. Payment of award fee will be made by the [insert payment office] based on [Insert method of making award fee payment, e.g., issuance of a unilateral modification by the Contracting Officer].</P>

              <P>(d) The Contracting Officer may direct the withholding of interim award fee payments until a reserve is set aside in an amount that the Contracting Officer considers necessary to protect the Government's interest relative to an orderly and timely closeout of the contract. This reserve shall not exceed 15 percent of the contracts total potential award fee or $100,000, whichever is less.<PRTPAGE P="18108"/>
              </P>
              <P>(e) Award fee determinations are unilateral decisions made solely at the discretion of the Government.</P>
              <P>* [A period of time greater or lesser than 6 months may be substituted in accordance with 1816.405-272(a).]</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <FP>(End of clause)</FP>
            
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-5797 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7510-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
  </RULES>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>59</NO>
  <DATE>Tuesday, March 27, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <PRORULES>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18109"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Part 327</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3064-AD92</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Assessments, Large Bank Pricing</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking and request for comment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The FDIC proposes to amend its regulations to revise some of the definitions used to determine assessment rates for large and highly complex insured depository institutions. The FDIC believes these proposed amendments will result in more consistent reporting, better reflect risk to the FDIC, significantly reduce reporting burden, and satisfy many concerns voiced by the banking industry.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received on or before May 29, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments on the notice of proposed rulemaking, identified by RIN number and the words “Assessments, Large Bank Pricing Definition Revisions Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,” by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Agency Web Site: http://www.FDIC.gov/regulations/laws/federal/propose.html</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments on the Agency Web Site.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email: Comments@FDIC.gov</E>. Include the RIN number in the subject line of the message.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Robert E. Feldman, Executive Secretary, Attention: Comments, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20429.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>Guard station at the rear of the 550 17th Street Building (located on F Street) on business days between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and RIN for this rulemaking. Comments will be posted to the extent practicable and, in some instances, the FDIC may post summaries of categories of comments, with the comments themselves available in the FDIC's reading room. Comments will be posted at:<E T="03">http://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal/propose.html,</E>including any personal information provided with the comment.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Patrick Mitchell, Chief, Large Bank Pricing Section, Division of Insurance and Research, (202) 898-3943; Brenda Bruno, Senior Financial Analyst, Division of Insurance and Research, (630) 241-0359 x 8312; Christopher Bellotto, Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-3801; Sheikha Kapoor, Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-3960.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Legal Authority</HD>
        <P>The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDI Act) requires that the deposit insurance assessment system be risk-based.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>It defines a risk-based system as one based on an institution's probability of causing a loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund (the DIF), taking into account the composition and concentration of the institution's assets and liabilities and any other factors that the FDIC determines are relevant, the likely amount of any such loss, and the revenue needs of the DIF. The FDI Act allows the FDIC to “establish separate risk-based assessment systems for large and small members of the Deposit Insurance Fund.”<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Section 7(b)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(1)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>Section 7(b)(1)(D) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(1)(D)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Large Bank Pricing Rule</HD>

        <P>On February 7, 2011, the FDIC Board adopted a final rule that amended its assessment regulations, by, among other things, establishing a new methodology for determining assessment rates for large and highly complex institutions (the February rule).<E T="51">3 4</E>
          <FTREF/>The February rule eliminated risk categories for large institutions and combined CAMELS ratings and certain forward-looking financial ratios into one of two scorecards, one for highly-complex institutions and another for all other large institutions. The scorecards calculate a total score for each institution.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>The total score is then converted to the institution's initial base assessment rate, which, after certain adjustments, results in the institution's total assessment rate.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>To calculate the amount of the institution's quarterly assessment, the total base assessment rate is multiplied by the institution's assessment base and the result divided by four.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>Assessments, Large Bank Pricing, 76 FR 10672 (February 25, 2011) (to be codified at 12 CFR 327.9).</P>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>A large institution is defined as an insured depository institution: (1) That had assets of $10 billion or more as of December 31, 2006 (unless, by reporting assets of less than $10 billion for four consecutive quarters since then, it has become a small institution); or (2) that had assets of less than $10 billion as of December 31, 2006, but has since had $10 billion or more in total assets for at least four consecutive quarters, whether or not the institution is new. A “highly complex institution” is defined as: (1) An insured depository institution (excluding a credit card bank) that has had $50 billion or more in total assets for at least four consecutive quarters and that either is controlled by a U.S. parent holding company that has had $500 billion or more in total assets for four consecutive quarters, or is controlled by one or more intermediate U.S. parent holding companies that are controlled by a U.S. holding company that has had $500 billion or more in assets for four consecutive quarters, and (2) a processing bank or trust company. A processing bank or trust company is an insured depository institution whose last three years' non-lending interest income, fiduciary revenues, and investment banking fees, combined, exceed 50 percent of total revenues (and its last three years fiduciary revenues are non-zero), whose total fiduciary assets total $500 billion or more and whose total assets for at least four consecutive quarters have been $10 billion or more.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>A large or highly-complex institution's total score may also be adjusted by the large bank adjustment. 76 FR 10672, 10714 (February 25, 2011) (to be codified at 12 CFR 327.9(b)(3)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>An institution's initial base assessment rate can be adjusted by the unsecured debt adjustment, the depository institution debt adjustment, and the brokered deposit adjustment. 76 FR 10672, 10715 (February 25, 2011) (to be codified at 12 CFR 327.9(d)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>One of the financial ratios used in the scorecards is the ratio of higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves.<SU>7</SU>

          <FTREF/>Higher-risk assets are defined as the sum of construction and land development (C&amp;D) loans, leveraged loans, subprime loans, and nontraditional mortgage loans. The February rule used existing interagency<PRTPAGE P="18110"/>guidance to define leveraged loans, nontraditional mortgage loans, and subprime loans but refined the definitions to minimize reporting discrepancies. In arriving at these definitions, the FDIC took into account comments that were received in response to the two notices of proposed rulemaking that led to adoption of the February rule.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>Higher-risk assets are used to calculate the concentration score, which is part of both the large bank scorecard and the highly complex institution scorecard. For large institutions, the concentration score is defined as the higher of: (a) The higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves score or (b) the growth-adjusted portfolio concentrations score. For highly complex institutions, it is defined as the higher of: (a) The higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves score or (b) the largest or top 20 counterparty exposures to Tier 1 capital and reserves score.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>75 FR 23516 (May 3, 2010); 75 FR 72612 (November 24, 2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>While institutions already reported C&amp;D loan data in their quarterly reports of condition and income (the Call Reports and the Thrift Financial Reports or TFRs), they did not report the needed data for the other loans, thus requiring new line items in these reports. Therefore, on March 16, 2011, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Treasury, and the FDIC (collectively, the agencies) published a Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) notice under normal PRA clearance procedures requesting comment on proposed revisions to the Call Reports, the TFRs, and the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) 002/002S reports that would provide the data needed by the FDIC to implement the February 2011 rule beginning with the June 30, 2011, report date (March PRA notice).<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>76 FR 14460 (March 16, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The agencies received 19 comments in response to the March PRA notice. Of these 19 comments, 17 addressed the new items for subprime and leveraged loans added to Call Reports and TFRs. The commenters stated that institutions generally do not maintain data on these loans consistent with the definitions used in the February rule and would be unable to report the required data by the June 30, 2011, report date. These data availability concerns had not been raised during the rulemaking process leading up to the February rule.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>In response to the November 2010 NPR on the revised large institution assessment system, the FDIC received a number of comments recommending changes to the definitions of subprime and leveraged loans, which the FDIC addressed in its February rule amending its assessment regulations. For example, several commenters to the November 2010 NPR stated that regular (quarterly) updating of data to evaluate loans for subprime or leveraged status would be burdensome and costly and, for certain types of retail loans, would not be possible because existing loan agreements do not require borrowers to routinely provide updated financial information. In response to these comments, the FDIC's February rule stated that large institutions should evaluate loans for subprime or leveraged status upon origination, refinance, or renewal. However, no comments were received on the November 2010 NPR indicating that large institutions would be unable to identify and report subprime or leveraged loans in accordance with the final rule's definitions in their Call Reports and TFRs beginning as of June 30, 2011. The data availability concerns were first expressed in comments on the PRA notice.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>As a consequence of this unexpected difficulty, the agencies applied to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under emergency clearance procedures to allow institutions to identify and report subprime and leveraged loans and securitizations originated or purchased prior to October 1, 2011, using either their existing internal methodologies or the definitions contained in existing supervisory guidance. The reporting options are referred to as “transition guidance” and are outlined in the General Instructions for Schedule RC-O of the Reports of Condition and Income, Memorandum Items 6 through 15 for leveraged loans and subprime loans. Because the assessment-related reporting revisions needed to remain in effect beyond the limited approval period associated with an emergency clearance request, the agencies, under the auspices of the FFIEC, submitted the reporting revisions under normal PRA clearance procedures and requested public comment on July 27, 2011 (July PRA notice).<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>76 FR 44987 (July 27, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The agencies collectively received four comments in response to the July PRA notice before the comment period closed on September 26, 2011. The commenters recommended extending the transition guidance for reporting subprime and leveraged loans until more workable and accurate definitions were developed. The commenters requested that the definitions of subprime and leveraged loans be revised because they do not effectively measure the risk that the FDIC intended to capture. Rather, commenters maintained that the definitions would capture loans that are not subprime or leveraged (i.e., are not higher-risk assets) and require burdensome reporting that could result in inconsistencies among banks. A joint comment letter from three industry trade groups also recommended that the definition of nontraditional mortgage loans be revised.</P>
        <P>On September 28, 2011, the FDIC informed large and highly complex institutions via email (followed by changes to Call Report instructions) that the deadline for the transition guidance would be extended to April 1, 2012, and that the FDIC would review the definitions of subprime and leveraged loans to determine whether changes to the definitions would alleviate commenters' concerns without sacrificing accuracy in risk determination for deposit insurance pricing purposes.</P>
        <P>As part of its review, the FDIC considered all comments related to the higher-risk asset definitions that were submitted in response to the March and July PRA notices. The FDIC also engaged in extensive discussions with the industry and industry trade groups over the last few months to better understand their concerns and to solicit potential solutions to these concerns.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Assessment System for Large and Highly Complex Institutions</HD>
        <P>The FDIC proposes amendments to the assessment system for large and highly complex institutions that would: (1) Revise the definitions of certain higher risk assets, specifically leveraged loans, which would be renamed “higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities,” and subprime consumer loans, which would be renamed “higher-risk consumer loans and securities”; (2) clarify the timing of classifying an asset as higher risk; (3) clarify the way securitizations (including those that meet the definition of nontraditional mortgage loans) are to be identified; and (4) further define terms that are used in the large bank pricing rule. The names of the categories of assets included in the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio have been changed to avoid confusion between the definitions used in the deposit insurance assessment regulations and the terms that generally are used within the industry and in other regulatory guidance. The definitions of C&amp;D loans would not be amended under the NPR and these loans would continue to be defined as in the February rule. Nontraditional mortgage loans would continue to be defined as in the February rule, but the NPR clarifies how securitizations of nontraditional mortgage loans would be identified under the definition. The FDIC believes that the proposed amendments would result in more consistent reporting, better reflect risk to the FDIC, significantly reduce reporting burden, and satisfy many of the concerns voiced by the industry after adoption of the February 2011 rule.</P>
        <P>The proposed amendments would be effective on October 1, 2012, predicated on changes to the Call Report. The effective date is discussed in detail in Section F below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Higher-Risk Assets</HD>

        <P>The FDIC uses the amount of an institution's higher-risk assets to calculate the institution's concentration score and total score. The concentration measure captures the institution's<PRTPAGE P="18111"/>lending (and securities owned) in higher-risk areas; concentrations in these higher-risk assets contributed to the failure of some institutions during the recent financial crisis and economic downturn.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Higher-Risk C&amp;I Loans and Securities</HD>
        <P>Under the proposal, higher-risk commercial and industrial (C&amp;I) loans and securities would include:</P>
        <P>• Any commercial loan (funded or unfunded, including irrevocable and revocable commitments) owed by a borrower to the evaluating depository institution with an original amount greater than $5 million if the conditions specified in (a) or (b) below are met as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, and the loan does not meet the asset based lending (ABL) exclusion or the floor plan line of credit exclusion (discussed in Appendix C).</P>

        <P>(a)(i) The purpose of any of the borrower's debt (whether owed to the evaluating insured depository institution or another lender) that was incurred within the previous seven years was to finance a buyout, acquisition or capital distribution and such debt was<FTREF/>material;<E T="51">12 13</E>and</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>For purposes of this definition, the “purpose of the borrower's debt” is determined at the time the debt was incurred by the borrower. An institution would be required to determine if the borrower has incurred any debt in the last seven years that meets the purpose test.</P>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>Following are definitions of some of the terms used under the proposed rule:</P>
          <P>1. Acquisition means the purchase by the borrower of any equity interest in another company or the purchase of any of the assets and liabilities of another company.</P>
          <P>2. Buyout for purposes of calculating higher-risk C&amp;I assets means the issuance of debt to finance the purchase or repurchase by the borrower of the borrower's outstanding equity. A buyout could include, but is not limited to, an equity buyout or funding of an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP).</P>
          <P>3. Capital distribution means that the borrower incurs debt to finance a dividend payment or to finance other transactions designed to enhance shareholder value, such as repurchase of stock.</P>
          <P>4. Material means resulting in a 20 percent or greater increase anytime within 12 months in the total funded debt of the borrower (including all funded debt assumed, created, or refinanced). Debt is also material if, before the debt was incurred, the borrower had no funded debt.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>(ii) The ratio of the borrower's total debt to trailing twelve-month EBITDA (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>operating leverage ratio) is greater than 4 or the ratio of the borrower's senior debt to trailing twelve-month EBITDA (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>operating leverage ratio) is greater than 3;<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>or</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(b) Any of the borrower's debt (whether owed to the evaluating institution or another lender) is designated as a highly leveraged transaction (HLT) by a syndication agent.</P>
        <P>• All securities held by the evaluating institution that are issued by a commercial borrower, if the conditions specified in (a) or (b) above are met, except securities classified as trading book; and</P>
        <P>• All securitizations held by the evaluating institution that are more than 50 percent collateralized by commercial loans or securities that would meet the higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities definition if directly held by the evaluating institution, except securities classified as trading book.</P>
        <P>The definition of a higher-risk C&amp;I loan and security would exclude the maximum amount that is recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies, or government-sponsored agencies under guarantee or insurance provisions, and loans that are fully secured by cash collateral.<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>In order to exclude a loan based on cash collateral, the cash would be required to be in the form of a savings or time deposit held by the insured depository institution. The insured depository institution would be required to have in place a signed collateral assignment of the deposit account, which is irrevocable for the remaining term of the loan or commitment, and the insured depository institution would be required to place a hold on the deposit account that alerts the institution's employees to an attempted withdrawal. For the exclusion to apply to a revolving line of credit, the cash collateral would be required to be equal to or greater than the amount of the total loan commitment (the aggregate funded and unfunded balance of the loan).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>An institution would be required to use information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor in reasonably determining whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold.<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>Information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor should include, but is not limited to, offering memorandums, indentures, trustee reports, and requests for information from servicers, collateral managers, issuers, trustees, or similar third parties. When determining whether a revolving trust or similar securitization would meet the threshold, an institution could use established criteria, model portfolios, or limitations published in the offering memorandum, indenture, trustee report or similar documents.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>A securitization would be as defined in Appendix A, Section II(B)(16) of Part 325 of the FDIC's Rules and Regulations, as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Sufficient information necessary for an institution to make a definitive determination may not, in every case, be reasonably available to the institution as a sophisticated investor. In such a case, the institution may exercise its judgment in making the determination. Nevertheless, the FDIC would retain the right to review and audit for compliance with the rule any determination that a securitization does not meet the 50 percent threshold.</P>

        <P>In cases where a securitization is required to be consolidated on the balance sheet as a result of SFAS 166 and SFAS 167, and a large institution or highly complex institution has access to the necessary information, an institution may evaluate individual loans in the securitization on a loan-by-loan basis. Any loan within the securitization that meets the definition of a higher-risk asset would be reported as a higher-risk asset and any loan within the securitization that does not meet the definition of a higher-risk asset would not be reported as such. When making this evaluation, the institution would have to follow the transition guidance described in Appendix C, Section C. Once an institution evaluated a securitization for higher-risk asset designation on a loan-by-loan basis, it would have to continue to evaluate all securitizations for which it has the required information in a similar manner (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>on a loan-by-loan basis). For securitizations for which the institution does not have access to information on a loan-by-loan basis, the institution would be required to determine whether the securitization meets the 50 percent threshold as described previously for other securitizations.</P>
        <P>When an institution acquires a C&amp;I loan or security, it would have to determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk C&amp;I loan or security using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender. If this information were unavailable, however, the institution would have to obtain recent, refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party.<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>Somewhat more stringent requirements would apply when an institution acquires loans or securities from another entity on a recurring or programmatic basis.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Appendix C provides detailed definitions of many of the terms used in the foregoing definition.</P>

        <P>In arriving at its proposal, the FDIC carefully reviewed the comments submitted in response to the March and July PRA notices on the leveraged loan definition contained in the February rule. Of the 19 respondents commenting on the March PRA notice, 17 raised concerns over the leveraged loan definition; 6 of the 8 respondents to the July PRA notice raised such concerns. Further, as the FDIC noted in the public comment file for the July PRA notice,<PRTPAGE P="18112"/>the FDIC met with representatives of four industry trade groups and twice with large and highly complex institutions prior to the close of the comment period on the PRA notice.</P>
        <P>Three industry trade groups commented on the July PRA notice that the minimum size for leveraged loans included in the February rule ($1 million or higher) is too low since it would capture a large number of small business loans that are not normally considered leveraged. These trade groups commented that the $1 million level overstates leveraged exposures and creates a significant reporting burden, since banks do not generally gather the data required to make a leveraged loan determination for these smaller loans. The commenters further noted that loans under $5 million are typically characterized by additional risk-reducing requirements, such as borrower's guarantees and additional collateral. When these risk-reducing mitigants are prevalent, relying solely on the debt-to-EBITDA test could be a less accurate measure of the risk of these borrowers.</P>
        <P>The proposal would increase the threshold level to $5 million. The increased threshold would result in better identification of higher-risk C&amp;I loans and would also reduce the reporting burden.</P>
        <P>In response to the July PRA Notice, three banking industry trade groups in a joint letter to the FDIC stated that the definition of leveraged loans used in the February rule does not capture risk as intended and is not a reliable measure of a leveraged loan. They maintained that an institution's debt-to-EBITDA ratio is not, by itself, a reliable indicator of risk, particularly if the loans are asset based or are to companies or industries that traditionally have higher leverage levels. They added that the definition of leveraged loans in the February rule captures such a large portion of an institution's loan portfolio that it does not provide a meaningful differentiation of risk among institutions and creates a reporting burden. The trade groups suggested that considering the purpose of the loan in conjunction with the borrower's operating leverage ratio would result in more accurate identification of risk.<SU>18</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>18</SU>The operating leverage ratio is the borrower's total or senior debt to trailing twelve-month EBITDA.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The proposed definition would combine a test of the borrower's operating leverage ratio with a purpose test, namely, that if the purpose of any of the borrower's debt (whether owed to the evaluating insured depository institution or another lender) was to finance a buyout, acquisition, or capital distribution, and that debt was material, a C&amp;I loan or security to that borrower would be classified as higher risk. The purpose of the debt would help identify risk to the FDIC and reflect the method used internally by most banks to identify higher-risk loans. The purpose test would identify those borrowers with certain higher-risk characteristics, such as a heavy reliance on either enterprise value or improvement in the borrower's operating efficiencies.<SU>19</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>19</SU>Enterprise value is a measure of the borrower's value as a going concern.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The industry suggested in a comment letter to the July PRA Notice and in subsequent discussions that banks should look back to the original purpose of debt only if the debt was originally incurred during the previous five years. Under the proposal, however, banks would have to look back to the original purpose of any of the borrower's debt incurred during the previous seven years. During the most recent buyout boom of the mid to late 2000s, a seven-year maturity was often the longest dated maturity for loans that facilitated a leveraged buyout. Under the proposal, where the purpose test is met, loans originated in 2007 (near the end of the leveraged buyout boom) to a borrower that remains above the proposed debt-to-EBITDA ratio thresholds would continue to be classified as higher-risk assets, even when they are refinanced; loans that are refinanced from the same time period but where the borrower has de-levered through either EBITDA growth or debt repayment would not be defined as higher-risk under the proposal.</P>
        <P>Under the proposal, debt to finance a buyout, acquisition, or capital distribution would also have to be material. Such debt would be material if it resulted in a 20 percent or greater increase anytime within 12 months in the total funded debt of the borrower.<SU>20</SU>
          <FTREF/>During discussions with the industry, bankers have suggested that total funded debt should have to increase by 50 percent or more to be considered a material buyout, acquisition, or capital distribution. Under the proposal, only a 20 percent increase is required. A 20 percent increase would be high enough to ensure that the FDIC does not capture transactions that do not materially increase the risk profile of the borrower, but low enough to capture transactions such as capital distributions that benefit the borrower's shareholders while increasing the risk to the lending institutions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>20</SU>This debt would also be material if, before the debt was incurred, the borrower had no funded debt.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The joint comment letter to the July PRA Notice also noted that collateral was not appropriately considered in the leveraged loan definition included in the February rule. The commenters stated that loans would be classified as leveraged even though they had strong collateral backing them, which should result in significantly lower loss rates than loans that are dependent primarily on the enterprise value of a highly-leveraged company. Examples of the loans commenters thought should be excluded from the leveraged loan definition were asset-based loans and dealer floor plan loans.</P>
        <P>After considering the comments, the proposed rule would exclude certain well-collateralized asset-based loans and floor plan loans from the definition of higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities. Because these loans carry significant operational risk, the exclusions would apply only to loans that are well secured by self-liquidating collateral (i.e., accounts receivable and inventory) and only when the institution can demonstrate that it has a history of strong risk management and internal controls over these loans. Excluding loans under these conditions should result in better differentiation of credit risk among institutions and should reduce reporting burden.</P>
        <P>Under the February rule, higher-risk assets included securitizations where more than 50 percent of the assets backing the securitization meet the criteria for leveraged loans. In their joint comment letter, three industry trade groups stated that the reporting criteria for securitizations in the February rule is problematic given the challenges in evaluating individual loans in the securitization given the lack of standardized disclosure requirements that align with the FDIC's definition of higher-risk assets.</P>

        <P>Under the proposal, higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities would continue to include securitizations where more than 50 percent of the assets backing the securitization meet the criteria for higher-risk C&amp;I loans or securities. Concentrations in higher-risk assets, whether they are in the form of a whole loan or a securitization, increase the risk of loss to the FDIC during times of prolonged periods of economic stress. Large and highly complex institutions are sophisticated investors and can typically obtain the information needed to determine whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold described above when they purchase interests in these securitizations.<PRTPAGE P="18113"/>
        </P>
        <P>Trade groups also commented that categorizing securitizations as higher-risk assets based solely on the underlying collateral ignores important risk mitigants such as credit enhancements. The performance of a securitization, however, is highly correlated with the performance of the underlying assets, even when the securitization contains terms or conditions intended to reduce risk. As stated in an interagency NPR issued in December 2011, “during the crisis, a number of highly rated senior securitization positions were subject to significant downgrades and suffered substantial losses.”<SU>21</SU>
          <FTREF/>Even where losses have not yet been realized (as in many collateralized loan obligations), the market value of these securitizations declined precipitously during the crisis, reflecting the decline in the market value of the underlying assets and the increased risk of loss.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>21</SU>Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk: Alternatives to Credit Ratings for Debt and Securitization Positions 76 FR 79380, 79395 (December 21, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Higher-Risk Consumer Loans and Securities</HD>
        <P>Under the proposal, higher-risk consumer loans and securities would be defined as:</P>
        <P>(a) All consumer loans where, as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, the probability of default (PD) within two years (the two-year PD) was greater than 20 percent, excluding those consumer loans that meet the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan;<SU>22</SU>
          <FTREF/>and</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>22</SU>A loan that meets both the definitions of a nontraditional mortgage loan and a higher-risk consumer loan at the time of origination should be reported as a nontraditional mortgage loan. However, if the loan later ceases to meet the definition of nontraditional mortgage loan but continues to still qualify as a higher-risk consumer loan, it would then be reported as a higher-risk consumer loan.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(b) Securitizations that are more than 50 percent collateralized by consumer loans meeting the criteria in (a), except those classified as trading book.<SU>23</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>23</SU>A securitization would be as defined in Appendix A, Section II(B)(16) of Part 325 of the FDIC's Rules and Regulations as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>An institution would be required to use the information that is or would be reasonably available to a sophisticated investor in reasonably determining whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold. Information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor should include, but is not limited to, offering memorandums, indentures, trustee reports, and requests for information from servicers, collateral managers, issuers, trustees, or similar third parties. When determining whether a revolving trust or similar securitization would meet the threshold, an institution could use established criteria, model portfolios, or limitations published in the offering memorandum, indenture, trustee report or similar documents.</P>
        <P>Sufficient information necessary for an institution to make a definitive determination may not, in every case, be reasonably available to the institution as a sophisticated investor. In such a case, the institution may exercise its judgment in making the determination. Nevertheless, the FDIC would retain the right to review and audit for compliance with the rule any determination that a securitization does not meet the 50 percent threshold.</P>
        <P>In cases where a securitization is required to be consolidated on the balance sheet as a result of SFAS 166 and SFAS 167, and a large institution or highly complex institution has access to the necessary information, an institution may evaluate individual loans in the securitization on a loan-by-loan basis. Any loan within the securitization that meets the definition of a higher-risk asset would be reported as a higher-risk asset and any loan within the securitization that does not meet the definition of a higher-risk asset would not be reported as such. When making this evaluation, the institution would have to follow the transition guidance described in Appendix C, Section C. Once an institution evaluated a securitization for higher-risk asset designation on a loan-by-loan basis, it would have to continue to evaluate all securitizations for which it has the required information in a similar manner (i.e., on a loan-by-loan basis). For securitizations for which the institution does not have access to information on a loan-by-loan basis, the institution would be required to determine whether the securitization meets the 50 percent threshold as described previously for other securitizations.</P>
        <P>Institutions would have to determine the PD of a consumer loan as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance. When an institution acquires a consumer loan or security, it would have to determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan or security using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender. If this information is unavailable, however, the institution would have to obtain recent, refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party.<SU>24</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>24</SU>Somewhat more stringent requirements would apply when an institution acquires loans or securities from another entity on a recurring or programmatic basis.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In arriving at its proposal, the FDIC carefully reviewed the comments submitted in response to the March and July PRA notices on the subprime loan definition contained in the February rule. Of the 19 respondents commenting on the March PRA notice, 17 raised concerns over the subprime loan definition; 6 of the 8 respondents to the July PRA notice raised such concerns. Further, as the FDIC noted in the public comment file for the July PRA notice, the FDIC met with representatives of four industry trade groups and twice with large and highly complex institutions prior to the close of the comment period on the PRA notice.</P>
        <P>The representatives stated that institutions generally do not maintain the data necessary to identify consumer loans as higher-risk under the February rule, and would not be able to collect such data prior to filing their Call Reports for the June 30, 2011, report date. Commenters also stated that adapting current reporting systems to capture such loans automatically would, in some cases, be impossible and would require ongoing manual intervention, which is costly and burdensome.<SU>25</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>25</SU>These data availability concerns, particularly as they relate to institutions' existing loan portfolios, had not been raised as an issue during the rulemaking process on large bank pricing that culminated in the February rule.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>A group representing the industry also asserted that the definition of subprime loans does not correlate with more sophisticated risk-grading systems generally used by banks internally. While these systems consider the factors included in the subprime definition, they consider these jointly rather than individually, and incorporate other information such as the size and type of delinquency and other measures of the borrower's debt capacity. As a consequence, the group believed that using the definition contained in the February rule would greatly overstate institutions' exposure to subprime loans and relative risk. In the group's view, this overstatement of exposure and relative risk could reduce credit or increase its cost for some types of consumers, such as students, since an institution factors the cost of assessments into its credit and pricing decisions.</P>

        <P>The proposed definition would better capture and differentiate higher-risk consumer loans and securities among banks compared to the current<PRTPAGE P="18114"/>definition. In addition, the proposal should be easier for institutions to adopt and implement as it more closely aligns with how they currently measure risk.</P>
        <P>This same industry group proposed an alternative definition of subprime consumer loans based on PD within one year from origination. Under the proposal, institutions would report the outstanding balance of consumer loans in their retail portfolios stratified by a specified number of products and PD bands. The FDIC has engaged in extensive discussions with industry representatives regarding this proposal and incorporated many of the proposal's major elements into the NPR.</P>
        <P>The FDIC chose to propose a two-year, instead of a one-year, PD in order to more closely align with the time horizon used by recognized third party vendors that produce standard validation charts. These charts include observed default rates over a specified two-year period by credit score and product type. If these charts were modified to conform to the PD estimation guidelines in Appendix C, institutions could use them to classify consumer loans under the proposed definition.</P>
        <P>A PD estimated according to the guidelines should reflect the average two-year, stress period performance of loans across a range of remaining maturities, as opposed to the performance of loans within the first two years of origination. The FDIC is concerned with potential default risk throughout the life of the loan and not just over the first two years following origination. By considering different origination time periods and various remaining maturities, the proposed approach should better represent the default risk throughout the life of the loan. Different product types tend to have different default profiles over time, with some products resulting in peak default rates sooner after origination than other products. An approach that considers various remaining maturities should mitigate the default timing bias between products following origination of a loan.</P>

        <P>The FDIC intends to collect two-year PD information on various types of consumer loans from large and highly complex institutions. However, the types of information collected and the format of the information collected on the Call Report would be subject to a PRA notice, providing an opportunity for comment, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The following table is an example of how the FDIC may collect the consumer loan information. Once the definition of higher-risk consumer loans is adopted in a final rule, the FDIC anticipates that appropriate changes to the Call Reports would be made and that institutions would report consumer loans according to the definition in the final rule. As suggested in the example table below and in Appendix 1, institutions would report the outstanding amount of all consumer loans, including those with a PD below the subprime threshold, stratified by the 10 product types and 12 two-year PD bands.<SU>26</SU>
          <FTREF/>In addition, for each product type, institutions would indicate whether the PDs were derived using scores and default rate mappings provided by a third party vendor or an internal approach.<SU>27</SU>
          <FTREF/>Institutions would report the value of all securitizations that are more than 50 percent collateralized by higher-risk consumer loans (other than trading book) as a separate item.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>26</SU>All reported amounts would exclude the maximum amounts recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies, or government-sponsored agencies under guarantee or insurance provisions, as well as loans that are fully secured by cash collateral. In order to exclude a loan based on cash collateral, the cash would be required to be in the form of a savings or time deposit held by the insured depository institution, the insured depository institution would be required to have a signed collateral assignment of the deposit account, which is irrevocable for the remaining term of the loan or commitment, and the insured depository institution would be required to place a hold on the deposit account, which alerts the institution's employees to an attempted withdrawal. In the case of a revolving line of credit, the cash collateral would have to be equal to or greater than the amount of the total loan commitment (the aggregate funded and unfunded balance of the loan) for the exclusion to apply.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>27</SU>An internal approach would include the use of an institution's own default experience with a particular product and credit score, whether that score was provided by a third party or was internally derived.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <GPH DEEP="440" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="18115"/>
          <GID>EP27MR12.119</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>The proposed 20 percent PD threshold was determined based on an evaluation of performance data provided by a couple of large third party vendors of consumer credit scores. Specifically, for each vendor, this data contained observed, two-year default rates and the proportion of consumer accounts captured by credit score and product type. Default rates were calculated in a manner similar to the guidelines in Appendix C. The FDIC considered the proportion of consumer accounts and range of scores that would be deemed higher-risk under different PD thresholds, overall and by product type, and how those results compare to score-based definitions of subprime commonly used by the industry. The FDIC would use the information that would be included in the Call Report to determine whether the PD threshold should be changed in the future.<SU>28</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>28</SU>See 76 FR 10672, 10700 (February 25, 2011) (H. Updating the Scorecard).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The FDIC anticipates that it may receive additional or updated information from third party vendors prior to the Board adopting a final rule. The FDIC would consider any additional information received before it proposes that a particular PD threshold be adopted in the final rule. In reviewing the PD threshold, the FDIC would use a methodology similar to the methodology described above. The methodology used would include consideration of the proportion of consumer accounts and range of scores that would be deemed higher risk under different PD thresholds and how those compare to score-based definitions of subprime commonly used in the industry.</P>

        <P>During discussions with the industry, a few institutions suggested that the FDIC have the flexibility to modify the time periods used for PD estimation without further notice-and-comment rulemaking. The institutions suggested that the FDIC could either change the time period considered or add additional time periods to the existing time period. The FDIC agrees that having the flexibility to modify the time periods, as part of the risk-based assessment system, would allow the FDIC to better differentiate risk among institutions. For example, a material change in consumer behavior or the development of new consumer products or default data might suggest changes to what should be considered a higher-risk consumer loan. Under these<PRTPAGE P="18116"/>circumstances, incorporating new or additional time periods might better capture either the changes in consumer behavior or new potentially higher-risk consumer products so that FDIC can better identify and measure emerging risks. The FDIC would also have, as part of the risk-based assessment system, the flexibility to increase or decrease the PD threshold of 20 for identifying higher-risk consumer loans to reflect the updated consumer default data from the different time periods selected without the necessity of further notice-and-comment rulemaking. Before making changes to the established PD threshold, the FDIC would analyze resulting potential changes in the distribution of the higher-risk consumer loans and would consider the resulting effect on total deposit insurance assessments and risk differentiation among institutions. The FDIC would provide institutions with at least one quarter advance notice of any changes to the PD estimation time periods or the PD threshold.<SU>29</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>29</SU>Reporting all consumer loans by product and PD bands was part of the industry's proposal to strengthen identification of higher-risk consumer loans.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Nontraditional Mortgage Loans</HD>
        <P>The proposal does not make changes to the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan; however, it does clarify how securitizations of nontraditional mortgage loans would be identified under the current definition.<SU>30</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>30</SU>A securitization would be as defined in Appendix A, Section II(B)(16) of Part 325 of the FDIC's Rules and Regulations, as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In a comment letter in response to the March and July PRA notices, three industry trade groups stated that the criteria outlined for identifying nontraditional mortgage loans in the February rule do not fully differentiate risk among banks or among nontraditional mortgage loans. The commenters maintained that not all nontraditional mortgage loans contain the same level of risk. The industry suggested that banks identify and report nontraditional mortgage loans by the PD within one year from origination as determined as of origination by a credit scoring system, similar to their recommendation for reporting subprime consumer loans.</P>
        <P>After reviewing the merits of the industry's suggestions, the FDIC has concluded that identifying a mortgage loan using a one-year PD would be inappropriate given the unique risks of nontraditional mortgage loans. Unlike leveraged loans and subprime loans, institutions have not indicated any difficulty complying with the existing definition of nontraditional mortgage loans and the FDIC believes that changes to the definition would not result in better risk determination for deposit insurance pricing purposes. The FDIC will monitor future rulemakings regarding Qualified Residential Mortgages and the capital treatment of nontraditional mortgage loans to determine whether any changes to the definition should be considered.</P>
        <P>Large and highly complex institutions are sophisticated investors and can typically obtain the information needed to determine whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold described above when they purchase interests in these securitizations. The proposal clarifies that an institution would be required to use information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor in reasonably determining whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold of the assets backing a securitization contain nontraditional mortgage loans.</P>
        <P>Information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor should include, but is not limited to, offering memorandums, indentures, trustee reports, and requests for information from servicers, collateral managers, issuers, trustees, or similar third parties. When determining whether a revolving trust or similar securitization would meet the threshold, an institution could use established criteria, model portfolios, or limitations published in the offering memorandum, indenture, trustee report or similar documents.</P>
        <P>Sufficient information necessary for an institution to make a definitive determination may not, in every case, be reasonably available to the institution as a sophisticated investor. In such a case, the institution may exercise its judgment in making the determination. Nevertheless, the FDIC would retain the right to review and audit for compliance with the rule any determination that a securitization does not meet the 50 percent threshold.</P>
        <P>In cases where a securitization is required to be consolidated on the balance sheet as a result of SFAS 166 and SFAS 167, and a large institution or highly complex institution has access to the necessary information, an institution may evaluate individual loans in the securitization on a loan-by-loan basis. Any loan within the securitization that meets the definition of a higher-risk asset would be reported as a higher-risk asset and any loan within the securitization that does not meet the definition of a higher-risk asset would not be reported as such. When making this evaluation, the institution would have to follow the transition guidance described in Appendix C, Section C. Once an institution evaluated a securitization for higher-risk asset designation on a loan-by-loan basis, it would have to continue to evaluate all securitizations for which it has the required information in a similar manner (i.e., on a loan-by-loan basis). For a securitizations for which the institution does not have access to information on a loan-by-loan basis, the institution would be required to determine whether the securitization meets the 50 percent threshold as described previously for other securitizations.</P>
        <P>Under the proposal, institutions would also have to determine whether residential loans and securities meet the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, subject to requirements similar to those proposed for higher-risk consumer loans.</P>
        <P>When an institution acquires a residential loan or security, it would have to determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender. If this information were unavailable, however, the institution would have to obtain recent, refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party.<SU>31</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>31</SU>Somewhat more stringent requirements would apply when an institution acquires loans or securities from another entity on a recurring or programmatic basis.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Evaluation of Higher-Risk Assets</HD>
        <P>The FDIC proposes that institutions evaluate C&amp;I and consumer loans as of origination and refinance to determine whether they meet the criteria for higher-risk assets. A loan that is determined to be both a higher-risk consumer and a nontraditional mortgage loan should be reported only as a nontraditional mortgage loan, not both.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Large Bank Adjustment Process</HD>
        <P>The FDIC currently has the ability to adjust a large or highly complex institution's total score (which is used to determine its deposit insurance assessment rate) by a maximum of 15 points (the large bank adjustment).<SU>32</SU>

          <FTREF/>Because the proposed definitions should result in better risk identification and consistent application across the industry, the FDIC anticipates that there would be limited circumstances where the FDIC would consider a large bank adjustment as a result of perceived mitigants to an institution's higher-risk<PRTPAGE P="18117"/>concentration measure. The proposed revised definitions, which include specific exceptions for well-collateralized loans, should result in generally equal treatment of similar loans at different institutions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>32</SU>76 FR 10714 (February 25, 2011) to be codified at 12 CFR 327.9(b)(3).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Audit</HD>
        <P>Several of the proposed changes could require periodic auditing to ensure consistent reporting across the industry. For example, the PD calculation, whether through credit score mapping or through an internal approach, if not properly monitored, could potentially result in inconsistent application. Also, institutions would need to carefully evaluate their controls for asset-based and floor plan lending to determine whether they can exclude these loans from their higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities totals. The FDIC expects institutions will have appropriate systems in place for the proper identification and reporting of higher-risk assets. Enhanced review procedures for higher-risk asset reporting should be part of these systems. Institutions' higher-risk identification and reporting programs should include applicable policies, procedures, reviews, and validation (through internal or external audits). The results of any internal reviews or external audits of higher-risk assets reporting should be made available to the FDIC upon request. The FDIC may review and audit for compliance all determinations made by insured institutions for assessment purposes. The FDIC may also review specific details of an institution's reporting, including loans that are excluded from higher-risk assets. Any weakness identified in the reporting of higher-risk assets may be considered when forming supervisory strategies or in the application of adjustments to an institution's total score as outlined in the Guidelines.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Updating the Scorecard</HD>
        <P>As set forth in the February rule, the FDIC has the flexibility to update the minimum and maximum cutoff values used in each scorecard annually without further rulemaking as long as the method of selecting cut-off values remains unchanged.<SU>33</SU>
          <FTREF/>The FDIC can add new data for subsequent years to its analysis and can, from time to time, exclude some earlier years from its analysis. Updating the minimum and maximum cutoff values and weights allows the FDIC to use the most recent data, thereby improving the accuracy of the scorecard method.<SU>34</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>33</SU>76 FR 10672, 10700 (February 25, 2011) (H. Updating the Scorecard).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>34</SU>If, as a result of its review and analysis, the FDIC concludes that different measures should be used to determine risk-based assessments, that the method of additional or alternative selecting cutoff values should be revised, that the weights assigned to the scorecard measures should be recalibrated, or that a new method should be used to differentiate risk among large institutions or highly complex institutions, changes would be made through a future rulemaking.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The new definitions would allow the FDIC to better measure the risk present in large and highly-complex institutions, but they do not change that risk. Unless the FDIC re-calibrates cutoff values for the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio, however, the proposed changes to the definitions of higher-risk assets could result in significant increases or decreases in the amount of total deposit insurance assessments collected from large and highly complex banks. Each scorecard measure, including the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio, is converted to a score between 0 and 100 based upon minimum and maximum cutoff values for the measure (where the minimum and maximum cutoff values get converted to a score of 0 or 100). Most of the minimum and maximum cutoff values represent the 10th and 90th percentile values for each measure, which are derived using data on large institutions over a ten-year period beginning with the first quarter of 2000 through the fourth quarter of 2009. Since the cutoff values for the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio were calibrated using higher-risk assets data reported in accordance with an institution's existing methodology for identifying leveraged or subprime loans and securities, changing the definitions of these higher-risk assets may result in significant differences in the volume of higher-risk assets reported by institutions, and differences in the amount of deposit insurance assessments collected by the FDIC.</P>
        <P>The FDIC does not intend for the proposed changes in definitions to result in the FDIC collecting higher or lower deposit insurance assessment revenue from large and highly complex institutions as a whole (although it may result in individual institutions paying higher or lower deposit insurance assessments). Consequently, the FDIC anticipates that it may need to use its flexibility to update cutoff values to update the minimum and maximum cutoff values for the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio.<SU>35</SU>
          <FTREF/>Changes in the distribution of the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio scores and the resulting effect on total assessments and risk differentiation between institutions would be taken into account in determining changes to the cutoffs. In addition, because the FDIC has not collected any data under the proposed definitions, changes to cutoff values for the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio could be made more frequently than annually. This review would ensure proper risk differentiation between institutions.<SU>36</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>35</SU>76 FR 10672, 10700 (February 25, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>36</SU>The FDIC would provide large and highly-complex institutions with at least one quarter advance notice in their quarterly deposit insurance invoice of changes in the cutoff values to ensure that the industry can determine the effect that any changes may have on its assessments.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Implementation and Effective Date</HD>
        <P>To allow time for institutions to implement systems to comply with the revised definitions, predicated on Call Report changes, the proposed amendments would become effective October 1, 2012. Because the FDIC is proposing no amendments to the definitions of construction and land development loans and nontraditional mortgage loans (other than to clarify how securitizations that meet the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan are to be identified), the FDIC proposes that institutions continue to define and report these higher-risk assets as they have been doing under the February rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transition Guidance Until Effective Date</HD>
        <P>Prior to October 1, 2012, large institutions and highly complex institutions will continue to use the transition guidance for leveraged loans and subprime loans as outlined in the General Instructions (Instructions) for Schedule RC-O of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income, Memorandum items 6 through 15. The Instructions will be updated as of March 31, 2012 to reflect October 1, 2012 (formerly April 1, 2012) as the date to begin identifying newly originated loans and securities according to the proposed definitions of these two higher-risk asset categories.</P>

        <P>This transition guidance provides that, for loans or securities originated or purchased before October 1, 2012, an institution may use either the definition in the February rule or continue to use its existing internal methodology for identifying loans and securities as leveraged or subprime for Schedule RC-O assessment reporting purposes. Institutions that do not have an existing methodology in place to identify loans and securities as leveraged or subprime<PRTPAGE P="18118"/>(because they are not required to report these exposures to their primary federal regulator for examination or other supervisory purposes or do not measure and monitor loans and securities with these characteristics for internal risk management purposes) may continue to apply existing guidance provided by their primary federal regulator, by the agencies' 2001 Expanded Guidance for Subprime Lending Programs, (for consumer loans and securities) or by the February 2008 Comptroller's Handbook on Leveraged Lending (for C&amp;I loans and securities).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Rules in Effect on the Effective Date and Thereafter</HD>
        <P>Effective October 1, 2012, the proposed definitions described above would apply to:</P>
        <P>(1) All C&amp;I loans and securities originated or purchased on or after October 1, 2012;</P>
        <P>(2) All consumer loans and securities, except securitizations of consumer loans and securities, whenever originated or purchased;</P>
        <P>(3) All residential real estate loans and securities, except securitizations of residential real estate loans, whenever originated or purchased; and</P>
        <P>(4) All securitizations of C&amp;I, consumer, and residential real estate loans originated or purchased on or after October 1, 2012.</P>
        <P>For consumer and residential real estate loans and securities (other than securitizations) originated or purchased prior to October 1, 2012, an institution would have to determine whether the loan or security met the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan or security no later than December 31, 2012, using information as of the date of the origination of the loan or security if the institution had that information.<SU>37</SU>
          <FTREF/>If the institution did not have that information, it would have to use refreshed data to determine whether a loan or security met the definition. Refreshed data would be defined as the most recent data available as if the loan or security were being originated in the fourth quarter of 2012. In all instances, the refreshed data used would have to be as of July 1, 2012 or later.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>37</SU>Institutions had to determine whether loans and securities originated or purchased prior to October 1, 2012, met the definition of a construction and land development loan or a nontraditional mortgage loan in time to file accurate reports of condition as of June 30, 2012, and September 30, 2012.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>For C&amp;I loans and securities originated or purchased before October 1, 2012, and all securitizations originated or purchased before October 1, 2012, institutions would be required to either continue to use their existing internal methodology or existing guidance provided by their primary federal regulator or use the proposed definitions to determine whether to include the loan, security or securitization as a concentration in a risk area for purposes of the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>The FDIC seeks comment on every aspect of this proposed rule. In particular, the FDIC seeks comment on the questions set out below. The FDIC asks commenters to include specific reasons for their positions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. Deposit Insurance Pricing Definitions</HD>
        <P>a. Is the collateral test in the higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities definition appropriately specified?</P>
        <P>b. Is the purpose test in the higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities definition appropriately specified?</P>
        <P>c. Can institutions identify and report C&amp;I loans as higher-risk?</P>
        <P>d. Is the definition of material appropriate?</P>
        <P>e. Should other risk measures, besides PD, be considered to define higher-risk consumer loans and securities?</P>
        <P>f. Can institutions report all of their consumer loans into the proposed products and PD bands?</P>
        <P>g. Is the proposed PD level of 20 appropriate to identify higher-risk consumer loans?</P>
        <P>h. Is the definition of refinance appropriate?</P>
        <P>i. Are all definitions clear and are institutions able to implement the definitions as proposed?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. Regulatory Matters</HD>
        <P>a. What are the costs and what is the extent of regulatory burden of the proposal compared to the February rule?</P>
        <P>b. Will the new effective date for the transition guidance (October 1, 2012) allow institutions sufficient time to update systems to accurately identify and report higher-risk assets as defined in the proposed definitions? If not, what date should the transition guidance be extended to?</P>
        <P>c. Are the requirements in the proposed regulation clearly stated? If not, how could the regulation be more clearly stated?</P>
        <P>d. Does the proposed regulation contain language that is not clear? If so, which language requires clarification?</P>
        <P>e. Large institutions and highly-complex institutions would be required to define their higher-risk assets as outlined in Appendix C. Is the direction and language used in Appendix C clear?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Analysis and Procedure</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Solicitation of Comments on Use of Plain Language</HD>
        <P>Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1471 (Nov. 12, 1999), requires the federal banking agencies to use plain language in all proposed and final rules published after January 1, 2000. The FDIC invites your comments on how to make this proposal easier to understand. For example:</P>
        <P>• Are the requirements in the proposed regulation clearly stated? If not, how could the regulation be more clearly stated?</P>
        <P>• Does the proposed regulation contain language or jargon that is not clear? If so, which language requires clarification?</P>
        <P>• Would a different format (grouping and order of sections, use of headings, paragraphing) make the regulation easier to understand? If so, what changes to the format would make the regulation easier to understand?</P>
        <P>• What else could the FDIC do to make the regulation easier to understand?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires that each federal agency either certify that a proposed rule would not, if adopted in final form, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities or prepare an initial regulatory flexibility analysis of the rule and publish the analysis for comment.<SU>38</SU>
          <FTREF/>For RFA purposes a small institution is defined as one with $175 million or less in assets.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>38</SU>See 5 U.S.C. 603, 604 and 605.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>As of September 30, 2011, of the 7,436 insured commercial banks and savings associations, there were 3,989 small insured depository institutions, as that term is defined for purposes of the RFA. The proposed rule, however, would apply only to institutions with $10 billion or greater in total assets. Consequently, small institutions for purposes of the RFA will experience no significant economic impact should the FDIC implement the proposal in a final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>No collections of information pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521 (PRA), are contained in the proposed rule.<PRTPAGE P="18119"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999—Assessment of Federal Regulations and Policies on Families</HD>
        <P>The FDIC has determined that the proposed rule will not affect family well-being within the meaning of section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 327</HD>
          <P>Bank deposit insurance, Banks, Savings associations.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth above, the FDIC proposes to amend 12 CFR part 327 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 327—ASSESSMENTS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 327 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 1441, 1813, 1815, 1817-19, 1821.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Revise appendix C to subpart A of part 327 to read as follows:</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix C to Subpart A to Part 327—Concentration Measures</HD>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>The concentration score for large institutions is the higher of the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves score or the growth-adjusted portfolio concentrations score. The concentration score for highly complex institutions is the highest of the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves score, the Top 20 counterparty exposure to Tier 1 capital and reserves score, or the largest counterparty to Tier 1 capital and reserves score. The higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio and the growth-adjusted portfolio concentration measure are described below.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Higher-Risk Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves</HD>
            <P>The higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio is the sum of the concentrations in each of four risk areas described below and is calculated as:</P>
            <GPH DEEP="33" SPAN="3">
              <GID>EP27MR12.120</GID>
            </GPH>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
            
            <P>H<E T="54">i</E>is institution<E T="03">i'</E>s higher-risk concentration measure and<E T="03">k</E>is a risk area.<SU>1</SU>
              <FTREF/>The four risk areas (<E T="03">k</E>) are construction and land development loans, higher-risk commercial and industrial (C&amp;I) loans and securities, higher-risk consumer loans and securities, and nontraditional mortgage loans.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>1</SU>The higher-risk concentration ratio is rounded to two decimal points.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>1. Construction and land development loans include construction and land development loans outstanding and unfunded commitments to fund construction and land development loans, whether revocable or irrevocable.<SU>2</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>2</SU>Construction and land development loans are as defined in the instructions to Call Report schedule RC-C Part I—Loans and Leases, as they may be amended from time to time, and include items reported on line items RC-C 1.a.1 (1-4 family residential construction loans), RC-C 1.a.2. (Other construction loans and all land development and other land loans), and RC-O M.10.a (Total unfunded commitments to fund construction, land development, and other land loans secured by real estate), and exclude RC-O M.10.b (Portion of unfunded commitments to fund construction, land development and other loans that are guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, including the FDIC), RC-O M.13.a (Portion of funded construction, land development, and other land loans guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, excluding FDIC loss sharing agreements), RC-M 13a.1.a.1 (1-4 family construction and land development loans covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC), and RC-M 13a.1.a.2 (Other construction loans and all land development loans covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC).</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>2. Higher-risk commercial and industrial (C&amp;I) loans and securities include:</P>

            <P>• Any commercial loan (funded or unfunded, including irrevocable and revocable commitments) owed by a borrower to the evaluating depository institution with an original amount greater than $5 million if the conditions specified in (a) or (b) below are met as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, and the loan does not meet the asset based lending (ABL) exclusion or the floor plan line of credit exclusion (defined below).<E T="51">3 4</E>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>3</SU>Commercial loans are as defined as commercial and industrial loans in the instructions to Call Report Schedule RC-C Part I—Loans and Leases, as they may be amended from time to time. An overdraft is a higher-risk C&amp;I loan or security, provided the overdraft is extended to a company and not an individual and it otherwise meets the Call Report definition of a C&amp;I loan.</P>
              <P>
                <SU>4</SU>Unfunded commitments are defined as unused commitments, as this term is defined in the instructions to Call Report Schedule RC-L, Derivatives and Off-Balance Sheet Items, as they may be amended from time to time.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>(a)(i) The purpose of any of the borrower's debt<SU>5</SU>
              <FTREF/>(whether owed to the evaluating insured depository institution or another lender) that was incurred within the previous seven years was to finance a buyout (e.g., to fund an equity buyout or fund an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)), acquisition (e.g., merger or tender offer), or capital distribution (e.g., dividends, stock repurchase, or cash-out) and such debt was material as defined below; and</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>5</SU>As used in this definition of higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities, debt includes all forms of obligation and liability, including loans and securities.</P>
            </FTNT>

            <P>(ii) The ratio of the borrower's total debt to trailing twelve-month EBITDA (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>operating leverage ratio) is greater than 4 or the ratio of the borrower's senior debt to trailing twelve-month EBITDA (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>operating leverage ratio) is greater than 3; or</P>
            <P>(b) Any of the borrower's debt (whether owed to the evaluating institution or another lender) is designated as a highly leveraged transaction (HLT) by a syndication agent.</P>
            <P>• All securities held by the evaluating institution that are issued by a commercial borrower, if the conditions specified in (a) or (b) above are met, except securities classified as trading book; and</P>
            <P>• All securitizations held by the evaluating institution that are more than 50 percent collateralized by commercial loans or securities that would meet the foregoing higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities definition if directly held by the evaluating institution, except securities classified as trading book.<SU>6</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>6</SU>A securitization is defined in Appendix A, Section II(B)(16) of Part 325 of the FDIC's Rules and Regulations, as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>Institutions must determine whether C&amp;I loans and securities meet the definition of a higher-risk C&amp;I loan and security as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, as discussed in Section A of this Appendix. When an institution acquires a C&amp;I loan or security, it must determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk C&amp;I loan or security using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender. If this information is unavailable, the institution must obtain refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party. Refreshed data for C&amp;I loans and securities is defined as the most recent data available. However, the data must be as of a date that is no earlier than one year before the acquisition of the C&amp;I loan or security. The acquiring institution must also determine whether an acquired loan or securitization is higher risk as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than one year after acquisition.</P>
            <P>However, when an institution acquires loans or securities from another entity on a recurring or programmatic basis, the acquiring institution may determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk C&amp;I loan or security using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender only if the acquiring institution verifies the information provided.<SU>7</SU>

              <FTREF/>Otherwise, the acquiring institution must obtain the necessary information from the borrower or other appropriate third party to make its own<PRTPAGE P="18120"/>determination of whether the acquired assets should be classified as a higher-risk C&amp;I loan and security. If the financial information is not available as of the origination date or refinance, the institution must obtain refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party. Refreshed data for C&amp;I loans or securities acquired on a recurring or programmatic basis is defined as the most recent data available, and in any case, the refreshed data used must be as of a date that is no earlier than three months before the acquisition of the C&amp;I loan or security. The acquiring institution must also determine whether a loan or securitization acquired on a recurring or programmatic basis is higher risk as soon as is practicable, but not later than three months after the date of acquisition.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>7</SU>Loans or securities acquired from another entity are acquired on a recurring basis if an institution has acquired other loans or securities from that entity at least once within the calendar year or the previous calendar year of the acquisition of the loans or securities in question.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>Higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities include purchased credit impaired loans that meet the definition of higher-risk C&amp;I loans and exclude the following:</P>
            <P>• Residential, commercial or farmland loans secured by real estate;</P>
            <P>• Loans to finance agricultural production;</P>
            <P>• Loans to equity REITS;</P>
            <P>• Lease financing receivables;</P>
            <P>• Loans to individuals for commercial, industrial, or professional purposes;</P>
            <P>• Loans to foreign governments and official institutions;</P>
            <P>• Obligations of states and political subdivisions of the U.S.;</P>
            <P>• Loans to depository and nondepository financial institutions;</P>
            <P>• The maximum amount of any loan that is recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies, or government-sponsored agencies under guarantee or insurance provisions;</P>
            <P>• Loans that are fully secured by cash collateral, provided that the cash is in the form of a savings or time deposit held by the insured depository institution, the insured depository institution has in place a collateral assignment of the deposit account signed by the borrower, the assignment is irrevocable as long as the loan or commitment is outstanding, and a hold is placed on the deposit account that alerts the institution's employees to an attempted withdrawal; in the case of a revolving line of credit, the cash collateral must be equal to or greater than the amount of the total loan commitment (the aggregate funded and unfunded balance of the loan);</P>
            
            <FP>C&amp;I loans that are secured by liquid assets other than cash are not excluded from the higher-risk loan designation.</FP>
            
            <P>An institution must use the information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor in reasonably determining whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold. Information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor includes, but is not limited to, offering memorandums, indentures, trustee reports, and requests for information from servicers, collateral managers, issuers, trustees, or similar third parties. When determining whether a revolving trust or similar securitization meets the 50 percent threshold, an institution may use established criteria, model portfolios, or limitations published in the offering memorandum, indenture, trustee report or similar documents.</P>
            <P>Sufficient information necessary for an institution to make a definitive determination may not, in every case, be reasonably available to the institution as a sophisticated investor. In such a case, the institution may exercise judgment in making its determination. Generally, the FDIC may review and audit for compliance all determinations made by insured depository institutions for assessment purposes, including a determination that a securitization does not meet the 50 percent threshold.</P>
            <P>In cases where a securitization is required to be consolidated on the balance sheet as a result of SFAS 166 and SFAS 167, and a large institution or highly complex institution has access to the necessary information, an institution may evaluate individual loans in the securitization on a loan-by-loan basis. Any loan within the securitization that meets the definition of a higher-risk asset must be reported as a higher-risk asset and any loan within the securitization that does not meet the definition of a higher-risk asset need not be reported as such. When making this evaluation, the institution must follow the transition guidance described in Appendix C, Section C. Once an institution evaluates a securitization for higher-risk asset designation on a loan-by-loan basis, it must continue to evaluate all securitizations for which it has the required information in a similar manner (i.e., on a loan-by-loan basis). For securitizations for which the institution does not have access to information on a loan-by-loan basis, the institution must determine whether the securitization meets the 50 percent threshold.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Definition of Terms Used Within the Definition of Higher-Risk C&amp;I Loans and Securities</HD>
            <P>An<E T="03">acquisition</E>means the purchase by the borrower of any equity interest in another company or the purchase of any of the assets and liabilities of another company.</P>
            <P>A<E T="03">buyout</E>means the issuance of debt to finance the purchase or repurchase by the borrower of the borrower's outstanding equity. A buyout could include, but is not limited to, an equity buyout or funding of an ESOP.</P>
            <P>A<E T="03">capital distribution</E>means that the borrower incurs debt to finance a dividend payment or to finance other transactions designed to enhance shareholder value, such as repurchase of stock.</P>

            <P>For purposes of the definition of a higher-risk C&amp;I loan and security, a debt<E T="03">is material</E>if it results in a 20 percent or greater increase any time within 12 months in the total funded debt of the borrower (including all funded debt assumed, created or refinanced). Debt is also material if, before the debt was incurred, the borrower had no funded debt.</P>
            <P>When calculating either of the borrower's<E T="03">operating leverage ratios,</E>the only permitted EBITDA adjustments are those specifically permitted for that borrower at the time of underwriting and only funded amounts of lines of credit must be considered debt.</P>
            <P>The debt-to-EBITDA ratio must be calculated using the consolidated financial statements of the borrower unless the loan is to a subsidiary of a larger organization. In that case, the ratio may be calculated using consolidated financial statements of the parent company provided that the parent company and all of its major operating subsidiaries have unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the borrower's debt to the reporting large institution or highly complex institution.</P>
            <P>In the case of a merger of two companies or the acquisition of one or more companies or parts of companies, the pro-forma debt is to be used as well as the trailing twelve-month pro-forma EBITDA for the combined companies. When calculating the trailing pro-forma EBITDA for the combined company, no adjustments are allowed for economies of scale or projected cost savings that may be realized subsequent to the acquisition unless specifically permitted for that borrower under the loan agreement.</P>
            <P>The<E T="03">original amount</E>of the loan is defined as:</P>
            <P>(1) For loans drawn down under lines of credit or loan commitments, the amount of the line of credit or loan commitment on the date of its most recent approval, extension or renewal prior to the date of the most recent Call Report. If the amount currently outstanding as of the date of the most recent Call Report exceeds this amount, then the original amount is the amount outstanding as of the Call Report date.</P>
            <P>(2) For loan participations and syndications, the original amount of the loan participation or syndication is the total amount of the credit originated by the lead lender.</P>
            <P>(3) For all other loans, the original amount is the total amount of the loan as of origination or the amount outstanding as of the Call Report date, whichever is larger.</P>
            <P>Multiple loans to one borrower are to be aggregated to the extent that the institution's loan data systems can do so without undue cost. If the cost is excessive, the institution may treat multiple loans to one borrower as separate loans.</P>
            <P>The<E T="03">purpose</E>of the borrower's debt for purposes of meeting the definition of higher-risk C&amp;I loans is determined at the time the debt was incurred by the borrower.</P>
            <P>A<E T="03">securitization</E>is as defined in Appendix A, Section II(B)(16) of Part 325 of the FDIC's Rules and Regulations, as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Senior debt</E>includes any portion of total debt that has a priority claim on any of the borrower's assets. A priority claim is a claim that entitles the holder to priority of payment over other debt holders in bankruptcy.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Total debt</E>is defined as all interest-bearing financial obligations and includes, but is not limited to, overdrafts, borrowings, repurchase agreements (repos), trust receipts, bankers acceptances, debentures, bonds, loans (including those secured by mortgages), sinking funds, capital (finance) lease obligations (including those obligations that are convertible, redeemable or retractable), mandatory redeemable preferred and trust preferred securities accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC Subtopic 480-10, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall (formerly FASB Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both<PRTPAGE P="18121"/>Liabilities and Equity”), and subordinated capital notes. Total debt excludes pension obligations, deferred tax liabilities and preferred equity.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Asset-Based Lending Exclusion</HD>
            <P>Asset-based loans that meet certain conditions are excluded from an institution's higher-risk C&amp;I loan totals. An excluded asset-based loan is defined as any loan, new or existing, in which all of the following conditions are present:</P>
            <P>• The loan is managed by a lender or group of lenders with experience in asset-based lending and collateral monitoring, including, but not limited to, experience in reviewing the following: Collateral reports, borrowing base certificates,<SU>8</SU>
              <FTREF/>collateral audit reports, loan to collateral values, and loan limits, using procedures common to the industry.<SU>9</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>8</SU>Borrowing base certificates are defined in Appendix C, Section D.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>9</SU>Guidelines that address acceptable industry-standard controls over asset based lending are included in Appendix C, Section D. Loans must adhere to these guidelines to be eligible for the ABL exclusion.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>• The insured depository institution has taken, or has the legally enforceable unconditional ability to take, dominion of cash through account control agreements over the borrower's depository accounts such that proceeds of collateral are applied to the loan balance as collected.</P>
            <P>• The insured depository institution has a perfected first priority security interest in all assets included in the borrowing base certificate.</P>
            <P>• If the loan is a credit facility (revolving or term loan), it must be fully secured by self-liquidating assets such as accounts receivable and inventory.<SU>10</SU>
              <FTREF/>Fully secured is defined as a 100 percent or lower loan-to-value ratio after applying the appropriate discounts (determined by the loan agreement) to the collateral. For purposes of calculating the ratio, a revolving loan amount is the amount of the loan if fully drawn to the maximum permitted borrowing base.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>10</SU>An asset is self-liquidating if, in the event the borrower defaults, the asset can be easily liquidated and the proceeds of the sale of the assets would be used to pay down the loan. These assets can include machinery, heavy equipment or rental equipment if the machinery or equipment is inventory for the borrower's primary business and the machinery or equipment is included in the borrowing base.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>• Advance rates on accounts receivable should generally not exceed 75 percent to 85 percent of eligible receivables and 65 percent of eligible inventory and the bank's lending policy should address maintenance of an accounts receivable and inventory loan agreement that includes the items detailed in the Accounts Receivable and Automobile Dealer Floor Plan Lending Guidance included in Section D of this Appendix.</P>

            <P>• Assets must be valued or appraised by an independent third-party appraiser using net orderly liquidation value (NOLV), fair value, or forced sale value (<E T="03">versus</E>a “going concern” value), whichever is appropriate, to arrive at a net realizable value. Appraisals are to be prepared in accordance with industry standards.</P>
            <P>• The insured depository institution must maintain documentation of borrowing base certificate reviews and collateral trend analyses to demonstrate that collateral values are actively, routinely and consistently monitored. A new borrowing base certificate is required at each draw or advance on the loan. At the time of each draw the insured depository institution must validate the assets that compose the borrowing base certificate (by requesting from the borrower a listing of accounts receivable by creditor and a listing of individual pieces of inventory) and certify that the outstanding balance of the loan remains within the collateral formula prescribed by the loan agreement. Borrowing base reporting must be performed and validated (through asset-based tracking reports) at least on a monthly basis and supplemented by periodic, but no less than annual, field examinations (audits) to be performed by individuals who are independent of the credit origination or administration process. There must be a process in place to ensure that the insured depository institution is correcting audit exceptions.</P>
            <P>The FDIC retains the authority to verify that institutions are in compliance with sound internal controls and administration practices for asset based loans, as discussed in Section D of this Appendix. Generally, the FDIC may review and audit for compliance all determinations made by insured depository institutions for assessment purposes, including the exclusion of an asset based loan from an institution's reported higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities totals.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Floor Plan Lines of Credit Exclusion</HD>
            <P>Floor plan loans that meet certain conditions are excluded from an institution's higher-risk loan totals. An excluded automotive dealer floor plan loan is defined as any loan, new or existing, used to finance the purchase of automobile inventory by an automotive dealer in which all of the following conditions are present:</P>
            <P>• The loan is managed by a lender or group of lenders experienced in automobile dealer floor plan lending and monitoring collateral to ensure the borrower remains in compliance with floor plan limits and repayment requirements. Lenders should have experience in reviewing certain items, including but not limited to: Collateral reports, floor plan limits, floor plan aging reports, automobile inventory audits or inspections, and loan-to-collateral value (LTV) ratios. The insured depository institution must obtain and review audited financial statements of the borrower on an annual basis to ensure that adequate controls are in place.<SU>11</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>11</SU>Additional guidelines covering acceptable industry-standard controls over automobile dealer floor plan lending are included in Appendix C, Section D. Loans must also adhere to these guidelines to be eligible for the floor plan line of credit exclusion.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>• Each loan advance is made against a specific automobile or under a borrowing base certificate held as collateral at no more than 100 percent of (i) dealer invoice plus freight charges (for new vehicles) or (ii) the cost of a used vehicle at auction or the wholesale value (using the prevailing market guide, e.g., NADA, Black Book, Blue Book). Permissible advance rates depend upon the types of risk mitigation systems the insured depository institution has in place for a particular credit facility. The advance rate of 100 percent of dealer invoice plus freight charges on new vehicles and the advance rate of the cost of a used vehicle at auction or the wholesale value may only be used where there is a manufacturer repurchase agreement or an aggressive curtailment program in place that is tracked by the institution over time and subject to strict controls.</P>
            <P>• Each loan is self liquidating (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>if the borrower defaulted on the loan, the collateral could be easily liquidated and the proceeds of the sale of the collateral would be used to pay down the loan advance).</P>
            <P>• Vehicle inventories and collateral values are closely monitored, including the completion of regular (at least quarterly) dealership automotive inventory audits or inspections to ensure accurate accounting for all vehicles held as collateral. Floor plan aging reports must be reviewed by the institution. Curtailment programs should be instituted where necessary and institutions must ensure that curtailment payments are made on stale automotive vehicle inventory financed under the floor plan loan.<SU>12</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>12</SU>Curtailment programs ensure that the lender receives regular principal payments on floor plan loans in situations where the underlying collateral is not selling as quickly as expected. Under such programs, when vehicles that serve as collateral on a floor plan loan do not sell within a reasonable and specific timeframe, the borrower is required to begin repaying the lender a certain dollar amount (to be determined by the loan agreement) on a monthly or quarterly basis.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>The FDIC retains the authority to verify that institutions are in compliance with sound internal controls and administration practices for floor plan loans, as discussed in Section D of this Appendix. Generally, the FDIC may review and audit for compliance all determinations made by insured depository institutions for assessment purposes, including the exclusion of a floor plan loan from an institution's reported higher-risk C&amp;I loans and securities totals.</P>
            <P>3. Higher-risk consumer loans and securities are defined as:</P>
            <P>(a) All consumer loans where, as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, the probability of default (PD) within two years (the two-year PD) was greater than 20 percent, excluding those consumer loans that meet the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan; and</P>
            <P>(b) all securitizations that are more than 50 percent collateralized by consumer loans meeting the criteria in (a), except those classified as trading book.<SU>13</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>13</SU>A securitization is defined in Appendix A, Section II(B)(16) of Part 325 of the FDIC's Rules and Regulations, as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
            </FTNT>

            <P>Institutions must determine whether consumer loans meet the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, as discussed in Section A of this Appendix. The two-year PD must be<PRTPAGE P="18122"/>estimated using an approach that conforms to the requirements detailed below. When an institution acquires a consumer loan or security, it must determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan or security using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender. If this information is unavailable, the institution must obtain refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party. Refreshed data for consumer loans and securities is defined as the most recent data available. However, the data must be as of a date that is no earlier than three months before the acquisition of the consumer loan or security. The acquiring institution must also determine whether an acquired loan or securitization is higher risk as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than three months after acquisition.</P>
            <P>However, when an institution acquires loans or securities from another entity on a recurring or programmatic basis, the acquiring institution may determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan or security using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender only if the acquiring institution verifies the information provided.<SU>14</SU>
              <FTREF/>Otherwise, the acquiring institution must obtain the necessary information from the borrower or other appropriate third party to make its own determination of whether the purchased assets should be classified as a higher-risk consumer loan and security. If the financial information is not available as of the origination date or refinance, the institution must obtain refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party. Refreshed data for consumer loans or securities acquired on a recurring or programmatic basis is defined as the most recent data available, and in any case, the refreshed data used must be as of a date that is no earlier than three months before the acquisition of the consumer loan or security. The acquiring institution must also determine whether a loan or securitization acquired on a recurring or programmatic basis is higher risk as soon as is practicable, but not later than three months after the date of acquisition.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>14</SU>Loans or securities acquired from another entity are acquired on a recurring basis if an institution has acquired other loans or securities from that entity at least once within the calendar year of the acquisition of the loans or securities in question or the previous calendar year.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>Higher-risk consumer loans include purchased credit-impaired loans that meet the definition of higher-risk consumer loans and exclude the maximum amounts recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies, or government-sponsored agencies under guarantee or insurance provisions, and loans that are fully secured by cash collateral, provided that the cash collateral is in the form of a savings or time deposit held by the insured depository institution. In the case of a revolving line of credit, the cash collateral must be equal to or greater than the amount of the total loan commitment (the aggregate funded and unfunded balance of the loan). Loans that are fully secured by savings and time deposits are not higher-risk consumer loans, provided that the insured depository institution has in place a collateral assignment of the deposit account signed by the borrower, the assignment is irrevocable as long as the term or commitment is outstanding, and a hold is placed on the deposit account that alerts the institution's employees to an attempted withdrawal. Consumer loans that are secured by liquid assets other than cash are not excluded from the higher-risk consumer loan definition.</P>
            <P>A loan that meets both the nontraditional mortgage loan and higher-risk consumer loan and security definitions at the time of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, must be reported only as a nontraditional mortgage loan. However, if the loan ceases to meet the nontraditional mortgage loan definition but continues to meet the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan and security, the loan is to be reported as a higher-risk consumer loan and security.</P>
            <P>An institution must use the information that is reasonably available to a sophisticated investor in reasonably determining whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold. Information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor includes, but is not limited to, offering memorandums, indentures, trustee reports, and requests for information from servicers, collateral managers, issuers, trustees, or similar third parties. When determining whether a revolving trust or similar securitization meets the threshold, an institution may use established criteria, model portfolios, or limitations published in the offering memorandum, indenture, trustee report or similar documents.</P>
            <P>Sufficient information necessary for an institution to make a definitive determination may not, in every case, be reasonably available to the institution as a sophisticated investor, and, in such a case, the institution may exercise judgment in making its determination. Generally, the FDIC may review and audit for compliance all determinations made by insured depository institutions for assessment purposes, including a determination that a securitization does not meet the 50 percent threshold.</P>
            <P>In cases where a securitization is required to be consolidated on the balance sheet as a result of SFAS 166 and SFAS 167, and a large institution or a highly complex institution has access to the necessary information, an institution may evaluate individual loans in the securitization on a loan-by-loan basis. Any loan within the securitization that meets the definition of a higher-risk asset must be reported as a higher-risk asset and any loan within the securitization that does not meet the definition of a higher-risk asset need not be reported as such. When making this evaluation, the institution must follow the transition guidance described in Appendix C, Section C. Once an institution evaluates a securitization for higher-risk asset designation on a loan-by-loan basis, it must continue to evaluate all securitizations for which it has the required information in a similar manner (i.e., on a loan-by-loan basis). For securitizations for which the institution does not have access to information on a loan-by-loan basis, the institution must determine whether the securitization meets the 50 percent threshold.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Requirements for PD Estimation</HD>

            <P>Estimates of the two-year PD for a loan must be based on the observed, stress period default rate for loans of a similar product type made to consumers with credit risk comparable to the borrower being evaluated. The credit risk assessment must be determined using third party or internal scores derived using a scoring system that qualifies as<E T="03">empirically derived, demonstrably and statistically sound</E>as defined in 12 CFR 202.2(p)(2011), and has been approved by the bank's model risk oversight and governance process and internal audit mechanism. In the case of a consumer loan with a co-signer or co-borrower, the PD may be determined using the most favorable individual credit score. In estimating the PD based on such scores, institutions must adhere to the following requirements:</P>

            <P>(1) The PD must be estimated as the average of the two, 24-month default rates observed from July 2007 to June 2009, and July 2009 to June 2011, where the average is calculated according to the following formula and DR<E T="52">t</E>is the observed default rate over the 24-month period beginning in July of year t:</P>
            <GPH DEEP="16" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EP27MR12.121</GID>
            </GPH>
            <P>(2) The default rate for each 24-month period must be calculated as the number of active loans that experienced at least one default event during the period divided by the total number of active loans as of the observation date (i.e., the beginning of the period). A loan is considered active if it was open and not in default as of the observation date and had a positive balance any time within the 12 months prior to the observation date.</P>
            <P>(3) The default rate for each 24-month period must be calculated using a stratified random sample of loans that is sufficient in size to derive statistically meaningful results for the product type and credit score being evaluated. The product strata must be as homogenous as possible with respect to the factors that influence default, such that products with distinct risk characteristics are evaluated separately. The loans should be sampled based on the credit score as of the observation date and, for any single product and credit score group, the sample size must be no less than 1,200 loans.</P>
            <P>Credit score strata must be determined by partitioning the score range into a minimum of 15 bands. While the width of the credit score bands may vary, the scores within each band must reflect a comparable level of credit risk. However, since performance data for scores at the upper and lower extremes of the population distribution is likely to be limited, the top and bottom bands may include a range of scores that suggest some variance in credit quality.</P>

            <P>When the number of score bands is less than the number of credit scores represented in the population, an observed default rate for some scores will not be available. In that case, institutions must estimate the default rate for a particular score using a linear<PRTPAGE P="18123"/>interpolation between adjacent, observed default rates, where the observed default rate is assumed to correspond with the score at the midpoint of the range for the band. For example, if one score band ranges from 621 to 625 and has an observed default rate of 4 percent, while the next lowest band ranges from 616 to 620 and has an observed default rate of 6 percent, a 620 score must be assigned a default rate of 5.2 percent, calculated as</P>
            <GPH DEEP="24" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EP27MR12.122</GID>
            </GPH>
            <P>When evaluating scores that fall below the midpoint of the lowest score band or above the midpoint of the highest score band, the interpolation must be based on an assumed adjacent default rate of 1 or 0, respectively.</P>
            <P>An institution may use internally derived default rates that were calculated using fewer observations or score bands than those specified above under certain conditions. The institution must submit a written request to the FDIC in advance of or concurrent with reporting under that methodology. The request must explain in detail how the proposed approach differs from the rule specifications and the institution must provide support for the statistical appropriateness of the proposed methodology. The request must include, at a minimum, a table with the default rates and number of observations used in each score and product segment. The FDIC will evaluate the proposed methodology and may request additional information from the institution, which the institution must provide. The institution may report using its proposed approach while the FDIC evaluates the methodology. If, after reviewing the request, the FDIC determines that the institution's methodology is unacceptable, the institution will be required to amend its Call Reports and resubmit higher-risk consumer loan amounts according to the FDIC's requirements for PD estimation. The institution will be required to submit corrected information for no more than the two most recently dated and filed Call Reports preceding the FDIC's determination and for any Call Reports after the determination.</P>
            <P>(4) The credit scores represented in the historical sample must have been produced by the same entity, using the same or substantially similar methodology as the methodology used to derive the credit scores to which the default rates will be applied. For example, the default rate for a particular vendor score cannot be evaluated based on the score-to-default rate relationship for a different vendor, even if the range of scores under both systems is the same. On the other hand, if the current and historical scores were produced by the same vendor using slightly different versions of the same scoring system and equivalent scores represent a similar likelihood of default, then the historical experience could be applied.</P>
            <P>(5) A loan is considered to be in default when it is 90+ days past due, charged-off, or the consumer enters bankruptcy during the 24-month performance window.</P>
            <P>The FDIC has the flexibility, as part of its risk-based assessment system, to modify the time periods used for PD estimation without further notice-and-comment rulemaking. The FDIC also has the authority, as part of the risk-based assessment system, to increase or decrease the PD threshold of 20 percent, for identifying higher-risk consumer loans to reflect the updated consumer default data from the different time periods selected without further notice-and-comment rulemaking. Before changing the PD threshold, the FDIC will analyze resulting potential changes in the distribution of higher-risk consumer loans and the resulting effect on total deposit insurance assessments and risk differentiation among institutions. The FDIC will provide institutions with at least one quarter advance notice with their quarterly deposit insurance invoice of any changes to the PD estimation time periods or the PD threshold.</P>

            <P>4. Nontraditional mortgage loans include all residential loan products that allow the borrower to defer repayment of principal or interest and include all interest-only products, teaser rate mortgages, and negative amortizing mortgages, with the exception of home equity lines of credit (HELOCs) or reverse mortgages.<E T="51">15 16 17</E>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>15</SU>A teaser-rate mortgage loan is defined as a mortgage with a discounted initial rate where the lender offers a lower rate and lower payments for part of the mortgage term.</P>
              <P>
                <SU>16</SU>
                <E T="03">http://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal/2006/06noticeFINAL.html.</E>
              </P>
              <P>
                <SU>17</SU>A mortgage loan is no longer considered a nontraditional mortgage loan once the teaser rate has expired. An interest only loan is no longer considered a nontraditional mortgage loan once the loan begins to amortize.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>For purposes of the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio, nontraditional mortgage loans include securitizations where more than 50 percent of the assets backing the securitization meet the preceding definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan, with the exception of those securities classified as trading book.<SU>18</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>18</SU>A securitization is defined in Appendix A, Section II(B)(16) of Part 325 of the FDIC's Rules and Regulations, as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>Institutions must determine whether residential loans and securities meet the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance, as discussed in Section A of this Appendix. When an institution acquires a residential loan or security, it must determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender. If this information is unavailable, the institution must obtain refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party. Refreshed data for residential loans and securities is defined as the most recent data available. However, the data must be as of a date that is no earlier than three months before the acquisition of the residential loan or security. The acquiring institution must also determine whether an acquired loan or securitization is higher-risk not later than three months after acquisition.</P>
            <P>However, when an institution acquires loans or securities from another entity on a recurring or programmatic basis, the acquiring institution may determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a nontraditional mortgage loan using the origination criteria and analysis performed by the original lender only if the acquiring institution verifies the information provided.<SU>19</SU>
              <FTREF/>Otherwise, the acquiring institution must obtain the necessary information from the borrower or other appropriate third party to make its own determination of whether the acquired assets should be classified as a nontraditional mortgage loan. If the financial information is not available as of the origination date or refinance, the institution must obtain refreshed data from the borrower or other appropriate third-party. Refreshed data for residential loans or securities acquired on a recurring or programmatic basis is defined as the most recent data available, and in any case, the refreshed data used must be as of a date that is no earlier than three months before the acquisition of the residential loan or security. The acquiring institution must also determine whether a loan or securitization acquired on a recurring or programmatic basis is higher-risk not later than three months after the date of acquisition.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>19</SU>Loans or securities acquired from another entity are acquired on a recurring basis if an institution has acquired other loans or securities from that entity at least once within the calendar year or the previous calendar year of the acquisition of the loans or securities in question.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>An institution is required to use the information that is reasonably available to a sophisticated investor in reasonably determining whether a securitization meets the 50 percent threshold. Information reasonably available to a sophisticated investor includes, but is not limited to, offering memorandums, indentures, trustee reports, and requests for information from servicers, collateral managers, issuers, trustees, or similar third parties. When determining whether a revolving trust or similar securitization meets the threshold, an institution may use established criteria, model portfolios, or limitations published in the offering memorandum, indenture, trustee report or similar documents.</P>
            <P>Sufficient information necessary for an institution to make a definitive determination may not, in every case, be reasonably available to the institution as a sophisticated investor. In such a case, the institution may exercise judgment in making its determination. Generally, the FDIC may review and audit for compliance all determinations made by insured depository institutions for assessment purposes, including a determination that a securitization does not meet the 50 percent threshold.</P>

            <P>In cases where a securitization is required to be consolidated on the balance sheet as a result of SFAS 166 and SFAS 167, and a large institution or highly complex institution has access to the necessary information, an institution may evaluate individual loans in the securitization on a loan-by-loan basis. Any loan within the securitization that meets the definition of a higher-risk asset must be reported as a higher-risk asset and any loan<PRTPAGE P="18124"/>within the securitization that does not meet the definition of a higher-risk asset would not be reported as such. When making this evaluation, the institution must follow the transition guidance described in Appendix C, Section C. Once an institution evaluates a securitization for higher-risk asset designation on a loan-by-loan basis, it must continue to evaluate all securitizations for which it has the required information in a similar manner (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>on a loan-by-loan basis). For securitizations for which the institution does not have access to information on a loan-by-loan basis, the institution must determine whether the securitization meets the 50 percent threshold.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Definition of Refinance/Timing of Classification as a Higher-Risk Asset</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. “Refinance” Definition for Consumer Loans</HD>
            <P>For all consumer loans and securities (including nontraditional mortgage loans), an institution must determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan or a nontraditional mortgage loan and must do so as of origination, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance.</P>
            <P>A refinance for this purpose is an extension of new credit or additional funds on an existing loan or the replacement of an existing loan by a new or modified obligation. A refinance includes the consolidation of multiple existing obligations, disbursement of additional funds to the borrower, an increase or decrease in the interest rate, or rescheduling of principal or interest payments to create or increase a balloon payment or extend the legal maturity date of the loan by more than six months. Additional funds include a material disbursement of additional funds or, with respect to a line of credit, a material increase in the amount of the line of credit, but not a disbursement, draw, or the writing of convenience checks within the original limits of the line of credit. Except as noted below for credit cards, a material increase in the amount of the line of credit is defined as a 10 percent or greater increase in the quarter-end line of credit limit.</P>
            <P>Modifications to a loan that would otherwise meet this definition of refinance, but result in the classification of a loan as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR), do not constitute a refinance.<SU>20</SU>
              <FTREF/>Any modification made to a consumer loan pursuant to a government program, for example the Home Affordable Modification Program or the Home Affordable Refinance Program, is also not considered a refinance.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>20</SU>Troubled debt restructuring (TDR) is defined as this term is defined in the glossary of the Call Report instructions, as it may be amended from time to time.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>An extension of the maturity date of a loan is not, per se, a refinance. A contractual deferral of payments that is consistent with the terms of the original loan agreement (for example, as allowed in some student loans), is not a refinance. For an open-end or revolving line of credit, an advance of funds consistent with the terms of the loan agreement is not a refinance. Deferrals under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act do not constitute a refinance. Except as provided above, a modification or series of modifications to a closed-end consumer loan do not constitute a refinance.</P>
            <P>For credit card loans, replacing an existing card because the original is expiring, for security reasons, or because of a new technology or a new system does not constitute a refinance. Reissuing a credit card that has been temporarily suspended (as opposed to closed) is not a refinance. A non-temporary credit card credit line increase that is not a result of, or related to, a loss mitigation strategy is a refinance.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. “Refinance” Definition for Commercial Loans</HD>
            <P>For all commercial loans and securities, an institution must determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk C&amp;I loan and security and must do so as of origination or, or, if the loan has been refinanced, as of refinance.</P>
            <P>A refinance occurs when the original obligation has been replaced by a new or modified obligation or loan agreement. A refinance includes an increase in the master commitment of the line of credit (not including adjustments to sub-limits under the master commitment), disbursement of additional money other than amounts already committed to the borrower, extension of the legal maturity date, rescheduling of principal or interest payments to create or increase a balloon payment, substantial release of collateral, consolidation of multiple existing obligations, or an increase or decrease in the interest rate. A modification or series of modifications to a commercial loan other than as described in this paragraph does not constitute a refinance.</P>
            <P>Modifications to a commercial loan that would otherwise meet this definition of refinance, but result in the classification of a loan as a TDR, do not constitute a refinance. Any modification made to a consumer loan pursuant to a government program, for example the “Home Affordable Modification Program or the Home Affordable Refinance Program, will not be considered a refinance for these purposes.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Updating Scorecard</HD>
            <P>The FDIC retains the flexibility, as part of the risk-based assessment system, without the necessity of additional notice-and-comment rulemaking, to update the minimum and maximum cutoff values for all measures used in the scorecard. The FDIC may update the minimum and maximum cutoff values for the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio in order to maintain an approximately similar distribution of higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio scores as reported prior to the implementation of the proposed amendments or to avoid changing the overall amount of assessment revenue collected.<SU>21</SU>
              <FTREF/>The FDIC will review changes in the distribution of the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio scores and the resulting effect on total assessments and risk differentiation between institutions when determining changes to the cutoffs. The FDIC may update changes to the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio cutoffs more frequently than annually. The FDIC will provide institutions with a minimum one quarter advance notice of changes in the cutoff values for the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio with their quarterly deposit insurance invoice.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>21</SU>76 FR 10672, 10700 (February 25, 2011).</P>
            </FTNT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Application and Transition Guidance</HD>
            <P>Sections A through C of this Appendix C apply to:</P>
            <P>(1) All construction and land development loans, whenever originated or purchased;</P>
            <P>(2) All C&amp;I loans and securities originated or purchased on or after October 1, 2012;</P>
            <P>(3) All consumer loans and securities, except securitizations of consumer loans and securities, whenever originated or purchased;</P>
            <P>(4) All residential real estate loans and securities, except securitizations of residential real estate loans, whenever originated or purchased; and</P>
            <P>(5) All securitizations of C&amp;I loans, consumer, or residential loans originated or purchased on or after October 1, 2012.</P>
            <P>For consumer and residential real estate loans and securities (other than securitizations) originated or purchased prior to October 1, 2012, an institution must determine whether the loan or security meets the definition of a higher-risk consumer loan and security no later than December 31, 2012, using information as of the date of the origination of the loan or security if the institution has that information.<SU>22</SU>
              <FTREF/>If the institution does not have that information, it must use refreshed data to determine whether a loan or security meets the definition. Refreshed data is defined as the most recent data available as if the loan or security were being originated in the fourth quarter of 2012. In all instances, the refreshed data used must be as of July 1, 2012 or later.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>22</SU>Institutions had to determine whether loans and securities originated or purchased prior to October 1, 2012, met the definition of a construction and land development loan or a nontraditional mortgage loan in time to file accurate reports of condition as of June 30, 2012, and September 30, 2012.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>For C&amp;I loans and securities originated or purchased before October 1, 2012, and all securitizations originated or purchased before October 1, 2012, institutions must either continue to use their existing internal methodology or existing guidance provided by their primary federal regulator, or use the definitions detailed in the February rule to determine whether to include the loan, security, or securitization as a concentration in a risk area for purposes of the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio.<SU>23</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>23</SU>76 FR 10672 (February 25, 2011).</P>
            </FTNT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Accounts Receivable and Automobile Dealer Floor Plan Lending Guidance</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. Accounts Receivable</HD>

            <P>Loans secured by accounts receivable should be made with advance rates at or below 75 percent to 85 percent of eligible receivables, based on the receivable quality, concentration level of account debtors, and performance of receivables as related to the<PRTPAGE P="18125"/>terms of sale.<SU>24</SU>
              <FTREF/>An institution's lending policy should address the maintenance of an accounts receivable loan agreement with the borrower. This loan agreement should establish a percentage advance against acceptable receivables, include a maximum dollar amount due from any one account debtor, address the financial strength of debtor accounts, and define acceptable receivables. The definition of acceptable receivables should consider the turnover and dilution rates of receivables pledged, the aging of accounts receivable, and the concentrations of debtor accounts.<SU>25</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>24</SU>Concentration of account debtors is the percentage value of receivables associated with one or a few customers relative to the total value of receivables. Compared to a lender with numerous debtors, a lender with few debtors is exposed to a greater level of risk if one of these debtors does not pay according to its account agreement. Consequently, high levels of concentration reflect higher risk for a lender and must cause the lender to hold higher reserves (advance a lesser percentage) all else equal.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>25</SU>Turnover of receivables is the velocity at which receivables are collected. In general, faster turnover increases the advance rate imposed by the lender.</P>
              <P>The dilution rate is the uncollectible accounts receivable as a percentage of sales. The historical dilution rate will impact advance rates. Higher uncollectible accounts will translate into a larger reserve account and less funds advanced to the company.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>Ineligibles must be established for any debtor account where there is concern that the debtor may not pay according to terms. Examples of ineligibles include:</P>
            <P>• Accounts receivable balances over 90 days beyond invoice date or 60 days past due, depending upon custom with respect to a particular industry with appropriate adjustments made for dated billings;</P>
            <P>• Entire account balances where over 50 percent of the account is over 60 days past due or 90 days past invoice date;</P>
            <P>• Accounts arising from other than trade (e.g., royalties, rebates);</P>
            <P>• Consignment or guaranteed sales;</P>
            <P>• Notes receivable;</P>
            <P>• Progress billings;</P>
            <P>• Account balances in excess of limits appropriate to account debtor's credit worthiness or unduly concentrated by industry, location or customer; and</P>
            <P>• Affiliate and intercompany accounts.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. Inventory</HD>
            <P>Loans against inventory should normally be made with advance rates no more than 65 percent of eligible inventory (at the lower of cost valued on a FIFO basis or market) based on an analysis of realizable value. When an appraisal is obtained, up to 85 percent of the NOLV of the inventory may be financed.</P>
            <P>Ineligibles must be established for inventory that exhibit characteristics that make it difficult to achieve a realizable value or to obtain possession of the inventory. The following are examples of when inventory is considered ineligible as collateral:</P>
            <P>• Slow moving, obsolete inventory and items turning materially slower than industry average;</P>
            <P>• Inventory with value to the client only, which is generally work in process; however, it may include raw materials used solely in the client's manufacturing process;</P>
            <P>• Consigned inventory or other inventory where a perfected lien cannot be obtained;</P>
            <P>• Off-premise inventory subject to a mechanic's or other lien; and</P>
            <P>• Specialized, high technology or other inventory subject to rapid obsolescence or valuation problems.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">3. Minimum Account Management and Monitoring Standards for Asset Based and Floor Plan Lenders</HD>
            <P>Accounts receivable and floor plan lending require a rigorous level of account management compared to other forms of lending. A hands-on approach to collateral evaluation and intense financial and client monitoring must be used in order to properly manage these relationships. Clients must submit periodic detailed reports that are routinely analyzed. A staff of specially trained field auditors should visit clients on a regular basis to inspect the collateral and verify the accuracy of the reporting. Examples of detailed reports that must be routinely provided to the asset-based lender include:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Borrowing Base Certificates:</E>A form prepared by the borrower that reflects the current status of the collateral. Certificates, along with supporting information, must be provided on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on the terms of the loan agreement, the financial strength of the borrower and the amount of availability under the revolver. Once received by the lender, this certificate, along with the supporting information, must be reconciled with internal collateral management systems to ensure the accuracy of the collateral base, with any discrepancies reconciled with the borrower. Key information contained in the certificate must include:</P>
            <P>• The accounts receivable balance (rolled forward from the previous certificate);</P>
            <P>• Sales (reported as gross billings) with detailed adjustments for returns and allowances to allow for proper tracking of dilution and other reductions in collateral;</P>
            <P>• Detailed inventory information (e.g., raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods); and</P>
            <P>• Detail of loan activity.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Accounts Receivable and Inventory Detail:</E>Monthly accounts receivable and inventory agings must be received in sufficient detail to allow the lender to compute the required ineligibles.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Accounts Payable Detail:</E>Monthly accounts payable agings must be received to monitor payable performance and anticipated working capital needs.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Covenant Compliance Certificates:</E>Borrowers should submit Covenant Compliance Certificates, generally on a monthly or quarterly basis (depending on the terms of the loan agreement) to monitor compliance with the covenants outlined in the loan agreement. Non-compliance with any covenants should be promptly addressed to cure any defaults, with actions taken (e.g., waiver, amendment, default pricing, blocking advance privileges) dependent on the nature of each situation.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Definition of Terms Used in the Accounts Receivable and Automobile Dealer Floor Plan Lending Guidance</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Blocked Account:</E>An account that is controlled by an agreement that stipulates that all cash transferred out of the account must go to the lender. Blocked accounts are controlled by the lender. The borrower can make deposits into the blocked account, but maintains no signature authority on the account. Funds flowing into the blocked account originate from (i) direct deposit checks; (ii) lock box deposits; or (iii) wire transfers from other institutions. In the direct deposit or bulk method, the client receives checks from its customers, batches them, and deposits them in kind to the blocked account.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Lock Box:</E>An agreement whereby the borrower's account debtors mail their payment checks to a specified Post Office box controlled by the lender. The lender opens the mail, processes the checks for collection, and forwards a copy or other record of the checks to the borrower. Lock box proceeds are deposited into the borrower's blocked account.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">E. Growth-Adjusted Portfolio Concentration Measure</HD>
            <P>The growth-adjusted concentration measure is the sum of the values of concentrations in each of the seven portfolios, each of the values being first adjusted for risk weights and growth. The product of the risk weight and the concentration ratio is first squared and then multiplied by the growth factor. The measure is calculated as:</P>
            <GPH DEEP="37" SPAN="3">
              <GID>EP27MR12.123</GID>
            </GPH>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">N is institution<E T="03">i'</E>s growth-adjusted portfolio concentration measure;<SU>26</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </FP>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>26</SU>The growth-adjusted portfolio concentration measure is rounded to two decimal points.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="03">k</E>is a portfolio;<PRTPAGE P="18126"/>
            </FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="03">g</E>is a growth factor for institution<E T="03">i'</E>s portfolio<E T="03">k;</E>and,</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">w is a risk weight for portfolio<E T="03">k.</E>
            </FP>
            
            <P>The seven portfolios (<E T="03">k</E>) are defined based on the Call Report/TFR data and they are:</P>
            <P>• Construction and land development loans;</P>
            <P>• Other commercial real estate loans;</P>
            <P>• First-lien residential mortgages and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (excludes CMOs, REMICS, CMO and REMIC residuals, and stripped MBS issued by non-U.S. Government issuers for which the collateral consists of MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies);</P>
            <P>• Closed-end junior liens and home equity lines of credit (HELOCs);</P>
            <P>• Commercial and industrial loans;</P>
            <P>• Credit card loans; and</P>
            <P>• Other consumer loans.<E T="51">27 28</E>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>27</SU>All loan concentrations should include the fair value of purchased credit impaired loans.</P>
              <P>
                <SU>28</SU>Each loan concentration category should exclude the amount of loans recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies, or government-sponsored agencies, under guarantee or insurance provisions.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>The growth factor,<E T="03">g,</E>is based on a three-year merger-adjusted growth rate for a given portfolio;<E T="03">g</E>ranges from 1 to 1.2 where a 20 percent growth rate equals a factor of 1 and an 80 percent growth rate equals a factor of 1.2.<SU>29</SU>
              <FTREF/>For growth rates less than 20 percent,<E T="03">g</E>is 1; for growth rates greater than 80 percent,<E T="03">g</E>is 1.2. For growth rates between 20 percent and 80 percent, the growth factor is calculated as:</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>29</SU>The growth factor is rounded to two decimal points.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <GPH DEEP="30" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EP27MR12.124</GID>
            </GPH>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <GPH DEEP="31" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EP27MR12.125</GID>
            </GPH>
            <FP>V is the portfolio amount as reported on the Call Report/TFR and it is the quarter for which the assessment is being determined.</FP>
            
            <P>The risk weight for each portfolio reflects relative peak loss rates for banks at the 90th percentile during the 1990-2009 period.<SU>30</SU>
              <FTREF/>These loss rates were converted into equivalent risk weights as shown in Table C.1.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>30</SU>The risk weights are based on loss rates for each portfolio relative to the loss rate for C&amp;I loans, which is given a risk weight of 1. The peak loss rates were derived as follows. The loss rate for each loan category for each bank with over $5 billion in total assets was calculated for each of the last twenty calendar years (1990-2009). The highest value of the 90th percentile of each loan category over the twenty year period was selected as the peak loss rate.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Table C.1—90th Percentile Annual Loss Rates for 1990-2009 Period and Corresponding Risk Weights</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Portfolio</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Loss rates (90th<LI>percentile)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Risk weights</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">First-Lien Mortgages</ENT>
                <ENT>2.3%</ENT>
                <ENT>0.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Second/Junior Lien Mortgages</ENT>
                <ENT>4.6%</ENT>
                <ENT>0.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Commercial and Industrial (C&amp;I) Loans</ENT>
                <ENT>5.0%</ENT>
                <ENT>1.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Construction and Development (C&amp;D) Loans</ENT>
                <ENT>15.0%</ENT>
                <ENT>3.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Commercial Real Estate Loans, excluding C&amp;D</ENT>
                <ENT>4.3%</ENT>
                <ENT>0.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Credit Card Loans</ENT>
                <ENT>11.8%</ENT>
                <ENT>2.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Other Consumer Loans</ENT>
                <ENT>5.9%</ENT>
                <ENT>1.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </EXTRACT>
          <NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
            <P>The following appendix will not appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.</P>
          </NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix 1—Two-Year Probability of Default Information for Consumer Loans</HD>
          <EXTRACT>

            <P>The FDIC intends to collect two-year PD information on various types of consumer loans from large and highly complex institutions. However, the types of information collected and the format of the information collected will be subject to a Paperwork Reduction Act notice (with an opportunity for comment) published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The following table is an example of how the FDIC may collect the consumer loan information and the kind of information that may be collected. Once the definition of higher-risk consumer loans is adopted in a final rule, appropriate changes to the Call Reports will be made and institutions will be expected to begin reporting consumer loans according to the definition in the final rule. In addition, as suggested in the example table, institutions would report the outstanding amount of all consumer loans, including those with a PD below the subprime threshold, stratified by the 10 product types and 12 two-year PD bands.<SU>31</SU>
              <FTREF/>In addition, for each product type, institutions would indicate whether the PDs were derived using scores and default rate mappings provided by a third party vendor or an internal approach.<SU>32</SU>
              <FTREF/>If an internal approach was used, the institution will also have to indicate whether or not the internal approach meets the minimum number of PD bands and observations required as described in the Requirements for PD Estimation in Appendix C, Section A. Institutions would report as a separate item the value of all securitizations of consumer loans that are more than 50 percent collateralized by consumer loans that would be identified as higher-risk assets (except those classified as trading book).</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>31</SU>All figures would exclude the maximum amounts recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies, or government-sponsored agencies under guarantee or insurance provisions, as well as loans that are fully secured by cash collateral. In order to exclude a loan based on cash collateral, the cash would have to be in the form of a savings or time deposit held by the insured depository institution. The insured depository institution would also have to have a signed collateral assignment of the deposit account, which was irrevocable for the remaining term of the loan or commitment, and the insured depository institution would have to have placed a hold on the deposit account, which alerts the institution if there are attempts to withdraw or transfer the deposit funds. In the case of a revolving line of credit, the cash collateral would have to be equal to or greater than the amount of the total loan commitment (funded and unfunded balance of the loan) for the exclusion to apply.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>32</SU>An internal approach would include the use of an institution's own default experience with a particular product and credit score, whether that score was provided by a third party or was internally derived.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <GPH DEEP="449" SPAN="3">
              <PRTPAGE P="18127"/>
              <GID>EP27MR12.126</GID>
            </GPH>
          </EXTRACT>
          <SIG>
            <P>By order of the Board of Directors.</P>
            
            <DATED>Dated at Washington, DC, this 20th day of March 2012.</DATED>
            
            <FP>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</FP>
            <NAME>Robert E. Feldman,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7268 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Part 380</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3064-AD94</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Enforcement of Subsidiary and Affiliate Contracts by the FDIC as Receiver of a Covered Financial Company</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The FDIC is proposing a rule (“Proposed Rule”), with request for comments, that implements section 210(c)(16) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or the “Act”), codified at 12 U.S.C. section 5390(c)(16), which permits the Corporation, as receiver for a financial company whose failure would pose a significant risk to the financial stability of the United States (a “covered financial company”), to enforce contracts of subsidiaries or affiliates of the covered financial company despite contract clauses that purport to terminate, accelerate, or provide for other remedies based on the insolvency, financial condition or receivership of the covered financial company. As a condition to maintaining these subsidiary contracts in full force and effect, the Corporation as receiver must either: transfer any supporting obligations of the covered financial company that back the obligations of the subsidiary or affiliate under the contract (along with all assets and liabilities that<PRTPAGE P="18128"/>relate to those supporting obligations) to a bridge financial company or qualified third-party transferee by the statutory one-business-day deadline; or provide adequate protection to such contract counterparties. The Proposed Rule sets forth the scope and effect of the authority granted under section 210(c)(16), clarifies the conditions and requirements applicable to the receiver, addresses requirements for notice to certain affected counterparties, and defines key terms.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments on the Rule must be received by the FDIC no later than May 29, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Agency Web Site: http://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal.</E>Follow instructions for Submitting comments on the Agency Web Site.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email: Comments@FDIC.gov.</E>Include “RIN 3064-AD94” in the subject line of the message.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Robert E. Feldman, Executive Secretary, Attention: Comments, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20429</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>Guard station at the rear of the 550 17th Street Building (located on F Street) on business days between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m. (EST).</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Public Inspection:</E>All comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal</E>including any personal information provided. Comments may be inspected and photocopied in the FDIC Public Information Center, 3501 North Fairfax Drive, Room E-I002, Arlington, VA 22226, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. (EST) on business days. Paper copies of public comments may be ordered from the Public Information Center by telephone at (877) 275-3342 or (703) 562-2200.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATON CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>R. Penfield Starke, Assistant General Counsel, Legal Division (703) 562-2422; Elizabeth Falloon, Counsel, Legal Division (703) 562-6148; John W. Popeo, Senior Attorney, Legal Division (972-761-8171); Charlton R. Templeton, Resolution Planning and Implementation Specialist, Office of Complex Financial Institutions (202-898-6774).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act provides for the appointment of the FDIC as receiver of a covered financial company that poses a systemic risk to the nation's economic stability and outlines the process for the orderly resolution of a covered financial company following the FDIC's appointment as receiver. Section 209, codified at 12 U.S.C. section 5389, authorizes the FDIC, in consultation with the Financial Stability Oversight Council, to prescribe rules and regulations as the FDIC considers necessary or appropriate with respect to the rights, interests, and priorities of creditors, counterparties, security entitlement holders, or other persons with respect to any covered financial company and other matters necessary or appropriate to the implementation of the orderly liquidation authority established under Title II of the Act. Pursuant to the authority granted by section 209, the FDIC is issuing the Proposed Rule, with request for comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>Fundamental to the orderly liquidation of a covered financial company is the ability to continue key operations, transactions and services that will maximize the value of the firm's assets and operations and avoid a disorderly collapse in the marketplace. To facilitate this continuity of operations, the Dodd-Frank Act provides several tools to preserve the value of the covered financial company's assets and business lines, including the powers granted in section 210(c)(16), codified at 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(16). Specifically, section 210(c)(16) provides that:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company or as receiver for a subsidiary of a covered financial company (including an insured depository institution) shall have the power to enforce contracts of subsidiaries or affiliates of a covered financial company, the obligations under which are guaranteed or otherwise supported by or linked to the covered financial company, notwithstanding any contractual right to cause the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of such contracts based solely on the insolvency, financial condition or receivership of the covered financial company if—</P>
          <P>(i) such guaranty or other support and all related assets and liabilities are transferred to and assumed by a bridge financial company or a third party (other than a third party for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or other legal custodian has been appointed, or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding) * * * [by 5 p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the date of appointment]; or</P>
          <P>(ii) the Corporation, as receiver, otherwise provides adequate protection with respect to those obligations.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <FP>The conditions contained in (i) and (ii) of the quoted statute were included to assure counterparties that any contractual right to guarantees or other support, including claims on collateral or other related assets, would be protected. Thus, section 210(c)(16) requires, as a condition to the authority to enforce subsidiary or affiliate contracts that are “linked to” the financial condition of the covered financial corporation through a default provision, that the Corporation as receiver transfer any guaranty or other support provided by the specified covered financial company for the contractual obligations together with all related collateral to a bridge financial company or other qualified transferee within one business day after its appointment as receiver. In the alternative, if the receiver does not transfer the support and the related assets and liabilities, the receiver must provide “adequate protection” with respect to any support or collateral not transferred in order to preserve its right to enforce the contract of the subsidiary or affiliate.</FP>
        <P>In providing for the orderly liquidation authority of Title II, Congress recognized the structural complexity of large financial companies that might pose a threat to the financial stability of the nation. Accordingly, the Dodd-Frank Act provides certain particular authorities with respect to subsidiaries and affiliates of the covered financial company. For instance, section 210(a)(1)(E) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides an expedited procedure to allow the Corporation to appoint itself as the receiver of certain subsidiaries of a covered financial company if the Corporation and the Secretary of the Treasury jointly determine that such subsidiary is in default or in danger of default and that such action would mitigate serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States and would facilitate the orderly liquidation of the covered financial company. That section further provides that upon such an appointment, the subsidiary would be treated as a covered financial company, and the Corporation would be able to exercise the full range of special powers available to the receiver.</P>

        <P>In certain cases, however, the receiver for the covered financial company may find that the best course of action to maximize the value of the covered financial company and to mitigate systemic risk would be to avoid actions that place subsidiaries in danger of default or that necessitate complex interlocking receiverships. The affiliated legal entities that collectively comprise a complex financial institution typically share and provide intra-group funding, guarantees, administrative support,<PRTPAGE P="18129"/>human resources and other operational and business functions. Some of these operations and activities may be critical to the day-to-day functions and overall operations of the group. In addition, certain significant subsidiaries of a covered financial company may be essential to core business lines or conduct critical operations that, if discontinued, may threaten the stability of the financial markets. In these circumstances, orderly liquidation of a covered financial company may best be accomplished by establishing a single receivership of the parent holding company and transferring valuable operations and assets to a solvent bridge financial company, including the stock or other equity interests of the company's various subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Dodd-Frank Act provides the FDIC with the tools and flexibility to act effectively as receiver for the covered financial company at the holding company or parent level without placing solvent subsidiaries into receivership. This approach may be the best means of preserving value, minimizing the shock to the financial system, providing additional flexibility to mitigate cross-border resolution issues for global systemically-important financial companies, and allowing for a more expeditious resolution of a covered financial company.</P>
        <P>Where such an approach is adopted, the powers granted to the receiver under section 210(c)(16) are essential to preservation of going-concern value of the subsidiaries for the benefit of the parent in receivership. Absent this statutory provision, counterparties to contracts of subsidiaries and affiliates could exercise contractual rights to terminate their agreements based upon the insolvency of the specified covered financial company. As a result, otherwise viable affiliates of the covered financial company could become insolvent, thereby inciting the collapse of interrelated companies and potentially amplifying ripple effects throughout the economy.</P>
        <P>As described in more detail below, this Proposed Rule would clarify the scope of the authority granted in section 210(c)(16) as well as conditions and requirements applicable to the receiver. The Proposed Rule makes clear that the effect of this enforcement authority is that no party may exercise any remedy under a contract simply as a result of the appointment of the receiver and the exercise of its orderly liquidation authorities as long as the receiver complies with the statutory requirements. The Proposed Rule would address requirements for notice to affected counterparties and defines key terms. It also would clarify the term “adequate protection” in a manner consistent with its interpretation under the Bankruptcy Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Proposed Rule</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Overview</HD>
        <P>The Proposed Rule would clarify that the power of the Corporation as receiver to enforce contracts of subsidiaries and affiliates under Dodd-Frank Act section 210(c)(16) effectively preserves contractual relationships of subsidiaries and affiliates of the covered financial company during the orderly liquidation process. The Proposed Rule would identify certain contracts that are “linked to” the covered financial company within the meaning of the statute, as well as contracts that also are “supported by” the covered financial company. Under the statute, a contract is “linked to” a covered financial company if it contains a provision that provides a contractual right to “cause the termination, liquidation or acceleration of such contract based solely on the insolvency, financial condition, or receivership of the covered financial company.” That type of provision, called a “specified financial condition clause” in the Proposed Rule, is more fully defined in the Proposed Rule. Although the statute speaks in terms of the power to enforce a contract to which the receiver is not a party, the Proposed Rule would recognize the practical effect of the intent of this authority, which is that the counterparty to such a contract may not exercise remedies in connection with a specified financial condition clause if the statutory conditions are met. No action is required of the receiver to enforce a linked contract; the Proposed Rule would make clear that the contract would remain in full force and effect unless the receiver failed to meet the requirements with respect to any supporting obligations of the covered financial company.</P>
        <P>The Proposed Rule would establish that if the subsidiaries' obligations under the linked contract are supported by the covered financial company through, for example, guarantees or the granting of collateral that supports the obligations, the Corporation as receiver must either (a) transfer such support (along with all related assets and liabilities) to a qualified transferee not later than 5 p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the appointment of the receiver, or (b) provide “adequate protection” to contract counterparties following notice given to the counterparties in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the Proposed Rule by the one-business-day deadline.</P>

        <P>The Proposed Rule also would clarify the meaning of the statutory provision regarding a contractual obligation that is “guaranteed or otherwise supported by” the covered financial company. Support includes guarantees that may or may not be collateralized, netting arrangements and other examples of financial support of the obligations of the subsidiary or affiliate under the contract. In circumstances where a contract of a subsidiary or affiliate is linked to the financial condition of the parent company via a “specified financial condition clause,” but where the obligations of the subsidiary or affiliate are not “supported by” the covered financial company through guarantees or similar supporting obligations, the requirement to transfer support and related assets or provide adequate protection does not apply. The mere existence of a “specified financial condition clause” does not constitute a “support” obligation by the covered financial company, and the Proposed Rule would make it clear that the subsidiary contract remains enforceable without any requirement to effectively create new support where none originally existed. This is consistent with the effect of sections 210(c)(13), providing that<E T="03">ipso facto</E>clauses in contracts of the covered financial company are unenforceable, and 210(c)(8) of the Dodd-Frank Act, providing that “walkaway clauses” in qualified financial contracts of the covered financial company are unenforceable. In the case of those types of contractual provisions, there is no specified entity required to provide support, hence the concept of alternate support or adequate protection is inapplicable. In the same way, under the Proposed Rule, the concept of adequate protection does not arise in the absence of supporting obligations by the specified entity.</P>

        <P>The Proposed Rule similarly applies broadly to all contracts, and not solely to qualified financial contracts. For example, a real estate lease or a credit agreement, neither of which would typically be classified as a qualified financial contract, would be subject to enforcement under section 210(c)(16) and the Proposed Rule notwithstanding a specified financial condition clause that might, for instance, give a lessor the right to terminate a lease based upon a change in financial condition of the parent of the lessee. A swap agreement of a subsidiary or affiliate would be subject to section 210(c)(16) and the Proposed Rule in the same manner if the<PRTPAGE P="18130"/>agreement contains specified financial condition clause.</P>
        <P>The Proposed Rule would not affect other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act governing qualified financial contracts, such as sections 210(c)(8) (“Certain Qualified Financial Contracts”) and 210(c)(9) (“Transfer of Qualified Financial Contracts”). For example, where a covered financial company's support of a subsidiary or affiliate obligation would itself be considered a qualified financial contract, such as a securities contract, the provisions of section 210(c)(9) that prohibit the selective transfer of qualified financial contracts with a common counterparty (or a group of affiliated counterparties) would continue to apply. Likewise, the provisions in section 210(c)(10) of the Dodd-Frank Act applicable to counterparties of qualified financial contracts also would continue to apply. On the other hand, if the covered financial company's support of a subsidiary or affiliate consists of multiple contracts that are not qualified financial contracts, the Corporation as receiver may transfer all or a portion of such group of contracts as long as it provides adequate protection for the supporting obligations that were not transferred. Similarly, the Corporation may transfer all or a portion of “related assets and liabilities” that are not qualified financial contracts if it provides adequate protection for the portion of the assets and liabilities that was retained by the Corporation as receiver.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section-by-Section Analysis</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (a) of the Proposed Rule would state the general rule with respect to the authority granted under section 210(c)(16) of the Dodd-Frank Act, i.e., that the contracts of a subsidiary or affiliate of a covered financial company are enforceable notwithstanding the existence of a “specified financial condition clause” that provides a counterparty with the right to terminate or exercise remedies based upon the financial condition of the parent or affiliate covered financial company, provided that the FDIC as receiver for the covered financial company transfers all support and related assets and liabilities that back the obligations of such subsidiary or affiliate. To the extent that the receiver fails to transfer all support and related assets and liabilities, it must provide adequate protection to such counterparty to preserve its right to enforce the contracts of the subsidiary. The effect of this ability to enforce the contract is intended to be broad enough to preclude the counterparties from terminating or exercising other remedies such as requiring additional collateral but is intended to be limited in scope solely to remedies arising out of a specified financial condition clause not other contractual defaults by the subsidiary or affiliate. The ability either to transfer support or to provide adequate protection can be exercised in the alternative, or in combination. For example, if some, but not all collateral is transferred, appropriate adequate protection may be provided in lieu of the collateral not transferred.</P>
        <P>The deadline for the transfer of support is the same as the time limit applicable to the transfer of qualified financial contracts under section 210(c)(10) of the Dodd-Frank Act, i.e., by 5 p.m. (eastern time) on the next business day. Although the decision to provide adequate protection in lieu of transferring support must also be made and steps must be taken that are reasonably calculated to provide notice within a business day, the language of the Proposed Rule does not require that the adequate protection be fully in place by that next-day deadline. Although the failure to complete within a business day the documentation or transactions necessary should not be deemed to be a waiver of the right to enforce the contract, once the receiver has provided notice of its intent to transfer support or provide adequate protection, the counterparty would be entitled to the benefit of the adequate protection even before the documentation or transfer of collateral were fully completed, if necessary.</P>

        <P>The Proposed Rule would provide that a qualified transferee such as a bridge financial company or solvent third-party acquirer, as well as the Corporation as receiver, would have the authority to enforce linked contracts under the section 210(c)(16) of the Dodd-Frank Act. This is consistent with the intent of the statute that subsidiary and affiliate contracts should remain in effect and enforceable through the entire orderly resolution process. Also, the subsidiary or affiliate continues to have the ability to enforce the terms of such contract as well. In essence, the effect of such authority to enforce is substantively the same as a prohibition of the counterparty to assert a specified financial condition clause against the subsidiary or affiliate. Effectively, the Proposed Rule would make clear that the practical effect of the operation of section 210(c)(16) is similar to that of section 210(c)(13) (prohibiting counterparties from the exercise of certain rights arising out of<E T="03">ipso facto</E>clauses) and section 210(c)(8) (prohibiting counterparties to qualified financial contracts from the exercise of certain rights arising out of walkaway clauses); i.e., that the counterparties are prohibited from exercising remedies under a specified financial condition clause if the statutory conditions are met.</P>
        <P>The statute expressly states that the power to enforce contracts of a subsidiary in the circumstances described in section 210(c)(16) is vested in “[t]he Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company or as receiver for a subsidiary of a covered financial company (including an insured depository institution).” This is captured in subparagraph (a)(3) of the Proposed Rule. This recognizes that the preservation of value through the enforcement of subsidiary and affiliate contracts is important to all of the interconnected entities that are related to the entity in receivership. The effect of the statute is to prohibit the counterparty from terminating or exercising remedies based solely on the condition of the covered financial company. Once the essential link to the covered financial company is established via the specified financial condition clause, all of the subsidiaries of the covered financial company as well as the bridge financial company or qualified transferee share the benefit of the authority to enforce.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definitions</HD>
        <P>The Proposed Rule would include eight definitions: “linked,” “specified financial condition clause,” “support,” “related assets and liabilities,” “qualified transferee,” “subsidiary,” “affiliate,” and “control.”</P>
        <P>A contract is “linked” to a covered financial company if it contains a specified financial condition clause naming the covered financial company as the specified company.</P>

        <P>The term “specified financial condition clause” is intended to broadly capture any provision that gives any counterparty a right to terminate, accelerate or exercise default rights or remedies as a result of any action or circumstance that results in or arises out of the exercise of the orderly liquidation authority. Each aspect of the definition of the term “specified financial condition clause” should be read expansively to effectuate the statutory intent that counterparties are effectively stayed from exercising rights under such a clause to terminate contracts or exercise other remedies during a Title II resolution process if the requirements of the statute are met. Thus, a specified financial condition clause includes any clause that might be interpreted as giving rise to a termination right or<PRTPAGE P="18131"/>other remedy due to the insolvency of the specified covered financial company that might have precipitated the appointment of the receiver, such as an act of insolvency or a downgrade in a rating from a rating agency. Likewise, the definition is broad enough to include a change in control provision that creates termination rights or other remedies upon the appointment of the FDIC as receiver or other change in control, such as the transfer of stock in the subsidiary to the bridge financial company or the sale, conversion or merger of the bridge financial company or its assets. The intent is to allow the subsidiary or affiliate contract to remain in effect despite the exercise of any or all of the authorities granted to the FDIC as receiver for a covered financial company throughout the orderly liquidation process.</P>
        <P>Although the language of the statute refers to the counterparty's rights as “termination, liquidation or acceleration,” that list of remedies is not intended to be exclusive as the overall intent of the statute is to provide the FDIC with the power it needs to preserve going-concern value of the covered financial company as long as the rights of counterparties to receive bargained-for support is respected. Accordingly, the Proposed Rule uses the broader phrase “terminate, liquidate, accelerate or declare a default under” the contract. In effect, the specified financial condition clause is unenforceable if the statutory requirements are met. In addition, by clarifying that the link created by the specified financial condition clause may operate “directly or indirectly,” the Proposed Rule clarifies that the scope of the defined term includes contracts where the specified company under the clause may be another company or an affiliate in the corporate structure so long as the ultimate triggering event relates to the financial condition of the covered financial company or the Title II actions take with respect to that covered financial company. The term “specified company” used in the definition is consistent with terminology commonly used in such provisions in derivatives contracts to refer to the company whose financial condition is the basis for the termination right or other remedy.</P>

        <P>Language in this definition is borrowed from sections of the Dodd-Frank Act addressing related matters, such as the enforceability of contracts of the covered financial company notwithstanding<E T="03">ipso facto</E>clauses (section 210(c)(13)) and walkaway clauses with respect to qualified financial contracts (section 210(c)(8)(F)). The fact that this language is adapted and expanded upon should not be deemed to reflect any interpretation of the meaning or possible limitations of those sections. The broad language of this definition reflects the intent that it be read to accomplish the purpose of section 210(c)(16) to ensure that the receiver has the power to avoid precipitous terminations by counterparties of the subsidiary resulting in disorderly collapse and a loss of value to the covered financial company.</P>
        <P>In the event a counterparty (including its affiliates) has more than one contract with the subsidiary or affiliate of the covered financial company, any contract with a cross-default provision with respect to another contract containing a specified financial condition clause also would be “linked.”</P>
        <P>The term “support” means to guarantee, indemnify, undertake to make any loan, advance or capital contribution, maintain the net worth of the subsidiary or affiliate, or provide other financial assistance. The proposed definition does not include other assistance that is not financial in nature, such as an undertaking to conduct specific performance. Generally, if the obligation of the counterparty to perform is linked to the financial condition of the parent, the support also would likely be financial, and other types of arrangements are beyond the scope of what was intended by the statute. We are requesting comments with respect to whether this definition is sufficiently comprehensive in the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.</P>
        <P>The term “related assets and liabilities” includes assets of the covered financial company serving as collateral securing the covered financial company's support obligation, and setoff rights or netting arrangements to which the covered financial company is subject if they are related to the covered financial company's support. It should be noted, however, that if the “support” were in the nature of a non-recourse guarantee, or an unsecured limited recourse guarantee, the related assets and liabilities would not consist of all of the assets of the covered financial company. The transfer of an unsecured guarantee or obligation to a qualified transferee would meet the requirements of the Proposed Rule in this regard, without the transfer of any particular assets. The definition also broadly includes any liabilities of the covered financial company that directly arise out of or relate to its support of the obligations or liabilities of the subsidiary or affiliate. In some instances, this definition may be redundant with the definition of support, as a guaranty could be both a related liability or a supporting obligation. The broader definition is intended to make clear that the full range of supporting obligations and related assets and liabilities must be transferred to ensure that the counterparties are in substantially the same position as they were prior to the transfer to the qualified transferee.</P>
        <P>It is important to note that in some situations “support” and “related assets and liabilities” are themselves qualified financial contracts. Section 210(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XII) of the Act includes “securities contracts” as qualified financial contracts, and defines securities contracts to include “any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause, including any guarantee or reimbursement obligation in connection with any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause.” To the extent such support and related assets and liabilities are securities contracts or other forms of qualified financial contracts, they are subject to the rules applicable to the treatment of qualified financial contracts, including the so-called all-or-none rule under section 210(c)(9).</P>
        <P>The term “qualified transferee” specifically includes a bridge financial company as well as any other unrelated third parties that assume the support of the covered financial company (and all related assets and liabilities). A qualified transferee can include both the bridge financial company and a subsequent transferee; for instance, if assets and liabilities, including the support and related assets and liabilities are transferred first to a bridge financial company and then to another acquirer either prior to or upon the termination of the bridge financial company pursuant to the orderly liquidation authorities granted under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act.</P>

        <P>The definition of the terms “subsidiary” and “affiliate” are consistent with the definitions given to such terms in the Dodd-Frank Act. Section 2(18) of the Act, codified at 12 U.S.C. 5301(18), provides that these terms will have the same meanings as in section 3 of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). Under the FDI Act, the term “subsidiary” is broadly defined as “any company which is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by another company * * *.” “Affiliate is defined by reference to the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k) as “any company that controls, is controlled by,<PRTPAGE P="18132"/>or is under common control with another company.”</P>
        <P>The statute refers to the definition of “control” provided in the FDI Act, which in turn, refers to the definition provided in the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a). The Proposed Rule streamlines these cross references, clarifies that certain provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act definition are inapplicable in this context, and adopts the flexible approach of conforming to the relevant provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act and regulations promulgated thereunder at the time of appointment of the receiver.</P>
        <P>In effect, the Proposed Rule would define “control” to include a company that directly or indirectly or acting through one or more persons owns, controls, or has the power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Under the Proposed Rule, a company may also exercise “control” if that company controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the company. This definition is consistent with the Bank Holding Company Act definition as it has been reflected in regulations promulgated under that section, including Regulation W (12 CFR 223.3(g)) and Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.2(e)).</P>
        <P>Section 2 of the Dodd-Frank Act expressly adopts the FDI Act definitions that incorporate the Bank Holding Company Act definitions “except to the extent the context otherwise requires.” Parts of the Bank Holding Company Act definition of “control” are inapposite to the context of section 210(c)(16). Provisions that provide for a determination of “control” made by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors pursuant to a notice and hearing are inconsistent with the expedited decisionmaking expressly required by section 210(c)(16) and would undermine the statutory goal of providing prompt certainty to counterparties with respect to their contractual rights and remedies.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Adequate Protection</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (c) of the Proposed Rule describes the different ways that the Corporation may provide adequate protection in the event that it does not transfer a covered financial company's support to a qualified transferee. The definition of adequate protection is consistent with the definition in section 361 of the Bankruptcy Code, which also formed the basis of the definition of adequate protection in the context of treatment of certain secured creditors under 12 CFR 380.52. Adequate protection may include any of the following: (1) Making a cash payment or periodic cash payments to the counterparties of the contract to the extent that the failure to cause the assignment and assumption of the covered financial company's support and related assets and liabilities causes a loss to the counterparties; (2) providing to the counterparties a guaranty, issued by the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company, of the obligations of the subsidiary or affiliate of the covered financial company under the contract; or (3) providing relief that will result in the realization by the claimant of the indubitable equivalent of the covered financial company's support. The phrase “indubitable equivalent,” which appears in section 361 of the Bankruptcy Code, is intended to have a meaning consistent with its meaning in bankruptcy, in conformance with section 209 of the Dodd-Frank Act that requires rules promulgated under Title II of the Act to be “harmonized” with the Bankruptcy Code where possible.</P>
        <P>It is important to note that although a guaranty of the Corporation as receiver is expressly included among the enumerated examples of “adequate protection” in paragraph (c) of the Proposed Rule, the omission of such specific reference in 12 CFR 380.52 is not intended to suggest that such a guaranty would not constitute adequate protection to secured creditors under to 12 CFR 380.52. The guaranty of the receiver is, in any event, the indubitable equivalent of any guaranty or support that it may replace, and the express mention of the guaranty is added only for the avoidance of any doubt. Any such guaranty issued in accordance with the Act would be backed by the assets of the covered financial company, and also would be supported by the orderly liquidation fund and the authority of the Corporation as manager of the orderly liquidation fund to assess the financial industry pursuant to section 210(o) of the Act. Such a guaranty would in all events qualify as the indubitable equivalent of any guaranty or support that it may replace. The express mention of the guarantee is added merely for the avoidance of any doubt. The NPR will request comment on whether the interpretation of “adequate protection” under Section 380.52 should be consistent with the interpretation under the Proposed Rule, and whether Section 380.52 should be amended to include the express reference to the receiver's guarantee for the sake of consistency and clarity.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Notice of Transfer or Provision of Adequate Protection</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (d) of the Proposed Rule provides that if the Corporation as receiver transfers any support and related assets and liabilities of the covered financial company or decides to provide adequate protection in accordance with subparagraphs (a)(1) and 2, it will promptly take steps to notify contract counterparties of such transfer or provision of adequate protection. Although the statute does not contain a notice requirement, the Proposed Rule would require that these reasonable steps be taken to provide notice in recognition of the practical reality that contract counterparties will need to know whether they may exercise remedies under a specified financial condition clause. In acknowledgement of the public's growing reliance on communication using the Internet as well as the prevalence of online commerce, the Proposed Rule provides that the Corporation may post such notice on its public Web site, the Web site of the covered financial company or the subsidiary or affiliate, or provide notice via other electronic media. While the Corporation will endeavor to provide notice in a manner reasonably calculated to provide notification to the parties in a timely manner, the provision of actual notice is not a condition precedent to enforcing such contracts. Any action by a counterparty in contravention of section 210(c)(16) will be ineffective, whether or not such counterparty had actual notice of the transfer of support or provision of adequate protection. Further, where the contract of the subsidiary or affiliate is linked to the covered financial company but not otherwise supported by the covered financial company, actual notice of by the Corporation of its appointment as receiver or its intent to exercise the authority under section 210(c)(16) is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>The FDIC seeks comments on all aspects of the Proposed Rule. Comments will be considered by the FDIC and appropriate revisions will be made to the Proposed Rule, if necessary, before a final rule is issued. Comments are specifically requested on the following:</P>
        <P>1. What terms defined by the Proposed Rule require further clarification, and how should they be defined?</P>

        <P>2. Are there other terms used in the Proposed Rule that should be defined? Should the term “Business Day” be defined in the regulation consistent<PRTPAGE P="18133"/>with the definition found in section 210(c)(10)(D) of the Dodd-Frank Act?</P>
        <P>3. Are the scopes of the definitions of “support” and “related assets and liabilities” sufficiently broad so as to cover substantially all of the forms of financial assistance and related assets and liabilities that a company may provide in support of the obligations of the subsidiary or affiliate? If the scope is not sufficiently broad, please provide specific examples if possible.</P>
        <P>4. Is the definition of “control” used for purposes of determining whether an entity is a subsidiary or affiliate of the covered financial company sufficient? Is it sufficiently clear?</P>
        <P>5. Is the definition of “adequate protection” appropriately consistent with the definition found elsewhere in Part 380, in particular with the definition found at 12 CFR 380.52? Is the specific mention of guarantees of the receiver as a form of adequate protection necessary to clearly signal that this is one of the options available to the receiver? If so, should 12 CFR 380.52 be amended to specifically reference guarantees of the receiver as a form of adequate protection to assure that these provisions will be interpreted in harmony?</P>
        <P>6. Under the Proposed Rule, the Corporation is required to promptly take steps to notify contract counterparties when the covered financial company's support and related assets and liabilities have been transferred to a qualified transferee, or when the Corporation provides adequate protection with respect to the obligations of a subsidiary or affiliate of the covered financial company. Are the steps described reasonably calculated to provide notice? Is the scope of circumstances in which notice is provided appropriate?</P>
        <P>7. Is the Proposed Rule sufficiently clear that no action is required of the receiver to preserve the enforceability of a contract as long as the conditions with respect to the transfer of support or provision of adequate protection are met?</P>
        <P>8. Is the Proposed Rule definition of specified financial condition clear? Is the definition broad enough to cover all orderly liquidation events from the point at which the covered financial company is insolvent or in danger of default to the final liquidation and transfer of assets of the covered financial company? Is it sufficiently limited to make clear that the ability to enforce contracts is limited to events arising out of the specified financial condition clause and is not intended to affect rights or remedies arising out of defaults unrelated to the financial condition of the covered financial company or the related exercise of orderly liquidation authority?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Analysis and Procedure</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501,<E T="03">et seq.</E>) (“PRA”), the FDIC may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. The Proposed Rule would not involve any new collections of information pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501,<E T="03">et seq.</E>). Consequently, no information will be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for review.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act 5 U.S.C. 601,<E T="03">et seq.</E>(RFA) requires each federal agency to prepare a final regulatory flexibility analysis in connection with the promulgation of a final rule, or certify that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>Pursuant to Section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the FDIC certifies that the Proposed Rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>5 U.S.C. 603, 604 and 605.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Under regulations issued by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), a “small entity” includes those firms within the “Finance and Insurance” sector with asset sizes that vary from $7 million or less in assets to $175 million or less in assets.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>13 CFR 121.201.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Proposed Rule will clarify rules and procedures for the liquidation of a nonviable systemically important financial company, to provide internal guidance to FDIC personnel performing the liquidation of such a company and to address any uncertainty in the financial system as to how the orderly liquidation of such a company would be conducted. As such, the Proposed Rule will not have a significant economic impact on small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999—Assessment of Federal Regulations and Policies on Families</HD>
        <P>The FDIC has determined that the Proposed Rule will not affect family well-being within the meaning of Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Plain Language</HD>
        <P>Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1471), requires the Federal banking agencies to use plain language in all proposed and final rules published after January 1, 2000. The FDIC has sought to present the Proposed Rule in a simple and straightforward manner.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 380</HD>
          <P>Banks, banking, Financial companies, Holding companies, Insurance companies, Mutual insurance holding companies.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons stated above, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation proposes to amends part 380 of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 380—ORDERLY LIQUIDATION AUTHORITY</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 380 is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 5383(e); 12 U.S.C. 5389; 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(16); 12 U.S.C. 5390(s)(3); 12 U.S.C. 5390(b)(1)(C); 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(7)(D).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. The heading for subpart A is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <CONTENTS>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General and Miscellaneous Provisions</HD>
              <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
              <SECTNO>380.1</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.2</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.3</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Treatment of personal service agreements.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.4</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.5</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Treatment of covered financial companies that are subsidiaries of insurance companies.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.6</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Limitation on liens on assets of covered financial companies that are insurance companies or covered subsidiaries of insurance companies.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.7</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Recoupment of compensation from senior executives and directors.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.8</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.9</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Treatment of fraudulent and preferential transfers.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.10</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Calculation of maximum obligation limitation.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.11</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Treatment of mutual insurance holding companies.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.12</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Enforcement of subsidiary and affiliate contracts by the FDIC as receiver of a covered financial company.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>380.13-380.19</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
            </SUBPART>
          </CONTENTS>
          
          <P>3. Revise § 380.12 to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 380.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Enforcement of certain contracts of a subsidiary or affiliate of the covered financial company.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) Contracts of subsidiaries or affiliates of a covered<PRTPAGE P="18134"/>financial company that are linked to or supported by the covered financial company shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any specified financial condition clause contained in such contract and no counterparty shall be entitled to terminate, accelerate, liquidate or exercise any other remedy arising solely by reason of such specified financial condition clause. The Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company and any qualified transferee shall have the power to enforce such contracts according to their terms.</P>
            <P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, if the obligations under such contract are supported by the covered financial company then such contract shall be enforceable only if—</P>
            <P>(i) Any such support together with all related assets and liabilities are transferred to and assumed by a qualified transferee not later than 5 p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company; or</P>
            <P>(ii) If and to the extent paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section is not satisfied, the Corporation as receiver otherwise provides adequate protection to the counterparties to such contracts with respect to the covered financial company's support of the obligations or liabilities of the subsidiary or affiliate and provides notice consistent with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section not later than 5 p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver.</P>
            <P>(3) The Corporation as receiver of a subsidiary of a covered financial company (including a failed insured depository institution that is a subsidiary of a covered financial company) may enforce any contract that is enforceable by the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company under paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Definitions.</E>For purposes of this part, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:</P>
            <P>(1) A contract is “linked” to a covered financial company if it contains a specified financial condition clause that specifies the covered financial company.</P>
            <P>(2)(i) A “specified financial condition clause” means any provision of any contract (whether expressly stated in the contract or incorporated by reference to any other contract, agreement or document) that permits a contract counterparty to terminate, accelerate, liquidate or exercise any other remedy under any contract to which the subsidiary or affiliate is a party or to obtain possession or exercise control over any property of the subsidiary or affiliate or affect any contractual rights of the subsidiary or affiliate directly or indirectly based upon or by reason of</P>
            <P>(A) A change in the financial condition or the insolvency of a specified company that is a covered financial company;</P>
            <P>(B) The appointment of the FDIC as receiver for the specified company or any actions incidental thereto including, without limitation, the filing of a petition seeking judicial action with respect to the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for the specified company and the issuance of recommendations or determinations of systemic risk;</P>
            <P>(C) The exercise of rights or powers by the Corporation as receiver for the specified company, including, without limitation, the appointment of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) as trustee in the case of a specified company that is a covered broker-dealer and the exercise by SIPC of all of its rights and powers as trustee;</P>
            <P>(D) The transfer of assets or liabilities to a bridge financial company or other qualified transferee;</P>
            <P>(E) Any actions taken by the FDIC as receiver for the specified company to effectuate the liquidation of the specified company; or (vi) any actions taken by or on behalf of the bridge financial company to operate and terminate the bridge financial company including the dissolution, conversion, merger or termination of a bridge financial company or actions incidental or related thereto.</P>
            <P>(ii) Without limiting the general language of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section, a specified financial condition clause includes a “walkaway clause” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(F)(iii) or any regulations promulgated thereunder.</P>
            <P>(3) The term “support” means undertaking any of the following for the purpose of supporting the contractual obligations of a subsidiary or affiliate of a covered financial company for the benefit of a counterparty to a linked contract—</P>
            <P>(i) To guarantee, indemnify, undertake to make any loan or advance to or on behalf of the subsidiary or affiliate;</P>
            <P>(ii) To undertake to make capital contributions to the subsidiary or affiliate; or</P>
            <P>(iii) To be contractually obligated to provide any other financial assistance to the subsidiary or affiliate.</P>
            <P>(4) The term “related assets and liabilities” means—</P>
            <P>(i) Any assets of the covered financial company that directly serve as collateral for the covered financial company's support (including a perfected security interest therein or equivalent under applicable law);</P>
            <P>(ii) Any rights of offset or setoff or netting arrangements that directly arise out of or directly relate to the covered financial company's support of the obligations or liabilities of its subsidiary or affiliate; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Any liabilities of the covered financial company that directly arise out of or directly relate to its support of the obligations or liabilities of the subsidiary or affiliate.</P>
            <P>(5) A “qualified transferee” means any bridge financial company or any third party (other than a third party for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other legal custodian has been appointed, or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding).</P>
            <P>(6) A “subsidiary” means any company which is controlled by another company at the time of, or immediately prior to, the appointment of receiver of the covered financial company.</P>
            <P>(7) An “affiliate” means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company at the time of, or immediately prior to, the appointment of receiver of the covered financial company.</P>
            <P>(8) The term “control” has the meaning given to such term under 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2)(A) and (B) as such law, or any successor, may be in effect at the date of the appointment of the receiver, together with any regulations promulgated thereunder then in effect.</P>
            <P>(c) Adequate Protection.</P>
            <P>The Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company may provide adequate protection with respect to a covered financial company's support of the obligations and liabilities of a subsidiary or an affiliate pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section by any of the following means:</P>
            <P>(1) Making a cash payment or periodic cash payments to the counterparties of the contract to the extent that the failure to cause the assignment and assumption of the covered financial company's support and related assets and liabilities causes a loss to the counterparties;</P>
            <P>(2) Providing to the counterparties a guaranty, issued by the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company, of the obligations of the subsidiary or affiliate of the covered financial company under the contract; or</P>

            <P>(3) Providing relief that will result in the realization by the counterparty of the indubitable equivalent of the<PRTPAGE P="18135"/>covered financial company's support of such obligations or liabilities.</P>
            <P>(d) Notice of Transfer of Support or Provision of Adequate Protection.</P>
            <P>If the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company transfers any support and related assets and liabilities of the covered financial company in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section or provides adequate protection in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, it shall promptly take steps to notify contract counterparties of such transfer or provision of adequate protection. Notice shall be given in a manner reasonably calculated to provide notification in a timely manner, including, but not limited to, notice posted on the Web site of the Corporation, the covered financial company or the subsidiary or affiliate, notice via electronic media, or notice by publication. Neither the failure to provide actual notice to any party nor the lack of actual knowledge on the part of any party shall affect the authority of the Corporation or a qualified transferee to enforce any contract or exercise any rights or powers under this section.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated at Washington, DC, this 20th day of March 2012.</DATED>
            
            <P>By order of the Board of Directors.</P>
            
            <FP>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</FP>
            <NAME>Robert E. Feldman,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7051 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0298; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-072-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc., Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Bombardier, Inc., Model DHC-8-400, -401, and -402 airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of cracking of certain fuel access panels of the outer wing. This proposed AD would require an external inspection, and if necessary an internal inspection, to determine if certain fuel access panels are installed, and replacement if necessary; optional repetitive inspections for cracking of the fuel access panels, and replacement if necessary, would defer the internal inspection; and eventual replacement of affected fuel access panels with new panels. We are proposing this AD to prevent cracking of fuel access panels, which could result in arcing and ignition of fuel vapor in the outer wing fuel tank during a lightning strike.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by May 11, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., Q-Series Technical Help Desk, 123 Garratt Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario M3K 1Y5, Canada; telephone 416-375-4000; fax 416-375-4539; email<E T="03">thd.qseries@aero.bombardier.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.bombardier.com</E>. You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Aziz Ahmed, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office, 1600 Stewart Avenue. Westbury, NY 11590; telephone (516) 228-7329; fax (516) 794-5531.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2012-0298; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-072-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD based on those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), which is the airworthiness authority for Canada, has issued Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2011-04, dated March 8, 2011 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>[Canadian] Airworthiness Directive (AD) CF-2005-37 was issued on 11 October 2005 to address cracking of the outer wing fuel access panel, Part Number (P/N) 85714230-001. Similar cracking on an outer wing fuel access panel, P/N 85714231-001, has been reported. Further investigation revealed that certain fuel access panels may have seal grooves manufactured with non-conforming fillet radii which could lead to cracking. Cracking of the fuel access panel, if not corrected, could result in arcing and ignition of fuel vapor in the outer wing fuel tank during a lightning strike.</P>
          <P>This [TCCA] directive mandates the inspection and replacement of the affected fuel access panels.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        

        <FP>Required actions include an external detailed inspection of the outer wing access panels for rivets of the identification plate, and an internal inspection of panels without rivets to determine if the identification plate is installed, and replacing the fuel access panel if necessary. As an option, this proposed AD would allow repetitive external detailed inspections for cracking of the fuel access panels and, replacing if necessary, until the internal inspection is done. This proposed AD would also require eventually replacing the affected fuel access panels with  new fuel access panels. You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.<PRTPAGE P="18136"/>
        </FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>Bombardier has issued Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, datedFebruary 16, 2011; and Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of This Proposed AD</HD>
        <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this proposed AD would affect about 74 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 36 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $33,632 per product. Where the service information lists required parts costs that are covered under warranty, we have assumed that there will be no charge for these parts. As we do not control warranty coverage for affected parties, some parties may incur costs higher than estimated here. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of the proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $2,715,208, or $36,692 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</E>
        </P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);</P>
        <P>3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and</P>
        <P>4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">Bombardier, Inc.:</E>Docket No. FAA-2012-0298; Directorate Identifier2011-NM-072-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>We must receive comments by May 11, 2012.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
              <P>This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-400, -401, and -402 airplanes; certificated in any category; serial numbers 4001 and 4003 through 4106 inclusive.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
              <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 57: Wings.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Reason</HD>
              <P>This proposed AD was prompted by reports of cracking of certain fuel access panels of the outer wing. We are issuing this AD to prevent cracking of fuel access panels, which could result in arcing and ignition of fuel vapor in the outer wing fuel tank during a lightning strike.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
              <P>You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Inspection and Replacement of Part Number (P/N) 85714231-001</HD>
              <P>Within 600 flight hours after the effective date of this AD, do an external detailed inspection of the outer wing access panels having P/N 85714231-001 to locate the rivets of the identification plates, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011. If the rivets of the identification plate are found, no further action is required by this paragraph for that fuel access panel. If the rivets of the identification plate cannot be found: Before further flight, do the actions specified in paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) Remove fuel access panels having part number (P/N) 85714231-001 and inspect the panels to determine if the identification plate is installed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011. If the identification plate is found: No further action is required by paragraph (g) of this AD for that fuel access panel.</P>
              <P>(i) If the identification plate cannot be found, and the job detail number stamped on the underside of the access panel does not match any of those listed in table 1 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011: No further action is required for paragraph (g) of this AD for that fuel access panel.</P>
              <P>(ii) If the identification plate cannot be found, and the job detail number stamped on the underside of the fuel access panel does match any of those specified in table 1 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011: Before further flight, replace the fuel access panel with a new fuel access panel having P/N 85714231-003, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011.</P>

              <P>(2) Do an external detailed inspection on fuel access panels having P/N 85714231-001 for cracking, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011. If no cracking is found: Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 600 flight hours until the replacement specified in paragraph (g)(2)(i)<PRTPAGE P="18137"/>of this AD, or the inspection specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this AD, is done.</P>
              <P>(i) If the fuel access panel is found cracked during any inspection required by this AD: Before further flight, replace the fuel access panel with a new fuel access panel having P/N 85714231-003, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011.</P>
              <P>(ii) Within 6,000 flight hours after the initial inspection required by paragraph (g)(2) of this AD, do the actions required in paragraph (g)(1) of this AD, unless the replacement required by paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this AD is done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Inspection and Replacement of P/N 85714232-001</HD>
              <P>Within 1,200 flight hours after the effective date of this AD, do an external detailed inspection of the outer wing access panels having P/N 85714232-001 to locate the rivets of the identification plates, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011. If the rivets of the identification plate are found: No further action is required by this paragraph for that fuel access panel. If the rivets of the identification plate cannot be found: Before further flight, do the actions in paragraph (h)(1) or (h)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) Remove fuel access panels having P/N 85714232-001 and inspect the panels to determine if the identification plate is installed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011. If the identification plate is found: No further action is required by paragraph (h) of this AD for that fuel access panel.</P>
              <P>(i) If the identification plate cannot be found, and the job detail number stamped on the underside of the access panel does not match any of those specified in table 1 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011: No further action is required by paragraph (h) of this AD for that fuel access panel.</P>
              <P>(ii) If the identification plate cannot be found, and the job detail number stamped on the underside of the fuel access panel does match any of those specified in table 1 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011: Before further flight, replace the fuel access panel with a new fuel access panel having P/N 85714232-003, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011.</P>
              <P>(2) Do an external detailed inspection on fuel access panels having P/N 85714232-001 for cracking, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011. If no cracking is found: Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 1,200 flight hours until the replacement specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this AD, or the inspection specified by paragraph (h)(1) of this AD is done.</P>
              <P>(i) If the fuel access panel is found cracked during any inspection required by this AD: Before further flight, replace the fuel access panel with a new fuel access panel having P/N 85714232-003, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011.</P>
              <P>(ii) Within 12,000 flight hours after the initial inspection required by paragraph (h)(2) of this AD, do the actions required by paragraph (h)(1) of this AD, unless the replacement required by paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this AD is done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Parts Installation</HD>
              <P>As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install a fuel access panel having P/N 85714231-001 and a job detail number listed in table 1 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011; or having P/N 85714232-001 and a job detail number listed in table 1 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011; on any airplane.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Credit for Previous Actions</HD>
              <P>This paragraph provides credit for inspections and fuel access panel replacements required by this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision A, dated December 9, 2010; or Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision A, dated December 9, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
              <P>The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
              <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the ACO, send it to Attn: Program Manager, Continuing Operational Safety, FAA, New York ACO, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone 516-228-7300; fax 516-794-5531. Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards districtoffice/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
              <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Related Information</HD>
              <P>Refer to MCAI Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2011-04, datedMarch 8, 2011, and the following service information, for related information.</P>
              <P>(1) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-22, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011.</P>
              <P>(2) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-57-23, Revision B, dated February 16, 2011.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington on March 16, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Ali Bahrami,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Manager,Transport Airplane Directorate,Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7357 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0299; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-029-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Boeing Model 747-100, 747-200B, 747-200C, 747-200F, 747-300, 747-400, 747-400F, and 747SR series airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of broken and damaged latch pin retention bolts of the main deck side cargo door (MDSCD), latch pin migration, and broken latch pin fittings. This proposed AD would require various repetitive inspections of the MDSCD latch pin fittings, measuring the latch pin, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary; and modifying the latch pin fittings and installing new latch pins and latch pin fasteners. We are proposing this AD to prevent loss of the cargo door and rapid depressurization of the airplane.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by May 11, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.<PRTPAGE P="18138"/>
          </P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; phone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; email:<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet:<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com</E>. You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (phone: 800-647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Bill Ashforth, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120S, FAA, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; phone: 425-917-6432; fax: 425-917-6590; email:<E T="03">Bill.Ashforth@faa.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2012-0299; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-029-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>We have received damage reports on MDSCD latch pin fittings. Six operators have reported that broken latch pin retention bolts were found on eight airplanes. On one airplane that had accumulated 101,609 total flight hours and 12,862 total flight cycles, the retention bolts on both the #9 and #10 latch pin fittings were broken. Latch pin #10 had migrated aft and was not engaging the latch cam. On another airplane that had accumulated 33,983 total flight hours and 4,723 total flight cycles, the retention bolt on the #10 latch pin fitting was broken and the #9 latch pin was damaged. On another airplane that had accumulated 67,188 total flight hours and 14,440 total flight cycles, the retention bolt for the #10 latch pin fitting was completely sheared, which allowed the latch pin to migrate aft until it no longer engaged the door latch cam. On four airplanes, only the retention bolt on the #10 latch pin fitting was found to be broken. On one airplane, the retention bolt on the #10 latch pin fitting was damaged. A loose, broken, or missing retention bolt can result in a migrated latch pin, which can become disengaged from the cargo door latch cams and lead to increased loads in the adjacent latch pin fittings and latch cams. Increased loads can cause damage to the cargo door latch mechanism and/or the lower sill structure. The migration of two or more latch pins and subsequent failure of the latch mechanism or lower sill structure can result in the inability of the cargo door to carry limit loads. This condition, if not corrected, could result in the loss of the cargo door and rapid depressurization of the airplane.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>

        <P>We reviewed Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011. For information on the procedures and compliance times, see this service information at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>by searching for Docket No. FAA-2012-0299.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
        <P>We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements</HD>
        <P>This proposed AD would require repetitive detailed inspections of the 10 MDSCD latch pin fittings to detect loose, broken, missing, or damaged retention bolts and nuts; measuring latch pin diameter; and related investigative and corrective actions, if necessary. The related investigative actions include a torque check of the latch pin retention bolt to determine if the bolt is broken; and checking the latch pin for migration and, if necessary, a detailed inspection for damage of the latch pin fitting and the adjacent (forward and aft) latch pin fittings, the door cutout structure, the affected latch cam and the adjacent latch cams, and the door structure. The corrective actions include replacing the latch pin, the retention bolt, and related parts with a new latch pin, retention bolt, and related parts; and repairing of any damage to the adjacent door, door cutout structure, and latch cams.</P>
        <P>This proposed AD would also require modifying the MDSCD latch pin fittings, replacing the latch pins with new latch pins, and replacing the latch pin retention fasteners with new latch pin retention fasteners. In addition, this proposed AD would require post-modification/replacement repetitive detailed inspections of the MDSCD latch pin fittings to detect damaged latch pins, and loose, broken, or missing retention bolts and nuts; measuring the latch pin diameter; and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary. The related investigative actions include checking the latch pin for migration and, if necessary, a detailed inspection for damage of the latch pin fitting and the adjacent latch pin fittings, the door cutout structure, the affected latch cam and the adjacent latch cams on the door, and the door structure. The corrective actions include replacing the latch pin, the retention bolt, and related parts with a new latch pin, retention bolt, and related parts; or repairing any damage.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between the Proposed AD and the Service Information</HD>
        <P>Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011. as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011, specifies to contact the manufacturer for instructions on how to repair certain conditions, but this proposed AD would require repairing those conditions in one of the following ways:</P>
        <P>• In accordance with a method that we approve; or</P>

        <P>• Using data that meet the certification basis of the airplane, and that have been approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) whom we have authorized to make those findings.<PRTPAGE P="18139"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this proposed AD will affect 77 airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,12,r50,r50" COLS="05" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per<LI>product</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost on U.S. operators</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Detailed inspection, including torque check</ENT>
            <ENT>4 work-hours  ×  $85 per hour = $340 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$340 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>$26,180 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Modification</ENT>
            <ENT>11 work-hours  ×  $85 per hour = $935</ENT>
            <ENT>$5,530</ENT>
            <ENT>$6,465</ENT>
            <ENT>$497,805.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Post-modification detailed inspection</ENT>
            <ENT>2 work-hours  ×  $85 per hour = $170 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$170 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>$13,090 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to do necessary repairs and replacements that would be required based on the results of the proposed inspection. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these repairs.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,12,12" COLS="04" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per<LI>product</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Repair/Replacements (Groups 1 and 2 airplanes)</ENT>
            <ENT>7 work-hours  ×  $85 per hour = $595</ENT>
            <ENT>$11,478</ENT>
            <ENT>$12,073</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Repair/Replacements (Group 3 airplanes)</ENT>
            <ENT>7 work-hours  ×  $85 per hour = $595</ENT>
            <ENT>12,254</ENT>
            <ENT>12,849</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</E>
        </P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD):</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">The Boeing Company:</E>Docket No. FAA-2012-0299; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-029-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>We must receive comments by May 11, 2012.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
              <P>This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model 747-100, 747-200B, 747-200C, 747-200F, 747-300, 747-400, 747-400F, and 747SR series airplanes; certificated in any category; as identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
              <P>Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 52, Doors.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
              <P>This AD was prompted by reports of broken and damaged latch pin retention bolts of the main deck side cargo door (MDSCD), latch pin migration, and broken latch pin fittings. We are issuing this AD to prevent loss of the cargo door and rapid depressurization of the airplane.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
              <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Inspection and Corrective Action</HD>

              <P>At the applicable compliance time specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December<PRTPAGE P="18140"/>12, 2011, except as provided by paragraph (j)(2) of this AD: Do a detailed inspection of the 10 MDSCD latch pin fittings to detect loose, broken, damaged, or missing retention bolts and nuts; measure the latch pin diameter; and do all applicable related investigative and corrective actions, except as required by paragraph (j)(1) of this AD; in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011. Do all applicable related investigative and corrective actions before further flight. Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed those specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Modification of Latch Pin Fittings and Replacement of Latch Pins and Latch Pin Retention Fasteners</HD>
              <P>At the time specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011, except as provided by paragraph (j)(2) of this AD: Modify the 10 MDSCD latch pin fittings, replace the latch pins with new latch pins, and replace the latch pin retention fasteners with new latch pin retention fasteners, except as required by paragraph (j)(1) of this AD, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011. Accomplishment of the actions in paragraph (h) of this AD terminates the inspection required in paragraph (g) of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Post-Modification Inspection and Corrective Action</HD>
              <P>At the applicable compliance time specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011, except as provided by paragraph (j)(2) of this AD: Do a detailed inspection of the 10 MDSCD latch pin fittings to detect loose, broken, damaged, or missing retention bolts and nuts; measure the latch pin diameter; and do all applicable related investigative and corrective actions, except as required by paragraph (j)(1) of this AD; in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011. Do the applicable related investigative and corrective actions before further flight. Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed those specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Exceptions to Service Bulletin Specifications</HD>
              <P>(1) If any damage is found during any inspection required by this AD, and Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011, specifies to contact Boeing for appropriate action: Before further flight, repair using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (l) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) Where Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 1, dated August 16, 2011, as revised by Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, Revision 2, dated December 12, 2011, specifies a compliance time relative to the issue date of that service bulletin, this AD requires compliance within the specified compliance time after the effective date of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Credit for Previous Actions</HD>
              <P>This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 747-52A2294, dated July 8, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>

              <P>(1) The Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in the Related Information section of this AD. Information may be emailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-Seattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov</E>.</P>
              <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
              <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair required by this AD if it is approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, Seattle ACO, to make those findings. For a repair method to be approved, the repair must meet the certification basis of the airplane and 14 CFR 25.571, Amendment 45, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(m) Related Information</HD>

              <P>(1) For more information about this AD, contact Bill Ashforth, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120S, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; phone: 425-917-6432; fax: 425-917-6590; email:<E T="03">Bill.Ashforth@faa.gov</E>.</P>

              <P>(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; phone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; email:<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet:<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com</E>. You may also review the referenced service information in the docket at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>(refer to Docket No. FAA-2012-0299). You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, the FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 19, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Ali Bahrami,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7283 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18141"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0300; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-276-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Fokker Services B.V. Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Fokker Services B.V. Model F.28 Mark 0070 and 0100 airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by a design review which revealed the absence of electrical insulation material between a wing or integral center wing tank (ICWT) fuel quantity indication system (FQIS) probe and the bottom of the tank structure. This condition, if not corrected, could, under certain conditions, result in an ignition source in the tank vapor space, which could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane. This proposed AD would require, for all airplanes, applying sealant below the FQIS probes in the wing tanks; and for certain airplanes, applying sealant below the FQIS probes in the ICWT. This proposed AD would also require revising the aircraft maintenance program by revising the fuel airworthiness limitations and incorporating critical design configuration control limitations (CDCCLs). We are proposing this AD to prevent an ignition source in the tank vapor space, which could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by May 11, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Fokker Services B.V., Technical Services Dept., P.O. Box 231, 2150 AE Nieuw-Vennep, the Netherlands; telephone +31 (0)252-627-350; fax +31 (0)252-627-211; email<E T="03">technicalservices.fokkerservices@stork.com</E>; Internet<E T="03">http://www.myfokkerfleet.com</E>. You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-1137; fax (425) 227-1149.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2012-0300; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-276-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD based on those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Community, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2011-0227, dated December 6, 2011 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>* * * [T]he FAA published Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 88, and the Joint Aviation Authorities (JAA) published Interim Policy INT/POL/25/12. The design review conducted by Fokker Services on the Fokker 70 and Fokker 100 in response to these regulations revealed that the absence of electrical insulation material between a wing or Integral Center Wing Tank (ICWT) Fuel Quantity Indication System (FQIS) probe and the bottom of the tank structure could, under certain conditions, result in an ignition source in the tank vapour space.</P>
          <P>This condition, if not corrected, could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the aeroplane.</P>
          <P>For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires the application of sealant below the FQIS probes in the wing tanks and below the FQIS probes in the ICWT, as applicable to aeroplane configuration. * * *</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <FP>The corrective actions also include revising the aircraft maintenance program by revising the fuel airworthiness limitations and incorporating CDCCLs. You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.</FP>
        <P>The FAA has examined the underlying safety issues involved in fuel tank explosions on several large transport airplanes, including the adequacy of existing regulations, the service history of airplanes subject to those regulations, and existing maintenance practices for fuel tank systems. As a result of those findings, we issued a regulation titled “Transport Airplane Fuel Tank System Design Review, Flammability Reduction and Maintenance and Inspection Requirements” (66 FR 23086, May 7, 2001). In addition to new airworthiness standards for transport airplanes and new maintenance requirements, this rule included Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 88 (66 FR 23086, May 7, 2001) (“SFAR 88,” Amendment 21-78, and subsequent Amendments 21-82 and 21-83).</P>

        <P>Among other actions, SFAR 88 (66 FR 23086, May 7, 2001) requires certain type design (i.e., type certificate (TC) and supplemental type certificate (STC)) holders to substantiate that their fuel tank systems can prevent ignition sources in the fuel tanks. This requirement applies to type design holders for large turbine-powered transport airplanes and for subsequent modifications to those airplanes. It requires them to perform design reviews and to develop design changes and maintenance procedures if their designs<PRTPAGE P="18142"/>do not meet the new fuel tank safety standards. As explained in the preamble to the rule, we intended to adopt airworthiness directives to mandate any changes found necessary to address unsafe conditions identified as a result of these reviews.</P>
        <P>In evaluating these design reviews, we have established four criteria intended to define the unsafe conditions associated with fuel tank systems that require corrective actions. The percentage of operating time during which fuel tanks are exposed to flammable conditions is one of these criteria. The other three criteria address the failure types under evaluation: single failures, single failures in combination with a latent condition(s), and in-service failure experience. For all four criteria, the evaluations included consideration of previous actions taken that may mitigate the need for further action.</P>
        <P>The Joint Aviation Authorities (JAA) has issued a regulation that is similar to SFAR 88 (66 FR 23086, May 7, 2001). (The JAA is an associated body of the European Civil Aviation Conference (ECAC) representing the civil aviation regulatory authorities of a number of European States who have agreed to co-operate in developing and implementing common safety regulatory standards and procedures.) Under this regulation, the JAA stated that all members of the ECAC that hold type certificates for transport category airplanes are required to conduct a design review against explosion risks.</P>
        <P>We have determined that the actions identified in this AD are necessary to reduce the potential of ignition sources inside fuel tanks, which, in combination with flammable fuel vapors, could result in fuel tank explosions and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>Fokker Services B.V. has issued Fokker Service Bulletin SBF100-28-067, dated September 2, 2011. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of This Proposed AD</HD>
        <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this proposed AD would affect about 4 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 8 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $0 per product. Where the service information lists required parts costs that are covered under warranty, we have assumed that there will be no charge for these parts. As we do not control warranty coverage for affected parties, some parties may incur costs higher than estimated here. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of the proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $2,720, or $680 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</E>
        </P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);</P>
        <P>3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and</P>
        <P>4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">Fokker Services B.V.:</E>Docket No. FAA-2012-0300; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-276-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>We must receive comments by May 11, 2012.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
              <P>(1) This AD applies to Fokker Services B.V. Model F.28 Mark 0070 and 0100 airplanes, certificated in any category, all serial numbers.</P>
              <P>(2) This AD requires revisions to certain operator maintenance documents to include new actions (e.g., inspections) and/or Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCLs). Compliance with these actions and/or CDCCLs is required by 14 CFR 91.403(c). For airplanes that have been previously modified, altered, or repaired in the areas addressed by this AD, the operator may not be able to accomplish the actions described in the revisions. In this situation, to comply with 14 CFR 91.403(c), the operator must request approval for an alternative method of compliance according to paragraph (j)(1) of this AD. The request should include a description of changes to the required actions that will ensure the continued operational safety of the airplane.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>

              <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 28: Fuel.<PRTPAGE P="18143"/>
              </P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Reason</HD>
              <P>This AD was prompted by a design review which revealed the absence of electrical insulation material between a wing or integral center wing tank (ICWT) fuel quantity indication system (FQIS) probe and the bottom of the tank structure. We are issuing this AD to prevent an ignition source in the tank vapor space, which could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
              <P>You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Apply Sealant</HD>
              <P>Do the actions specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this AD, as applicable.</P>
              <P>(1) For all airplanes: At a scheduled opening of the fuel tanks, but not later than 84 months after the effective date of this AD, apply sealant below the probes in the wing tanks, in accordance with Part 1 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Fokker Service Bulletin SBF100-28-067, dated September 2, 2011.</P>
              <P>(2) For airplanes having serial numbers 11442 through 11585 inclusive, and equipped with an ICWT: At a scheduled opening of the fuel tanks, but not later than 84 months after the effective date of this AD, apply sealant below the probes in the ICWT, in accordance with Part 2 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Fokker Service Bulletin SBF100-28-067, dated September 2, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Revise Maintenance Program</HD>
              <P>Before further flight after doing any action required by paragraph (g) of this AD, revise the aircraft maintenance program by incorporating the fuel airworthiness limitation and the CDCCL specified in paragraph 1.L.(1)(c) of Fokker Service Bulletin SBF100-28-067, dated September 2, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) No Alternative Actions, Intervals, and/or CDCCLs</HD>
              <P>After accomplishing the revision required by paragraph (h) of this AD, no alternative actions (e.g., inspections), intervals, or CDCCLs may be used unless the actions, intervals, or CDCCLs are approved as an alternative method of compliance (AMOC) in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (j)(1) of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
              <P>The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
              <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the International Branch, send it to ATTN: Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-1137; fax (425) 227-1149. Information may be emailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-116-AMOC-REQUESTS@faa.gov.</E>Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
              <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Related Information</HD>
              <P>Refer to MCAI European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Airworthiness Directive 2011-0227, dated December 6, 2011; and Fokker Service Bulletin SBF100-28-067, dated September 2, 2011; for related information.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 8, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Ali Bahrami,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7361 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</SUBAGY>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>19 CFR Part 148</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[USCBP-2012-0008]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1515-AD76</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Members of a Family for Purpose of Filing a CBP Family Declaration</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCIES:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection, DHS; Department of the Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) is proposing to revise its regulations regarding U.S. returning residents who are eligible to file a single customs declaration for members of a family traveling together upon arrival in the United States. Specifically, CBP is proposing to expand the definition of the term “members of a family residing in one household” to allow more U.S. returning residents to file a family customs declaration for articles acquired abroad. CBP anticipates that this proposed change will reduce the amount of paperwork that CBP officers would need to review during inspection and, therefore, facilitate passenger processing. CBP believes that this proposed change would more accurately reflect relationships between members of the public who are traveling together as a family.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be received on or before May 29, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by<E T="03">docket number,</E>by<E T="03">one</E>of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal</E>:<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments via Docket No. USCBP 2012-0008.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Trade and Commercial Regulations Branch, Regulations and Rulings, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 799 9th Street NW., (Mint Annex), Washington, DC 20229-1179.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this rulemaking. All comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided. For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see the “Public Participation” heading of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submitted comments may also be inspected during regular business days between the hours of 9 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. at the Trade and Commercial Regulations Branch, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 799 9th Street NW., 5th Floor, Washington, DC. Arrangements to inspect submitted comments should be made in advance by calling Joseph Clark at (202) 325-0118.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Sophie Galvan, Program Manager, Trusted Traveler Programs, Office of Field Operations, (202) 344-2292.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>

        <P>Interested persons are invited to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written data, views, or arguments on all aspects of this proposed rule. U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) also invites comments that relate to the economic, environmental, or federalism effects that might result from this proposed rule. Comments that will provide the most<PRTPAGE P="18144"/>assistance to CBP in developing these procedures will reference a specific portion of the proposed rule, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include data, information, or authority that supports such recommended change. See<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>above for information on how to submit comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>Individuals entering the United States must declare all articles acquired abroad to CBP at the port of first arrival in the United States. Returning residents and nonresidents arriving in the United States must make a declaration, either oral or written, of the merchandise they are importing and must pay duty on the merchandise unless specifically exempted by law.<E T="03">See</E>19 U.S.C. 1202 (General Note 3(i), Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS)). Unless an oral declaration is accepted, a person arriving in the United States must complete a written declaration on CBP Form 6059-B and present the form to the CBP officer at inspection.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Personal Exemptions</HD>
        <P>Subheadings 9804.00.65, 9804.00.70 and 9804.00.72, Chapter 98, HTSUS, extend, under prescribed circumstances, duty exemptions to certain articles imported by or for the account of any person arriving in the United States who is a returning resident of the United States. The duty exemptions (also known as personal exemptions) set forth in these tariff schedule subheadings specify the aggregate fair retail value of merchandise that a returning resident may bring back to the United States without having to pay duty. As authorized by General Note 3(i), HTSUS, part 148 of title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR) (CBP regulations) sets forth regulations pertaining to personal declarations and exemptions under subchapter IV (Personal Exemptions Extended to Residents and Nonresidents), Chapter 98, HTSUS.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Family Declarations and Grouping of Exemptions</HD>

        <P>When members of a family residing in one household travel together on their return to the United States, a responsible family member may make a joint declaration, either oral or written, for all members of the family traveling together. This joint family declaration is contingent upon the value of the articles acquired abroad not exceeding the total amount of the exemption to which the family group is entitled.<E T="03">See</E>19 CFR 148.14. CBP regulations also allow for the aggregation, or grouping, of exemptions by members of a family for articles acquired abroad and for the aggregation of duty allowances for household goods by members of a family.<E T="03">See</E>19 CFR 148.14, 148.34, and 148.103. For example, when members of a family residing in one household travel together on their return to the United States, the $800 or $1,600 exemption, which each family member may be entitled to claim, may be grouped together without regard to which member of the family is the owner of the articles.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>19 CFR 148.34.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>A group exemption, however, cannot include an exemption for a family member who is not entitled to it in his own right, nor can a group exemption apply to any property of such a member. For example, the exemption of a family member who has not attained the age of 21 regarding the number of permitted duty-free liters of alcoholic beverages cannot be applied under the group exemption.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Under the current regulations relating to family declarations, a family may file a single, aggregated customs declaration only if they satisfy the definition of “members of a family residing in one household.”<E T="03">See</E>19 CFR 148.34(b) and 148.103(b). This definition requires that members of a family traveling together who return to the United States be related “by blood, marriage, or adoption;” live together in the same household at their last permanent residence; and intend to live in the same household after returning to the United States. CBP does not believe that the current definition encompasses other relationships where members of the public travel together as a family. CBP believes that the definition unnecessarily limits the number of individuals who may file a family customs declaration for articles acquired abroad.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Changes to Family Customs Declarations</HD>
        <P>This NPRM proposes to expand the definition of “members of a family residing in one household” for purposes of filing a customs declaration for returning U.S. residents to more accurately reflect relationships among members of the public who are traveling together as a family.</P>
        <P>By expanding the definition of “members of a family residing in one household,” CBP anticipates that the number of declarations (CBP Form 6059-Bs) will be reduced, which would make the processing of passengers by CBP officers more streamlined and efficient. Additionally, CBP believes the traveling public will benefit because more members of a family traveling together can aggregate their individual personal duty exemptions upon their return to the United States.</P>

        <P>Under this NPRM, CBP is proposing to include foster children, stepchildren, half-siblings, legal wards, other dependents, and individuals with an<E T="03">in loco parentis</E>or guardianship relationship within the definition of “members of a family residing in one household.” CBP also is proposing that the definition include two adult individuals in a committed relationship wherein the partners share financial assets and obligations, and are not married to, or a partner of, anyone else, including, but not limited to, long-time companions, and couples in civil unions or domestic partnerships. This NPRM proposes to add these relationships to the definition of “members of a family residing in one household” and refer to them as “domestic relationships.” The proposed term “domestic relationship” would not extend to roommates or other cohabitants not otherwise meeting the above definition. Additionally, the proposed changes would not alter the residency requirements that, in order to file a family declaration, members of a family residing in one household must live together in one household at their last permanent residence and intend to live together in one household after their arrival in the United States.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Other Non-Substantive, Changes to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>This proposal would also remove outdated references to “resident servants” of a family and state instead that individuals employed by the household but not related by blood, marriage, domestic relationship, or adoption cannot be included in the family declaration.</P>
        <P>Finally, this NPRM proposes to remove the phrase “regardless of age” where it currently appears in the introductory text of §§ 148.34(b) and 148.103(b), because it would not be consistent with the proposed definition of “domestic relationships,” which is limited to adults.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12866 and Executive Order 13563</HD>

        <P>Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule<PRTPAGE P="18145"/>has been designated a “significant regulatory action” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the Office of Management and Budget has reviewed this rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>This section examines the impact of the rule on small entities as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 603), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement and Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), which requires an agency to prepare and make available to the public a regulatory flexibility analysis that describes the effect of a proposed rule on small entities (i.e., small business, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions) when the agency is required to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking for any proposed rule.</P>
        <P>This rule directly regulates individuals and families, and these are not considered small entities. Therefore, CBP certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. CBP welcomes any comments on this conclusion.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507), an agency may not conduct, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid control number assigned by Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The information collected under 19 CFR part 148 is included under OMB control number 1651-0009. There are no new collections of information proposed in this document. The estimated burden hours related to the completion of the CBP Form 6059-B (Customs Declaration) for OMB control number 1651-0009 by members of the public traveling by air and sea have been updated below to reflect the slight decrease in the number of Customs Declarations that are submitted if the definition of a “member of a family residing in one household” in this proposal is adopted, as follows</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents (Travelers):</E>1,100,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Time per Response:</E>4 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Responses:</E>−1,100,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>−2,600.</P>

        <P>The Customs Declaration (CBP Form 6059B) is due to expire in February 2014. CBP Form 6059B can be seen on the following Web site:<E T="03">http://www.cbp.gov/xp/cgov/travel/vacation/sample_declaration_form.xml</E>. CBP seeks public comment as to as to whether and how the Customs Declaration form could more clearly inform U.S. residents of the definition of family for the purposes of filling out a customs declaration.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
        <P>This regulation is being issued in accordance with 19 CFR 0.1(a)(1) pertaining to the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury (or that of his or her delegate) to approve regulations pertaining to certain customs revenue functions.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 19 CFR Part 148</HD>
          <P>Customs duties and inspection, Declarations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Taxes.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Amendments to the CBP Regulations</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth above, part 148 of the CBP regulations (19 CFR part 148) is proposed to be amended as set forth below.</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 148—PERSONAL DECLARATIONS AND EXEMPTIONS</HD>
          <P>1. The general authority for part 148 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>19 U.S.C. 66, 1496, 1498, 1624. The provisions of this part, except for subpart C, are also issued under 19 U.S.C. 1202 (General Note 3(i), Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States);</P>
          </AUTH>
          <STARS/>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 148.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. Section 148.14 is amended by removing the last sentence and adding in its place the sentence “Individuals who are employed by the household but not related by blood, marriage, domestic relationship, or adoption will not be included in the family declaration.”</P>
            <P>3. In § 148.34:</P>
            <P>a. Paragraph (a) is amended by removing the last sentence and adding in its place the sentence “No exemptions allowable to individuals employed by the household and accompanying the family but not related by blood, marriage, domestic relationship, or adoption will be included in the family grouping.”; and</P>
            <P>b. By revising paragraph (b) and adding a new paragraph (c).</P>
            <P>The additions and revisions to § 148.34 are to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 148.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Family grouping of exemptions for articles acquired abroad.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Members of a family residing in one household.</E>“Members of a family residing in one household” includes all persons who:</P>
            <P>(1) Are related by blood, marriage, domestic relationship, or adoption;</P>
            <P>(2) Lived together in one household at their last permanent residence; and</P>
            <P>(3) Intend to live in one household after their arrival in the United States.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Domestic relationship.</E>As used in paragraph (b)(1), the term “domestic relationship” includes foster children, stepchildren, half-siblings, legal wards, other dependents, individuals with an<E T="03">in loco parentis</E>or guardianship relationship, and two adults who are in a committed relationship including, but not limited to, long-time companions, and couples in civil unions, or domestic partnerships, wherein the partners share financial assets and obligations, and are not married to, or a partner of, anyone else. The term “domestic relationship” does not extend to roommates or other cohabitants not otherwise meeting this definition.</P>
            <P>4. Section 148.103(b) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 148.103</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Family grouping of allowances.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Members of a family residing in one household.</E>“Members of a family residing in one household” includes all persons who:</P>
            <P>(1) Are related by blood, marriage, domestic relationship (as defined in § 148.34(c)), or adoption;</P>
            <P>(2) Lived together in one household at their last permanent residence; and</P>
            <P>(3) Intend to live in one household after their arrival in the United States.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <NAME>Allen Gina,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Commissioner, U.S. Customs and Border Protection.</TITLE>
            <DATED>Approved: March 20, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Timothy E. Skud,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Treasury.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7122 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-14-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[REG-168745-03]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Guidance Regarding Deduction and Capitalization of Expenditures Related to Tangible Property; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking; correcting amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains corrections to a notice of proposed<PRTPAGE P="18146"/>rulemaking (REG-168745-03), which was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>relating to sections 162, and 263, providing guidance on the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 27, 2012 and is applicable on or after December 27, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Merrill Feldstein at (202) 622-4950, not a toll-free number.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The notice of proposed rulemaking that is the subject of these corrections are under sections 162, 167, 168, and 263 of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>
        <P>As published on December 27, 2011 (76 FR 81128), the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-168745-03), contains errors which may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction of Publication</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, the publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-168745-03), which were the subject of FR. Doc. 2011-32024, is corrected as follows:</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR part 1</HD>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is corrected my making the following correcting amendment:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.162-3 is corrected to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.162-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Corrected]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.162-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Materials and supplies.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of the proposed amendments to § 1.163-3 (a) through (j) is the same as the text of § 1.163-3T(a) through (j) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <NAME>Guy R. Traynor,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison, Publications and Regulations, Legal Processing Division, Associate Chief Counsel, Procedure and Administration.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7267 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[REG-168745-03]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BE18</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Guidance Regarding Deduction and Capitalization of Expenditures Related to Tangible Property; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking; Correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains corrections to a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-168745-03), which was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>relating to sections 162, and 263 providing guidance on the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective Date: March 27, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Merrill D. Feldstein at (202) 622-4950 (not a toll-free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The notice of proposed rulemaking that is the subject of these corrections is under sections 162, 167, 168, and 263 of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>
        <P>As published on December 27, 2011 (76 FR 81128), the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-168745-03), contains errors which may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction of Publication</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, the publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-168745-03), which were the subject of FR. Doc. 2011-32024, is corrected as follows:</P>

        <P>1. On page 81128, column one, in the preamble under the caption<E T="02">DATES</E>, lines one, two and three, the language “Written and/or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by March 26,” is corrected to read “Written and/or electronic comments must be received by March 26,”.</P>
        <P>2. On page 81128, column one, line 6 under the caption<E T="02">DATES,</E>the language “hearing scheduled for April 4, 2012 at” is corrected to read “hearing scheduled for May 9, 2012 at”.</P>
        <P>3. On page 81128, column three, line two of the second paragraph under the caption “Comments and Public Hearing” the language “for April 4, 2012, beginning at 10 a.m.” is corrected to read “for May 9, 2012, beginning at 10 a.m.”.</P>
        <P>4. On page 81128, column three, line three in the preamble under the caption “Drafting Information”, the language “Katherine Reed, Office of the Associate” is corrected to read “Kathleen Reed, Office of the Associate”.</P>
        <P>5. On page 81130, column one, Par. 11., item one is redesignated as item 3 and the language “Revising paragraphs (a) through (l)(1); and” is corrected to read as “Revising paragraphs (a) through (h) and revising paragraphs (j) through (l)(1).”</P>
        <P>6. On page 81130, column one, under Par. 11. instructions, newly redesignated item one reads as “Removing paragraphs (l), (l)(1), (l)(2) and (l)(3) and redesignating paragraphs (k), (k)(1), (k)(2), and (k)(3) as paragraphs (l), (l)(1), (l)(2) and (l)(3) respectively.”</P>
        <P>7. On page 81130, column one, under Par. 11. instructions, newly redesignated paragraph item 2 is corrected to read as “Redesignating paragraph (j) as paragraph (k) and redesignating paragraph (i) as paragraph (j), and adding a new paragraph (i).”</P>
        <P>8. On page 81130, column one, under Par. 11. instructions, newly redesignated item 4 reads as “Adding paragraph (m).”</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Guy R. Traynor,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison, Publications and Regulations, Legal Processing Division, Associate Chief Counsel, Procedure and Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7266 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>27 CFR Part 5</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. TTB-2012-0001; Notice No. 126]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1513-AB91</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Standards of Identity for Pisco and Cognac</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In this document, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau proposes to amend its regulations setting forth the standards of identity for distilled spirits to include Pisco as a<PRTPAGE P="18147"/>type of brandy that must be manufactured in accordance with the laws and regulations of either Peru or Chile, as appropriate, governing the manufacture of those products. This change will remove “Pisco brandy” from the list of examples of geographical designations in the distilled spirits standards of identity. This document also includes a technical correction to remove “Cognac” from the same list of examples. These changes will provide greater clarity in distilled spirits labeling.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received on or before May 29, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments on this document to one of the following addresses:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>(via the online comment form for this document as posted within Docket No. TTB-2012-0001 at “Regulations.gov,” the Federal e-rulemaking portal);</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Director, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, P.O. Box 14412, Washington, DC 20044-4412; or</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand delivery/courier in lieu of mail:</E>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW., Suite 200-E, Washington, DC 20005.</P>
          <P>See the Public Participation section of this document for specific instructions and requirements for submitting comments, and for information on how to request a public hearing.</P>

          <P>You may view copies of this document, selected supporting materials, and any comments we receive about this proposal at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>within Docket No. TTB-2012-0001. A direct link to this docket is posted on the TTB Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ttb.gov/spirits/spirits-rulemaking.shtml</E>under Notice No. 126. You also may view copies of this document, all related supporting materials, and any comments we receive about this proposal by appointment at the TTB Information Resource Center, 1310 G Street NW., Washington, DC 20005. Please call 202-453-2270 to make an appointment.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Karen E. Welch, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW., Box 12, Washington, DC 20005; telephone 202-453-1039, ext. 046; email<E T="03">ITD@ttb.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">TTB Authority</HD>
        <P>Section 105(e) of the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (FAA Act), codified in the United States Code at 27 U.S.C. 205(e), authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary) to prescribe regulations relating to the packaging, marking, branding, labeling, and size and fill of containers of alcohol beverages that will prohibit consumer deception and provide the consumer with adequate information as to the identity and quality of the product. Section 105(e) of the FAA Act also generally requires bottlers and importers of alcohol beverages to obtain certificates of label approval prior to bottling or importing alcohol beverages for sale in interstate commerce. Regulations implementing those provisions of section 105(e) as they relate to distilled spirits are set forth in part 5 of title 27 of the Code of Federal Regulations (27 CFR part 5). The Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) administers the FAA Act pursuant to section 111(d) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, codified at 6 U.S.C. 531(d). The Secretary has delegated various authorities through Treasury Department Order 120-01 (Revised), dated January 21, 2003, to the TTB Administrator to perform the functions and duties in the administration and enforcement of this law.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Certificates of Label Approval</HD>
        <P>TTB's regulations prohibit the release of bottled distilled spirits from customs custody for consumption unless an approved Certificate of Label Approval (COLA) covering the product has been deposited with the appropriate Customs officer at the port of entry. See 27 CFR 5.51. The TTB regulations also generally prohibit the bottling or removal from a plant of distilled spirits unless the proprietor possesses a COLA covering the labels on the bottle. See 27 CFR 5.55.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Classes and Types of Spirits</HD>
        <P>The TTB labeling regulations require that the class and type of distilled spirits appear on the product's brand label. See 27 CFR 5.32(a)(2) and 5.35. Those regulations provide that the class and type must be stated in conformity with § 5.22 of the TTB regulations (27 CFR 5.22) if defined therein. Otherwise, the product must be designated in accordance with trade and consumer understanding thereof, or, if no such understanding exists, by a distinctive or fanciful name, and in either case (with limited exceptions), followed by a truthful and adequate statement of composition.</P>
        <P>Section 5.22 establishes standards of identity for distilled spirits products and categorizes these products according to various classes and types. As used in § 5.22, the term “class” refers to a general category of spirits, such as “whisky” or “brandy.” Currently, there are 12 different classes of distilled spirits recognized in § 5.22, including whisky, rum, and brandy. The term “type” refers to a subcategory within a class of spirits. For example, “Cognac” is a type of brandy, and “Canadian whisky” is a type of whisky.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Brandy and Pisco</HD>
        <P>Brandy is Class 4 in the standards of identity, where it is defined in § 5.22(d) as “an alcoholic distillate from the fermented juice, mash, or wine of fruit, or from the residue thereof, produced at less than 190° proof in such manner that the distillate possesses the taste, aroma, and characteristics generally attributed to the product, and bottled at not less than 80° proof.” “Pisco” is a term recognized by both the governments of Peru and Chile as a designation for a distilled spirits product made from grapes. However, “Pisco brandy” is not currently listed as a type of brandy in Class 4. Rather, it is provided in Class 11, at § 5.22(k)(3), as an example of a geographical name that is not a name for a distinctive type of distilled spirits, and that has not become generic.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Agreements</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to the United States-Peru Trade Promotion Agreement, the United States recognized Pisco Perú as a distinctive product of Peru (Article 2.12(2) of the Agreement). Accordingly, the United States agreed not to permit the sale of any product as Pisco Perú unless it has been manufactured in Peru in accordance with the laws and regulations of Peru governing Pisco.</P>
        <P>In addition, pursuant to the United States-Chile Free Trade Agreement, the United States recognized Pisco Chileno (Chilean Pisco) as a distinctive product of Chile (Article 3.15(2) of the Agreement). Accordingly, the United States agreed not to permit the sale of any product as Pisco Chileno (Chilean Pisco) unless it has been manufactured in Chile in accordance with the laws and regulations of Chile governing the manufacture of Pisco.</P>

        <P>In like manner, Peru and Chile agreed, respectively, to recognize Bourbon Whiskey and Tennessee Whiskey (which is defined in both Agreements as a straight Bourbon Whiskey authorized to be produced only in the State of Tennessee), as distinctive products of the United States, and not to permit the sale of any product as Bourbon Whiskey or Tennessee Whiskey unless it has been manufactured in the United States in accordance with the laws and<PRTPAGE P="18148"/>regulations of the United States governing the manufacture of Bourbon Whiskey and Tennessee Whiskey. (TTB notes that there are alternative spellings for the same term—“whisky” in the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 5 and “whiskey” in the Agreements with Peru and Chile.)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Pisco Production</HD>
        <P>“The Oxford Companion to Wine” (Jancis Robinson, ed., Oxford University Press, 2d ed., 2001, p. 536) reports that Spanish colonists began producing aguardiente (grape spirits) in both Peru and Chile since the sixteenth century, in addition to describing the spirits produced in the area near the town of Pisco in Peru. Further, “The Oxford Companion to Wine” says “Pisco” is an aromatic brandy made in Peru, Chile, and Bolivia, mainly from Moscatel (muscat) grapes.” According to “Alexis Lichine's Encyclopedia of Wines and Spirits” (Alexis Lichine, ed., 5th ed., Alfred A. Knopf, Inc., 1987), “Pisco brandy” is brandy distilled from Muscat wine in Peru, Chile, Argentina, and Bolivia. Peru and Chile have promulgated standards for the production of Pisco, which, under both countries' respective regulations, is distilled from grapes that were grown in delimited geographical areas.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">TTB Regulatory Proposal</HD>
        <P>After reviewing the standards of identity in 27 CFR part 5, TTB's COLA database, and the laws and regulations of Peru and Chile, TTB has determined that amending § 5.22 is appropriate to clarify the status of Pisco under the standards of identity.</P>
        <P>TTB believes that Pisco generally meets the U.S. standard for brandy and should be classified as a type of brandy. TTB also believes that evidence suggests that the generally recognized geographical limits of the Pisco-producing areas do not extend beyond the boundaries of Chile and Peru. The wine and spirits authorities cited above indicate that Pisco production is not associated with any areas outside of South America. COLAs naming “Pisco” as the brand name or fanciful name of a distilled spirits product are almost exclusively for products from Chile and Peru. TTB could not locate any COLAs naming “Pisco” as the brand name or fanciful name for any products from Argentina, or from any other country in South America with the exception of Peru, Chile, and Bolivia. COLAs for products from Bolivia that name “Pisco” as the brand name or fanciful name also use the term “Singani.” “The Oxford Companion to Wine” defines “Singani” as an “aromatic grape-based spirit rather like pisco in that it is high in terpenes and made under a strictly controlled regime, principally from Muscat of Alexandria grapes” and a specialty of Bolivia (Robinson, p. 638). Bolivia maintains standards for Singani production in Bolivia, but does not have standards for Pisco production.</P>
        <P>Therefore, TTB proposes to amend the standard of identity in § 5.22(d) by adding Pisco as a type of brandy that is manufactured in Peru or Chile in compliance with the laws of the country of production regulating the manufacture of Pisco. The proposed amendment also recognizes the phrases “Pisco Perú” (with or without the diacritic mark, i.e., “Pisco Perú” or “Pisco Peru”), “Pisco Chileno,” and “Chilean Pisco,” as equivalent class and type names of the product, to reflect the provisions of the trade agreements. Further, if Pisco is recognized as a type of brandy, persons who distribute it in the United States will be entitled to label the product according to its type designation “Pisco” without the term “brandy” on the label, in the same way that a product labeled with the type designation “Cognac” is not required to also bear the class designation “brandy.”</P>
        <P>TTB notes that the Peruvian standard allows products designated as Pisco to have an alcohol content ranging from 38 to 48 percent alcohol by volume, and the Chilean standard allows products designated as Pisco to have an alcohol content as low as 30 percent alcohol by volume. However, since the standard proposed in this document would identify Pisco as a type of brandy, and the U.S. standard requires that brandy must be bottled at not less than 40 percent alcohol by volume, any Pisco imported into the United States would have to conform to this minimum bottling proof requirement. A product that is bottled at below 40 percent alcohol by volume would fall outside this class and type designation. Depending on the way that such a product is manufactured, it could be labeled as a “diluted Pisco” or as a distilled spirits specialty product bearing a statement of composition.</P>
        <P>Finally, TTB believes that it is appropriate to remove both “Pisco brandy” and “Cognac” from § 5.22(k)(3), where they are listed as examples of geographical names that are not names for distinctive types of distilled spirits, and that have not become generic. Pisco will appear in new § 5.22(d)(9), where it will be a type of brandy defined as grape brandy manufactured in Peru or Chile in accordance with the laws and regulations governing the manufacture of Pisco of the country of manufacture.</P>
        <P>Cognac currently appears in § 5.22(d)(2), where it is a type of brandy defined as “grape brandy distilled in the Cognac region of France, which is entitled to be so designated by the laws and regulations of the French Government.” The inclusion of “Cognac” in the list of examples of geographical names that are not names for distinctive types of distilled spirits, and that have not become generic, in § 5.22(k)(3) is duplicative and confusing. Accordingly, TTB proposes to remove the reference to Cognac in § 5.22(k)(3) as a technical correction to the regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Effect on Currently Approved Labels</HD>
        <P>If finalized, this change to the regulations would revoke by operation of regulation any COLAs that specify “Pisco” as the class and type or brand name or fanciful name of distilled spirits products that are not products of Peru or Chile. TTB has searched its COLA database, and believes that this rulemaking will affect only a small number of labels.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments Invited</HD>
        <P>We invite comments from interested members of the public on this proposed rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Submitting Comments</HD>
        <P>Please submit your comments by the closing date shown above in this notice. You may submit comments in one of the following three ways:</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Federal e-Rulemaking Portal:</E>You may send comments via the online comment form associated with this notice in Docket No. TTB-2012-0001 on “Regulations.gov,” the Federal e-rulemaking portal, at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>A direct link to that docket is available under Notice No. 126 on the TTB Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ttb.gov/spirits/spirits-rulemaking.shtml.</E>Supplemental files may be attached to comments submitted via Regulations.gov. For information on how to use Regulations.gov, click on the site's Help tabs.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">U.S. Mail:</E>You may send comments via postal mail to the Director, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, P.O. Box 14412, Washington, DC 20044-4412.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>You may hand-carry your comments or have them hand-carried to the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW., Suite 200-E, Washington, DC 20005.</P>

        <P>Your comments must reference Notice No. 126 and include your name and<PRTPAGE P="18149"/>mailing address. Your comments also must be made in English, be legible, and be written in language acceptable for public disclosure. TTB does not accept anonymous comments, does not acknowledge receipt of comments, and considers all comments as originals.</P>
        <P>If you are commenting on behalf of an association, business, or other entity, your comment must include the entity's name as well as your name and position title. If you comment via Regulations.gov, please enter the entity's name in the “Organization” blank of the comment form. If you comment via mail, please submit your entity's comment on letterhead.</P>
        <P>You may also write to the Administrator before the comment closing date to ask for a public hearing. The Administrator reserves the right to determine whether to hold a public hearing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Confidentiality</HD>
        <P>All submitted comments and attachments are part of the public record and subject to disclosure. Do not enclose any material in your comments that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Disclosure</HD>

        <P>On the Federal e-rulemaking portal, Regulations.gov, TTB will post, and the public may view, copies of this notice and any electronic or mailed comments we receive about it. A direct link to the Regulations.gov docket containing this notice and the posted comments received on it is available on the TTB Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ttb.gov/spirits/spirits-rulemaking.shtml</E>under Notice No. 126. You may also reach the docket containing this notice and its related comments through the Regulations.gov search page at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>All posted comments will display the commenter's name, organization (if any), city, and State, and, in the case of mailed comments, all address information, including email addresses. TTB may omit voluminous attachments or material that the Bureau considers unsuitable for posting.</P>
        <P>You and other members of the public may view copies of this notice and any electronic or mailed comments TTB receives on it by appointment at the TTB Information Resource Center, 1310 G Street NW., Washington, DC 20005. You may also obtain copies at 20 cents per 8.5 x 11-inch page. Contact the TTB information specialist at the above address or by telephone at 202-453-2270 to schedule an appointment or to request copies of comments or other materials.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Analysis and Notices</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>It has been determined that this proposed rule is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6), TTB certifies that this notice of proposed rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The propose rule would clarify the statue of Pisco under the standards of identity for distilled spirits and, if promulgated, will not impose, or otherwise cause, a significant increase in reporting, recordkeeping, or other compliance burdens on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Drafting Information</HD>
        <P>Karen Welch of the Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, drafted this notice.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 27 CFR Part 5</HD>
          <P>Advertising, Customs duties and inspection, Imports, Labeling, Liquors, Packaging and containers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Trade practices.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Amendment to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, TTB proposes to amend 27 CFR part 5 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 5—LABELING AND ADVERTISING OF DISTILLED SPIRITS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 5 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 5301, 7805, 27 U.S.C. 205.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Section 5.22 is amended by:</P>
          <P>a. In paragraph (d) introductory text, removing the words “paragraph (d)(1) through (8)” and adding, in their place, the words “paragraphs (d)(1) through (9)”;</P>
          <P>b. In paragraph (k)(3), by removing the words “Cognac,” and “Pisco brandy,”; and</P>
          <P>c. Adding new paragraph (d)(9) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 5.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>The standards of identity.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(9) “Pisco” is grape brandy manufactured in Peru or Chile in accordance with the laws and regulations governing the manufacture of Pisco of the country of manufacture.</P>
            <P>(i) “Pisco Perú” (or “Pisco Peru”) is Pisco manufactured in Peru in accordance with the laws and regulations of Peru governing the manufacture of Pisco.</P>
            <P>(ii) “Pisco Chileno” or “Chilean Pisco” is Pisco manufactured in Chile in accordance with the laws and regulations of Chile governing the manufacture of Pisco.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Signed: February 3, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>John J. Manfreda,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
            <DATED>Approved: February 27, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Timothy E. Skud,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary, Tax, Trade, and Tariff Policy.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7256 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-31-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>30 CFR Part 926</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[SATS No. MT-033-FOR; Docket ID OSM-2011-0012]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Montana Regulatory Program</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; reopening and extension of public comment period and opportunity for public hearing on proposed amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are announcing receipt of Montana's response to the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement's (OSM) November 22, 2011, letter pertaining to a previously proposed amendment to the Montana regulatory program (hereinafter, the “Montana program”) under the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA or the Act). Montana proposes changes to the Montana Strip and Underground Mine Reclamation Act (MSUMRA) that pertain to coal prospecting. Montana intends to revise its program to comply with changes made in the 2011 Montana Legislature as a result of the passage of Senate Bill 286.</P>

          <P>This document gives the times and locations that the Montana program and proposed amendment to that program are available for your inspection, the comment period during which you may submit written comments on the amendment, and the procedures that we<PRTPAGE P="18150"/>will follow for the public hearing, if one is requested.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We will accept written comments on this amendment until 4 p.m., m.s.t. April 26, 2012. If requested, we will hold a public hearing on the amendment on April 23, 2012. We will accept requests to speak until 4 p.m., m.s.t. on April 11, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: www.regulations.gov.</E>This proposed rule has been assigned Docket ID: OSM-2011-0012. If you would like to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal, go to<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>and follow the instructions.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail/Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>Jeffrey Fleischman, Director, Casper Field Office, Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Dick Cheney Federal Building, POB 11018, 150 East B Street, Casper, Wyoming 82601-1018.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and “MT-033-FOR.” For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see the Public Comment Procedures heading in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>In addition to viewing the docket and obtaining copies of documents at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>you may review copies of the Montana program, this amendment, a listing of any scheduled public hearings, and all written comments received in response to this document at the addresses listed below during normal business hours, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. You may also receive one free copy of the amendment by contacting OSM's Casper Field Office.</P>
          

          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Jeffrey Fleischman, Director, Casper Field Office, Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Dick Cheney Federal Building, POB 11018, 150 East B Street, Casper, Wyoming 82601-1018, (307) 261-6555,<E T="03">jfleischman@osmre.gov.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Edward L. Coleman, Bureau Chief, Industrial and Energy Minerals Bureau, Montana Department of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 200901, Helena, Montana 59620-0901, (406) 444-4973,<E T="03">ecoleman@mt.gov.</E>
          </FP>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Jeffrey Fleischman, Telephone: (307) 261-6555. Internet:<E T="03">jfleischman@osmre.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">I. Background on the Montana Program</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">II. Description of the Proposed Amendment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">III. Public Comment Procedures</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">IV. Procedural Determinations</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background on the Montana Program</HD>

        <P>Section 503(a) of the Act permits a State to assume primacy for the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations on non-Federal and non-Indian lands within its borders by demonstrating that its State program includes, among other things, “a State law which provides for the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations in accordance with the requirements of this Act * * *; and rules and regulations consistent with regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to this Act.” See 30 U.S.C. 1253(a)(1) and (7). On the basis of these criteria, the Secretary of the Interior conditionally approved the Montana program on April 1, 1980. You can find background information on the Montana program, including the Secretary's findings, the disposition of comments, and conditions of approval of the Montana program in the April 1, 1980,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(45 FR 21560). You can also find later actions concerning Montana's program and program amendments at 30 CFR 926.15, 926.16, and 926.30.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Description of the Proposed Amendment</HD>

        <P>By letter dated July 20, 2011, Montana sent us a proposed amendment to its program (Administrative Record Docket ID No. OSM-2011-0012) under SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1201<E T="03">et seq.</E>). Montana submitted the amendment to include changes made to the MSUMRA as a result of the 2011 Montana Legislature passage of Senate Bill 286 relating to coal prospecting.</P>

        <P>Specifically, Montana proposes to amend the MSUMRA to modify the coal prospecting procedures to allow for a new type of coal prospecting permit when prospecting is conducted to determine the location, quantity, and quality of coal that is (1) outside an area designated as unsuitable, (2) does not remove more than 250 tons, and (3) does not substantially disturb the natural land surface. The effect of the modified procedures causes MSUMRA to have three tiers of prospecting regulation, rather than the currently approved two tiers. The full text of the program amendment is available for you to read at the locations listed above under<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>.</P>

        <P>We announced receipt of the proposed amendment in the October 17, 2011,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(200 FR 64047; Administrative Record No. OSM 2011-0012-0001), provided an opportunity for a public hearing or meeting on its substantive adequacy, and invited public comment on its adequacy. Because no one requested a public hearing or meeting, none was held. The public comment period ended on November 17. 2011. We received comments from the Mine Safety and Health Administration stating that it agreed with the proposed revisions. We did not receive any comments from the general public.</P>
        <P>During our review of the amendment, we identified areas needing clarification at MSUMRA Section 82-4-226. We notified Montana of our concerns by letter dated November 22, 2011 (Administrative Record No. OSM-2011-0012-0005). Montana responded in a letter dated December 22, 2011, by submitting additional explanatory information (Administrative Record No. OSM-2011-0012-0006). Specifically, Montana clarified when prospecting operations would be regulated under proposed MSUMRA Section 82-4-226(7), and that prospecting operations conducted under proposed MSUMRA Sections 82-4-226(7)(b) and (8) would not be allowed to substantially disturb the natural land surface. Finally, Montana clarified that proposed MSUMRA Section 82-4-226(7) would be interpreted and implemented based upon legislative history and the rules of statutory construction so that when operations are permitted under MSUMRA Section 82-4-226(8), subsections (1) and (2) would not apply, but subsections (3) through (6) would apply.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Public Comment Procedures</HD>
        <P>Under the provisions of 30 CFR 732.17(h), we are seeking your comments on whether the submission satisfies the applicable program approval criteria of 30 CFR 732.15. If we approve the amendment, it will become part of the Montana program.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Availability of Comments</HD>

        <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. We cannot ensure that comments received after the close of the comment period (see<E T="02">DATES</E>) or sent to an address other than those listed above (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) will be included in the<PRTPAGE P="18151"/>docket for this rulemaking and considered.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Electronic or Written Comments</HD>
        <P>If you submit written comments, they should be specific, confined to issues pertinent to the proposed regulations, and explain the reason for any recommended change(s). We would appreciate all comments relating to this specific issue, but those most useful and likely to influence decisions on the final rule will be those that either involve personal experience or include citations to and analysis of the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977, its legislative history, its implementing regulations, case law, other State or Federal laws and regulations, data, technical literature, or other relevant publications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Hearing</HD>

        <P>If you wish to speak at the public hearing, contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>by 4 p.m., m.s.t. on April 11, 2012. If you are disabled and need reasonable accommodations to attend a public hearing, contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. We will arrange the location and time of the hearing with those persons requesting the hearing. If no one requests an opportunity to speak, we will not hold the hearing.</P>
        <P>To assist the transcriber and ensure an accurate record, we request, if possible, that each person who speaks at a public hearing provide us with a written copy of his or her comments. The public hearing will continue on the specified date until everyone scheduled to speak has been given an opportunity to be heard. If you are in the audience and have not been scheduled to speak and wish to do so, you will be allowed to speak after those who have been scheduled. We will end the hearing after everyone scheduled to speak and others present in the audience who wish to speak, have been heard.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Meeting</HD>

        <P>If there is only limited interest in participating in a public hearing, we may hold a public meeting rather than a public hearing. If you wish to meet with us to discuss the amendment, please request a meeting by contacting the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. All such meetings are open to the public and, if possible, we will post notices of meetings at the locations listed under<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>. We will make a written summary of each meeting a part of the administrative record.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Procedural Determinations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12866—Regulatory Planning and Review</HD>
        <P>This rule is exempted from review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Other Laws and Executive Orders Affecting Rulemaking</HD>

        <P>When a State submits a program amendment to OSM for review, our regulations at 30 CFR 732.17(h) require us to publish a notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>indicating receipt of the proposed amendment, its text or a summary of its terms, and an opportunity for public comment. We conclude our review of the proposed amendment after the close of the public comment period and determine whether the amendment should be approved, approved in part, or not approved. At that time, we will also make the determinations and certifications required by the various laws and executive orders governing the rulemaking process and include them in the final rule.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 30 CFR Part 950</HD>
          <P>Intergovernmental relations, Surface mining, Underground mining.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: January 6, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Allen D. Klein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Western Region.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7325 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-05-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>33 CFR Part 155</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2011-0430, Formerly CGD 90-068]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1625-AA02, Formerly 2115-AD66</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Discharge Removal Equipment for Vessels Carrying Oil</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of intent to finalize with request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Coast Guard is advising the public of its intent to finalize regulations previously published as an interim final rule on December 22, 1993. The interim final rule was published to reduce the risk of oil spills, improve vessel oil spill response capabilities, and minimize the impact of oil spills on the environment, but certain portions of the interim final rule were never published as a final rule. Because of the lapse in time since the interim final rule's publication, the Coast Guard is seeking comments from the public before finalizing those portions of the interim final rule.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received on or before May 29, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2011-0430 using any one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>(1)<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(2)<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>(3)<E T="03">Mail:</E>Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.</P>
          <P>(4)<E T="03">Hand delivery:</E>Same as mail address above, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The telephone number is 202-366-9329.</P>

          <P>To avoid duplication, please use only one of these four methods. See the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” portion of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section below for instructions on submitting comments.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>If you have questions on this notice, call or email Mr. David Du Pont, Office of Standards Evaluation and Development (CG-523), U.S. Coast Guard; telephone 202-372-1497, email<E T="03">David.A.DuPont@uscg.mil.</E>If you have questions on viewing or submitting material to the docket, call Ms. Renee V. Wright, Program Manager, Docket Operations, telephone 202-366-9826.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents for Notice</HD>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Public Participation and Request for Comments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Submitting Comments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Viewing Comments and Documents</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Privacy Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Public Meeting</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Abbreviations</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Basis and Purpose</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Statutory and Regulatory History</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Why is this notice of intent necessary?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Summary of Regulations in the IFR</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Subsequent Changes to the IFR Regulations</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Discussion of Comments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Comments on Specific Sections in the IFR</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. General Comments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Supporting Analyses</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Regulatory Assessment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Environment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VIII. Intent To Finalize; Request for Comments</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <PRTPAGE P="18152"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Public Participation and Request for Comments</HD>

        <P>We encourage you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting comments and related materials. All comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and will include any personal information you have provided.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Submitting Comments</HD>

        <P>If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking (USCG-2011-0430), indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. You may submit your comments and material online (via<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>) or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. If you submit a comment online via<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>it will be considered received by the Coast Guard when you successfully transmit the comment. If you fax, hand deliver, or mail your comment, it will be considered as having been received by the Coast Guard when it is received at the Docket Management Facility. We recommend that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so that we can contact you if we have questions regarding your submission.</P>
        <P>To submit your comment online, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>click on the “submit a comment” box, which will then become highlighted in blue. In the “Document Type” drop down menu select “Notice” and insert “USCG-2011-0430” in the “Keyword” box. Click “Search” then click on the balloon shape in the “Actions” column. If you submit your comments by mail or hand delivery, submit them in an unbound format, no larger than 8<FR>1/2</FR>by 11 inches, suitable for copying and electronic filing. If you submit comments by mail and would like to know that they reached the Facility, please enclose a stamped, self-addressed postcard or envelope. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period and may change the final rule based on your comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Viewing Comments and Documents</HD>

        <P>To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>click on the “read comments” box, which will then become highlighted in blue. In the “Keyword” box insert “USCG-2011-0430” and click “Search.” Click the “Open Docket Folder” in the “Actions” column. If you do not have access to the Internet, you may also visit the Docket Management Facility in Room W12-140 on the ground floor of the Department of Transportation West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. We have an agreement with the Department of Transportation to use the Docket Management Facility.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Privacy Act</HD>

        <P>Anyone can search the electronic form of comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review a Privacy Act notice regarding our public dockets in the January 17, 2008, issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(73 FR 3316).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Public Meeting</HD>

        <P>We do not now plan to hold a public meeting, but you may submit a request for one on or before April 26, 2012 using one of the four methods specified under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section above. Please explain why you believe a public meeting would be beneficial. If we determine that one would aid this rulemaking, we will hold one at a time and place announced by a later notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Such a notice will also include contact information for requests regarding facilities or services for individuals with disabilities or special assistance at the public meeting.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Abbreviations</HD>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CFRCode of Federal Regulations</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">COICertificate of Inspection</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">DREDischarge removal equipment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">EAEnvironmental Assessment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FONSIFinding of No Significant Impact</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FRFederal Register</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">IFRInterim final rule</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">IMOInternational Maritime Organization</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NAICSNorth American Industry Classification System</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NEPANational Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f)</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NOINotice of intent</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OPA 90Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-380, 104 Stat. 484, August 18, 1990)</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OSROOil spill removal organization</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OSRVOil spill response vessel</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">RERegulatory Evaluation (aka Regulatory Assessment)</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">§Section symbol</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">U.S.C.United States Code</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Basis and Purpose</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Statutory and Regulatory History</HD>
        <P>Section 4202(a)(6) of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA 90) (Pub. L. 101-380; 104 Stat. 484; August 18, 1990) amended section 311(j) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1321(j)) by, among other things, adding a new paragraph (6) to require vessels operating on the navigable waters of the United States and carrying oil or a hazardous substance in bulk as cargo to carry appropriate discharge removal equipment (DRE) on board.</P>
        <P>On August 30, 1991, the Coast Guard published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking to solicit information to assist the Coast Guard in development of proposed rules that implement the OPA 90 mandate for DRE.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>On September 29, 1992, the Coast Guard published a notice of proposed rulemaking that proposed to establish DRE regulations.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>On December 22, 1993 the Coast Guard published an interim final rule (IFR) that established DRE requirements for on-deck spills, and also required vessels to install spill prevention coamings, to install emergency towing arrangements, and to have a prearranged capability to calculate damage stability in the event of a casualty.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>56 FR 43534 (Aug. 30, 1991).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>57 FR 44912 (Sept. 29, 1992).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>58 FR 67988 (Dec. 22, 1993).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In addition to the above documents, the Coast Guard has published several DRE-related notices and technical amendments throughout the course of this rulemaking. The complete regulatory history of the DRE rulemaking is summarized below.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r60,15,r100" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Document type</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Federal Register cite</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Date published</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Comments</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Advance notice of proposed rulemaking</ENT>
            <ENT>56 FR 43534</ENT>
            <ENT>8/30/1991</ENT>
            <ENT>Requested comments and information to help develop response plans for all vessels carrying oil as cargo and carriage and inspection of discharge-removal equipment.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="18153"/>
            <ENT I="01">Notice of intent to form a negotiated rulemaking committee</ENT>
            <ENT>56 FR 58202</ENT>
            <ENT>11/18/1991</ENT>
            <ENT>Consideration was given to establishing a negotiated rulemaking committee to develop part of the regulations to be issued under OPA 90.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Notice of intent to form a negotiated rulemaking committee; supplemental notice and clarification</ENT>
            <ENT>56 FR 60949</ENT>
            <ENT>11/29/1991</ENT>
            <ENT>Clarified list of groups that would be affected by the rulemaking.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Notice of meeting of negotiated rulemaking committee on oil spill response plans</ENT>
            <ENT>56 FR 66611</ENT>
            <ENT>12/24/1991</ENT>
            <ENT>Announced first public meeting of committee to be January 8-10, 1992.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Notice of meetings of negotiated rulemaking committee on oil spill response plans and finalization of committee membership</ENT>
            <ENT>57 FR 1890</ENT>
            <ENT>1/16/1992</ENT>
            <ENT>A schedule of four committee meetings was released; a previously scheduled meeting was cancelled and two additions were made to the list of committee participants.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Notice of additional meetings of the Oil Spill Response Plan Negotiated Committee</ENT>
            <ENT>57 FR 9402</ENT>
            <ENT>3/18/1992</ENT>
            <ENT>Announced the addition of a committee meeting on March 26, 1992.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Notice of proposed rulemaking</ENT>
            <ENT>57 FR 44912</ENT>
            <ENT>9/29/1992</ENT>
            <ENT>Proposed requirement for vessels carrying oil in bulk as cargo.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Proposed rule; extension of comment period</ENT>
            <ENT>57 FR 48489</ENT>
            <ENT>10/26/1992</ENT>
            <ENT>Extended comment period ended November 16, 1992.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">IFR</ENT>
            <ENT>58 FR 67988</ENT>
            <ENT>12/22/1993</ENT>
            <ENT>Established requirements for vessels carrying oil in bulk as cargo; also required vessels to have pre-arranged capability to calculate damage stability in case of a casualty. Rule also sought further comments and information on emerging technology to help prevent, contain, or remove oil discharges from vessels. Comment period ended February 22, 1994. IFR effective on January 21, 1994.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">IFR correction</ENT>
            <ENT>59 FR 3749</ENT>
            <ENT>1/26/1994</ENT>
            <ENT>Four corrections made to IFR (58 FR 67988).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Why is this notice of intent necessary?</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard is advising the public of our intent to finalize regulations previously published as an IFR on December 22, 1993. The IFR was never published as a final rule. Because of the lapse in time since the IFR's publication, the Coast Guard is seeking comments from the public before issuing a final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Summary of Regulations in the IFR</HD>
        <P>Below is a list of the sections in Title 33 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 155 that were amended or added by the DRE IFR.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Section No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Title</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Amendment</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.140</ENT>
            <ENT>Incorporation by reference</ENT>
            <ENT>Revised paragraph (a); in paragraph (b), added an entry for International Maritime Organization (IMO) Resolution A.535(13).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.200</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.205</ENT>
            <ENT>Discharge removal equipment for vessels 400 feet or greater in length</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.210</ENT>
            <ENT>Discharge removal equipment for vessels less than 400 feet in length</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.215</ENT>
            <ENT>Discharge removal equipment for inland oil barges</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.220</ENT>
            <ENT>Discharge removal equipment for vessels carrying oil as secondary cargo</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.225</ENT>
            <ENT>Internal cargo transfer capability</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.230</ENT>
            <ENT>Emergency towing capability for oil barges</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.235</ENT>
            <ENT>Emergency towing capability for oil tankers</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.240</ENT>
            <ENT>Damage stability information for oil tankers and offshore oil barges</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.245</ENT>
            <ENT>Damage stability information for inland oil barges</ENT>
            <ENT>Added new section to subpart B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.310</ENT>
            <ENT>Containment of oil and hazardous material cargo discharges</ENT>
            <ENT>Revised the section heading and the introductory text to paragraph (b); added paragraphs (c) and (d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Subsequent Changes to the IFR Regulations</HD>

        <P>Since the publication of the IFR, a number of separate rulemaking projects and technical amendments have modified the sections amended or added by the IFR. These subsequent amendments were finalized after notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and an opportunity for public comment. Accordingly, these subsequent amendments are not the subject of this notice of intent (NOI). The subject of this NOI is limited to those portions of the IFR that have not yet been finalized.</P>
        <P>A summary of the subsequent amendments follows.<PRTPAGE P="18154"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs60,r60,r60" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Section No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Source(s) of amendment</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Description of change</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.140</ENT>
            <ENT>CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33666, June 28, 1996; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51194, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4443, 63 FR 71763, Dec. 30, 1998; USCG-1999-5151, 64 FR 67176, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35015, June 19, 2008; USCG-1998-3417, 73 FR 80648, Dec. 31, 2008, as amended by USCG-2001-8661, 74 FR 45026, Aug. 31, 2009; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 36285, June 25, 2010</ENT>
            <ENT>Periodically updated CG and other addresses, replaced emergency towing arrangement guidelines for tankers in 1997, revised format of section in 2008.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.200</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-2001-9046, 67 FR 58524, Sept. 17, 2002; 73 FR 79316, Dec. 29, 2008</ENT>
            <ENT>Added definition in 2002, then removed same definition in 2008.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.205</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 64 FR 35531, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>In paragraph (a), removed compliance date that had passed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.210</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 64 FR 3553, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>In paragraph (a), removed compliance date that had passed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.215</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 64 FR 35531, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>In paragraph (a), removed compliance date that had passed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.220</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 64 FR 35531, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>In paragraph (a), removed compliance date that had passed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.225</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 64 FR 35531, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>In paragraph (a), removed compliance date that had passed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.230</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-4443, 65 FR 31811, May 19, 2000, as amended by USCG-2001-8661, 74 FR 45026, Aug. 31, 2009; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 36285, June 25, 2010</ENT>
            <ENT>Replaced section in 2000, renamed to emergency control systems for tank barges.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.235</ENT>
            <ENT>CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51194, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-2001-8661, 74 FR 45026, Aug. 31, 2009</ENT>
            <ENT>Replaced section in 1997 and again in 2009. Revised into one paragraph stating emergency towing arrangements must be on both ends of oil tankers not less than 20,000 deadweight tons (dwt). Referenced more recent IMO Maritime Safety Committee resolution.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.240</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35531, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>In paragraph (a), removed compliance date that had passed; and, in paragraph (d), redesignated paragraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) as paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) respectively.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.245</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35531, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>Removed compliance date that had passed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 155.310</ENT>
            <ENT>USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35531, June 30, 1998</ENT>
            <ENT>Removed compliance date that had passed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Discussion of Comments</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard received 38 comment letters in response to the IFR, with about 60 individual comments. No public meeting was requested and none was held. The comments are grouped below into comments related to specific 33 CFR part 155 DRE sections and general comments to the IFR.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Comments on Specific Sections in the IFR</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Sections 155.205, 155.210, 155.215, and 155.220—Carriage of Discharge Removal Equipment for On-Deck, Oil-Cargo Spills</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard received a number of comments on the carriage of DRE for on-deck oil-cargo spills.</P>
        <P>Several commenters suggested changes to the quantities of oil specified in paragraph (a) of §§ 155.205, 155.210, 155.215, and 155.220, stating that the equipment and supplies must be capable of containing and removing oil (e.g., 12 barrels of oil for vessels 400 feet or greater in length). Two comments stated that the quantities specified in the IFR were too small, one that the quantities were too large, and one that they were reasonable.</P>
        <P>We believe that the quantities specified strike an appropriate balance for the categories of vessels specified, and that the distribution of comments received supports that view.</P>
        <P>Two comments stated that paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of §§ 155.205, 155.210, 155.215, and 155.220 should state the specific quantity of sorbent and hand tools required. These sections presently require that the equipment and supplies be “appropriate” for the containment and removal of the amount of oil specified.</P>
        <P>We decided not to require carriage of specific quantities of sorbents and hand tools because vessel owners or operators are best able to determine the quantity necessary given variability in cargo carriage, operational practices and environment, and other factors.</P>
        <P>One comment stated that the IFR did not define the term “contract.”</P>
        <P>We disagree. The term “contract or other approved means” is defined in 33 CFR 155.1020.</P>
        <P>Three comments stated that inland oil barges engaged in transfer operations between the barge and another vessel should not rely on the other vessel to provide the required DRE.</P>
        <P>We agree. The optional provision to allow inland oil barges to rely on other means for the required DRE applies only to transfer facilities in which the barge owner or operator has made prearrangements through a contract or other approved means. Inland oil barges must maintain their own DRE when involved in bunkering operations.</P>
        <P>Several comments stated that the exclusive transportation of certain cargoes, such as animal fats and vegetable oils or Grade D and E products (see 46 CFR 30.10-15), have a reduced risk and should be regulated differently.</P>
        <P>We see the merit of this argument and will consider revisions to these sections. We seek comments on which specific cargoes fall into the reduced risk category and in particular how the risk is reduced.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Sections 155.230 and 155.235—Emergency Towing Capability</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard received a number of comments on emergency towing capability. Most of the comments related to tankers, whereas three related to barges.</P>
        <P>Regarding barges, § 155.230 (originally titled “Emergency towing capability for oil barges”) was replaced by a separate rulemaking (Emergency Control Measures for Tank Barges, 65 FR 31811, May 19, 2000) which became effective on December 11, 2000. Because § 155.230 was completely replaced by that final rule after the public had an opportunity to comment, we seek no further comments on that section.</P>

        <P>Similarly for tankers, § 155.235 was replaced, on two separate occasions, by two separate rulemakings. The first rulemaking, titled “Harmonization With International Safety Standards” (62 FR 51194, September 30, 1997), became effective on October 30, 1997. The second rulemaking, titled “Vessel and Facility Response Plans for Oil: 2003 Removal Equipment Requirements and Alternative Technology Revisions” (74 FR 45026, August 31, 2009), became effective on September 30, 2009. Because § 155.235 was completely replaced by two final rules after the public had an opportunity to comment,<PRTPAGE P="18155"/>we seek no further comments on that section.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Sections 155.240 and 155.245—Damage Stability Information</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard received a number of comments on damage stability information.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that, for inland oil barges, the Coast Guard should allow damage stability information to be maintained in computerized form instead of paper form.</P>
        <P>Nothing in the current regulation prohibits this. Section 155.245 requires that the plans for an inland tank barge be readily available for use in salvage, stability, and residual strength calculations. However, the regulation does not specify the form of the plans (e.g., paper or electronic). As currently written, there is nothing in the regulation that requires—or precludes—the plans being in either form; operators may use whichever is most convenient.</P>
        <P>Two commenters stated that the damage stability information requirement for oil tankers should only apply to larger oil tankers.</P>
        <P>We disagree. The ability to perform stability and strength calculations as quickly as possible is appropriate for all 46 CFR Subchapter D tank vessels (ships and barges) on ocean and coastwise routes—regardless of vessel size—to minimize the risk of subsequent spills during the salvage response.</P>
        <P>Section 155.240 requires owners or operators of 46 CFR Subchapter D tank vessels to ensure that they have pre-arranged, prompt access to computerized, shore-based damage stability and residual structural strength calculation programs. Pre-loading vessel information into computer programs allows for faster analytic support in casualty situations. This is because time is of the essence in these circumstances, especially for offshore locations where tidal levels or sea conditions can change significantly in short order. This rationale applies to oil tankers, regardless of vessel size.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that the Coast Guard went beyond the recommendation of the regulatory negotiation committee (Committee) by requiring that computerized damage stability information for oil tankers be kept on shore.</P>
        <P>The Negotiated Rulemaking Act (5 U.S.C. 561<E T="03">et seq.</E>) permits an agency to establish a negotiated rulemaking committee to negotiate and develop a proposed rule. Nothing in the Negotiated Rulemaking Act requires an agency to adopt a negotiated rulemaking committee's recommendation as a final rule.</P>
        <P>The DRE NPRM referred to the Committee recommendation that an owner or operator of a tanker, offshore tank barge, or coastal tank barge have prearranged, prompt access to computerized on-board or shore-based damage stability and residual structural strength calculation programs. 57 FR 44916.</P>
        <P>Based on subsequent analysis, the Coast Guard determined that computerized damage stability information should be specifically available ashore. This is to ensure that information is available if the information aboard the vessel is destroyed or inaccessible. The Coast Guard included this requirement in the IFR and intends to finalize this requirement in the final rule. Additionally, a requirement for computerized shore-based damage stability information is also found in the Tank Vessel Response Plans for Oil regulations (see 33 CFR 155.1035(c)(11)(ii) and 155.1040(c)(10)(ii)).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section 155.310—Deck Edge Coamings for On-Deck Spills</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard received a number of comments on deck edge coamings for on-deck spills.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that the term “peripheral coamings” in § 155.310(c) may be misinterpreted and be applied to areas beyond the cargo deck area.</P>
        <P>We have reviewed the use of the term “peripheral coamings” and believe that § 155.310(c) clearly delineates the boundaries of the required coamings.</P>
        <P>Two commenters stated that coamings may present a safety hazard for vessels operating for prolonged periods in freezing weather.</P>
        <P>We agree in part. The Coast Guard recognizes the special difficulties and hazards posed by the buildup of ice through prolonged periods of operation in freezing weather. Depending upon the particulars of a vessel, the owner or operator may find the need to request an exemption from these requirements under 33 CFR 155.130.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that the requirement to install coamings should apply only to vessels that carry oil and not to those that are certificated to carry both oil and hazardous materials, but actually carry only hazardous materials.</P>
        <P>We disagree. If a vessel is certificated to carry oil, the vessel must be outfitted to meet all of the requirements for the carriage of oil.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that the coaming-containment capacity should be raised. Another two commenters stated that the containment capacity should be lowered for certain vessels.</P>
        <P>We believe that the coaming containment capacities specified strike an appropriate balance between the size of a vessel and the areas of operation, and that the distribution of comments received supports that view.</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that alternatives to peripheral coamings should be allowed on tank vessels carrying animal fats, vegetable oils, or non-persistent oils, but offered no specific alternative.</P>
        <P>Absent a specific alternative to evaluate, we disagree and believe that peripheral coamings are an appropriate element of the pollution prevention regime for preventing on-deck spills of any oil type from reaching the marine environment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. General Comments</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">On-Water Containment and Removal Equipment</HD>
        <P>The IFR asked for additional information on major spill prevention and response equipment, such as booms, skimmers, and temporary storage devices designed to be carried on board vessels. It specifically requested information on the appropriateness of this equipment, on the technological and economic feasibility of requiring this equipment, and on the compatibility of this equipment with safe vessel operation.</P>
        <P>We received 18 responses to this request. Ten responses were in support of the carriage of major equipment on board vessels, and eight responses were against the concept. Of the ten responses in support, eight were from vessel-based equipment developers. Of the eight responses in opposition, all were vessel operators or organizations that represented vessel operators.</P>
        <P>Section 310 of the Coast Guard Authorization Act of 1993 (Pub. L. 103-206) required the Secretary of Transportation<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>to review and evaluate these technologies, and to submit a report to Congress with recommendations on the feasibility and environmental benefits of requiring tank vessels to carry oil spill prevention and response equipment. The DRE IFR provided a means to obtain that information.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>Prior to February 25, 2003, the Coast Guard was part of the Department of Transportation. Since that time, the Coast Guard has been part of the Department of Homeland Security.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>On September 8, 1998, the Coast Guard issued a report to Congress, titled “Feasibility and Environmental Benefits Associated with Requiring Oil Spill Response Equipment on Tank Vessels.” A copy of that report is available in the docket where indicated under the<PRTPAGE P="18156"/>“Public Participation and Request for Comments” section of this notice.</P>
        <P>In that report the Coast Guard concluded that while it may be technologically feasible to carry and deploy oil spill response equipment aboard a tank vessel without risking the safety of the crew, the practical limitations of the equipment in oil spill response make it economically, environmentally, and technologically unfeasible to require tank vessels to carry the equipment. The Coast Guard further concluded, in consideration of the practical limitations on the equipment's effectiveness in spill response, that vessel-based equipment should not be required for tank vessels and, if carried, should not be credited against their required response capabilities given those limitations.</P>
        <P>We continue to believe that shore-based response equipment is the preferred method for responding to actual or potential on-water oil spills. We do not believe that tank vessels should be required to carry major prevention and response equipment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Spill-Tracking Devices</HD>
        <P>We received three comments on devices for tracking the movement of spills. Two commenters stated that the carriage of some form of spill tracking device should be required. One commenter stated that, if a spill tracking device were required, a national or international standard should be adopted first so that a vessel need carry only one type of device throughout its operating area.</P>
        <P>Since the IFR was published, oil spill tracking requirements for tank vessels have changed. In the rulemaking titled “Vessel and Facility Response Plans for Oil: 2003 Removal Equipment Requirements and Alternative Technology Revisions” (74 FR 45026, August 31, 2009), owners and operators of tank vessels operating in oceans and coastal waters must identify in their response plans, and ensure availability through contract or other approved means, response resources necessary to provide aerial oil tracking to support oil spill assessment and cleanup activities (see 33 CFR 155.1050(l)).</P>
        <P>We believe that this response plan requirement is sufficient in the area of oil spill tracking, and therefore seek no further comments on this topic.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Preemption</HD>
        <P>Two commenters stated that the Coast Guard lacks the authority under OPA 90 to preempt more stringent state requirements related to DRE.</P>

        <P>We disagree. It is well settled that States may not regulate in categories reserved for regulation by the Coast Guard. It is also well settled, now, that all of the categories covered in 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 7101, and 8101 (design, construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, operation, equipping, personnel qualification, and manning of vessels), as well as the reporting of casualties and any other category in which Congress intended the Coast Guard to be the sole source of a vessel's obligations, are within the field foreclosed from regulation by the States. (See the decision of the Supreme Court in the consolidated cases of<E T="03">United States</E>v.<E T="03">Locke</E>and<E T="03">Intertanko</E>v.<E T="03">Locke,</E>529 U.S. 89, 120 S.Ct. 1135 (March 6, 2000)). Here, the Coast Guard is promulgating regulations to require discharge removal equipment for vessels operating on the navigable waters of the U.S. and that are carrying oil in bulk as cargo or cargo residue, which will improve safety. Because States may not promulgate rules within this category, preemption is not an issue.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Oil Spill Response Vessels</HD>
        <P>One commenter stated that we should clarify whether this rule applies to a dedicated oil spill response vessel (OSRV).</P>
        <P>We wish to clarify that this rule does not apply to a dedicated OSRV when conducting response operations in the response area.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Inland Oil Barges on Limited Offshore Routes</HD>
        <P>One comment stated that the rule should allow barges operating offshore under a special Certificate of Inspection (COI) endorsement for limited offshore/coastwise routes during fair weather to be equipped under the inland oil barge requirements in § 155.215.</P>
        <P>We agree, and note that this suggestion is similar to the requirements for emergency control measures for tank barges added on May 19, 2000. The current regulations provide that if a tank barge has its COI limited to not exceed the restrictions in §§ 155.230(a)(1) (territorial sea) or 155.230(a)(2) (Great Lakes), then it may be equipped under the inland oil barge requirements in § 155.215.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Supporting Analyses</HD>
        <P>Additionally, in this NOI we seek comments in two other areas. First, we seek comments on the Regulatory Assessment. Second, we seek comments on the Environment section.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Regulatory Assessment</HD>
        <P>The IFR was accompanied by a Regulatory Evaluation (RE) (a copy is available in the docket where indicated under the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” section of this notice). Due to the amount of time that has passed since the IFR and RE were published, we seek current information related to the cost of compliance with certain sections of the DRE requirements. Please note that we are not seeking comments concerned with emergency towing equipment cost data or other portions of the IFR that have since been finalized through other rulemakings after the public has had an opportunity to comment.</P>
        <P>The table below shows the elements on which we are seeking comment, the units in which we measure them, the relevant chapter of the IFR's RE, and the Coast Guard's estimate of the cost.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,xs60,12" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>DRE Cost Data Table</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Element</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Units</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">IFR RE basis</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">USCG<LI>estimate of cost per unit</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Coaming</ENT>
            <ENT>$/Linear feet</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 4</ENT>
            <ENT>$20-25</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">55 gal Drum containing oil products/sorbents</ENT>
            <ENT>55 gallon drum</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 4</ENT>
            <ENT>200</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Flex bin 1 yard box (4 55 gallon drum)</ENT>
            <ENT>55 gallon drum</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 4</ENT>
            <ENT>460</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Bulk double bagged oil/sorbents $260/ton</ENT>
            <ENT>ton</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 4</ENT>
            <ENT>260</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Containment Boom</ENT>
            <ENT>Linear feet</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>15-35</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Storage</ENT>
            <ENT>Cubic feet</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">20-foot Work Boat</ENT>
            <ENT>$/boat</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>40,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Work Boat Home Support Equipment</ENT>
            <ENT>$/boat</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>35,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Training</ENT>
            <ENT>$/vessel/year</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Maintenance and Repair</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Tanker's Storage Shed</ENT>
            <ENT>$/year</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>300-1,600</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="18157"/>
            <ENT I="01">Barge's Storage Shed</ENT>
            <ENT>$/year</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>200-1,300</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Boat</ENT>
            <ENT>$/year</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 5</ENT>
            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Source Control Equipment</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Chapter 6</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Submersible Pumping Kit</ENT>
            <ENT>$/kit</ENT>
            <ENT>Chapter 6</ENT>
            <ENT>141,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>Additionally, we seek comment on the following items:</P>
        <P>(1) Please describe your implementation of DRE and how you have invested in the following:</P>
        <P>(a) Operational deck spill capability;</P>
        <P>(b) Warehouse equipment capability; and</P>
        <P>(c) Source control equipment.</P>
        <P>(2) Have you needed to use the equipment referenced in question (1) in any operational situation? If so—</P>
        <P>(a) Please describe the situation;</P>
        <P>(b) What issues did you encounter in that implementation?; and</P>
        <P>(c) What recommendations do you have in improving that implementation?</P>
        <P>(3) Please describe the maintenance requirements associated with the equipment referenced in question (1).</P>
        <P>(4) What issues have you encountered in implementing the IFR?</P>
        <P>(5) How long did it take you to implement the IFR?</P>
        <P>(6) Are you a small business, according to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes?</P>
        <P>(7) What issues did you encounter with regard to similar rules regarding the implementation of the other OPA 90 requirements and the implementation of the DRE IFR?</P>
        <P>(a) Were there issues with complementary implementation?</P>
        <P>(b) Were there issues with cross-purpose implementation?</P>
        <P>(8) How do you work together with the oil spill removal organizations (OSROs), in planning for, or responding to, an incident?</P>
        <P>(9) What is the vessel type (i.e. tanker, offshore barge, etc.) and size (i.e. length of vessel) for the data above?</P>
        <P>To facilitate public input, we have placed in the docket a questionnaire labeled “Discharge Removal Equipment (DRE) Cost Data Template.” We request that individuals or organizations with knowledge of the cost of compliance use the template to provide input via the docket. However, you are not required to use this format when submitting comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Environment</HD>
        <P>We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. A preliminary environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated under the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” section of this notice. This rule involves regulations concerning the equipping of vessels. In addition, it implements a Congressional mandate (section 4202(a) of OPA 90). We seek any comments or information that may lead to the discovery of a significant environmental impact from this rule.</P>
        <P>At the IFR stage, an Environmental Assessment (EA) and a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) were placed in the docket for this rulemaking. No comments were received on the EA or the FONSI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Intent To Finalize; Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard invites further comments regarding the finalization of the IFR provisions that have not yet been finalized. Specifically, we seek comments on three topics—</P>
        <P>• DRE requirements (except for §§ 155.140, 155.230 and 155.235 as these sections were superseded by subsequent rulemakings);</P>
        <P>• Regulatory Assessment; and</P>
        <P>• Environmental Impact.</P>
        
        <FP>Written comments and responses will be added to the docket for this rulemaking (USCG-2011-0430). Upon close of the comment period, the Coast Guard will consider all comments received before finalizing the DRE rulemaking.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 22, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>J. G. Lantz,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director of Commercial, Regulations and Standards.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7344 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 17</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2011-0040: 4500030114]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1018-AX75</RIN>

        <SUBJECT>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Designation of Critical Habitat for<E T="0714">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>(Pagosa skyrocket),<E T="0714">Penstemon debilis</E>(Parachute beardtongue), and<E T="0714">Phacelia submutica</E>(DeBeque phacelia)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Revised proposed rule; reopening of comment period.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce the reopening of the public comment period on the July 27, 2011, proposed designation of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>(Pagosa skyrocket),<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>(Parachute beardtongue), and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>(DeBeque phacelia) under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). We also announce the availability of a draft economic analysis, a draft environmental assessment, and an amended required determinations section of the proposal. We also propose to revise critical habitat unit boundaries for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>units 2 and 4, and for<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>units 6, 7, and 9. Finally, we announce some potential additional areas being considered for exclusion from critical habitat for<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>unit 3. We are reopening the comment period for the proposal to allow all interested parties an opportunity to comment simultaneously on the proposed rule, the associated draft economic analysis (DEA), and draft environmental assessment (Draft EA), and the amended required determinations section. If you submitted comments previously, you do not need to resubmit them because we have already incorporated them into the public record and will fully consider them in preparation of the final rule.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <PRTPAGE P="18158"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>We will consider all comments received or postmarked on or before April 26, 2012. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section, below) must be received by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Search for docket FWS-R6-ES-2011-0040 and then follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">U.S. mail or hand-delivery:</E>Public Comments Processing, Attn: FWS-R6-ES-2011-0040; Division of Policy and Directives Management; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; 4401 N. Fairfax Drive, Suite 222; Arlington, VA 22203.</P>
          <P>We will post all comments on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>This generally means that we will post any personal information you provide us (see the<E T="04">Public Comments</E>section below for more information).</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Acting Western Colorado Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Western Colorado Ecological Services Office, 764 Horizon Drive, Suite B, Grand Junction, CO 81506-3946; telephone 970-243-2778; facsimile 970-245-6933. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800-877-8339.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Comments</HD>

        <P>We will accept written comments and information during this reopened comment period on our proposed critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>that was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 27, 2011 (76 FR 45078), our DEA of the proposed designation, our Draft EA, our amendment of required determinations, our proposal to revise critical habitat unit boundaries for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>units 2 and 4, and for<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>units 6, 7, and 9, and additional areas being considered for exclusion from critical habitat for<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>unit 3 provided in this document. We will consider information and recommendations from all interested parties. We are particularly interested in comments concerning:</P>

        <P>(1) The reasons why we should or should not designate habitat as “critical habitat” under section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531<E T="03">et seq.</E>) including whether there are threats to these species from human activity, the degree of which can be expected to increase due to the designation, and whether that increase in threat outweighs the benefit of designation such that the designation of critical habitat may not be prudent;</P>
        <P>(2) Specific information on:</P>
        <P>(a) The amount and distribution of<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>habitat;</P>
        <P>(b) What areas that are occupied and that contain features essential to the conservation of these species should be included in the designation and why;</P>
        <P>(c) Special management considerations or protection that may be needed in critical habitat areas we are proposing, including managing for the potential effects of climate change;</P>
        <P>(d) What areas not occupied at the time of listing are essential for the conservation of these species and why; and</P>
        <P>(e) Means to quantify the amount of natural and human-caused disturbance these species prefer or can tolerate.</P>
        <P>(3) Land use designations and current or planned activities in the subject areas and their possible impacts on proposed critical habitat.</P>

        <P>(4) Information on the projected and reasonably likely impacts of climate change on<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>and proposed critical habitat.</P>
        <P>(5) Any probable economic, national security, or other relevant impacts of designating any area that may be included in the final designation; in particular, any impacts on small entities or families, and the benefits of including or excluding areas that exhibit these impacts.</P>

        <P>(6) Whether any specific areas we are proposing for critical habitat designation should be considered for exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, especially the Mount Callahan Natural Area, the Mount Callahan Saddle Natural Area, newly designated areas at the Mt. Logan mine, and other lands owned by OXY USA (Oxy) for<E T="03">Penstemon debilis,</E>and whether the benefits of potentially excluding any specific area outweigh the benefits of including that area under section 4(b)(2) of the Act.</P>
        <P>(7) Information on the extent to which the description of potential economic impacts in the DEA is complete and accurate.</P>
        <P>(8) Whether the DEA makes appropriate assumptions regarding current practices and any regulatory changes that will likely occur if we designate critical habitat.</P>
        <P>(9) Whether the DEA correctly assesses the effect of regional costs associated with land use controls that may result from the designation of critical habitat.</P>
        <P>(10) Whether the DEA identifies all Federal, State, and local costs and benefits attributable to the proposed designation of critical habitat, and information on any costs that have been inadvertently overlooked.</P>
        <P>(11) Whether the Draft EA adequately presents the purpose of and need for the proposed action, the proposed action and alternatives, and the evaluation of the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives.</P>
        <P>(12) Whether our approach to designating critical habitat could be improved or modified in any way to provide for greater public participation and understanding, or to better accommodate public concerns and comments.</P>

        <P>You may submit your comments and materials concerning our proposed rule or the associated DEA and draft EA by one of the methods listed in<E T="02">ADDRESSES.</E>
        </P>
        <P>If you submit a comment via<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—will be posted on the Web site. If you submit a hardcopy comment that includes personal identifying information, you may request at the top of your document that we withhold this information from public review. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. We will post all hardcopy comments on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>

        <P>Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in preparing this proposed rule, DEA, and Draft EA, will be available for public inspection on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>or by appointment, during normal business hours, at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Colorado Ecological Services Office (see<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>). You may obtain copies of the proposed critical habitat, the DEA, and the Draft EA on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at docket number FWS-R6-ES-2011-0040, or at<E T="03">http://www.fws.gov/mountain-prairie/species/plants/3ColoradoPlants/index.html,</E>or by mail from the Western Colorado Ecological Services Office (see<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Previous Federal Actions</HD>

        <P>It is our intent to discuss only those topics directly relevant to the proposed designation of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica.</E>For more information on previous Federal actions concerning<E T="03">I. polyantha, P.<PRTPAGE P="18159"/>debilis,</E>and<E T="03">P. submutica,</E>refer to the proposed designation of critical habitat published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 27, 2011 (76 FR 45078). Approximately 9,641 acres (ac) (3,902 hectares (ha)) are being proposed for designation as critical habitat for<E T="03">I. polyantha.</E>Approximately 19,155 ac (7,752 ha) are being proposed for designation as critical habitat for<E T="03">P. debilis.</E>Approximately 25,484 ac (10,313 ha) are being proposed for designation as critical habitat for<E T="03">P. submutica.</E>In total, approximately 54,280 ac (21,967 ha) are being proposed for designation as critical habitat for the three species. The proposed critical habitat is located in Archuleta, Garfield, and Mesa Counties, Colorado. The original proposal had a 60-day public comment period, ending September 26, 2011. We will submit for publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a final critical habitat designation for<E T="03">I. polyantha, P. debilis,</E>and<E T="03">P. submutica</E>on or before the statutory deadline of July 27, 2012.</P>

        <P>For additional information on the biology of these species, see the July 27, 2011, final rule to list<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>as endangered, and to list<E T="03">Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>as threatened (76 FR 45054); as well as the July 27, 2011 proposed critical habitat rule (76 FR 45078).</P>
        <P>Section 3 of the Act defines critical habitat as the specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species, at the time it is listed in accordance with the Act, on which are found those physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species and that may require special management considerations or protection; and specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species. If the proposed rule is made final, section 7 of the Act will prohibit destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat by any activity funded, authorized, or carried out by any Federal agency. Federal agencies proposing actions that affect critical habitat must consult with us on the effects of their proposed actions, under section 7(a)(2) of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Consideration of Impacts Under Section 4(b)(2) of the Act</HD>
        <P>Section 4(b)(2) of the Act requires that we designate or revise critical habitat based upon the best scientific data available, after taking into consideration the economic impact, impact on national security, or any other relevant impact of specifying any particular area as critical habitat. We may exclude an area from critical habitat if we determine that the benefits of excluding the area outweigh the benefits of including the area as critical habitat, provided such an exclusion will not result in the extinction of the species.</P>
        <P>When considering the benefits of inclusion for an area, we consider the additional regulatory benefits that area would receive from the protection from adverse modification or destruction as a result of actions with a Federal nexus (activities conducted, funded, permitted, or authorized by Federal agencies), the educational benefits of mapping areas containing essential features that aid in the recovery of the listed species, and any benefits that may result from the designation due to State or Federal laws that may apply to critical habitat.</P>

        <P>When considering the benefits of exclusion, we consider, among other things, whether exclusion of a specific area is likely to result in conservation; the continuation, strengthening, or encouragement of partnerships; or implementation of a management plan. In the case of<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica,</E>the benefits of critical habitat include public awareness of the presence of these species and the importance of habitat protection, and, where a Federal action exists, increased habitat protection for these species due to protection from adverse modification or destruction of critical habitat. In practice, situations with a Federal action occur primarily on Federal lands or for projects undertaken by Federal agencies.</P>

        <P>The final decision on whether to exclude any areas will be based on the best scientific data available at the time of the final designation, including information obtained during the comment period and information about the economic impact of designation. Accordingly, we have prepared a DEA concerning the proposed critical habitat designation, which is available for review and comment (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Draft Economic Analysis</HD>

        <P>The purpose of the DEA is to identify and analyze the potential economic impacts associated with the proposed critical habitat designation for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica.</E>The DEA describes the economic impacts of all potential conservation efforts for<E T="03">I. polyantha, P. debilis,</E>and<E T="03">P. submutica.</E>Some of these costs will likely be incurred regardless of whether or not we designate critical habitat. The economic impact of the proposed critical habitat designation is analyzed by comparing scenarios both “with critical habitat” and “without critical habitat.” The “without critical habitat” scenario represents the baseline for the analysis, considering protections already in place for these species (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>under the Federal listing and other Federal, State, and local regulations). Therefore, the baseline represents the costs incurred regardless of whether critical habitat is designated. The “with critical habitat” scenario describes the incremental impacts associated specifically with the designation of critical habitat for these species. The incremental conservation efforts and associated impacts are those not expected to occur absent the designation of critical habitat for these species. In other words, the incremental costs are those attributable solely to the designation of critical habitat above and beyond the baseline costs; these are the costs we may consider in the final designation of critical habitat. The analysis looks retrospectively at baseline impacts incurred since these species were listed, and forecasts both baseline and incremental impacts likely to occur if we finalize the proposed critical habitat designation.</P>

        <P>The DEA provides estimated costs of the foreseeable potential economic impacts of the proposed critical habitat designation for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>over the next 20 years, which was determined to be the appropriate period for analysis because planning information was available for most activities to reasonably forecast activity levels for projects for a 20-year timeframe. The DEA identifies potential incremental costs as a result of the proposed critical habitat designation; these are those costs attributed to critical habitat over and above those baseline costs attributed to listing. The DEA quantifies economic impacts of conservation efforts for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>associated with the following categories of activity: (1) Energy development; (2) transportation projects; (3) agriculture and grazing; and (4) recreation.</P>

        <P>Because of uncertainty regarding the level and distribution of future oil and gas development, the DEA presents a low and high cost scenario for baseline and incremental economic impacts. Over the next 20 years, potential baseline impacts in areas proposed for designation are estimated to be $3.85 million to $9.81 million (low and high cost scenarios; approximately $340,000 to $866,000 on an annualized basis), assuming a seven percent discount rate. Baseline impacts in areas considered for<PRTPAGE P="18160"/>exclusion are estimated to be $2.36 million. The DEA estimates that total potential incremental economic impacts associated with a critical habitat designation in areas proposed as critical habitat for all three species over the next 20 years will be $967,000 to $14.8 million (low and high cost scenarios; approximately $85,300 to $1.3 million on an annualized basis), assuming a 7-percent discount rate (Table 1). The largest contributor to potential incremental costs is impacts to oil and gas development, which represent approximately 90 percent of incremental impacts in the low-cost scenario and 99 percent of impacts in the high-cost scenario. Impacts to agriculture and grazing, recreation, and transportation projects combined represent less than ten percent of the incremental impacts in both scenarios analyzed.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs54,r25,9,9,9,10,9,9,9,10" COLS="10" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Incremental Impacts of Proposed Critical Habitat Designation for Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis, and Phacelia submutica by Species, Unit, and Activity</TTITLE>
          <TDESC>[2012 dollars, assuming a 7-percent discount rate]</TDESC>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Unit #</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Unit name</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Oil &amp; gas<LI>-low-</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Oil &amp; gas<LI>-high-</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Transportation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Agriculture<LI>&amp; grazing</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Recreation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Species<LI>mgmt</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Subtotal<LI>-low-</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Subtotal<LI>-high-</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="09">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Areas Proposed for Designation</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="0714">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>
              <E T="02">(Pagosa Skyrocket)</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
            <ENT>Dyke</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$9,370</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$9,370</ENT>
            <ENT>$9,370</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
            <ENT>O'Neal Hill Special Botanical Area</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
            <ENT>Pagosa Springs</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>3,330</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>3,330</ENT>
            <ENT>3,330</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
            <ENT>Eight Mile Mesa</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="03">Subtotal</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>12,700</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>15,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>27,700</ENT>
            <ENT>27,700</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="09" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="0714">Penstemon debilis</E>
              <E T="02">(Parachute Beardtongue)</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
            <ENT>Brush Mountain</ENT>
            <ENT>11,600</ENT>
            <ENT>195,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>11,600</ENT>
            <ENT>195,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
            <ENT>Cow Ridge</ENT>
            <ENT>35,500</ENT>
            <ENT>599,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>35,500</ENT>
            <ENT>599,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
            <ENT>Mount Callahan</ENT>
            <ENT>10,900</ENT>
            <ENT>184,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>2,130</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>13,000</ENT>
            <ENT>186,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
            <ENT>Anvil Points</ENT>
            <ENT>8,470</ENT>
            <ENT>143,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>2,130</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>10,600</ENT>
            <ENT>145,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="03">Subtotal</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>66,400</ENT>
            <ENT>1,120,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>4,250</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>70,600</ENT>
            <ENT>1,120,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="09" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="0714">Phacelia submutica</E>
              <E T="02">(Debeque Phacelia)</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
            <ENT>Sulphur Gulch</ENT>
            <ENT>37,300</ENT>
            <ENT>629,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>1,590</ENT>
            <ENT>1,060</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>39,900</ENT>
            <ENT>632,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
            <ENT>Pyramid Rock</ENT>
            <ENT>627,000</ENT>
            <ENT>10,600,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>1,590</ENT>
            <ENT>1,060</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>630,000</ENT>
            <ENT>10,600,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
            <ENT>Roan Creek</ENT>
            <ENT>398</ENT>
            <ENT>6,720</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>398</ENT>
            <ENT>6,720</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
            <ENT>DeBeque</ENT>
            <ENT>13,100</ENT>
            <ENT>221,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>1,590</ENT>
            <ENT>1,060</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>15,800</ENT>
            <ENT>224,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5</ENT>
            <ENT>Mount Logan</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>1,590</ENT>
            <ENT>2,130</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>3,720</ENT>
            <ENT>3,720</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6</ENT>
            <ENT>Ashmead Draw</ENT>
            <ENT>44,700</ENT>
            <ENT>755,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>1,590</ENT>
            <ENT>1,060</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>47,400</ENT>
            <ENT>757,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7</ENT>
            <ENT>Baugh Reservoir</ENT>
            <ENT>18,200</ENT>
            <ENT>307,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>1,590</ENT>
            <ENT>1,060</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>20,800</ENT>
            <ENT>310,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8</ENT>
            <ENT>Horsethief Mountain</ENT>
            <ENT>60,200</ENT>
            <ENT>1,020,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>43,600</ENT>
            <ENT>5,820</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>110,000</ENT>
            <ENT>1,070,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">9</ENT>
            <ENT>Anderson Gulch</ENT>
            <ENT>1,150</ENT>
            <ENT>19,500</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>1,150</ENT>
            <ENT>19,500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="03">Subtotal</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>802,000</ENT>
            <ENT>13,500,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>53,200</ENT>
            <ENT>13,300</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>868,000</ENT>
            <ENT>13,600,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="05">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>868,000</ENT>
            <ENT>14,700,000</ENT>
            <ENT>12,700</ENT>
            <ENT>53,200</ENT>
            <ENT>32,500</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>967,000</ENT>
            <ENT>14,800,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="09" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Areas Considered for Exclusion</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Parachute Beardtongue</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
            <ENT>Mount Callahan</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note:</E>Totals may not sum due to rounding.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>In the low cost scenario, proposed Unit 2 for<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>has the highest incremental impacts (65 percent of total), followed by proposed Unit 8 for<E T="03">P. submutica</E>(11 percent of total) and proposed Unit 6 for<E T="03">P. submutica</E>(five percent of total). In the high cost scenario, these same three units (proposed Units 2, 8, and 4 for<E T="03">P. submutica</E>) have the highest incremental impacts with 72 percent, seven percent, and five percent of the total incremental impacts, respectively.</P>
        <P>As stated earlier, we are seeking data and comments from the public on the DEA and the Draft EA, as well as all aspects of the proposed rule and our amended required determinations. We may revise the proposed rule or supporting documents to incorporate or address information we receive during the public comment period. In particular, we may exclude an area from critical habitat if we determine that the benefits of excluding the area outweigh the benefits of including the area, provided the exclusion will not result in the extinction of the species.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Draft Environmental Assessment; National Environmental Policy Act</HD>

        <P>When the range of a species includes States within the U.S. Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals, pursuant to the ruling in<E T="03">Catron County Board of Commissioners</E>v.<E T="03">U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,</E>75 F .3d 1429 (10th Cir. 1996), we will complete an analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>) (NEPA), on critical habitat designations. The range of<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>is entirely within the State of Colorado, which is within the Tenth Circuit.</P>

        <P>The Draft EA presents the purpose of and need for critical habitat designation, the proposed action and alternatives, and an evaluation of the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under the requirements of NEPA as implemented by the Council on Environmental Quality regulations (40 CFR 1500<E T="03">et seq.</E>) and according to the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures.<PRTPAGE P="18161"/>
        </P>
        <P>The Draft EA will be used by the Service to decide whether or not critical habitat will be designated as proposed; if the proposed action requires refinement, or if another alternative is appropriate; or if further analyses are needed through preparation of an environmental impact statement. If the proposed action is selected as described (or is changed minimally) and no further environmental analyses are needed, then a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) would be the appropriate conclusion of this process. A FONSI would then be prepared for the environmental assessment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Changes to Critical Habitat Unit Boundaries</HD>

        <P>In this document, we are proposing changes to some of the critical habitat units that were defined in the July 27, 2011, proposed designation of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica.</E>We describe these changes below and provide updated critical habitat unit maps in this notice. Maps illustrating the changes from the previously proposed unit boundaries are available on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at docket number FWS-R6-ES-2011-0040, or at<E T="03">http://www.fws.gov/mountain-prairie/species/plants/3ColoradoPlants/index.html.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Ipomopsis polyantha</HD>

        <P>We are proposing to modify our proposed critical habitat Units 2 and 4 for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>based on comments we have received from the U.S. Forest Service (USFS) and based on field visits made during the summer of 2011. Changes in acreage are depicted in Table 2.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,xs40,xs40" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 2—Proposed Changes to Critical Habitat Units for Ipomopsis polyantha</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Critical habitat unit</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Land ownership</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Size of original unit</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Size of<LI>proposed</LI>
              <LI>revision</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Unit 2. O'Neal Hill Special Botanical Area</ENT>
            <ENT>USFS—San Juan National Forest</ENT>
            <ENT>784 ac<LI>(317 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>564 ac.<LI>(228 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Unit 4. Eight Mile Mesa</ENT>
            <ENT>USFS—San Juan National Forest</ENT>
            <ENT>1,180 ac<LI>(478 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>1,146 ac.<LI>(464 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Total for All Units (Units 1 and 3 unchanged)</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>9,894 ac<LI>(4,004 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>9,641 ac.<LI>(3,902 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unit 2. O'Neal Hill Special Botanical Area</HD>

        <P>We are proposing to reduce the size of Unit 2, the O'Neal Hill Botanical Area from 784 ac (317 ha) to 564 ac (228 ha). We are modifying this unit so that the thick pasture grass and riparian areas in the bottomlands that do not contain any of the primary constituent elements (PCEs) for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>would no longer be included (USFS 2011, p. 1). We believe there is still enough area to provide protection for pollinators if this site is used as an introduction area in the future. This area is unoccupied and is owned by the USFS with 279 ac (113 ha), or 49 percent of the unit within the O'Neal Hill Special Botanical Area that was designated to protect another Mancos shale endemic,<E T="03">Lesquerella pruinosa</E>(Pagosa bladderpod). Because<E T="03">L. pruinosa</E>is sometimes found growing with<E T="03">I. polyantha,</E>we believe the site has high potential for introduction of<E T="03">I. polyantha.</E>Aside from the changes described here, the unit description from our proposed critical habitat rule still applies (76 FR 45078).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unit 4. Eight Mile Mesa</HD>
        <P>We are proposing to reduce the size of Unit 4, Eight Mile Mesa, from 1,180 ac (478 ha) to 1,146 ac (464 ha). We are modifying this unit so that isolated patches that are separated from the large contiguous potential habitat by roads are not included (USFS 2011, p. 2). These isolated patches would not be suitable as potential introduction sites in the future because they are small and separated from the large block of contiguous habitat by roads. This unit is unoccupied and is owned by the USFS. Aside from the changes described here, the unit description from our proposed critical habitat rule still applies (76 FR 45078).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Phacelia submutica</HD>
        <P>For<E T="03">Phacelia submutica,</E>we are modifying three of the proposed critical habitat units, all of which are occupied: Ashmead Draw (Unit 6), Baugh Reservoir (Unit 7), and Anderson Gulch (Unit 9). Changes to the acreages are depicted in Table 3. All three units have been made larger. The boundaries of all units were expanded based on 2011 field surveys in historical sites and in suitable habitat near these sites (Service 2011, pp. 1-12; CNHP 2011, pp. 1-3, spatial data).</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,xs40,xs40,xs40,xs40,xs40,xs40,xs40,xs40" COLS="9" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 3—Proposed Changes to Critical Habitat Units for Phacelia submutica</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Unit No./Unit name</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Original proposed critical habitat</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Land ownership by type</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Federal</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">State</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Private</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Size of unit</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Proposed revisions to critical habitat</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Land ownership by type</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Federal</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">State</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Private</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Size of unit</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Unit 6. Ashmead Draw</ENT>
            <ENT>1,046 ac (423 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>174 ac (71 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,220 ac (494 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,110 ac (449 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>166 ac (67 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,276 ac.<LI>(516 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Unit 7. Baugh Reservoir</ENT>
            <ENT>19 ac<LI>(8 ha)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>10 ac<LI>(4 ha)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>28* ac (12 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>169 ac (68 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>261 ac (106 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>430 ac.<LI>(174 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Unit 9. Anderson Gulch</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>173 ac (70 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>128 ac (52 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>301 ac (122 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>192 ac (78 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>149 ac (60 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>341 ac.<LI>(138 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="18162"/>
            <ENT I="01">Total (all other units unchanged)</ENT>
            <ENT>21,800 ac (8,822 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>173 ac (70 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>3,014 ac (1,220 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>24,987 ac (10,112 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>22,013 (8,908 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>192 ac (78 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>3,278 ac (1,327 ha)</ENT>
            <ENT>25,484 ac.<LI>(10,313 ha).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>* 23 ac (9 ha) of this 28 ac (12 ha) is still included in Unit 7, Baugh Reservoir.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Unit 6. Ashmead Draw</E>
        </HD>
        <P>We are proposing to increase the size of Unit 6, Ashmead Draw, from 1,220 ac (494 ha) to 1,276 ac (516 ha). In the spring of 2011, we revisited a historical location we had used to delineate the unit in our proposed rule and found that the site extended slightly to the east of where it was previously mapped (Service 2011, pp. 1-4). To accommodate this situation, we are proposing the boundary changes described here. The unit comprises both Federal and private lands in Mesa County, Colorado. Eighty-seven percent of this unit is managed by the Bureau of Land Management (BLM). The entire unit is within the Westwide Energy corridor, and 87 percent is within several grazing allotments. This unit is currently occupied. Aside from the changes described here, the unit description from our proposed critical habitat rule still applies (76 FR 45078).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Unit 7. Baugh Reservoir</E>
        </HD>

        <P>We are proposing to increase the size of Unit 7, Baugh Reservoir, from 28 ac (12 ha) to 430 ac (174 ha). In the spring of 2011, we revisited the historical location we had used to delineate the unit in our proposed critical habitat rule and found that the site was actually south of where it was originally mapped. After visiting the site, we discovered more suitable habitat in the area than previously known. We located two additional sites nearby during subsequent field surveys (Service 2011, pp. 5-12). The unit is 61 percent privately owned and 39 percent owned by the BLM. This unit is currently occupied. Several roads run through the unit close to<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>sites. The entire unit is within the Westwide Energy corridor and one grazing allotment. Aside from the changes described here, the unit description from our proposed critical habitat rule still applies (76 FR 45078).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Unit 9. Anderson Gulch</E>
        </HD>
        <P>We are proposing to increase the size of Unit 9, Anderson Gulch, from 301 ac (122 ha) to 341 ac (138 ha). Surveys during the spring of 2011 extended the known sites to the north (CNHP 2011, pp. 1-3, spatial data). To accommodate this situation, we are proposing the boundary changes described here. The unit comprises both State and private lands in Mesa County, Colorado. Within the unit, 56 percent of the lands are managed by the Colorado Division of Wildlife, within the Plateau Creek State Wildlife Area, and 44 percent is private. This unit is currently occupied. Aside from the changes described here, the unit description from our proposed critical habitat rule still applies (76 FR 45078).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Additional Areas Considered for Exclusion</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Penstemon debilis Unit 3. Mount Callahan</E>
        </HD>
        <P>Three of the four viable (large and robust) populations of<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>are on lands owned by Oxy, all within the proposed Unit 3 (Mount Callahan). Conservation of the species cannot occur without cooperation from Oxy.<E T="03">P. debilis</E>populations protected through Colorado Natural Areas agreements may receive better protection than they would otherwise receive through the protections of the Act on private lands. Given this, and to facilitate our partnership, in our original critical habitat proposal we announced that we would consider the exclusion of areas on Oxy lands that are protected under a voluntary conservation agreement with the Colorado Natural Areas Program (CNAP).</P>

        <P>We are now considering excluding under section 4(b)(2) of the ESA additional lands for<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>based on the efforts of the landowner (OXY) and a potential agreement with CNAP. Oxy is working with CNAP to expand their agreement to include the Mt. Logan Mine area so that all three viable<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>populations on Oxy lands are protected (see figure below) (Oxy 2010, pp. 1-6). If designated, we also would consider excluding this area. For areas outside these Natural Areas, Oxy also is working to develop best management practices to protect adjacent habitat and the pollinators found in these adjacent habitats. If these best management practices are adequately described in their Natural Areas agreement, we also would consider excluding Oxy lands that are covered by these best management practices outside of suitable habitat (barren cliff areas). If further protections were provided for suitable habitat, we would consider this in our decision. We do not yet know where the boundaries of the potential Natural Area at Mt. Logan Mine would be so we have depicted this area with a generalized map. We also have delineated, to the best of our abilities, suitable habitat for<E T="03">P. debilis</E>in the map of Unit 3.</P>
        <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
        <GPH DEEP="622" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="18163"/>
          <GID>EP27MR12.127</GID>
        </GPH>
        <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-C</BILCOD>
        
        <PRTPAGE P="18164"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Nonsubstantive Changes to § 17.12(h)</HD>

        <P>In the July 27, 2011, proposed rule, the table entries for the List of Endangered and Threatened Plants at § 17.12(h) contained a small formatting error. The scientific names for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>and<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>were presented in Roman type; however, they should have been presented in italics. We are correcting this error in this revised proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Required Determinations—Amended</HD>

        <P>In our July 27, 2011, proposed rule (76 FR 45078), we indicated that we would defer our determination of compliance with several statutes and Executive Orders (EOs) until the information concerning potential economic impacts of the designation and potential effects on landowners and stakeholders became available in the DEA. We have now made use of the DEA data in making these determinations. In this document, we affirm the information in our proposed rule concerning E.O. 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review), E.O. 12630 (Takings), E.O. 13132 (Federalism), E.O. 12988 (Civil Justice Reform), the Paperwork Reduction Act, E.O. 12866 and E.O. 12988 (Clarity of the Rule), and the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951). However, based on the DEA data, we are amending our required determinations concerning the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), E.O. 13211 (Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use), and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Regulatory Flexibility Act</E>(<E T="03">5 U.S.C. 601 et</E>
          <E T="03">seq.</E>)</HD>
        <P>Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996), whenever an agency must publish a notice of rulemaking for any proposed or final rule, it must prepare and make available for public comment a regulatory flexibility analysis that describes the effects of the rule on small entities (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>small businesses, small organizations, and small government jurisdictions). However, no regulatory flexibility analysis is required if the head of the agency certifies the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Based on our DEA of the proposed designation, we provide our analysis for determining whether the proposed rule would result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Based on comments we receive, we may revise this determination as part of our final rulemaking.</P>
        <P>According to the Small Business Administration, small entities include small organizations, such as independent nonprofit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions, including school boards and city and town governments that serve fewer than 50,000 residents, as well as small businesses (13 CFR 121.201). Small businesses include manufacturing and mining concerns with fewer than 500 employees, wholesale trade entities with fewer than 100 employees, retail and service businesses with less than $5 million in annual sales, general and heavy construction businesses with less than $27.5 million in annual business, special trade contractors doing less than $11.5 million in annual business, and agricultural businesses with annual sales less than $750,000. To determine if potential economic impacts to these small entities are significant, we considered the types of activities that might trigger regulatory impacts under the rule, as well as the types of project modifications that may result. In general, the term “significant economic impact” is meant to apply to a typical small business firm's business operations.</P>

        <P>To determine if the proposed designation of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha,</E>
          <E T="03">Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>would affect a substantial number of small entities, we considered the number of small entities affected within particular types of economic activities (e.g., energy development, transportation projects, agriculture and grazing, recreation). In order to determine whether it is appropriate for our agency to certify that this rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, we considered each industry or category individually. In estimating the numbers of small entities potentially affected, we also considered whether their activities have any Federal involvement. Critical habitat designation will not affect activities that do not have any Federal involvement; designation of critical habitat affects activities conducted, funded, permitted, or authorized by Federal agencies.</P>
        <P>Under the Act, designation of critical habitat only affects activities carried out, funded, or permitted by Federal agencies. If we finalize the proposed critical habitat designation, Federal agencies must consult with us under section 7 of the Act if their activities may affect designated critical habitat. Consultations to avoid the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat would be incorporated into the existing consultation process.</P>
        <P>Some kinds of activities are unlikely to have any Federal involvement and so would not result in any additional effects under the Act. If there is a Federal action, Federal agencies will be required to consult with us under section 7 of the Act on activities they fund, permit, or carry out that may affect critical habitat. If we conclude in a biological opinion that a proposed action is likely to destroy or adversely modify critical habitat, we can offer “reasonable and prudent alternatives.” Reasonable and prudent alternatives are alternative actions that can be implemented in a manner consistent with the scope of the Federal agency's legal authority and jurisdiction, that are economically and technologically feasible, and that would avoid destroying or adversely modifying critical habitat.</P>
        <P>Within the proposed critical habitat designation, the types of actions or authorized activities that we have identified as potential concerns and that may be subject to consultation under section 7 if there is a Federal action includes: Energy development (oil and gas); transportation projects; agriculture and grazing; and recreation. As discussed in Appendix A of the DEA of the activities addressed in the analysis, only oil and gas, transportation, and recreational activities are expected to experience incremental, administrative consultation costs that may be borne by small businesses.</P>
        <P>Any existing and planned projects, land uses, and activities that could affect the proposed critical habitat but have no Federal involvement would not require section 7 consultation with the Service, so they are not restricted by the requirements of the Act. Federal agencies may need to reinitiate a previous consultation if discretionary involvement or control over the Federal action has been retained or is authorized by law and the activities may affect critical habitat.</P>

        <P>In the DEA, we evaluated the potential economic effects on small entities resulting from implementation of conservation actions related to the proposed designation of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica.</E>Please refer to our DEA of the proposed critical habitat designation for a more detailed discussion of potential economic impacts; we will summarize key points of the analysis below.</P>

        <P>The DEA, and its associated initial regulatory flexibility analysis, estimate that total potential incremental<PRTPAGE P="18165"/>economic impacts in areas proposed as critical habitat for all three species over the next 20 years will be $967,000 to $14.8 million, assuming a 7-percent discount rate. The largest contributor to the incremental costs is impacts to oil and gas development, which represent approximately 90 percent of incremental impacts in the low-cost scenario and 99 percent of impacts in the high-cost scenario. Incremental impacts to oil and gas development range from $868,000 to $14.7 million, assuming a 7-percent discount rate. These impacts are related to future oil and gas development that occurs in areas greater than 100 meters from known<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>occurrences and greater than 1,000 meters from known<E T="03">Penstemon debilis</E>occurrences. Similar to the baseline impacts, the large range in incremental impacts is due to uncertainty regarding the level and distribution of future oil and gas development.</P>
        <P>Incremental impacts to transportation projects are estimated to be $12,700, assuming a 7-percent discount rate. Incremental impacts to recreational activities are estimated to be $32,500, assuming a 7-percent discount rate. The incremental impacts to transportation and recreational activities are limited to the administrative cost of consultation. Incremental impacts to agriculture and grazing are estimated to be $53,200, assuming a 7-percent discount rate.</P>
        <P>Small entities represent 60 percent of all entities in the oil and gas development industry that may be affected. The analysis expects conservation efforts for the three plants to affect companies that are involved with drilling for oil and gas and that lease or plan to lease Federal lands. Although we predict that drilling activity will not be precluded by the designation, we anticipate requesting that drilling companies undertake project modifications to reduce potential impacts to the habitat. The costs of implementing these project modifications are one impact of the regulation. In addition, affected companies will incur administrative costs associated with the section 7 consultation process.</P>
        <P>The DEA estimates that between 0.23 and 5.1 projects are undertaken in the study area (total number of projects divided by 20 years). We multiply these projects by the percentage of small entities in these counties, or approximately 60 percent, to identify the annual number of projects likely to be undertaken by small entities (0.14 to 3.06 projects annually). Some of these projects will only incur incremental administrative costs because they are located close to existing plants. In these cases, the project modification costs will be incurred regardless of the designation of critical habitat. Projects experiencing the highest annual incremental costs are located in unoccupied areas. We multiply the per-project costs in these unoccupied areas by the total number of annual projects undertaken by small entities and then divide by the number of affected small entities to estimate per-entity costs. These impacts are then compared to average annual sales per small business in the sector. On average, annual incremental impacts per small drilling company represent 0.01 to 0.27 percent of small developers' annual average sales.</P>
        <P>In summary, less than two to four small entities may be affected annually by the proposed rule. These entities will likely experience costs equivalent to less than 1 percent of annual revenues. Importantly, these estimates assume each well pad is drilled by a separate entity. In the case that one small company drills more well pads than predicted, impacts to that company are underestimated, and the annual number of affected entities is overstated.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13211—Energy Supply, Distribution, and Use</HD>
        <P>E.O. 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use, requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. The Office of Management and Budget's guidance for implementing this Executive order outlines nine outcomes that may constitute “a significant adverse effect” when compared to no regulatory action. Critical habitat designation for the three plants is anticipated to affect oil and gas activities. However, the Service is more likely to recommend a series of project modifications that will allow for work within critical habitat, rather than complete avoidance of critical habitat. Therefore, reductions in oil and natural gas production are not anticipated. Furthermore, given the small fraction of projects affected, less than one to approximately two per year, project modification costs are not anticipated to increase the cost of energy production or distribution in the United States in excess of 1 percent. Thus, none of the nine threshold levels of impact listed above is exceeded. Therefore, designation of critical habitat is not expected to lead to any adverse outcomes (such as a reduction in oil and natural gas production or distribution), and a Statement of Energy Effects is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.)</HD>

        <P>In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501<E T="03">et seq.</E>), we make the following findings:</P>
        <P>(a) This rule will not produce a Federal mandate. In general, a Federal mandate is a provision in legislation, statute, or regulation that would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or Tribal governments, or the private sector, and includes both “Federal intergovernmental mandates” and “Federal private sector mandates.” These terms are defined in 2 U.S.C. 658(5)-(7). “Federal intergovernmental mandate” includes a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or Tribal governments,” with two exceptions. First, it excludes “a condition of federal assistance.” Second, it excludes “a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program,” unless the regulation “relates to a then-existing Federal program under which $500,000,000 or more is provided annually to State, local, and Tribal governments under entitlement authority,” if the provision would “increase the stringency of conditions of assistance” or “place caps upon, or otherwise decrease, the Federal Government's responsibility to provide funding” and the State, local, or Tribal governments “lack authority” to adjust accordingly. At the time of enactment, these entitlement programs were: Medicaid; Aid to Families with Dependent Children work programs; Child Nutrition; Food Stamps; Social Services Block Grants; Vocational Rehabilitation State Grants; Foster Care, Adoption Assistance, and Independent Living; Family Support Welfare Services; and Child Support Enforcement. “Federal private sector mandate” includes a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon the private sector, except (i) a condition of Federal assistance; or (ii) a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program.”</P>

        <P>The designation of critical habitat does not impose a legally binding duty on non-Federal government entities or private parties. Under the Act, the only regulatory effect is that Federal agencies must ensure that their actions do not destroy or adversely modify critical habitat under section 7. While non-Federal entities that receive Federal funding, assistance, or permits, or that otherwise require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for an action, may be indirectly impacted by the designation of critical habitat, the legally binding duty to avoid destruction or adverse modification of<PRTPAGE P="18166"/>critical habitat rests squarely on the Federal agency. Furthermore, to the extent that non-Federal entities are indirectly impacted because they receive Federal assistance or participate in a voluntary Federal aid program, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act would not apply, nor would critical habitat shift the costs of the large entitlement programs listed above on to State governments.</P>

        <P>(b) As discussed in the DEA of the proposed designation of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha, Penstemon debilis,</E>and<E T="03">Phacelia submutica,</E>we do not believe that the rule would significantly or uniquely affect small governments because it would not produce a Federal mandate of $100 million or greater in any year; that is, it is not a “significant regulatory action” under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. The DEA concludes that incremental impacts may occur due to project modifications and administrative costs of consultation that may need to be made for oil and gas, transportation, grazing, and recreational activities; however, these are not expected to affect small governments to the extent described above. Consequently, we do not believe that the proposed critical habitat designation would significantly or uniquely affect small government entities. As such, a Small Government Agency Plan is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">References Cited</HD>

        <P>A complete list of all references we cited in the proposed rule and in this document is available on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or by contacting the Colorado Ecological Services Office (see<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authors</HD>
        <P>The primary authors of this document are the staff members of the Western Colorado Ecological Services Office.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 17</HD>
          <P>Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Regulation Promulgation</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, we propose to further amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as proposed to be amended at 76 FR 45078, July 27, 2011, as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 17—ENDANGERED AND THREATENED WILDLIFE AND PLANTS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 17 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 16 U.S.C. 1531-1544; 16 U.S.C. 4201-4245; Pub. L. 99-625, 100 Stat. 3500; unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 17.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. In § 17.12(h), amend the entries for “<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha”</E>and “<E T="03">Penstemon debilis”</E>under “Flowering Plants” in the List of Endangered and Threatened Plants by removing the words “Ipomopsis polyantha” and “Penstemon debilis” and adding in their place the words “<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha”</E>and “<E T="03">Penstemon debilis”.</E>
            </P>
            <P>3. In § 17.96, in paragraph (a), amend the entry for “<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>(DeBeque phacelia)” by revising units 6, 7, and 9, and the entry for “<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>(Pagosa skyrocket)” by revising units 2 and 4, to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 17.96</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Critical habitat—plants.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Flowering plants.</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>Family Hydrophyllaceae:<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>(DeBeque phacelia)</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(11) Unit 6: Mesa County, Colorado.</P>
            <P>(i) Land bounded by the following UTM NAD83, zone 13N coordinates (E,N): 224560.31, 4351994.12; 224551.61, 4351993.51; 224545.14, 4351993.94; 224534.23, 4351994.73; 224343.42, 4352006.84; 224341.20, 4352007.01; 224332.52, 4352007.77; 224315.35, 4352010.79; 224306.93, 4352013.05; 224298.61, 4352015.67; 224290.55, 4352019.01; 224282.65, 4352022.70; 224267.56, 4352031.41; 224260.42, 4352036.41; 224253.50, 4352041.72; 224247.06, 4352047.61; 224240.90, 4352053.78; 224229.70, 4352067.13; 224224.70, 4352074.27; 224220.01, 4352081.63; 224215.98, 4352089.37; 224212.30, 4352097.26; 224208.96, 4352105.32; 224206.34, 4352113.64; 224204.08, 4352122.06; 224201.05, 4352139.23; 224200.29, 4352147.91; 224199.93, 4352154.95; 224629.91, 4354119.91; 224136.18, 4355951.10; 224136.42, 4355958.96; 224137.28, 4355966.78; 224138.75, 4355974.51; 224140.82, 4355982.09; 224143.49, 4355989.49; 224146.73, 4355996.66; 224167.76, 4356038.72; 224169.66, 4356042.35; 225797.71, 4358990.45; 225803.34, 4358999.46; 225808.33, 4359006.60; 225819.54, 4359019.96; 225825.70, 4359026.12; 225832.13, 4359032.01; 225839.05, 4359037.32; 225846.19, 4359042.32; 225861.29, 4359051.04; 225869.19, 4359054.72; 225877.25, 4359058.06; 225885.57, 4359060.68; 225893.99, 4359062.94; 225911.15, 4359065.97; 225919.84, 4359066.73; 225928.55, 4359067.11; 225937.27, 4359066.73; 225945.95, 4359065.97; 225963.12, 4359062.94; 225971.53, 4359060.68; 225979.85, 4359058.06; 225987.91, 4359054.72; 225995.81, 4359051.04; 226010.91, 4359042.32; 226018.05, 4359037.32; 226024.97, 4359032.01; 226031.40, 4359026.12; 226037.56, 4359019.96; 226048.77, 4359006.60; 226053.77, 4358999.46; 226058.46, 4358992.11; 226062.48, 4358984.37; 226066.17, 4358976.47; 226069.51, 4358968.41; 226072.13, 4358960.09; 226074.38, 4358951.67; 226077.41, 4358934.50; 226078.17, 4358925.82; 226078.55, 4358917.11; 226078.17, 4358908.39; 226077.41, 4358899.71; 226075.73, 4358888.22; 224674.17, 4352093.97; 224672.83, 4352088.29; 224671.70, 4352084.08; 224665.74, 4352067.70; 224663.89, 4352063.75; 224659.87, 4352056.01; 224655.18, 4352048.65; 224652.68, 4352045.08; 224647.37, 4352038.16; 224641.48, 4352031.73; 224638.39, 4352028.65; 224625.04, 4352017.44; 224621.47, 4352014.94; 224614.11, 4352010.26; 224606.38, 4352006.23; 224602.43, 4352004.39; 224594.37, 4352001.05; 224585.93, 4351998.98; 224577.53, 4351996.65; 224568.97, 4351995.03; 224560.31, 4351994.12; and returning to 224560.31, 4351994.12.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(12) Unit 7: Mesa County, Colorado.</P>

            <P>(i) Land bounded by the following UTM NAD83, zone 13N coordinates (E,N): 223172.45, 4348678.18; 223164.10, 4348677.06; 223155.69, 4348676.65; 223147.28, 4348676.96; 223138.92, 4348677.98; 223130.67, 4348679.70; 223122.61, 4348682.12; 223114.77, 4348685.22; 223107.23, 4348688.97; 223105.08, 4348690.05; 221446.80, 4349594.77; 221439.42, 4349599.22; 221432.45, 4349604.28; 221425.95, 4349609.93; 221419.95, 4349616.11; 221414.51, 4349622.79; 221409.67, 4349629.91; 221405.45, 4349637.43; 221401.90, 4349645.27; 221399.04, 4349653.40; 221396.88, 4349661.74; 221395.45, 4349670.23; 221394.76, 4349678.82; 221394.81, 4349687.43; 221395.60, 4349696.01; 221397.13, 4349704.49; 221399.38, 4349712.80; 221402.33, 4349720.89; 221405.97, 4349728.70; 221410.27, 4349736.16; 221415.20, 4349743.23; 221420.72, 4349749.84; 221426.78, 4349755.96; 221433.35, 4349761.53; 221440.38, 4349766.52; 221528.06, 4349823.24; 221530.29, 4349824.64; 222690.07, 4350532.12; 222697.89, 4350536.43; 222706.07, 4350540.02; 222714.53, 4350542.87; 222723.22,<PRTPAGE P="18167"/>4350544.95; 222732.06, 4350546.24; 222740.97, 4350546.75; 222749.90, 4350546.45; 222758.76, 4350545.36; 222767.49, 4350543.49; 222776.02, 4350540.84; 222784.28, 4350537.44; 222792.21, 4350533.32; 222799.73, 4350528.51; 222806.80, 4350523.04; 222813.34, 4350516.97; 222819.32, 4350510.34; 222824.69, 4350503.20; 222829.40, 4350495.61; 222833.41, 4350487.63; 222836.69, 4350479.32; 222839.22, 4350470.76; 223249.33, 4348810.93; 223251.95, 4348800.61; 223253.68, 4348792.17; 223254.68, 4348783.61; 223254.94, 4348774.99; 223254.45, 4348766.39; 223253.22, 4348757.86; 223251.26, 4348749.46; 223248.58, 4348741.27; 223245.20, 4348733.34; 223241.15, 4348725.74; 223236.45, 4348718.51; 223231.15, 4348711.71; 223225.28, 4348705.40; 223218.89, 4348699.62; 223212.02, 4348694.41; 223204.73, 4348689.82; 223197.07, 4348685.87; 223189.10, 4348682.60; 223180.87, 4348680.03; 223172.45, 4348678.18; and returning to 223172.45, 4348678.18.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(14) Unit 9: Mesa County, Colorado.</P>
            <P>(i) Land bounded by the following UTM NAD83, zone 13N coordinates (E,N): 238464.91, 4347092.87; 238447.55, 4347091.35; 238440.44, 4347091.83; 238436.82, 4347092.11; 238430.10, 4347092.73; 236172.30, 4347409.84; 236160.33, 4347412.28; 236156.12, 4347413.40; 236147.80, 4347416.03; 236139.74, 4347419.37; 236135.79, 4347421.21; 236120.70, 4347429.92; 236117.13, 4347432.42; 236110.20, 4347437.73; 236103.77, 4347443.63; 236100.69, 4347446.71; 236089.49, 4347460.06; 236086.99, 4347463.63; 236082.30, 4347470.99; 236078.27, 4347478.73; 236076.43, 4347482.68; 236074.59, 4347486.87; 236049.56, 4347547.66; 236045.44, 4347559.85; 236044.31, 4347564.06; 236042.42, 4347572.58; 236041.28, 4347581.23; 236040.90, 4347585.57; 236040.90, 4347603.00; 236041.28, 4347607.34; 236042.42, 4347615.99; 236044.31, 4347624.51; 236045.44, 4347628.72; 236051.40, 4347645.10; 236053.24, 4347649.05; 236061.96, 4347664.14; 236064.46, 4347667.71; 236069.77, 4347674.63; 236075.66, 4347681.07; 236078.74, 4347684.15; 236085.17, 4347690.04; 236092.10, 4347695.35; 236095.67, 4347697.85; 236110.76, 4347706.57; 236114.71, 4347708.41; 236131.09, 4347714.37; 236135.30, 4347715.50; 236143.82, 4347717.39; 236152.47, 4347718.52; 236156.81, 4347718.90; 236160.40, 4347719.15; 238092.65, 4347818.34; 238097.77, 4347818.47; 238114.80, 4347817.01; 238597.16, 4347733.65; 238602.61, 4347732.55; 238604.85, 4347732.03; 238617.20, 4347728.33; 238729.89, 4347686.46; 238741.46, 4347681.30; 238745.08, 4347679.41; 238748.68, 4347677.43; 238761.06, 4347668.98; 238778.98, 4347654.68; 238784.95, 4347649.51; 238790.51, 4347643.88; 238795.59, 4347637.84; 238800.19, 4347631.41; 238804.26, 4347624.63; 238807.79, 4347617.56; 238809.34, 4347614.11; 238812.48, 4347606.26; 238814.95, 4347598.18; 238816.72, 4347589.91; 238817.79, 4347581.52; 238818.15, 4347573.07; 238818.15, 4347568.42; 238817.82, 4347560.33; 238816.84, 4347552.30; 238815.21, 4347544.37; 238812.95, 4347536.59; 238810.06, 4347529.03; 238808.51, 4347525.41; 238803.20, 4347514.80; 238798.23, 4347507.04; 238536.17, 4347136.70; 238531.84, 4347131.01; 238527.10, 4347125.65; 238521.99, 4347120.64; 238516.54, 4347116.00; 238510.78, 4347111.77; 238507.54, 4347109.57; 238501.31, 4347105.66; 238497.71, 4347104.41; 238490.32, 4347100.70; 238482.63, 4347097.65; 238474.70, 4347095.31; 238470.96, 4347094.36; 238464.91, 4347092.87; and returning to 238464.91, 4347092.87.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="04">Note:</E>Map of Units 6, 7, 8, and 9 of critical habitat for<E T="03">Phacelia submutica</E>follows:</P>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
            <GPH DEEP="574" SPAN="3">
              <PRTPAGE P="18168"/>
              <GID>EP27MR12.128</GID>
            </GPH>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-C</BILCOD>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="18169"/>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Family Polemoniaceae:<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>(Pagosa skyrocket)</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(7) Unit 2: Archuleta County, Colorado.</P>
            <P>(i) Land bounded by the following UTM NAD83, zone 13N coordinates (E,N): 306219.79, 4143158.27; 306228.72, 4143313.61; 307003.79, 4143989.39; 307211.97, 4144018.22; 307840.95, 4143816.88; 308210.39, 4143809.74; 308215.75, 4143886.66; 308293.59, 4143872.46; 308346.60, 4143847.52; 309004.29, 4143385.20; 309534.52, 4142892.90; 309558.00, 4142861.72; 309548.26, 4142623.97; 309546.44, 4142621.82; 309498.44, 4142571.81; 309318.44, 4142432.81; 309132.45, 4142298.80; 309124.45, 4142295.80; 309054.45, 4142279.80; 309046.45, 4142278.80; 309016.45, 4142278.80; 308991.49, 4142282.38; 308922.13, 4142364.20; 308858.63, 4142428.49; 308830.85, 4142479.29; 308822.12, 4142519.77; 308830.05, 4142563.43; 308856.25, 4142645.19; 308853.87, 4142696.78; 308836.40, 4142745.99; 308782.18, 4142812.18; 308714.17, 4142804.73; 308676.86, 4142811.08; 308653.05, 4142836.48; 308626.85, 4142854.74; 308606.22, 4142884.90; 308539.54, 4142924.59; 308456.99, 4142965.07; 308362.53, 4142957.92; 308341.10, 4142927.76; 308301.41, 4142926.97; 308278.40, 4142907.12; 308241.88, 4142909.50; 308220.45, 4142925.38; 308203.78, 4142965.07; 308185.36, 4142971.60; 308169.65, 4142988.02; 308126.10, 4143042.28; 308033.92, 4143066.67; 307948.29, 4143076.16; 307909.78, 4143060.13; 307844.10, 4143097.25; 307829.82, 4143133.66; 307754.15, 4143153.65; 307732.02, 4143122.24; 307707.74, 4143147.94; 307632.07, 4143137.23; 307597.80, 4143170.07; 307574.32, 4143187.15; 307556.42, 4143182.30; 307489.41, 4143186.52; 307474.33, 4143216.69; 307399.12, 4143231.89; 307363.99, 4143263.52; 307348.91, 4143288.12; 307325.10, 4143278.60; 307285.41, 4143283.36; 307256.84, 4143311.14; 307229.85, 4143317.49; 307186.99, 4143286.54; 307149.68, 4143300.82; 307152.86, 4143331.78; 307128.25, 4143327.02; 307117.93, 4143292.89; 307098.88, 4143346.07; 307074.40, 4143334.28; 307056.81, 4143323.05; 307037.76, 4143341.31; 307018.71, 4143328.61; 306995.69, 4143365.91; 306972.34, 4143356.44; 306943.07, 4143368.01; 306883.21, 4143353.82; 306781.41, 4143329.68; 306785.35, 4143297.65; 306772.65, 4143280.19; 306771.86, 4143247.64; 306763.12, 4143238.91; 306678.98, 4143190.32; 306628.81, 4143188.23; 306534.05, 4143193.11; 306467.85, 4143210.53; 306379.36, 4143213.32; 306319.43, 4143206.35; 306279.02, 4143188.23; 306253.93, 4143163.15; 306219.79, 4143158.27; and returning to 306219.79, 4143158.27.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="04">Note:</E>Map of Unit 2 of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>follows:</P>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
            <GPH DEEP="625" SPAN="3">
              <PRTPAGE P="18170"/>
              <GID>EP27MR12.129</GID>
            </GPH>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-C</BILCOD>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="18171"/>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(9) Unit 4: Archuleta County, Colorado.</P>
            <P>(i) Land bounded by the following UTM NAD83, zone 13N coordinates (E,N): 325341.89, 4116396.61; 325387.72, 4117588.25; 326991.87, 4117571.07; 326986.14, 4116780.45; 328165.61, 4116660.32; 328052.33, 4116301.10; 327816.85, 4116316.40; 327799.67, 4115921.09; 327392.90, 4115932.55; 327375.84, 4115058.23; 327212.37, 4115018.58; 327107.67, 4114981.94; 327017.91, 4114906.40; 326959.34, 4114892.94; 326963.22, 4115164.85; 326567.91, 4115187.77; 326562.18, 4115588.81; 326172.61, 4115594.53; 326161.15, 4115204.96; 325777.30, 4115210.69; 325576.78, 4115199.23; 325737.20, 4115554.43; 325754.39, 4115795.05; 325668.45, 4115886.72; 325324.70, 4115995.57; 325341.89, 4116396.61; and returning to 325341.89, 4116396.61.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="04">Note:</E>Map of Units 3 and 4 of critical habitat for<E T="03">Ipomopsis polyantha</E>follows:</P>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
            <GPH DEEP="595" SPAN="3">
              <PRTPAGE P="18172"/>
              <GID>EP27MR12.130</GID>
            </GPH>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-C</BILCOD>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 15, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Eileen Sobeck,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and Parks.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7087 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18173"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 17</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FWS-R4-ES-2011-0050; 4500030114]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1018-AW92</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Status for the Alabama Pearlshell, Round Ebonyshell, Southern Sandshell, Southern Kidneyshell, and Choctaw Bean, and Threatened Status for the Tapered Pigtoe, Narrow Pigtoe, and Fuzzy Pigtoe; With Critical Habitat</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; reopening of comment period.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, announce the reopening of the public comment period on the October 4, 2011, rule proposing endangered status for the Alabama pearlshell (<E T="03">Margaritifera marrianae</E>), round ebonyshell (<E T="03">Fusconaia rotulata</E>), southern sandshell (<E T="03">Hamiota australis</E>), southern kidneyshell (<E T="03">Ptychobranchus jonesi</E>), and Choctaw bean (<E T="03">Villosa choctawensis</E>), and threatened status for the tapered pigtoe (<E T="03">Fusconaia burkei</E>), narrow pigtoe (<E T="03">Fusconaia escambia</E>), and fuzzy pigtoe (<E T="03">Pleurobema strodeanum</E>), and designation of their critical habitat, under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). We also announce the availability of a draft economic analysis (DEA) of the proposed designation of critical habitat for these eight species and an amended required determinations section of the proposal. We are reopening the comment period to allow all interested parties an opportunity to comment simultaneously on the proposed rule, the associated DEA, and the amended required determinations section. Comments previously submitted need not be resubmitted, as they will be fully considered in preparation of the final rule.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>We will consider comments received or postmarked on or before April 26, 2012. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section, below) must be received by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Document availability:</E>You may obtain copies of the proposed rule and draft economic analysis on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at Docket Number FWS-R4-ES-2011-0050, or by mail from the Panama City Ecological Services Field Office (see<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comment submission:</E>You may submit written comments by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>(1)<E T="03">Electronically:</E>Go to the Federal eRulemaking Portal:<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Search for Docket No. FWS-R4-ES-2011-0050, which is the docket number for this rulemaking.</P>
          <P>(2)<E T="03">By hard copy:</E>Submit by U.S. mail or hand-delivery to: Public Comments Processing, Attn: FWS-R4-ES-2011-0050; Division of Policy and Directives Management; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; 4401 N. Fairfax Drive, MS 2042-PDM; Arlington, VA 22203.</P>

          <P>We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>This generally means that we will post any personal information you provide us (see the<E T="04">Public Comments</E>section below for more information).</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Don Imm, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Panama City Ecological Services Field Office, 1601 Balboa Avenue, Panama City, FL 32405; telephone 850-769-0552; facsimile 850-763-2177. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800-877-8339.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Comments</HD>

        <P>We will accept written comments and information during this reopened comment period on our proposed designation of critical habitat for these eight mussels that was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 4, 2011 (76 FR 61482), our DEA of the proposed designation, and the amended required determinations provided in this document. We will consider information and recommendations from all interested parties. We are particularly interested in comments concerning:</P>

        <P>(1) The reasons why we should or should not designate habitat as “critical habitat” under section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531<E T="03">et seq.</E>), including whether there are threats to the species from human activity, the degree of which can be expected to increase due to the designation, and whether that increase in threat outweighs the benefit of designation such that the designation of critical habitat is not prudent.</P>
        <P>(2) Specific information on:</P>
        <P>(a) The distribution of the eight mussels;</P>
        <P>(b) The amount and distribution of habitat for these eight mussels; and</P>
        <P>(c) What areas occupied by these species at the time of listing contain features essential for the conservation of the species that we should include in the designation and why, and</P>
        <P>(d) What areas not occupied at the time of listing are essential to the conservation of these species and why.</P>
        <P>(3) Land use designations and current or planned activities in the subject areas and their possible impacts on proposed critical habitat.</P>
        <P>(4) Any foreseeable economic, national security, or other relevant impacts that may result from designating any area that may be included in the final designation. We are particularly interested in any impacts on small entities, and the benefits of including or excluding areas from the proposed designation that are subject to these impacts.</P>
        <P>(5) The projected and reasonably likely impacts of climate change on these eight mussels and on the critical habitat we are proposing.</P>
        <P>(6) Whether our approach to designating critical habitat could be improved or modified in any way to provide for greater public participation and understanding, or to assist us in accommodating public concerns and comments.</P>
        <P>(7) Information on the extent to which the description of economic impacts in the DEA is complete and accurate.</P>
        <P>(8) The likelihood of adverse social reactions to the designation of critical habitat, as discussed in the DEA, and how the consequences of such reactions, if likely to occur, would relate to the conservation and regulatory benefits of the proposed critical habitat designation.</P>
        <P>If you submitted comments or information on the proposed rule (76 FR 61482) during the initial comment period from October 4, 2011, to December 5, 2011, please do not resubmit them. We will incorporate them into the public record as part of this comment period, and we will fully consider them in the preparation of our final determination. Our final determination concerning designation of critical habitat will take into consideration all written comments and any additional information we receive during both comment periods. On the basis of public comments, we may, during the development of our final determination, find that areas proposed are not essential, are appropriate for exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, or are not appropriate for exclusion.</P>

        <P>You may submit your comments and materials concerning the proposed rule or DEA by one of the methods listed in<PRTPAGE P="18174"/>the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. We request that you send comments only by the methods described in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section.</P>
        <P>If you submit a comment via<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>your entire comment—including any personal identifying information—will be posted on the Web site. We will post all hardcopy comments on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as well. If you submit a hardcopy comment that includes personal identifying information, you may request at the top of your document that we withhold this information from public review. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>

        <P>Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in preparing the proposed rule and DEA, will be available for public inspection on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at Docket No. FWS-R4-ES-2011-0050, or by appointment, during normal business hours, at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Panama City Ecological Services Field Office (see<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section, above). You may obtain copies of the proposed rule and the DEA on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at Docket Number FWS-R4-ES-2011-0050, or by mail from the Panama City Ecological Services Field Office (see<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section, above).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>It is our intent to discuss only those topics directly relevant to the designation of critical habitat for the Alabama pearlshell, round ebonyshell, southern sandshell, southern kidneyshell, Choctaw bean, tapered pigtoe, narrow pigtoe, and fuzzy pigtoe in this document. For more information on previous Federal actions concerning these eight species, or their biology and habitat needs, refer to the proposed listing and designation of critical habitat published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 4, 2011 (76 FR 61482). This document is available online at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>(at Docket Number FWS-R4-ES-2011-0050) or from the Panama City Ecological Services Field Office (see<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section, above).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Previous Federal Actions</HD>

        <P>On October 4, 2011, we published a proposed rule to list and designate critical habitat for these species (76 FR 61482). We proposed to designate approximately 2,406 kilometers (km) (1,495 miles (mi)) of stream and river channels within Bay, Escambia, Holmes, Jackson, Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Walton, and Washington Counties, Florida; and Barbour, Bullock, Butler, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Monroe, and Pike Counties, Alabama. We will submit for publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a final critical habitat designation for these eight species on or before October 4, 2012.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Critical Habitat</HD>
        <P>Section 3 of the Act defines critical habitat as the specific areas within the geographical area occupied by a species, at the time it is listed in accordance with the Act, on which are found those physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species and that may require special management considerations or protection, and specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by a species at the time it is listed, upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species. If the proposed rule is made final, section 7 of the Act will prohibit destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat by any activity funded, authorized, or carried out by any Federal agency. Federal agencies proposing actions affecting critical habitat must consult with us on the effects of their proposed actions, under section 7(a)(2) of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Consideration of Impacts Under Section 4(b)(2) of the Act</HD>
        <P>Section 4(b)(2) of the Act requires that we designate or revise critical habitat based upon the best scientific data available, after taking into consideration the economic impact, impact on national security, or any other relevant impact of specifying any particular area as critical habitat. We may exclude an area from critical habitat if we determine that the benefits of excluding the area outweigh the benefits of including the area as critical habitat, provided such exclusion will not result in the extinction of these species.</P>
        <P>When considering the benefits of inclusion for an area, we consider the additional regulatory benefits that area would receive from the protection from adverse modification or destruction as a result of actions with a Federal nexus (activities conducted, funded, permitted, or authorized by Federal agencies), the educational benefits of mapping areas containing essential features that aid in the recovery of the listed species, and any benefits that may result from designation due to State or Federal laws that may apply to critical habitat.</P>
        <P>When considering the benefits of exclusion, we consider, among other things, the economic impacts of designation; whether exclusion of a specific area is likely to result in conservation; the continuation, strengthening, or encouragement of partnerships; or implementation of a management plan. In the case of these eight mussels, the benefits of critical habitat include public awareness of the presence of these species and the importance of habitat protection, and, where a Federal nexus exists, increased habitat protection for these species due to protection from adverse modification or destruction of critical habitat. In practice, situations with a Federal nexus exist primarily on Federal lands or for projects undertaken by Federal agencies.</P>

        <P>We have not proposed to exclude any areas from critical habitat. However, the final decision on whether to exclude any areas will be based on the best scientific data available at the time of the final designation, including information obtained during the comment period and information about the economic impact of designation. Accordingly, we have prepared a draft economic analysis concerning the proposed critical habitat designation (DEA), which is available for review and comment (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section, above).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Draft Economic Analysis</HD>

        <P>The purpose of the DEA is to identify and analyze the potential economic impacts associated with the proposed critical habitat designation for these eight mussels. The DEA separates conservation measures into two distinct categories according to “without critical habitat” and “with critical habitat” scenarios. The “without critical habitat” scenario represents the baseline for the analysis, considering protections otherwise afforded to the eight mussels (e.g., under the Federal listing and other Federal, State, and local regulations). The “with critical habitat” scenario describes the incremental impacts specifically due to designation of critical habitat for these species. In other words, these incremental conservation measures and associated economic impacts would not occur but for the designation. Conservation measures implemented under the baseline (without critical habitat) scenario are described qualitatively within the DEA, but economic impacts associated with these measures are not quantified. Economic impacts are only quantified for conservation measures implemented specifically due to the designation of critical habitat (i.e., incremental impacts). For a further description of the methods of the analysis, see Chapter 2, “Framework for the Analysis,” of the DEA.<PRTPAGE P="18175"/>
        </P>
        <P>The DEA provides estimated costs of the foreseeable potential economic impacts of the proposed critical habitat designation for these eight mussels over the next 20 years, which was determined to be the appropriate period for analysis because limited planning information is available for most activities to forecast activity levels for projects beyond a 20-year timeframe. It identifies potential incremental costs as a result of the proposed critical habitat designation; these are those costs attributed to critical habitat over and above those baseline costs attributed to listing. The DEA quantifies economic impacts of mussel conservation efforts associated with the following categories of activity: (1) Impoundments, dams, and diversions; (2) dredging, channelization, and in-stream mining; (3) transportation and utilities; (4) residential and commercial development; (5) timber management, agriculture, and grazing; and (6) oil wells/drilling.</P>
        <P>Based on discussions with State and local regulatory authorities, including Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Florida Department of Environmental Protection, and Northwest Florida Water Management District, land and water management practices are not expected to change due to the designation of critical habitat.</P>
        <P>The present value of the total incremental cost of critical habitat designation is estimated at $1.41 million over 20 years assuming a 7 percent discount rate, or $125,000 on an annualized basis. Transportation and utility activities are likely to be subject to the greatest incremental impacts at $1.02 million over 20 years, followed by development at $62,300; timber management, agriculture, and grazing activities at $56,600; and impoundments, dams, and diversions at $13,100 (present values over 20 years assuming a 7 percent discount rate). No incremental impacts to dredging, channelization, and in-stream mining are anticipated because these activities are not expected to occur within proposed critical habitat boundaries. No incremental impacts to oil wells or drilling operations are anticipated because there is no Federal nexus for these activities that would require section 7 consultation. Please refer to the DEA of the proposed critical habitat designation for a more detailed discussion of potential economic impacts.</P>
        <P>As we stated earlier, we are soliciting data and comments from the public on the DEA, as well as all aspects of the proposed rule and our amended required determinations. We may revise the proposed rule or supporting documents to incorporate or address information we receive during the public comment period. In particular, we may exclude an area from critical habitat if we determine that the benefits of excluding the area outweigh the benefits of including the area, provided the exclusion will not result in the extinction of these species.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Required Determinations—Amended</HD>

        <P>In our October 4, 2011, proposed rule (76 FR 61482), we indicated that we would defer our determination of compliance with several statutes and executive orders until the information concerning potential economic impacts of the designation and potential effects on landowners and stakeholders became available in the DEA. We have now made use of the DEA data to make these determinations. In this document, we affirm the information in our proposed rule concerning Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review), E.O. 12630 (Takings), E.O. 13132 (Federalism), E.O. 12988 (Civil Justice Reform), the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501<E T="03">et seq.</E>), the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>), the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>), and the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951). However, based on the DEA data, we are amending our required determinations concerning the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), E.O. 13211 (Energy, Supply, Distribution, or Use), and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.)</HD>
        <P>Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA; 5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA; 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.</E>), whenever an agency is required to publish a notice of rulemaking for any proposed or final rule, it must prepare and make available for public comment a regulatory flexibility analysis that describes the effects of the rule on small entities (i.e., small businesses, small organizations, and small government jurisdictions). However, no regulatory flexibility analysis is required if the head of the agency certifies the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The SBREFA amended the RFA to require Federal agencies to provide a certification statement of the factual basis for certifying that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Based on our DEA of the proposed designation, we provide our analysis for determining whether the proposed rule would result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Based on comments we receive, we may revise this determination as part of our final rule making.</P>
        <P>According to the Small Business Administration, small entities include small organizations such as independent nonprofit organizations; small governmental jurisdictions, including school boards and city and town governments that serve fewer than 50,000 residents; and small businesses (13 CFR 121.201). Small businesses include manufacturing and mining concerns with fewer than 500 employees, wholesale trade entities with fewer than 100 employees, retail and service businesses with less than $5 million in annual sales, general and heavy construction businesses with less than $27.5 million in annual business, special trade contractors doing less than $11.5 million in annual business, and agricultural businesses with annual sales less than $750,000. To determine if potential economic impacts to these small entities are significant, we considered the types of activities that might trigger regulatory impacts under this designation as well as types of project modifications that may result. In general, the term “significant economic impact” is meant to apply to a typical small business firm's business operations.</P>

        <P>To determine if the proposed designation of critical habitat for these species would affect a substantial number of small entities, we considered the number of small entities affected within particular types of economic activities, such as residential or commercial development entities. In order to determine whether it is appropriate for our agency to certify that the proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, we considered each industry or category individually. In estimating the numbers of small entities potentially affected, we also considered whether their activities have any Federal involvement. Critical habitat designation will not affect activities that do not have any Federal involvement; designation of critical habitat only affects activities conducted, funded, permitted, or authorized by Federal agencies. In areas where the these eight mussels are present, Federal agencies already are required to consult with us under section 7 of the Act on<PRTPAGE P="18176"/>activities they fund, permit, or implement that may affect these species. If we finalize the proposed critical habitat designation, consultations to avoid the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat would be incorporated into the existing consultation process.</P>
        <P>In the DEA, we evaluated the potential economic effects on small entities resulting from implementation of conservation actions related to the proposed designation of critical habitat for the eight mussels. This analysis estimates that six small governments (counties) may be affected by the rule. The affected counties represent 9 percent of small counties in Alabama and Florida. We anticipate approximately three to four counties could be affected each year, with an impact of approximately $875 per county. Assuming annual county tax revenues of at least $1 million, per county impacts represent approximately 0.02 percent of annual revenues. Approximately 20 small development-related entities are likely to incur administrative costs associated with section 7 consultations. Assuming that all of these entities are small, they represent approximately 0.04, or less than one, percent of all small developers and homebuilders in the affected counties. Annualized impacts per entity are approximately $48, which represents less than one percent of annual, per entity revenues. Please refer to the DEA of the proposed critical habitat designation for a more detailed discussion of potential economic impacts to small businesses.</P>
        <P>In summary, we have considered whether the proposed designation would result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Information for this analysis was gathered from the Small Business Administration, stakeholders, and the Service. For the above reasons and based on currently available information, we certify that, if promulgated, the proposed critical habitat designation would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small business entities. Therefore, an initial regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.)</HD>
        <P>As outlined in the DEA and in the amended RFA determination above, we do not believe that this rule will significantly or uniquely affect small governments. It will not produce a Federal mandate of $100 million or greater in any year, and therefore is not a “significant regulatory action” under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. The designation of critical habitat imposes no obligations on state or local governments. By definition, Federal agencies are not considered small entities, although the activities they fund or permit may be proposed or carried out by small entities. After careful review of the DEA we have determined that a Small Government Agency Plan is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Energy, Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
        <P>On May 18, 2001, the President issued an Executive Order (E.O. 13211; Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use) on regulations that significantly affect energy supply, distribution, and use. E.O. 13211 requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. The Office of Management and Budget provides guidance for implementing this executive order, and outlines the situations that are considered to have a “significant energy effect” when compared with the regulatory action under consideration. As outlined in the DEA, we do not anticipate impacts to oil wells and drilling activities in the study area (critical habitat reaches and associated watersheds). Thus, we do not anticipate a “significant energy effect” from this rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authors</HD>
        <P>The primary authors of this notice are the staff members of the Panama City Ecological Services Field Office.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority</HD>

        <P>The authority for this action is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 16, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Rachel Jacobson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and Parks.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7200 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 648</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 120109034-2171-01]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-BB62</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Multispecies Fishery; Framework Adjustment 47</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS proposes to approve Framework Adjustment 47 (Framework 47) to the Northeast (NE) Multispecies Fishery Management Plan (FMP) and to implement its measures through the proposed regulations. Framework 47 was developed and adopted by the New England Fishery Management Council (Council) based on the biennial review process established in the NE Multispecies FMP to develop annual catch limits (ACLs) and revise management measures necessary to rebuild overfished groundfish stocks and achieve the goals and objectives of the FMP. NMFS also proposes management measures and revisions to existing regulations that are not included in Framework 47, including common pool management measures for fishing year (FY) 2012, modification of the Ruhle trawl definition, modification of the method used to estimate fillets or parts of fish landed for at-home consumption, and clarification of the regulations for charter/party and recreational groundfish vessels fishing in groundfish closed areas. The proposed regulations are intended to prevent overfishing, rebuild overfished stocks, achieve optimum yield, and ensure that management measures are based on the best available scientific information.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received by April 11, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments on this document, identified by “NOAA-NMFS-2012-0004,” by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Electronic Submission:</E>Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal<E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>To submit comments via the e-Rulemaking Portal,<PRTPAGE P="18177"/>first click the “submit a comment” icon, then enter NOAA-NMFS-2012-0004 in the keyword search. Locate the document you wish to comment on from the resulting list and click on the “Submit a Comment” icon on the right of that line.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Submit written comments to Daniel S. Morris, Acting Regional Administrator, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(978) 281-9135; Attn: Sarah Heil.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Comments must be submitted by one of the above methods to ensure that the comments are received, documented, and considered by NMFS. Comments sent by any other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period, may not be considered. All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted for public viewing on<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>without change. All personal identifying information (e.g., name, address, etc.) submitted voluntarily by the sender will be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential business information, or otherwise sensitive or protected information. NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter “N/A” in the required fields if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only.</P>

          <P>An environmental assessment (EA) was prepared for Framework 47 that describes the proposed action and other considered alternatives, as well as an analysis of the impacts of the proposed measures and alternatives. Copies of Framework 47, the draft EA, its Regulatory Impact Review (RIR), and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act (IRFA) analysis prepared by the Council are available upon request from Paul J. Howard, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council, 50 Water Street, Mill 2, Newburyport, MA 01950. The Framework 47 EA/RIR/IRFA are also accessible via the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.nefmc.org/nemulti/index.html</E>or<E T="03">http://www.nero.noaa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Sarah Heil, Fishery Policy Analyst, phone: 978-281-9257, fax: 978-281-9135.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The NE Multispecies FMP specifies management measures for 16 species in Federal waters off the New England and Mid-Atlantic coasts, including both large-mesh and small-mesh species. Small-mesh species include silver hake (whiting), red hake, offshore hake, and ocean pout, and large-mesh species include Atlantic cod, haddock, yellowtail flounder, pollock, American plaice, witch flounder, white hake, windowpane flounder, Atlantic halibut, winter flounder, redfish, and Atlantic wolffish. Large-mesh species, which are referred to as “regulated species,” are divided into 19 fish stocks, and along with ocean pout, comprise the groundfish complex.</P>
        <P>Amendment 16 to the NE Multispecies FMP (Amendment 16) established a process for setting acceptable biological catches (ABCs) and ACLs for regulated species and ocean pout, as well as distributing the available catch among the various components of the groundfish fishery. Amendment 16 also established accountability measures (AMs) for the 20 groundfish stocks in order to prevent overfishing of these stocks and correct or mitigate any overages of the ACLs. Framework 44 to the NE Multispecies FMP (Framework 44) set the ABCs and ACLs for FYs 2010-2012. In 2011, Framework 45 to the NE Multispecies FMP (Framework 45) revised the ABCs and ACLs for five stocks for FYs 2011-2012.</P>
        <P>The Council adopted Framework 47 on November 16, 2011, and submitted it to NMFS on February 7, 2012, for approval. The Council developed Framework 47 as part of the biennial review process established in the FMP to revise measures necessary to prevent overfishing and rebuild overfished stocks, and achieve the goals and objectives of the NE Multispecies FMP. The Council developed Framework 47 to respond to recent stock assessments and updated stock information, as well as to revise management measures after the fishery has operated for more than 1 year under ACLs and AMs. If approved, Framework 47 will be implemented at the start of FY 2012 on May 1, 2012. One measure, if approved, would apply retroactively to the 2011 scallop fishing year, which ended on February 28, 2012, as described in Item 11 of this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Measures</HD>
        <P>The Council reviewed the proposed regulations, as drafted by NMFS, and deemed them to be consistent with Framework 47 and necessary to implement the proposed measures as specified in section 303(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act). Some of the measures included in this action are being proposed by NMFS under the authority of section 305(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, which provides that the Secretary of Commerce may promulgate regulations necessary to ensure that fishery management plans or amendments are carried out in accordance with the Magnuson-Steven Act. These measures, which are identified and described in this preamble, are necessary to implement changes to the Atlantic Sea Scallop FMP proposed by the Council in Framework 47, as well as revisions to the regulations that are not included in Framework 47, but that are necessary to achieve the objectives of the FMP. This proposed rule also includes management measures for the common pool fishery for FY 2012 that are not included in Framework 47, but that may be considered by the Regional Administrator (RA) under authority provided by the FMP.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. Status Determination Criteria for Winter Flounder and Gulf of Maine Cod</HD>
        <P>Amendment 16 updated the status determination criteria for existing NE multispecies regulated species and ocean pout stocks based on the best available scientific information as determined by the 2008 Groundfish Assessment Review Meeting (GARM III). Framework 45 updated the status determination criteria for pollock to reflect the results of a new pollock stock assessment conducted in 2010. New assessments were conducted for Gulf of Maine (GOM), Georges Bank (GB), and Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic (SNE/MA) winter flounder in June 2011. In addition, a new assessment for GOM cod was conducted in December 2011. Therefore, Framework 47 proposes to update the status determination criteria for the three winter flounder stocks and GOM cod to incorporate the results of the recent stock assessments into the FMP. The proposed revisions are based on the best scientific information available.</P>

        <P>The results from GARM III indicated that overfishing was occurring for GB and SNE/MA winter flounder and GOM cod, and SNE/MA winter flounder was overfished. The overfished and overfishing status for GOM winter flounder was unknown. Based on the new assessments, overfishing is no longer occurring for GB or SNE/MA winter flounder. Also, the overfishing status is no longer unknown for GOM winter flounder, and overfishing is not occurring for this stock. Based on the recent GOM cod stock assessment, overfishing is occurring for GOM cod, and the stock is overfished.<PRTPAGE P="18178"/>
        </P>

        <P>The revised biomass target for GB and SNE/MA winter flounder is spawning stock biomass at maximum sustainable yield (SSB<E T="52">MSY</E>), and the maximum fishing mortality rate (F) threshold is F<E T="52">MSY</E>. The revised maximum F threshold for GOM winter flounder is F at 40 percent of the maximum spawning potential (F<E T="52">40</E>
          <E T="0112">%</E>
          <E T="52">MSP</E>). The biomass target for this stock is still undefined. For GOM cod, the biomass target is unchanged from GARM III and is SSB at 40 percent MSP (SSB<E T="52">40</E>
          <E T="0112">%</E>
          <E T="52">MSP</E>). The maximum F threshold proxy is also unchanged from GARM III and is F<E T="52">40</E>
          <E T="0112">%</E>
          <E T="52">MSP</E>. The revised status determination criteria proposed in Framework 47 are presented in Table 1, and the numerical estimates of these criteria are presented in Table 2.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Proposed Status Determination Criteria for Winter Flounder Stocks and GOM Cod</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Biomass target</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Minimum biomass threshold</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Maximum fishing<LI>mortality threshold</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>Undefined</ENT>
            <ENT>Undefined</ENT>
            <ENT>F<E T="52">40</E>
              <E T="0112">%</E>
              <E T="52">MSP</E>.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>SSB<E T="52">MSY</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>
              <FR>1/2</FR>SSB<E T="52">MSY</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>F<E T="52">MSY</E>.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>SSB<E T="52">MSY</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>
              <FR>1/2</FR>SSB<E T="52">MSY</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>F<E T="52">MSY</E>.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM cod</ENT>
            <ENT>SSB<E T="52">40</E>
              <E T="0112">%</E>
              <E T="52">MSP</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>
              <FR>1/2</FR>SSB<E T="52">40</E>
              <E T="0112">%</E>
              <E T="52">MSP</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>F<E T="52">40</E>
              <E T="0112">%</E>
              <E T="52">MSP</E>.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,12,xs60" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 2—Numerical Estimates of the Proposed Status Determination Criteria for Winter Flounder Stocks and GOM Cod</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Biomass target<LI>(mt)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Maximum<LI>fishing mortality threshold</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">MSY<LI>(mt)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>Undefined</ENT>
            <ENT>0.31</ENT>
            <ENT>Undefined.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>10,100</ENT>
            <ENT>0.42</ENT>
            <ENT>3,700.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>43,661</ENT>
            <ENT>0.29</ENT>
            <ENT>11,728.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM cod</ENT>
            <ENT>61,218</ENT>
            <ENT>0.20</ENT>
            <ENT>10,392.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. Rebuilding Program for GB Yellowtail Flounder</HD>
        <P>GB yellowtail flounder is jointly managed with Canada under the U.S./Canada Resource Sharing Understanding (Understanding). Framework 45 revised the GB yellowtail flounder rebuilding program, based on the best available scientific information, to rebuild the stock by 2016 with a 50-percent probability of success. This revision extended the rebuilding program to the maximum 10-year rebuilding period allowed by the Magnuson-Stevens Act in order to maximize the amount of GB yellowtail flounder that could be caught while the stock rebuilds.</P>
        <P>Under the International Fisheries Agreement Clarification Act (IFACA) enacted into law on January 4, 2011, the Council and NMFS have flexibility in establishing rebuilding programs for stocks that are jointly managed with Canada under the Understanding. For rebuilding stocks managed under the Understanding, the IFACA provides that the Council and NMFS may consider decisions under the Understanding as management measures under an international agreement in order to provide an exception to the Magnuson- Stevens Act's maximum 10-year rebuilding period requirement.</P>

        <P>Each year, pursuant to the Understanding, the TMGC meets to consider the scientific advice of the Transboundary Resources Assessment Committee and to make decisions regarding total allowable catch (TAC) recommendations for the upcoming year for each stocks managed under the Understanding. The TMGC adopts harvest strategies to guide its annual TAC recommendations. At its September 2011 meeting, the TMGC reaffirmed its harvest strategy for GB yellowtail flounder to maintain a low to neutral risk of exceeding the fishing mortality limit reference (F<E T="52">ref</E>) of 0.25. Based on that harvest strategy, the TMGC developed its 2012 TAC recommendation for GB yellowtail flounder and forwarded the recommendation to the Council for approval See Item 5 for more information on the 2012 TMGC TAC recommendations..</P>
        <P>Given the IFACA, and that the TMGC decisions regarding a GB yellowtail flounder harvest strategy and annual TAC are considered management measures under an international agreement, the rebuilding program for GB yellowtail flounder can exceed 10 years. Therefore, Framework 47 proposes to revise the rebuilding strategy for GB yellowtail flounder. The proposed rebuilding strategy for GB yellowtail flounder would rebuild the stock by 2032 with a 50-percent probability of success. This rebuilding strategy is based on an F of 0.21 and would extend 26 years beyond the rebuilding program start date (2006). The proposed rebuilding time period is as short as possible, taking into account the Understanding and decisions made under it, and the needs of the fishing communities, and will provide more flexibility for negotiating annual catches with Canada.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3. Overfishing Levels and Acceptable Biological Catches</HD>

        <P>The overfishing level (OFL) for each stock is calculated using the estimated stock size and F<E T="52">MSY</E>(i.e., the fishing mortality rate that, if applied over the long term, would result in maximum sustainable yield). ABCs for each stock are recommended by the Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC), and are lower than the OFLs in order to account for scientific uncertainty. The ABCs are calculated using the estimated stock size for a particular year and are based on the catch associated with 75 percent of F<E T="52">MSY</E>or the F required to rebuild the stock within the defined rebuilding time period (F<E T="52">rebuild</E>), whichever is lower. For SNE/MA winter flounder, the ABC is calculated using the F expected to result from management measures that are designed to achieve an F as close to zero as practicable. The Canadian share/allowance of an ABC, or the expected Canadian catch, is deducted from the ABC available for each pertinent stock. The U.S. ABC is the amount available to the U.S. fishery after accounting for Canadian catch.<PRTPAGE P="18179"/>
        </P>
        <P>Framework 44 specified OFLs and ABCs for each stock for FY 2010-2012 based on the best scientific information available, and Framework 45 revised the OFLs and ABCs for five stocks for FY 2011-2012 based on updated stock information. Framework 47 proposes to set the OFLs and ABCs for nine stocks for FY 2012-2014 that are assessed with an index-based stock assessment or that have had a recent stock assessment completed, as well as set the OFL and ABC for FY 2012-2013 for GB yellowtail flounder based on updated stock information (Table 3). For nine stocks, Framework 47 proposes to adopt the OFLs and ABCs for FY 2012 that were previously specified in Framework 44 or Framework 45 (Table 3). These stocks were last assessed at GARM III. The SSC determined that projections from the GARM III assessment were not a reliable basis for providing catch advice for these stocks for FY 2013-2014. As a result, stock assessment updates were completed in February 2012 for these stocks, and the results of these updates will be used to set OFLs and ABCs for FY 2013-2014. The Council intends to incorporate the assessment update results and specify OFLs and ABCs for FY 2013-2014 for these stocks in a future framework action. A new stock assessment is scheduled for SNE/MA yellowtail flounder in June 2012. The results of this stock assessment will be used to specify OFLs and ABCs for the stock for FY 2013-2014, and will also be incorporated into a future framework action by the Council. Updated information for stocks assessed with an index-based assessment may also be used to revise the OFLs and ABCs for FY 2013-2014 specified in this action. The OFLs and ABCs proposed in Framework 47 are based on the most recent stock assessment information, which is the best scientific information available.</P>
        <P>Framework 47, as approved by the Council on November 16, 2011, proposed to set specifications for GOM cod for FY 2012-2014 based on the most recent stock assessment that was completed in December 2011. The results of the assessment indicate that the stock is overfished and overfishing is occurring. The assessment results also indicate that GOM cod cannot rebuild by its rebuilding end date of 2014 even in the absence of all fishing mortality. Given the final results of the GOM cod assessment, and that rebuilding cannot be achieved within the rebuilding period, NMFS concluded that the NE Multispecies FMP is not making adequate progress toward ending overfishing and rebuilding GOM cod. NMFS notified the Council of this determination in a letter dated January 26, 2012, and of the requirement for the Council to implement a plan by May 1, 2013, to immediately end overfishing for GOM cod. The Council was also notified that it has up to 2 years to address GOM cod rebuilding, although NMFS urged the Council to do this by the beginning of FY 2013 to coincide with measures to end overfishing. In addition, NMFS indicated that the Magnuson-Stevens Act provides some flexibility for NMFS to only reduce overfishing, rather than end it immediately, during FY 2012 while the Council develops measures to address GOM cod.</P>
        <P>At its January 25, 2012, meeting, the Council's SSC met to discuss the GOM cod stock assessment. At the request of the Council, the SSC did not recommended ABCs for GOM cod for FY 2012-2014. The SSC reviewed the stock assessment and identified issues that may warrant a closer examination and that may influence the interpretation of the assessment results. Subsequently, at its February 1, 2012, meeting, the Council did not adopt ABCs for GOM cod to be implemented in Framework 47. The Council requested that NMFS implement an interim action for FY 2012 to reduce overfishing on GOM cod while the Council responds to the new GOM cod stock assessment and develops measures for FY 2013 that will immediately end overfishing. NMFS has committed that it intends to implement an interim action to reduce overfishing for GOM cod and establish catch levels for this stock for FY 2012.</P>
        <P>Therefore, this action does not include OFLs and ABCs for GOM cod for FY 2012-2014. If no action is taken to specify a new ABC for GOM cod for FY 2012, the FY 2012 ABC previously specified in Framework 44 (9,018 mt) would go into effect on May 1, 2012. The SSC will meet in the future to recommend ABCs for FY 2013-2014 for GOM cod, and the Council intends to adopt these ABCs in a future management action.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,8,8,8,8,8,8" COLS="7" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 3—Proposed FY 2012-2014 OFLs and ABCs (mt)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">OFL</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2012</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2013</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2014</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">U.S. ABC</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2012</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2013</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2014</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB cod</ENT>
            <ENT>7,311</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>5,103</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>51,150</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>30,726</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>1,296</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>1,013</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,691</ENT>
            <ENT>1,691</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>564</ENT>
            <ENT>564</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>3,166</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>1,003</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Cape Cod (CC)/GOM yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,508</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>1,159</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">American plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>4,727</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>3,632</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>2,141</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>1,639</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>4,839</ENT>
            <ENT>4,819</ENT>
            <ENT>4,626</ENT>
            <ENT>3,753</ENT>
            <ENT>3,750</ENT>
            <ENT>3,598</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,458</ENT>
            <ENT>1,458</ENT>
            <ENT>1,458</ENT>
            <ENT>1,078</ENT>
            <ENT>1,078</ENT>
            <ENT>1,078</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>2,336</ENT>
            <ENT>2,637</ENT>
            <ENT>3,471</ENT>
            <ENT>626</ENT>
            <ENT>697</ENT>
            <ENT>912</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Redfish</ENT>
            <ENT>12,036</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>9,224</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White hake</ENT>
            <ENT>5,306</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>3,638</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>19,887</ENT>
            <ENT>20,060</ENT>
            <ENT>20,554</ENT>
            <ENT>15,400</ENT>
            <ENT>15,600</ENT>
            <ENT>16,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Northern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>230</ENT>
            <ENT>230</ENT>
            <ENT>230</ENT>
            <ENT>173</ENT>
            <ENT>173</ENT>
            <ENT>173</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Southern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>515</ENT>
            <ENT>515</ENT>
            <ENT>515</ENT>
            <ENT>386</ENT>
            <ENT>386</ENT>
            <ENT>386</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ocean pout</ENT>
            <ENT>342</ENT>
            <ENT>342</ENT>
            <ENT>342</ENT>
            <ENT>256</ENT>
            <ENT>256</ENT>
            <ENT>256</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic halibut</ENT>
            <ENT>143</ENT>
            <ENT>143</ENT>
            <ENT>143</ENT>
            <ENT>85</ENT>
            <ENT>85</ENT>
            <ENT>85</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic wolffish</ENT>
            <ENT>92</ENT>
            <ENT>92</ENT>
            <ENT>92</ENT>
            <ENT>83</ENT>
            <ENT>83</ENT>
            <ENT>83</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="18180"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4. Annual Catch Limits</HD>

        <P>Unless otherwise noted below, the U.S. ABC for each stock (for each fishing year) is divided into the following fishery components to account for all sources of fishing mortality: State waters (portion of ABC expected to be caught from state waters outside Federal management); other sub-components (expected catch by non-groundfish fisheries); scallop fishery; mid-water trawl fishery; commercial groundfish fishery; and recreational groundfish fishery. Currently, the scallop fishery only receives an allocation for GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder, the mid-water trawl fishery only receives an allocation for GB and GOM haddock, and the recreational groundfish fishery only receives an allocation for GOM cod and haddock. Once the ABC is divided, sub-annual catch limits (sub-ACLs) and ACL sub-components are set by reducing the amount of the ABC distributed to each component of the fishery to account for management uncertainty. Management uncertainty is the likelihood that management measures will result in a level of catch greater than expected. For each stock, management uncertainty is estimated using the following criteria: Enforceability, monitoring adequacy, precision of management tools, latent effort, and catch of groundfish in non-groundfish fisheries. Appendix III of the Framework 47 EA provides a detailed description of the process used to estimate management uncertainty and calculate ACLs for this action (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>).</P>
        <P>The total ACL is the sum of all of the sub-ACLs and ACL sub-components, and is the catch limit for a particular year after accounting for both scientific and management uncertainty. Landings and discards from all fisheries (commercial and recreational groundfish fishery, state waters, and non-groundfish fisheries) are counted against the catch limit for each stock. Components of the fishery that are allocated a sub-ACL for a particular stock are subject to AMs if the catch limit is exceeded. ACL sub-components represent the expected catch by components of the fishery that are not subject to AMs (e.g., state waters).</P>
        <P>Based on the ABCs proposed in this action, Framework 47 also proposes ACLs for each of the groundfish stocks, except GOM cod, as described in Item 3 of this preamble. The proposed ACLs for FY 2012-2014 are presented in Table 4 through 7. The percentage of the ABC deducted for expected catch from state waters is between 1 and 10 percent for most stocks. However, for GOM winter flounder, SNE/MA winter flounder, and Atlantic halibut, 25 percent, 28 percent, and 50 percent of the ABC was set aside for state waters catch, respectively. The amount of the ABC deducted for expected catch from non-groundfish fisheries (other sub-components) is between 2 and 9 percent for each stock, but 19 percent and 70 percent of the ABC is set aside for northern and southern windowpane flounder, respectively. Seventy percent of the ABC for southern windowpane flounder is deducted based partly on the expected catch of this stock by the scallop fishery. To adjust for management uncertainty, the default reduction to the ABC component for most stocks and components of the fishery was 5 percent. Only 3 percent was deduced for stocks or components of the fishery with less management uncertainty, and 7 percent was deducted for stocks or components with more management uncertainty.</P>
        <P>This proposed action would not change the initial allocation of yellowtail flounder to the scallop fishery for FY 2012 that was specified in Framework 44. The yellowtail flounder allocation to the scallop fishery is based on the expected catch of yellowtail flounder calculated from the projected scallop harvest for the fishing year. Framework 44 allocated 90 percent of the projected yellowtail flounder catch by the scallop fishery for FY 2012 for both SNE/MA yellowtail flounder and GB yellowtail flounder.</P>

        <P>The commercial groundfish sub-ACL is further divided into the non-sector (common pool) sub-ACL and the sector sub-ACL, based on the total vessel enrollment in all sectors and the cumulative Potential Sector Contributions associated with those sectors. The proposed distribution of the groundfish sub-ACL between the common pool and sectors presented in Tables 4 through Table 7 are based on preliminary FY 2012 sector rosters submitted to NMFS as of December 1, 2011. This distribution is different from the common pool and sector sub-ACLs included in the Framework 47 EA, which were based on FY 2011 sector rosters, and do not reflect updated rosters submitted to NMFS for FY 2012. However, this distribution is the same as the sector sub-ACLs and Annual Catch Entitlements specified for each sector in the proposed rule to approve sector operations plans for FY 2012 that was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on February 15, 2012 (77 FR 8780).</P>
        <P>FY 2012 sector rosters will not be finalized until May 1, 2012, because owners of individual permits signed up to participate in sectors have until April 30, 2012, to drop out of a sector and fish in the common pool for FY 2012. In addition, NMFS extended the deadline to join a sector for FY 2012 through April 30, 2012, in the proposed rule to approve sector operations plan for FY 2012 (77 FR 8780). This opportunity is being provided for common pool vessels due to concerns for the recent GOM cod assessment and the potential impacts for FY 2012 catch limits. Therefore, it is possible that the sector sub-ACLs listed in the tables below may change due to changes in the sector rosters. Updated sector sub-ACLs will be published in the Framework 47 final rule, or a subsequent adjustment rule to reflect the final FY 2012 sector rosters as of May 1, 2012.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,r50" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,p1,8,8,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 4—Proposed FY 2012 Allocations to the Recreational Groundfish Fishery, Scallop Fishery, and Mid-Water Trawl Fishery (mt)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1"/>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Fishery</ENT>
            <ENT A="01">Stock</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Recreational Groundfish Fishery</ENT>
            <ENT>GOM Cod</ENT>
            <ENT>GOM Haddock.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>259.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Scallop Fishery</ENT>
            <ENT>SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>GB Yellowtail Flounder.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>126</ENT>
            <ENT>307.5.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Midwater Trawl Fishery</ENT>
            <ENT>GB Haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>GOM Haddock.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>286</ENT>
            <ENT>9.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="18181"/>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,12,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="7" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 5—Proposed FY 2012 Total ACLs, Sub-ACLs, and ACL Sub-Components (mt, Live Weight)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total ACL</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Groundfish<LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Preliminary<LI>sector</LI>
              <LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Preliminary<LI>common</LI>
              <LI>pool</LI>
              <LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">State waters sub-<LI>component</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Other sub-<LI>component</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB cod</ENT>
            <ENT>4,861</ENT>
            <ENT>4,605</ENT>
            <ENT>4,518</ENT>
            <ENT>87</ENT>
            <ENT>51</ENT>
            <ENT>204</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>29,260</ENT>
            <ENT>27,438</ENT>
            <ENT>27,298</ENT>
            <ENT>141</ENT>
            <ENT>307</ENT>
            <ENT>1,229</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>958</ENT>
            <ENT>912</ENT>
            <ENT>643</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>15</ENT>
            <ENT>22</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>547.8</ENT>
            <ENT>217.7</ENT>
            <ENT>214.6</ENT>
            <ENT>3.1</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>22.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>936</ENT>
            <ENT>760</ENT>
            <ENT>591</ENT>
            <ENT>168</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CC/GOM yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,104</ENT>
            <ENT>1,046</ENT>
            <ENT>1,019</ENT>
            <ENT>27</ENT>
            <ENT>35</ENT>
            <ENT>23</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">American plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>3,459</ENT>
            <ENT>3,278</ENT>
            <ENT>3,207</ENT>
            <ENT>71</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>145</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,563</ENT>
            <ENT>1,448</ENT>
            <ENT>1,420</ENT>
            <ENT>28</ENT>
            <ENT>49</ENT>
            <ENT>66</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>3,575</ENT>
            <ENT>3,387</ENT>
            <ENT>3,365</ENT>
            <ENT>22</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>188</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,040</ENT>
            <ENT>715</ENT>
            <ENT>691</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>272</ENT>
            <ENT>54</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>603</ENT>
            <ENT>303</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>303</ENT>
            <ENT>175</ENT>
            <ENT>125</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Redfish</ENT>
            <ENT>8,786</ENT>
            <ENT>8,325</ENT>
            <ENT>8,258</ENT>
            <ENT>66</ENT>
            <ENT>92</ENT>
            <ENT>369</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White hake</ENT>
            <ENT>3,465</ENT>
            <ENT>3,283</ENT>
            <ENT>3,283</ENT>
            <ENT>45</ENT>
            <ENT>73</ENT>
            <ENT>109</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>14,736</ENT>
            <ENT>12,612</ENT>
            <ENT>12,513</ENT>
            <ENT>99</ENT>
            <ENT>754</ENT>
            <ENT>1,370</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Northern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>163</ENT>
            <ENT>129</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>129</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Southern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>381</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>39</ENT>
            <ENT>270</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ocean pout</ENT>
            <ENT>240</ENT>
            <ENT>214</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>214</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>23</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic halibut</ENT>
            <ENT>83</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>43</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic wolffish</ENT>
            <ENT>77</ENT>
            <ENT>73</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>73</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,12,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="7" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 6—Proposed FY 2013 Total ACLs, Sub-ACLs, and ACL Sub-Components (mt, Live Weight)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total ACL</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Groundfish<LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Preliminary<LI>sector</LI>
              <LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Preliminary<LI>common</LI>
              <LI>pool</LI>
              <LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">State waters sub-<LI>component</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Other sub-<LI>component</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>547.8</ENT>
            <ENT>217.7</ENT>
            <ENT>214.6</ENT>
            <ENT>3.1</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>22.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>3,572</ENT>
            <ENT>3,384</ENT>
            <ENT>3,362</ENT>
            <ENT>22</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>188</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,040</ENT>
            <ENT>715</ENT>
            <ENT>691</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>272</ENT>
            <ENT>54</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>672</ENT>
            <ENT>337</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>337</ENT>
            <ENT>195</ENT>
            <ENT>139</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>14,927</ENT>
            <ENT>12,791</ENT>
            <ENT>12,690</ENT>
            <ENT>101</ENT>
            <ENT>756</ENT>
            <ENT>1,380</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Northern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>163</ENT>
            <ENT>129</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>129</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Southern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>381</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>39</ENT>
            <ENT>270</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ocean pout</ENT>
            <ENT>240</ENT>
            <ENT>214</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>214</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>23</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic halibut</ENT>
            <ENT>83</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>43</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic wolffish</ENT>
            <ENT>77</ENT>
            <ENT>73</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>73</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,12,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="7" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 7—Proposed FY 2014 Total ACLs, Sub-ACLs, and ACL Sub-Components (mt, Live Weight)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total ACL</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Groundfish<LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Preliminary<LI>sector</LI>
              <LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Preliminary<LI>common</LI>
              <LI>pool</LI>
              <LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">State waters sub-<LI>component</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Other sub-<LI>component</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>3,427</ENT>
            <ENT>3,247</ENT>
            <ENT>3,226</ENT>
            <ENT>21</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>180</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1,040</ENT>
            <ENT>715</ENT>
            <ENT>691</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>272</ENT>
            <ENT>54</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>879</ENT>
            <ENT>441</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>441</ENT>
            <ENT>255</ENT>
            <ENT>182</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>15,308</ENT>
            <ENT>13,148</ENT>
            <ENT>13,044</ENT>
            <ENT>104</ENT>
            <ENT>760</ENT>
            <ENT>1,400</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Northern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>163</ENT>
            <ENT>129</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>129</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Southern windowpane flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>381</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>39</ENT>
            <ENT>270</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ocean pout</ENT>
            <ENT>240</ENT>
            <ENT>214</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>214</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>23</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic halibut</ENT>
            <ENT>83</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>43</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic wolffish</ENT>
            <ENT>77</ENT>
            <ENT>73</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>73</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5. Annual Specifications for the U.S./Canada Management Area</HD>

        <P>Eastern GB cod, eastern GB haddock, and GB yellowtail flounder are managed in cooperation with Canada under the U.S./Canada Resource Sharing Understanding, which is an informal agreement between the Northeast Region of NMFS and the Maritimes Region of the Department of Fisheries and Ocean of Canada. The FMP specifies a procedure for setting annual total allowable catches (TACs) for these three stocks in the U.S./Canada Management Area consistent with the Understanding. Each year the TMGC negotiates a shared TAC for each stock based on the most recent stock information and the TMGC harvest strategy. The harvest strategy for setting catch levels is to maintain a low to neutral (less than 50-percent) risk of exceeding the fishing mortality limit reference (F<E T="52">ref</E>= 0.18, 0.26, and 0.25 for cod, haddock, and yellowtail flounder, respectively), and, when stock conditions are poor, fishing mortality should be further reduced to promote rebuilding. The shared TACs are<PRTPAGE P="18182"/>allocated to the U.S. and Canada based on a formula that considers historical catch percentages and the current resource distribution based on trawl surveys. The U.S./Canada Management Area comprises the entire stock area for GB yellowtail flounder; therefore, the U.S. TAC for this stock is also the U.S. ABC.</P>

        <P>In September 2011, the TMGC approved recommendations for 2012 shared TACs for eastern GB cod, eastern GB haddock, and GB yellowtail flounder. The TMGC recommended a shared TAC of 675 mt for eastern GB cod, 16,000 mt for eastern GB haddock, and 900 mt for GB yellowtail flounder. However, at its September 2011 meeting, the Council's SSC recommended an ABC of 1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder, which was higher than the TMGC recommendation. On September 28, 2011, the Council reviewed the recommendations of the TMGC and the SSC, and approved the TMGC recommendations for eastern GB cod and eastern GB haddock. The Council also approved an ABC of up to 1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder, consistent with the SSC's recommendation. Because this ABC is greater than the shared TAC initially negotiated by the TMGC, the TMGC met by conference call in October 2011 to reconsider its 2012 recommendation for GB yellowtail flounder. The TMGC concluded that 1,150 mt was an appropriate shared TAC for GB yellowtail flounder for 2012 that would balance the risk of exceeding F<E T="52">ref</E>(0.25) and the desire to maintain stock biomass.</P>
        <P>The proposed 2012 U.S./Canada TACs are presented in Table 8. For 2012, the annual percentage shares for each country are based on a 10-percent weighting of historical catches and a 90-percent weighting of the current resource distribution. The regulations related to the Understanding require that any overages of the eastern GB cod, eastern GB haddock, or GB yellowtail flounder TACs available to the U.S. be deducted from the pertinent TAC in the following fishing year. If FY 2011 catch information indicates that the U.S. TAC for any of the shared stocks was exceeded, NMFS will reduce the FY 2012 U.S. TAC for that stock, using procedures consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,10,10,10" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 8—Proposed 2012 U.S./Canada TACS (mt, Live Weight) and Percentage Shares</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">TAC</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Eastern GB cod</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Eastern GB haddock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">GB yellowtail flounder</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Total Shared TAC</ENT>
            <ENT>675</ENT>
            <ENT>16,000</ENT>
            <ENT>1,150</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">U.S. TAC</ENT>
            <ENT>162 (24%)</ENT>
            <ENT>6,880 (43%)</ENT>
            <ENT>564 (49%)</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Canada TAC</ENT>
            <ENT>513 (76%)</ENT>
            <ENT>9,120 (57%)</ENT>
            <ENT>586 (51%)</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6. Incidental Catch Total Allowable Catches and Allocations to Special Management Programs</HD>
        <P>Incidental catch TACs are specified for certain stocks of concern (i.e., stocks that are overfished or subject to overfishing) for common pool vessels fishing in the special management programs (i.e., special access programs (SAPs) and the Regular B Days-At-Sea (DAS) Program), in order to limit the catch of these stocks under such programs. The Incidental Catch TAC for each stock is based on the common pool sub-ACL and is distributed to each special management program using a predetermined formula specified in the regulations. Any catch on a trip that ends on a Category B DAS (either Regular or Reserve B DAS) is attributed to the Incidental Catch TAC for the pertinent stock. Catch on a trip that starts under a Category B DAS and then flips to a Category A DAS is attributed to the common pool sub-ACL.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule specifies incidental catch TACs for the NE multispecies special management programs for FYs 2012-2014 based on the proposed common pool sub-ACLs listed in Item 4 of this preamble (Table 11, Table 12, Table 13). The FY 2012 sector rosters will not be finalized until May 1, 2012, for the reasons mentioned earlier in this preamble. Therefore, the common pool sub-ACL may change due to changes to the FY 2012 sector rosters. Updated incidental catch TACs will be published in the Framework 47 final rule, or a subsequent adjustment rule, if necessary, based on the final sector rosters as of May 1, 2012.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,10,10,10,10" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 11—Proposed Common Pool Incidental Catch TACs for FY 2012-2014 (mt, Live Weight)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Percentage of common pool<LI>sub-ACL</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2012</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2013</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2014</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB cod</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CC/GOM yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>3.5</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>1.4</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>0.4</ENT>
            <ENT>0.4</ENT>
            <ENT>0.4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            <ENT>3.4</ENT>
            <ENT>4.4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White Hake</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="18183"/>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,10,10,10" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 12—Percentage of Incidental Catch TACs Distributed to Each Special Management Program</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Regular B DAS<LI>program</LI>
              <LI>(percent)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Closed area I hook gear haddock SAP<LI>(percent)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Eastern US/CA haddock SAP<LI>(percent)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB cod</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>16</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CC/GOM yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White Hake</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5" COLS="10" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 13—Incidental Catch TACs for Each Special Management Program for FY 2012-2014 (mt, Live Weight)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Regular B DAS<LI>program</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2012</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2013</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2014</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Closed area I hook gear haddock SAP</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2012</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2013</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2014</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Eastern U.S./Canada haddock SAP</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2012</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2013</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2014</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB cod</ENT>
            <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>0.03</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0.03</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CC/GOM yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>3.5</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1.4</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>0.2</ENT>
            <ENT>0.2</ENT>
            <ENT>0.2</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0.2</ENT>
            <ENT>0.2</ENT>
            <ENT>0.2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            <ENT>3.4</ENT>
            <ENT>4.4</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White hake</ENT>
            <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7. Common Pool Trimester Total Allowable Catches</HD>
        <P>Beginning in FY 2012, the common pool sub-ACL for each stock will be divided into trimester TACs at the start of the fishing year. The percentage of each sub-ACL allocated to each trimester was determined in Amendment 16. The current regulations require that, with the exception of both stocks of windowpane flounder, ocean pout, and Atlantic halibut, once 90 percent of the trimester TAC is projected to be caught, the area where 90 percent of the catch for the pertinent stock occurred will be closed. The area closure will apply to all common pool vessels fishing with gear capable of catching the pertinent stock. The trimester TAC areas for each stock, as well as the applicable gear types are defined at § 648.82(n)(2). Any overages or underages of the trimester TAC in Trimester 1 or Trimester 2 will be applied to the next trimester (e.g., any remaining portion of the Trimester 1 TAC will be added to the Trimester 2 TAC). Any overage of the total sub-ACL will be deducted from the following fishing year's common pool sub-ACL for that stock. Uncaught portions of the Trimester 3 TAC will not be carried over into the following fishing year.</P>
        <P>Based on the ACLs and sub-ACLs proposed in Framework 47, this rule also proposes trimester TACs for FYs 2012-2014 for the common pool (Table 14 and Table 15). As described earlier, vessels have until April 30, 2012, to drop out of a sector, and common pool vessels have been provided additional flexibility to join a sector through April 30, 2012. Sector rosters for each fishing year are finalized on May 1. The ACLs and sub-ACLs proposed in this rule are based on current FY 2012 sector rosters as of December 1, 2011. Any changes to the sector rosters will also change the proposed sector and common pool sub-ACLs, and as a result, the trimester TACs proposed in this rule may also change. Based on the final sector rosters, NMFS will publish a rule in early May 2012, if necessary, to modify these sub-ACLs, and notify the public of these changes. As described in Item 9 of this preamble, Framework 47 proposes to revise the accountability measures for the groundfish fishery for the six stocks not currently allocated to sectors. If approved, these proposed measures would remove the common pool trimester TAC requirement for SNE/MA winter flounder, both stocks of windowpane flounder, ocean pout, Atlantic halibut, and Atlantic wolffish. Proposed FY 2012-2014 trimester TACs are presented in Table 15 for each stock based on the current regulations.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,10,10,10" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 14—Percentage of Common Pool sub-ACL Distributed to Each Trimester</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Percentage of common pool sub-ACL</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Trimester 1</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Trimester 2</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Trimester 3</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Cod</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>37</ENT>
            <ENT>38</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM Cod</ENT>
            <ENT>27</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>37</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>27</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM Haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>27</ENT>
            <ENT>26</ENT>
            <ENT>47</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>19</ENT>
            <ENT>30</ENT>
            <ENT>52</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="18184"/>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>21</ENT>
            <ENT>37</ENT>
            <ENT>42</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>35</ENT>
            <ENT>35</ENT>
            <ENT>30</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">American Plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>27</ENT>
            <ENT>31</ENT>
            <ENT>42</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Winter Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>8</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>69</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM Winter Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>37</ENT>
            <ENT>38</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA Winter Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>36</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>14</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Redfish</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>31</ENT>
            <ENT>44</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White Hake</ENT>
            <ENT>38</ENT>
            <ENT>31</ENT>
            <ENT>31</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>28</ENT>
            <ENT>35</ENT>
            <ENT>37</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">N. Windowpane Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">S. Windowpane Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ocean Pout</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic Halibut</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>33</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic Wolffish</ENT>
            <ENT>75</ENT>
            <ENT>13</ENT>
            <ENT>12</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6" COLS="10" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 15—Proposed FY 2012-2014 Common Pool Trimester TACs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2012</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 1</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 2</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 3</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2013</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 1</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 2</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 3</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2014</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 1</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 2</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Tri 3</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Cod</ENT>
            <ENT>21.8</ENT>
            <ENT>32.2</ENT>
            <ENT>33.1</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM Cod</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>38.0</ENT>
            <ENT>46.4</ENT>
            <ENT>56.2</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM Haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>2.6</ENT>
            <ENT>2.5</ENT>
            <ENT>4.6</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            <ENT>1.6</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>32.0</ENT>
            <ENT>50.5</ENT>
            <ENT>87.6</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>9.5</ENT>
            <ENT>9.5</ENT>
            <ENT>8.1</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">American Plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>17.0</ENT>
            <ENT>25.5</ENT>
            <ENT>28.3</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>7.6</ENT>
            <ENT>8.8</ENT>
            <ENT>11.9</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB Winter Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1.8</ENT>
            <ENT>5.3</ENT>
            <ENT>15.2</ENT>
            <ENT>1.8</ENT>
            <ENT>5.3</ENT>
            <ENT>15.2</ENT>
            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
            <ENT>5.1</ENT>
            <ENT>14.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM Winter Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>8.8</ENT>
            <ENT>9.0</ENT>
            <ENT>5.9</ENT>
            <ENT>8.8</ENT>
            <ENT>9.0</ENT>
            <ENT>5.9</ENT>
            <ENT>8.8</ENT>
            <ENT>9.0</ENT>
            <ENT>5.9</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA Winter Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>109.0</ENT>
            <ENT>151.4</ENT>
            <ENT>42.4</ENT>
            <ENT>121.3</ENT>
            <ENT>168.5</ENT>
            <ENT>47.2</ENT>
            <ENT>158.8</ENT>
            <ENT>220.5</ENT>
            <ENT>61.7</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Redfish</ENT>
            <ENT>16.6</ENT>
            <ENT>20.6</ENT>
            <ENT>29.2</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White Hake</ENT>
            <ENT>17.2</ENT>
            <ENT>14.0</ENT>
            <ENT>14.0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>27.8</ENT>
            <ENT>34.8</ENT>
            <ENT>36.8</ENT>
            <ENT>28.2</ENT>
            <ENT>35.3</ENT>
            <ENT>37.3</ENT>
            <ENT>29.0</ENT>
            <ENT>36.3</ENT>
            <ENT>38.3</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">N. Windowpane Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>42.5</ENT>
            <ENT>42.5</ENT>
            <ENT>43.8</ENT>
            <ENT>42.5</ENT>
            <ENT>42.5</ENT>
            <ENT>43.8</ENT>
            <ENT>42.5</ENT>
            <ENT>42.5</ENT>
            <ENT>43.8</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">S. Windowpane Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>23.7</ENT>
            <ENT>23.7</ENT>
            <ENT>24.4</ENT>
            <ENT>23.7</ENT>
            <ENT>23.7</ENT>
            <ENT>24.4</ENT>
            <ENT>23.7</ENT>
            <ENT>23.7</ENT>
            <ENT>24.4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ocean Pout</ENT>
            <ENT>70.7</ENT>
            <ENT>70.7</ENT>
            <ENT>72.9</ENT>
            <ENT>70.7</ENT>
            <ENT>70.7</ENT>
            <ENT>72.9</ENT>
            <ENT>70.7</ENT>
            <ENT>70.7</ENT>
            <ENT>72.9</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic Halibut</ENT>
            <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            <ENT>12.4</ENT>
            <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            <ENT>12.4</ENT>
            <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            <ENT>12.4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic Wolffish</ENT>
            <ENT>55.0</ENT>
            <ENT>9.5</ENT>
            <ENT>8.8</ENT>
            <ENT>55.0</ENT>
            <ENT>9.5</ENT>
            <ENT>8.8</ENT>
            <ENT>55.0</ENT>
            <ENT>9.5</ENT>
            <ENT>8.8</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>* Tri 1 = Trimester 1; Tri 2 = Trimester 2; Tri 3 = Trimester 3.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">8. Common Pool Restricted Gear Areas</E>
        </HD>
        <P>Amendment 16 implemented two restricted gear areas (RGAs) for common pool vessels beginning in FY 2010: The Western GB Multispecies RGA and the SNE Multispecies RGA. These RGAs were developed to help meet the mortality objectives for the common pool fishery and primarily reduce the catch of flatfish species by common pool vessels. The current regulations require common pool vessels fishing under a NE multispecies DAS that fish any part of a trip in these RGAs to use a haddock separator trawl, a Ruhle trawl, a rope trawl, longline/tub trawls, handgear, or sink gillnets. Tie-down gillnets are also allowed to be used in these areas, or stowed on board, as long as the mesh is greater than or equal to 10 inches (25.4 cm). Common pool vessels fishing in either of these RGAs are required to declare into the area via the Vessel Monitoring System, or obtain a letter of authorization from the RA to fish in these RGAs.</P>
        <P>Framework 47 proposes to remove the Western GB and SNE Multispecies RGAs based on a determination that there are sufficient fishing mortality controls for common pool vessels to limit catch within the pertinent catch limits. In addition, Framework 47 also proposes to modify AMs for several groundfish stocks, which, if approved, would include restricted gear areas for common pool and sector vessels if total catch limits are exceeded during the fishing year. Removing the Western GB and SNE Multispecies RGAs would simplify the regulations and avoid confusion between the proposed AM areas and the existing common pool RGAs. In addition, removing the Western GB and SNE Multispecies RGAs would facilitate fishing by common pool vessels without risk of exceeding common pool catch limits.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">9. Accountability Measures</E>
        </HD>

        <P>AMs are required to prevent overfishing and ensure accountability in the fishery. Proactive AMs are intended to prevent ACLs from being exceeded and reactive AMs are meant to correct or mitigate overages if they occur. Amendment 16 implemented AMs for all of the groundfish stocks. For the six stocks not currently allocated to sectors (SNE/MA winter flounder, northern and southern windowpane flounder, ocean pout, Atlantic wolffish, and Atlantic halibut), the current AM is triggered if<PRTPAGE P="18185"/>catch by sector and common pool vessels exceeds the common pool catch limit. For FYs 2010 and 2011, if the common pool sub-ACL is exceeded, a differential DAS rate based on the proportion of the common pool sub-ACL caught is applied in the differential DAS area for the pertinent stock. The differential DAS rate only applies to common pool vessels fishing under a NE multispecies DAS. Beginning in FY 2012, the common pool sub-ACL will be divided into trimester TACs. For Atlantic wolffish and SNE/MA winter flounder, if the common pool catch exceeds 90 percent of the trimester TAC, the area that accounts for 90 percent of the catch would be closed to common pool vessels fishing with certain gear types for the remainder of the trimester. Any overages of the common pool sub-ACL will be deducted from the sub-ACL for the pertinent stock in the following fishing year.</P>
        <P>Upon approval of Amendment 16, NMFS notified the Council that it was concerned with the AMs developed for stocks not allocated to sectors because they lacked sector-specific AMs. NMFS recommended that the Council develop appropriate AMs for these stocks in a future action. As a result, Framework 47 proposes to modify the AMs for these stocks for common pool and sector vessels. During the development of Framework 47, there was ongoing litigation on Amendment 16. Environmental groups challenged Amendment 16 partially due to the lack of sector-specific AMs for stocks not allocated to sectors. On December 20, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia upheld all challenged measures in Amendment 16, except for the AMs for those stocks not allocated to sectors (SNE/MA winter flounder, northern windowpane flounder, southern windowpane flounder, ocean pout, Atlantic halibut, and Atlantic wolffish). In its only adverse finding, the Court found that Amendment 16 lacked adequate reactive AMs (i.e., AMs that are implemented if an ACL is exceeded) for these stocks and remanded the issue to NMFS and the Council for further action. NMFS is requesting public comment on the adequacy of the proposed AMs in this action in light of the recent litigation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Ocean Pout and Windowpane Flounder, and Atlantic Halibut</HD>
        <P>Framework 47 proposes area-based AMs for ocean pout and both stocks of windowpane flounder, and a zero-possession AM for Atlantic halibut for sector and common pool vessels that would be triggered if the total ACL is exceeded. During year 2, NMFS would evaluate catch for year 1, and, if the total ACL is exceeded, the AM would be implemented in year 3. For example, if the total ACL for ocean pout is exceeded in FY 2012, NMFS would implement the applicable AM for ocean pout in FY 2014. To determine if the total ACL is exceeded, NMFS would include catch by the groundfish fishery as well as catch by sub-components of the fishery (e.g., state waters and non-groundfish fisheries). The implementation of AMs in year 3 would allow a complete and accurate evaluation of catch for year 1. Catch of these stocks occurs in state waters and non-groundfish fisheries, and in-season catch data is not available for these fisheries. Due to the current data availability, the proposed timing of these AMs would allow for accurate catch accounting, and will ensure an AM is not inadvertently implemented. Improved data availability in the future may allow for modification of the timing of these AMs.</P>
        <P>Currently, ocean pout, northern and southern windowpane flounder, and Atlantic halibut are not allocated to sectors, and a sub-ACL is only specified for the common pool fishery. Catch by common pool and sector vessels is applied to the common pool sub-ACL for these stocks. However, if a sub-ACL is specified in the future for other fisheries, and AMs are developed for these fisheries, the AMs for the groundfish fishery or any other fisheries would only be triggered if the total ACL for the stock is exceeded and the fishery's sub-ACL was also exceeded, including its share of any overage caused by other sub-components of the fishery. Since these proposed AMs are meant to restrict catch by common pool and sector vessels, sectors would not be able to request an exemption from these AM provisions.</P>
        <P>If the total ACL is exceeded for ocean pout, northern windowpane flounder, or southern windowpane flounder in year 1, gear restrictions would apply in the AM areas developed for each stock for both sector and common pool vessels in year 3. For all three stocks, trawl vessels would be required to use selective trawl gear. Approved gears include the haddock separator trawl, the Ruhle trawl (see Item 14 for description of Ruhle trawl that includes the mid-sized eliminator (or Ruhle) trawl in the definition of this gear type), the rope trawl, and any other gears authorized by the Council in a management action or approved for use consistent with the process defined at § 648.85(b)(6). There would be no restrictions on longline or gillnet gear because it was determined that these gear types comprise a small amount of the total catch for these stocks. If the amount of the total ACL overage is between the management uncertainty buffer and up to 20 percent, the small AM area would be triggered for the pertinent stock. Currently, the management uncertainty buffer is 5 percent; however, this buffer could be modified in the future. If the amount of the overage is more than 20 percent, the large AM area would be triggered. The applicable GB AM area would be implemented if the total ACL for northern windowpane is exceeded, and the applicable SNE AM area would be implemented if the total ACL for southern windowpane is exceeded. Both the GB and SNE AM areas would be implemented if the total ACL for ocean pout is exceeded. Sectors would be prohibited from requesting an exemption from these AM provisions.</P>
        <P>Currently, common pool and sector vessels have a one-fish landing limit for Atlantic halibut. If the total ACL for Atlantic halibut is exceeded in year 1, landing of Atlantic halibut would be prohibited by common pool and sector vessels in year 3. This AM is expected to keep mortality of Atlantic halibut below the target levels because a portion of the discarded fish would be expected to survive.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">SNE/MA Winter Flounder and Atlantic Wolffish</HD>
        <P>Currently, commercial and recreational vessels are prohibited from possessing SNE/MA winter flounder and Atlantic wolffish. Framework 47 proposes to adopt the current possession prohibition as a proactive AM for SNE/MA winter flounder and Atlantic wolffish for both commercial and recreational vessels. Under these proposed measures, the current trimester TAC AM for SNE/MA winter flounder and Atlantic wolffish that applies to common pool vessels would be removed. Based on FY 2010 catch information and partial FY 2011 catch information, the prohibition on possession has adequately kept the catch of this stock within the mortality targets.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10. Removal of Cap on Yellowtail Flounder Catch in Scallop Access Areas</HD>

        <P>In 2004, Framework 39 to the NE Multispecies FMP and Framework 16 to the Atlantic Sea Scallop FMP implemented a cap on the amount of yellowtail flounder that could be caught in the Nantucket Lightship, Closed Area I, and Closed Area II Sea Scallop Access Areas. This measure was implemented before ACL and AM provisions were added to the NE Multispecies and Atlantic Sea Scallop FMPs in order to ensure that yellowtail flounder catches<PRTPAGE P="18186"/>did not exceed the target TACs for yellowtail flounder or exceed the U.S TAC for GB yellowtail flounder. Under the current regulations, scallop vessels are allowed to catch up to 10 percent of the total SNE/MA yellowtail flounder ACL from the Nantucket Lightship Sea Scallop Access Area, and up to 10 percent combined of the U.S. TAC of GB yellowtail flounder from the Closed Area I and Closed Area II Sea Scallop Access Areas. Once the 10-percent access area cap is caught, the pertinent access area is closed to scallop vessels for the remainder of the scallop fishing year.</P>
        <P>Framework 47 proposes to remove the 10-percent access area cap for the Nantucket Lightship, Closed Area I, and Closed Area II Sea Scallop Access Areas. The scallop fishery would still be subject to its GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder sub-ACLs, but there would be no limit on how much of the sub-ACLs could be caught in the scallop access areas. This proposed measure would remove an unnecessary provision now that the fishery is managed under ACLs. ACLs limit the amount of yellowtail flounder that can be caught by the scallop fishery, so a catch cap for the access areas is no longer necessary to meet fishing mortality objectives.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11. Implementation of Scallop Fishery Accountability Measure</HD>

        <P>Each year a portion of the GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder ABC is allocated to the scallop fishery as a sub-ACL. Currently, if the scallop fishery exceeds its sub-ACL for either of these stocks by 1 percent or more in the scallop fishing year, pre-identified statistical areas with high catch rates of yellowtail flounder will close to limited access scallop vessels. The closure would be in place for consecutive months beginning at the start of the subsequent scallop fishing year, and the duration of the closure would depend on the magnitude of the overage. The proposed rule for Framework 23 to the Atlantic Sea Scallop FMP (Framework 23) was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 3, 2012 (77 FR 52). Framework 23 proposes to revise the yellowtail flounder seasonal closure AM schedule for scallop vessels to ensure that the closures would occur during the months with the highest yellowtail flounder catch rates. If approved, Framework 23 would likely become effective in April 2012.</P>
        <P>Framework 47 proposes to modify when the AM for the scallop fishery would be triggered. If the scallop fishery exceeds it sub-ACL for any groundfish stock, and the total ACL for that stock is also exceeded, the corresponding scallop seasonal closure would be implemented according to the seasonal closure AM schedule. In addition, if the scallop fishery exceeds its sub-ACL by 50 percent or more for any groundfish stock, the scallop seasonal closure AM would be implemented according to the schedule. When evaluating whether the total ACL has been exceeded for a groundfish stock for the purposes of triggering the scallop fishery AM, NMFS would add the maximum carryover available to the groundfish fishery to the estimate of total catch. Currently, the scallop fishery is allocated a sub-ACL for GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder; however, this measure would also apply to the scallop fishery AM for any additional groundfish stock that is allocated to the scallop fishery in a future action. If approved, this measure would apply retroactively to the 2011 scallop fishing year.</P>
        <P>The scallop fishing year ends on February 28, and the groundfish fishing year ends on April 30. Given the differences in fishing years, complete catch information for GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder would not be available until sometime after April 30. In addition, inseason catch information is not available for groundfish ACL sub-components, such as state waters catch. As a result, when evaluating the total catch of GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder for the purposes of triggering the scallop fishery AM, NMFS would primarily rely on partial catch information to project total fishing year catch of these two stocks from state waters and non-groundfish fisheries. NMFS would also use partial fishing year data to estimate GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder catch by the groundfish fishery and would project catch of these two stocks by groundfish vessels for the remainder of the groundfish fishing year. Although this proposed measure would allow more flexibility for the scallop fishery, there would be uncertainty associated with the catch projections used to determine whether the scallop fishery AM should be triggered. NMFS is seeking public comment on the use of these catch estimates for the purposes of triggering the scallop fishery AM.</P>
        <P>This proposed measure would allow more flexibility in the fishery. Currently, the yellowtail flounder allocation to the scallop fishery is based on an estimate of the yellowtail flounder expected to be caught with the projected scallop harvest for the fishing year. Because there is uncertainty in estimating the projected yellowtail flounder catch in the scallop fishery, the proposed revision to the AM trigger would account for projection uncertainty without compromising the mortality objectives for GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder. In addition, triggering the AM when the scallop fishery exceeds its allocation by 50 percent or more will still ensure accountability in the fishery. The Council did not specifically include how to reference this measure in the scallop regulations in Framework 47; therefore, these references are proposed by NMFS under the authority of Section 305(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12. Inseason Re-Estimation of Scallop Fishery GB Yellowtail Flounder Sub-ACL</HD>
        <P>The allocation of the GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACL to the scallop fishery is based on an estimate of the amount of GB yellowtail flounder the scallop fishery is expected to catch, which is determined by the scallop quota for the fishing year. The estimate is based on past fishing activity and projected changes in the stock size of GB yellowtail flounder and scallops. There are no restrictions on how much GB yellowtail flounder can be allocated to the scallop fishery. In FY 2010, the scallop fishery was allocated 100 percent of the estimated GB yellowtail flounder catch associated with the projected scallop catch. In FY 2011 and FY 2012, the scallop fishery was allocated 90 percent of the projected GB yellowtail flounder catch. Because there is uncertainty in the initial estimates of projected GB yellowtail flounder catch, there is a possibility that the initial allocation to the scallop fishery could be too low, which could cause the scallop sub-ACL to be exceeded, or that the initial allocation to the scallop fishery could be too high, which could reduce GB yellowtail flounder yield.</P>

        <P>Due to the uncertainty in the initial estimates of projected GB yellowtail flounder and scallop catch, and to prevent the loss of available yield of GB yellowtail flounder, Framework 47 proposes to create a mechanism to re-estimate the expected GB yellowtail flounder catch by the scallop fishery by January 15 of each fishing year. If the re-estimate of projected GB yellowtail flounder indicates that the scallop fishery will catch less than 90 percent of its sub-ACL, NMFS would reduce the scallop fishery sub-ACL to the amount expected to be caught and increase the groundfish fishery sub-ACL for GB yellowtail flounder by the difference between the original estimate and the revised estimate. The increase to the groundfish fishery sub-ACL would be distributed to sectors and the common pool. NMFS would not make any changes to the GB yellowtail flounder<PRTPAGE P="18187"/>sub-ACL for the scallop fishery if the revised estimate indicates that the scallop fishery will catch 90 percent or more of its sub-ACL. NMFS would notify the public of any changes to the GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACLs consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act.</P>
        <P>In addition, due to uncertainty associated with the revised estimate of expected GB yellowtail flounder catch, NMFS would have the authority to adjust the size of the change made to the sub-ACLs for the scallop and groundfish fisheries. Based on the amount of the uncertainty, NMFS could revise the sub-ACLs by any amount between the initial estimate of expected GB yellowtail flounder catch by the scallop fishery and the revised estimate. Implementation of this measure would be delayed until data availability for projecting GB yellowtail flounder catch is sufficient to re-estimate the GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACL for the scallop fishery mid-season. Consideration of uncertainty and delay in implementation of this measure would avoid errors in the re-estimation of the GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACLs if the projected scallop fishery catch is underestimated. Errors in the re-estimation of the scallop fishery sub-ACL could cause the scallop fishery to exceed its sub-ACL if projected catch is underestimated. In addition, if the groundfish fishery catches the additional GB yellowtail flounder allocated mid-fishing year, the U.S. TAC for GB yellowtail flounder could be exceeded.</P>
        <P>This proposed measure will prevent any loss of GB yellowtail flounder yield that may occur if the initial catch estimate of this stock by the scallop fishery is too high. Re-estimation of the expected GB yellowtail flounder catch by the scallop fishery mid-season would allow additional GB yellowtail flounder yield by the commercial groundfish fishery and would help achieve optimum yield for this stock.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13. Annual Measures for FY 2012 Under Regional Administrator Authority</HD>
        <P>The FMP provides authority for the RA to implement certain types of management measures for the common pool fishery, the U.S./Canada Management Area, and Special Management Programs on an annual basis, or as needed. This proposed rule includes a description of the management measures being considered by the RA for FY 2012 in order to provide an opportunity for the public to comment on whether the proposed measures are appropriate. These measures are not part of Framework 47, and were not specifically proposed by the Council, but are proposed in conjunction with Framework 47 for expediency purposes and because they relate to the proposed Framework 47 measures (i.e., ACLs). The RA may implement different measures from the FY 2012 measures proposed in this action if current information indicates such measures are necessary to meet the requirements of the FMP. The measures implemented through RA authority for FY 2012 will be implemented through the Framework 47 final rule, or, if necessary, through a separate final rule.</P>
        <P>The RA has the authority to modify common pool trip limits in order to prevent exceeding the common pool sub-ACLs and facilitate harvest so total catch approaches the common pool sub-ACLs. Table 16 provides a summary of the default trip limits that would take effect in FY 2012 if the RA takes no action, the common pool trip limits for FY 2011, and the proposed trip limits that would be in effect for the start of FY 2012. Proposed trip limits for FY 2012 were developed after considering changes to the FY 2012 common pool sub-ACLs and sector rosters, trimester TACs for FY 2012, catch rates of each stock during FY 2011, bycatch, the potential for differential DAS counting in FY 2012, and other available information. For stocks that include a range of potential trip limits in Table 16, a final trip limit would be specified in the final rule implementing these measures based upon public comment. NMFS is requesting public input on common pool trip limits for FY 2012.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,r75,r75,r75" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 16—Default, FY 2011, and Proposed FY 2012 Trip Limits for the Common Pool</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Stock</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Default limit in regulations</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">FY 2011 trip limit</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Proposed FY 2012 trip limit</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM cod</ENT>
            <ENT>800 lb (362.9 kg) per DAS, up to 4,000 lb (1,818.2 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>500 lb (226.8 kg) per DAS, up to 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per trip; reduced to 350 lb (158.8 kg) per DAS up to 1,000 lb (453.6 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>500 lb (226.8 kg)—800 lb (362.9 kg) per DAS, up to 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB cod</ENT>
            <ENT>2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per DAS, up to 20,000 lb (9,072 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>3,000 lb (1,360.8 kg) per DAS, up to 30,000 lb (13,607.8 kg) per trip; reduced to 300 lb (136.1 kg) per DAS, up to 600 lb (272.2 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per DAS, up to 20,000 lb (9,072 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000 lb (453.6 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>750 lb (340.2 kg)—1,000 lb (453.6 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>10,000 lb (4,535.9 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500 lb (3,402 kg)—10,000 lb (4,535.9 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GOM winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>250 lb (113.4 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>250 lb (113.4 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB winter flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000 lb (453.6 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000 lb (453.6 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CC/GOM yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>250 lb (113.4 kg) per DAS, up to 1,500 (680.4 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>500 lb (226.8 kg) per DAS, up to 2,000 (907.2 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>250 lb (113.4 kg) per DAS, up to 1,500 (680.4 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GB yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>1,500 (680.4 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000 (453.6 kg)—1,500 (680.4 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SNE/MA yellowtail flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>250 lb (113.4 kg) per DAS, up to 1,500 (680.4 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>500 lb (226.8 kg), up to 2,000 (907.2 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>500 lb (226.8 kg), up to 2,000 (907.2 kg) per trip—1,500 lb (680.4 kg), up to 4,500 (2,041.1 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">American plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000 lb (450 kg) per DAS; up to 10,000 lb (4,500 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>250 lb (113.4 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>250 lb (113.4 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White hake</ENT>
            <ENT>500 lb (226.8 kg) per DAS; up to 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>1,500 lb (680.4 kg) per trip</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000 lb (453.6 kg)—1,500 lb (680.4 kg) per trip.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="18188"/>
            <ENT I="01">Redfish</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted</ENT>
            <ENT>Unrestricted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The RA has the authority to determine the allocation of the total number of trips into the Closed Area II Yellowtail Flounder/Haddock SAP based on several criteria, including the GB yellowtail flounder TAC and the amount of GB yellowtail flounder caught outside of the SAP. In 2005, Framework 40B (June 1, 2005; 70 FR 31323) implemented a provision that no trips should be allocated to the Closed Area II Yellowtail Flounder/Haddock SAP if the available GB yellowtail flounder catch is insufficient to support at least 150 trips with a 15,000-lb (6,804-kg) trip limit (i.e., 150 trips of 15,000 lb (6,804 kg)/trip, or 2,250,000 lb (1,020,600 kg). This calculation accounts for the projected catch from the area outside the SAP. Based on the groundfish sub-ACL of 479,946 lb (217,700 kg), there is insufficient GB yellowtail flounder to allocate any trips to the SAP, even if the projected catch from outside the SAP area is zero. Therefore, based on existing authority, this action proposes to allocate zero trips to the Closed Area II Yellowtail Flounder/Haddock SAP for FY 2012. Vessels could still fish in this SAP in FY 2012 using a haddock separator trawl, a Ruhle trawl, or hook gear. Vessels would not be allowed to fish in this SAP using flounder nets.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14. Mid-Size Ruhle Trawl</HD>
        <P>The Council requested that NMFS implement a smaller-scale version of the Ruhle trawl (i.e., the mid-size Eliminator Trawl), which is a trawl designed with large meshes in the forward part of the net to reduce catch of cod and flatfish. Specifically, the Council requested that the mid-size Eliminator Trawl should be: (1) Available for use by both sector and non-sector vessels in the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP and Regular B DAS Program; and (2) assigned a separate gear code but should not be assigned a separate stratum for the purpose of discard information. This action proposes to broaden the current definition of the Ruhle Trawl to include the mid-size Eliminator trawl. Expanding this definition would increase fishing opportunity for smaller vessels by allowing them to utilize this smaller-scale trawl, and therefore, have access to the Haddock SAP, as well as the B DAS program. In addition, vessels would be able to operate under the Ruhle trawl gear code, which would result in reduced discard rates for certain species, particularly depleted stocks that may have constraining catch limits.</P>

        <P>Vessels fishing in the Regular B DAS Program or the Haddock SAP must use approved trawl gear that has been determined to reduce the catch of NE multispecies stocks of concern. The RA may approve additional gears for use in the Regular B DAS Program and the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP if a gear meets gear performance standards defined at§ 648.85(b)(6)(iv)(J)(<E T="03">2</E>). These gear performance standards were developed to allow the harvest of healthy stocks (e.g., GB haddock) while avoiding the capture of stocks of concern (e.g., GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder). The full-size Eliminator trawl (i.e., Ruhle trawl) was tested in 2006. This experiment demonstrated that it effectively harvested the target species haddock while reducing catches of cod and other stocks of concern. NMFS, upon the request of the Council, approved the Ruhle trawl for use in the B DAS Program and Haddock SAP on July 14, 2008 (73 FR 40186). The current definition of the Ruhle trawl is specific to the experimental net, which was designed for relatively large vessels.</P>
        <P>The University of Rhode Island (URI) conducted a follow-on study that tested two smaller versions of the Ruhle trawl that could be used by smaller vessels (small-size Eliminator trawl and mid-size Eliminator trawl) to determine if the catch performance of the smaller trawls is similar to that of the full-size trawl. In January 2010, URI submitted a final report titled “Exploring Bycatch Reduction in the Haddock Fishery Through the Use of the Eliminator Trawl (Ruhle Trawl) with Fishing Vessels in the 250 to 550 HP Range.” Although the small-size Eliminator did not attain the desired catch performance results, the mid-size Eliminator had catch performance characteristics very similar to those of the Ruhle trawl. Following a successful peer review, the Council determined that the mid-size Eliminator trawl effectively meets the pertinent gear performance standards and requested that NMFS approve the use of the mid-size Eliminator trawl for use by sector and non-sector vessels in the B DAS Program and Haddock SAP.</P>
        <P>Vessels participating in the NE multispecies common pool and sector management programs are subject to catch limits, which include discarded catch. Vessel Trip Report (VTR) gear codes, in conjunction with stock area fished and sector, are used to establish discard strata for each NE multispecies stock to ensure these catch limits are not exceeded. Each discard stratum has a particular discard rate associated with each NE multispecies stock based on Northeast Fisheries Observer Program (NEFOP) and at-sea-monitor (ASM) data. There are currently three commonly used VTR trawl gear codes for groundfish: Bottom fish; haddock separator; and Ruhle trawl. Because the haddock separator trawl and the Ruhle trawl were designed to fish more selectively than a regular bottom fish trawl, trips using these two gear types generally have reduced catch for certain stocks of NE multispecies, particularly flatfish and cod, resulting in a lower discard rate for these species. Due to the similar catch performance characteristics of the mid-size Eliminator and Ruhle trawl, the Council has requested that data from both be pooled for the purpose of assigning discard rates and establishing discard strata.</P>

        <P>The Council also requested that NMFS create a new VTR gear code for the mid-size Eliminator Trawl as a means to monitor the catch performance of this net design in the fishery. However, creating a new gear code would not achieve the Council's objective. A mid-size Eliminator trawl could range in size from the experimental net up to the size of the Ruhle trawl. Consequently, a vessel may correctly choose the mid-size Eliminator Trawl VTR gear code, but the net size could vary considerably from the experimental net size, which precludes the ability to use a VTR gear code to monitor how the experimental net performs when adopted in the fishery. Instead, NMFS proposes to use foot-rope length and discard data obtained by trips that are accompanied by a NEFOP assigned observer or ASM. Data from observed or monitored vessels that are using a mid-size Eliminator with a sweep that is comparable to the experimental net sweep of 33m (109 ft) would be used to evaluate how the<PRTPAGE P="18189"/>experimental gear is performing in practice.</P>
        <P>NMFS proposes to broaden the definition of the Ruhle Trawl such that, if implemented as proposed, the mid-size Eliminator would meet the definition of a Ruhle trawl. Upon consultation with NMFS fishing gear scientists and the URI Eliminator trawl research team, this action proposes to adjust the current definition of the Ruhle trawl to include the smaller dimensions of the mid-size Eliminator trawl, and only include the primary design features of the net design in the gear definition. Currently, a Ruhle trawl must have a minimum fishing circle of at least 398 ft (121.4 m), meet mesh-size specifications in the forward portion of the net, be rigged with a specific sweep configuration, have four seams, and have a minimum kite surface area. This action would revise the current Ruhle trawl definition by making the following modifications: Replace the minimum fishing circle requirement with a more concise and enforceable measure using minimum number of meshes at the wide end of the first bottom belly; adjust the mesh configuration in the forward part of the net and the minimum kite area requirements to that of the mid-size Eliminator; and remove the sweep configuration requirements. The sweep requirements have been removed from the definition as this component of the gear is largely based on bottom composition and preference, and is not the primary bycatch reduction device, which is the large meshes located in the forward part of the net. The minimum mesh sizes and minimum kite area were reduced to enable the mid-size Eliminator to meet the Ruhle trawl definition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15. Monitoring of Fillets, Fish Parts, and Fish Landed for At-Home Consumption</HD>
        <P>This action proposes to remove the 3:1 counting method for the purposes of counting fillets and fish-parts landed for at-home consumption against the pertinent ACLs. NMFS published an interim final rule on July 19, 2011, (76 FR 42577), which changed the way that fillets, fish parts, and fish landed for at-home consumption are counted against ACLs. That rule specified that all catch by a sector vessel, including fillets retained by crew for home consumption, count against the sector's ACE for that stock; and all catch by a common pool vessel, including fillets retained by crew for home consumption, count towards the vessel's possession limit for that stock and the common pool sub-ACL for that stock. The interim final rule required that fillets and parts of fish (as referenced at § 648.83(b)) be counted at a rate of 3:1 both for compliance purposes with common pool possession limits and for monitoring ACLs. The regulations were modified to require the weight of fillets or parts of fish to be multiplied by 3 and added to the weight of whole fish for monitoring purposes to ensure all fish landed for at-home consumption is attributed to the appropriate ACL.</P>

        <P>Since publishing the interim final rule, NMFS has developed a more precise method to estimate the weight of fillets or parts of fish for monitoring ACLs. Instead of a universal 3:1 multiplier, the new method uses species-specific conversion factors. The species-specific conversion factors used for regulated species currently allowed to be landed are presented in Table 17. These conversion factors, as well as the conversion factors for other groundfish species and species outside of the NE Multispecies FMP, are available from NMFS (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>). Fillets and fish parts landed would be multiplied by the species-specific multiplier for monitoring sector ACEs and common pool sub-ACLs. This is consistent with the FMP requirement that all catch by sector and common pool vessels be accounted for, and will provide more accurate information to be used in preventing overharvest of sector ACEs and common pool sub-ACLs. The 3:1 counting rate for fillets and parts of fish would continue to be used to determine compliance with possession limits for the common pool.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,10" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 17—Groundfish Species Conversion Factors for Fillets and Parts of Fish Landed for At-Home Consumption</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Species</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Conversion factor</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic cod</ENT>
            <ENT>1.169</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Haddock</ENT>
            <ENT>1.139</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">American Plaice</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Witch Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Winter Flounder</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Redfish</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">White Hake</ENT>
            <ENT>1.34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
            <ENT>1.133</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Atlantic Halibut</ENT>
            <ENT>1.142</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16. Charter/Party Vessel Closed Area Letter of Authorization</HD>
        <P>Framework Adjustment 33 to the NE Multispecies FMP (Framework 33) provided an exemption to charter/party and recreational vessels to fish in the GOM Rolling Closure Areas, the Western GOM Closure Area, Cashes Ledge Closure Area, and the Nantucket Lightship Closed Area, provided the vessel is issued a letter of authorization (LOA) from the Regional Administrator. The current regulations specify that a vessel issued this LOA is not allowed to sell any fish, with the exception of tuna. However, the Council's intent for this exemption cited in Framework 33 was to exempt all species that are not managed by the New England Fishery Management Council (NEFMC) or the Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council (MAFMC). In addition to tuna, striped bass and lobster, among other species, are not managed by the NEFMC or the MAFMC, and therefore, should be precluded from the prohibition of sale. To address this issue, the regulations at § 648.81(c)(2)(ii)(B) and (f)(2)(iii)(B), and at§ 648.89(e)(3)(ii), would be revised to allow the sale of fish species that are not managed by the Councils, including striped bass and lobster, when a vessel holds a charter/party LOA issued by the Regional Administrator.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>The public is invited to comment on any of the measures proposed in this rule. NMFS is especially interested in receiving comments on the following proposed measures for which the agency has concern: (1) The proposed revisions to the AMs for the six stocks not currently allocated to sectors (SNE/MA winter flounder, northern windowpane flounder, southern windowpane flounder, ocean pout, Atlantic halibut, and Atlantic wolffish); (2) the use of catch projections for evaluating the total yellowtail flounder catch in order to trigger the scallop fishery AM; and (3) the proposed common pool trip limits for FY 2012, which is the first year the common pool fishery will be subject to the trimester TAC AM.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that this proposed rule is consistent with Framework 47 to the FMP, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law, subject to further consideration after public comment. Further, pursuant to section 303(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the Council has deemed this proposed rule as necessary and appropriate to implement Framework 47.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.</P>

        <P>An IRFA, consistent with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) analysis contained in Framework 47 and the preamble to this proposed rule, has been prepared, as required by section<PRTPAGE P="18190"/>603 of the RFA. The IRFA consists of this section, the SUMMARY section of the preamble of this proposed rule, and the EA prepared for Framework 47. Another IRFA, incorporated in this summary by reference, was prepared for the proposed rule to approve the 2012 sector operations plans and allocate annual catch entitlements to sectors. The IRFA describes the economic impact this proposed rule would have on small entities if adopted. A description of the action, why it is being considered, and the legal basis for this action are contained in Framework 47, and in the preamble to this rule. This IRFA analyzes expected impacts of the proposed measures in Framework 47, including setting GOM cod specifications based on the new GOM cod assessment. As explained in the preamble, however, the Council did not adopt ABCs for GOM cod in Framework 47, and if approved, Framework 47 would not include GOM cod specifications for FY 2012-2014. Therefore, the following summary also includes expected impacts of this proposed action in the absence of GOM cod specifications. FY 2010, which is the last full fishing year for which data are available, was used as the baseline period in this analysis to estimate the impacts of the proposed action on regulated small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities To Which the Proposed Rule Will Apply</HD>
        <P>The measures proposed in Framework 47 would primarily affect commercial groundfish vessels (in a sector or in the common pool) and commercial Atlantic sea scallop vessels. The primary economic impact of the proposed action is associated with the specification of ACLs and sub-ACLs. The size standard for determining small versus large entities for regulated commercial fishing entities (North American Industry Classification System code 114111) is $4 million in sales; regulated entities with less than $4 million in sales are considered small. Multiple vessels may be owned by a single owner, and contrary to the IRFA prepared for Framework 47, data tracking ownership recently became available to determine affiliated entities. However, this IRFA does not analyze the expected impacts of the proposed action using ownership groups, (i.e., ownership of multiple vessels by one owner). Therefore, for the purposes of analysis, each permitted vessel is treated as a single entity, except for vessels participating in the sector program, as described below.</P>
        <P>In the IRFA prepared for Framework 47, as explained in Section 8.11.2 of Framework 47, sectors were used as the regulated entity for the first time to estimate impacts of the proposed action. Sectors were used as the entity for analysis, in part, because each vessel's Potential Sector Contribution only becomes fishable quota if the vessel is a member of a sector. Since sectors are allocated Annual Catch Entitlement (ACE), based on the cumulative Potential Sector Contribution of each individual sector member, sectors as an affiliated entity provides a useful approach for analyzing the impacts of Framework 47. This approach is different than the approach used to prepare the IRFA for the proposed rule to implement the 2012 sector operations plans and allocate ACE to sectors, as well as other previous groundfish actions. In the past, individual vessels, not sectors, were used as the regulated entity to estimate impacts of proposed measures on vessels participating in the sector program. NMFS determined that deeming a sector as the regulated entity, for the purposes of analysis under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), is a useful alternative to analysis of individual vessels for Framework 47. NMFS believes this analysis should also be completed using the individual vessel as the regulated entity to provide continuity with the RFA analyses of previous actions. Therefore, a supplemental analysis has been prepared using individual vessels as the regulated entity to analyze the impacts of Framework 47. This supplemental analysis, which is described below, along with the Framework 47 analysis, gives the public the best opportunity to review the impacts of Framework 47 in the context of prior and concurrent actions.</P>
        <P>Under the Framework 47 RFA analysis, which is described in Section 8.11.2 of Framework 47, the entities affected by the proposed action would include 7 large and 10 small regulated entities participating in the sector program, and 342 small regulated entities in the common pool. If using individual vessels as the regulated entity for the sector program, this proposed action would affect 740 small regulated entities enrolled in the sector program. In addition, because the proposed action would decrease the available GB yellowtail flounder, permitted scallop vessels are regulated by this action. Potentially affected entities in the scallop fishery would include 347 limited access scallop vessels and 730 general category scallop vessels. All individual vessels in the sea scallop fishery are considered small business entities under the Small Business Administration criteria.</P>
        <P>Using sectors as the regulated entity to estimate impacts of the proposed action, there were 7 large and 10 small regulated entities participating in the sector program in FY 2010. Mean gross sales of fish for the 7 large entities was $13.7 million and approximately $2 million for the 10 small entities. Under the proposed action, 3 large entities would fall below the threshold of $4 million in sales, which would result in 4 large and 13 small regulated entities. Mean gross sales for the large regulated entities are estimated at $9.5 million under the proposed action, which is a 30-percent reduction from the baseline period. Mean gross sales for the small regulated entities is estimated at $0.7 million, which is a 62-percent reduction from the baseline period.</P>
        <P>There were 343 commercial groundfish vessels in the common pool that had at least $1 in gross sales from fish during FY 2010. All of these were small regulated entities with mean gross sales of $156,000. Under the proposed action, gross sales from groundfish would be approximately $2,600, which is less than 2 percent of the mean gross sales. Although the proposed action may trigger common pool accountability measures, which would limit opportunities to fish for groundfish, the impact on small regulated entities would likely be insignificant.</P>
        <P>Using individual vessels as the regulated entity to estimate the impacts of the proposed action, there were 740 vessels enrolled in the sector program, and 607 common pool vessels, in FY 2010. During the baseline period, there were 446 sector vessels, and 343 common pool vessels, that generated gross sales from any species. 305 sector vessels, and 145 common pool vessels, generated gross sales from groundfish species. No individual vessel generated gross sales in excess of $4 million. Therefore, using individual vessels as the regulated entity, all regulated entities are considered small, and there are no disproportional impacts between small and large entities. Mean gross sales of fish for vessels enrolled in the sector program were $299.9K, and $138.1K for common pool vessels. This proposed action is expected to reduce mean gross sales of fish by 33 percent for sector vessels; mean gross sales of fish are predicted to be $200.1K. Mean gross sales for common pool vessels are expected to decline to $132.6K, which is less than a 5-percent decline.</P>

        <P>Mean gross sales for limited access scallop vessels are approximately $1 million, and are approximately $80,000 for general category scallop vessels. The<PRTPAGE P="18191"/>statistical areas with the highest catch rates of GB yellowtail flounder are 562 and 525. If the proposed action caused a closure of one or both of these areas beginning on March 1, 2013, fishing effort by scallop vessels would be displaced to other locations, primarily the Mid-Atlantic region. Since more than 75 percent of revenues from the Atlantic sea scallop fishery come from statistical areas south of Georges Bank, the impact of a closure in statistical areas 562 or 525 are difficult to anticipate. In addition, during FY 2010, less than 1 percent of total revenues in the scallop fishery came from the statistical areas potentially affected by the proposed action. There were no access area trips taken in the scallop fishery during this time. Opening of portions of statistical area 562 to access area trips could increase the probability of triggering an AM for the scallop fishery and could increase the potential for adverse regulatory impacts to lost access area trips or displaced fishing effort. However, the effect on profitability is likely to be minimal, and because all participating vessels are deemed to be small regulated entities, there are no disproportional impacts.</P>
        <P>The primary impact of the proposed action is associated with setting ACLs, which includes specification of sub-ACLs of GB and GOM haddock to the Atlantic herring fishery. Because this action decreases the ABCs for GB and GOM haddock, Atlantic herring vessels are potentially affected by this action. In calendar year 2010, 90 vessels were issued a limited access herring permit and two vessels exceeded $4 million in sales. Approximately 17 percent of the haddock ABCs were landed in FY 2010, and similar utilization of the available quota is expected under the proposed action. Therefore, vessels participating in the Atlantic herring fishery are not expected to be affected by this action.</P>
        <P>Of the affected entities under the proposed action, only groundfish sectors and vessels are anticipated to be significantly adversely affected. Due to conservation needs, the proposed action would significantly reduce short-term profits for regulated small entities relative to the baseline period. Regulated small sector entities are estimated to be more adversely impacted by the proposed action than large sector entities. Gross sales for small sector entities would be reduced by 63 percent, and gross sales for large entities would be reduced by 30 percent. These are short-term impacts. In addition, reductions in fishing opportunities due to GOM cod and GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACLs are necessary to ensure rebuilding of these stocks. The ability to lease quota between sectors and consolidate quota within sectors will help mitigate the adverse effect on profitability. In addition, proposed exemptions included in the 2012 sector rule are expected to mitigate impacts as described in the IRFA prepared for the proposed action. However, using sectors as the regulated entities, the proposed action is likely to have a significant impact on regulated small sector entities under the disproportionality criteria. This analysis was based in part on anticipated decreases in the GOM cod catch limits for FY 2012-2014 that were initially proposed as part of this action. However, Framework 47 no longer proposes to set the GOM cod catch limits for FY 2012-2014, as explained in the preamble, and therefore, the expected impacts of this proposed action on regulated small entities are likely to be less.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Economic Impacts of the Proposed Action and Alternatives</E>
        </HD>
        <P>The economic impacts of each proposed measure are discussed in more detail in Sections 7.4 and 8.11 of the Framework 47 EA and are summarized below. These analyses use the individual vessel to estimate economic impacts, except as previously described. The proposed ABCs and ACLs are the greatest contributing factor to the economic impacts of the proposed action, particularly the ABCs and ACLs for GOM cod and GB yellowtail flounder. A range of possible ABCs for GOM cod was analyzed, and at the low end, the economic impacts are expected to be severe and negative. The economic impacts of the other proposed measures on the groundfish fishery are less severe. Although these measures could have some negative impacts in the short-term, these measures would have long-term benefits to the fishery.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Revised Status Determination Criteria and GB Yellowtail Flounder Rebuilding Program</HD>
        <P>Economic impacts of the proposed revisions to the status determination criteria for the three winter flounder stocks and GOM cod primarily occur through the affect these changes have on setting the OFLs, ABCs, and ACLs based on these criteria. Over the long-term, the proposed status determination criteria provide a limit on the potential harvest from the fishery. The proposed MSY values are higher for GB and SNE/MA winter flounder than the current MSY values considered in the no action alternative, which would result in potential revenues of $9.6 million more than the no action alternative. The rebuilding programs for these two stocks would determine how much of this additional revenue would be realized in the fishery.</P>
        <P>Economic impacts of the proposed revision to the rebuilding period for GB yellowtail flounder would also occur through the affect these changes would have on setting the specifications each year for this stock. The economic impact of the various rebuilding strategies for GB yellowtail flounder was estimated by calculating the net present value of the potential revenue streams that would occur under each strategy. The proposed strategy to rebuild by 2032 would result in a mean net present value of $234 million, which is approximately 5 percent more than the alternative to rebuild the stock by 2023. The proposed action would also result in much larger returns than the no action alternative, which is scheduled to rebuild the stock by 2016. The no action alternative would constrain scallop fishery on Georges Bank, and may also prevent sector vessels from fishing in the GB yellowtail flounder stock area. Thus, the no action alternative would result in large revenue reductions for the groundfish fishery and the scallop fishery.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Annual Catch Limits</HD>
        <P>The total potential groundfish revenue of the proposed specifications is estimated to be approximately $61.1 million. This is approximately a 25-percent reduction from the gross groundfish revenues in FY 2010, and a 50-percent reduction from the no action alternative. GOM cod is the constraining stock under this proposed action. The proposed action would allow sustained catches of other GOM stocks, including plaice and witch flounder. In addition, estimates of gross groundfish revenue that were only 25 percent lower than FY 2010 are a result of a likely shift in the fishery to avoid cod and maximize revenues from other stocks. Catch rates could also increase as stocks rebuild, which would make these estimates conservative.</P>

        <P>The proposed action would have a negative economic impact across all size classes, gear types, and nearly all hailing ports. Chatham, MA, would be expected to maintain its revenue from groundfish, and groundfish revenues in Boston, MA, would decline by less than 25 percent. New Hampshire would lose over 90 percent of its gross groundfish revenues. Massachusetts would lose 33 percent of its gross revenues under the proposed action. However, Gloucester, MA, would likely have more than a 40-percent reduction in gross groundfish revenue. The 30-50 ft (9.1-15.2 m)<PRTPAGE P="18192"/>vessel size class would likely be the most adversely affected as the fishery shifts from the nearshore areas west of the Western GOM Closed Area to deeper waters farther east. Analysis also indicates that gillnet would be the most negatively affected gear type. Under this action, GOM cod is the constraining stock, and most of the lost groundfish revenues estimated are a result of low GOM cod catch limits. However, because this action no longer proposes to set the GOM cod catch limits for FY 2012-2014, the potential revenue would likely be higher than initially estimated, which would result in less of a reduction from the FY 2010 gross groundfish revenues.</P>
        <P>The no action alternative would set the specifications for FY 2012 as previously adopted by Framework 44 and Framework 45. No specifications would be adopted for FY 2013-2014, with the exception of pollock. FY 2013-2014 specifications for pollock were adopted by Framework 45. The no action alternative, which is the only other alternative considered, would generate the highest groundfish revenue ($114 million), and would likely have positive net benefits relative to FY 2010 across all hailing ports and states, with the exception of Rhode Island, which may lose 30 percent of gross revenues.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">U.S./Canada Management Area TACs</HD>
        <P>Revenues from the FY 2012 proposed TACs for the U.S./Canada Management Area were estimated using two catch scenarios. In the first scenario, total landings in FY 2012 were assumed to be 75 percent of the TAC for Eastern GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder and 15 percent of the TAC for Eastern GB haddock. Under this catch scenario, estimated revenues from the U.S./Canada Management Area are between 46 and 57 percent lower than FY 2010 revenues. However, because the FY 2012 TACs are lower, a larger proportion of the TAC may be caught in FY 2012. In the second scenario, total landings in FY 2012 were assumed to be 100 percent of the Eastern GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder TAC and 30 percent of the Eastern GB haddock TAC. The estimated revenues are greater for all stocks in this scenario compared to the first scenario, and are 42 percent and 28 percent lower than FY 2010 for Eastern GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder, respectively. If more of the U.S. TAC for Eastern GB haddock is caught, revenues would increase by approximately 3 percent compared to FY 2010. The no action alternative would not specify TACs for the U.S./Canada Management Area. In comparison to the no action alternative, the proposed action would have short-term positive economic impacts.</P>
        <P>In addition, because the FY 2012 TACs are lower than the FY 2011 TACs, the proposed action would likely result in reduced overall revenue from the U.S./Canada Management Area. This reduced revenue would be due to both the decrease in potential landings of Eastern GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder, as well as a loss of revenue from other stocks caught on trips to the Eastern U.S./Canada Area if vessels lose access to this area when a pertinent TAC is projected to be caught. Although the Eastern GB haddock TAC will not limit haddock catch, access to haddock may be impacted by the reduced FY 2012 TACs for Eastern GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder. Reductions in revenue could be mitigated if vessels are able to minimize the catch of Eastern GB cod and maximize the catch of Eastern GB haddock.</P>
        <P>Different impacts would likely be realized by common pool and sector vessels due to the nature of the operations of such groups and applicable regulations. Unlike vessels operating within the same sector, the common pool is unable to actively coordinate fishing operations to maximize fishing revenue based upon resource availability and market price. Therefore, impacts on common pool vessels will be dependent upon the overall rate at which available TACs are caught, and whether any responsive measures necessary to prevent such TACs from being exceeded are triggered. Further, once the available ACE for a particular stock is caught, sectors must cease fishing operations in the entire stock area unless they lease in additional ACE for the pertinent stock. In contrast, while common pool vessels may be subject to more restrictive DAS or trip limits in a particular area, they could continue to fish in the Western U.S./Canada Area even after the GB yellowtail flounder TAC is caught, provided they do not retain any GB yellowtail flounder.</P>
        <P>The other alternative considered, the no action alternative, would result in decreased revenue in FY 2012 as a result of no TACs being specified for the U.S./Canada Management Area. Due to limited fishing opportunities under this alternative, the long-term economic impacts would likely be negative compared to the proposed action. However, stock rebuilding could occur more quickly under this alternative, and the associated revenue resulting from an increasing stock size would likely provide long-term economic impacts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Common Pool Restricted Gear Areas</HD>
        <P>The proposed action to remove the Western GB Multispecies and SNE Multispecies RGAs would be expected to increase revenues for common pool vessels when compared to the no action alternative. Removals of these RGAs would likely increase the common pool landings of SNE/MA yellowtail flounder. In FY 2010, only 26 percent of the common pool sub-ACL for this stock was caught. Based on this percentage of catch, and the SNE/MA yellowtail flounder ACLs proposed in this action, removing the RGAs would result in increased landings of this stock by 129 mt. These increased landings are estimated at $370,000. In addition, removal of the RGAs may reduce costs for common pool vessels because vessel operators would not be required to purchase selective gear to fish in these areas.</P>
        <P>The no action alternative would restrict revenue for common pool vessels because the requirement to use selective gear would make fishing by common pool vessels less efficient. Under this alternative, common pool catch of stocks in Southern New England would be restricted, which may prevent the common pool from utilizing more of its available quota. This alternative may also increase costs for common pool vessels if the vessel must purchase selective gear to fish in the RGAs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Accountability Measures</HD>

        <P>The economic impacts of the revisions to the AMs for windowpane flounder, ocean pout, Atlantic halibut, Atlantic wolffish, and SNE/MA winter flounder were analyzed by estimating changes in fishing vessel revenue that would occur if the proposed AM was triggered. The small AM areas for northern and southern windowpane flounder and ocean pout account for approximately $7 million of total revenue by groundfish vessels fishing in these areas. Only a portion of these revenues would be affected by this proposed AM because vessels could still fish inside these areas with selective gear. Catch data indicate that the composition of the catch inside these proposed AM areas would change substantially with the use of selective gear. Selective gear inside the AM areas catch a higher proportion of haddock and a lower proportion of flatfish relative to traditional trawl gears. Average revenues per tow for selective gears in this area were approximately 31 percent higher than the revenues per tow using traditional trawl gears. Depending on the profitability of other<PRTPAGE P="18193"/>fishing options, vessels may also elect to fish in other areas rather than fish inside the AM area with selective gear. Given the relatively small size of these proposed AM areas, additional trip costs for fishing in other areas are likely negligible.</P>
        <P>The large AM areas proposed for northern and southern windowpane flounder and ocean pout account for approximately $15 million of total revenue by groundfish vessels fishing in these areas. Approximately 75 percent of these revenues come from New Bedford, MA, and $1.7 million comes from Point Judith, RI. Similar to the small AM areas proposed, use of selective gears inside the large AM areas would substantially change the composition of catch and likely result in higher proportions of haddock caught and lower proportions of flatfish catch relative to traditional trawl gears. Revenues affected by these AM areas could likely be recovered by using selective gear or fishing in other areas.</P>
        <P>Overall, the proposed AM for northern and southern windowpane flounder and ocean pout would result in negative economic impacts compared to the no action alternative. This AM would affect fishing behavior and apply to all commercial groundfish vessels. Under this proposed measure, fishermen would have to alter their behavior, which could impose additional costs. The greatest economic impact could reduce revenues by $15 million if the large AM areas are implemented simultaneously due to an overage of the total ACL for both stocks of windowpane flounder, or if the total ACL is exceeded for ocean pout.</P>
        <P>The proposed AM for Atlantic halibut would prohibit possession in year 3 if the total ACL is exceeded in year 1. The maximum revenue loss from this proposed AM would be the value of the ACL during year 3. In FY 2012-2014, the groundfish sub-ACL is 36 mt, which would result in approximately $400,000 in groundfish revenues. This revenue loss is greater than in the no action alternative because the AM would apply to sector and common pool vessels. The proposed AM for Atlantic wolffish and SNE/MA winter flounder would maintain the prohibition on possession for these two stocks. Because possession of these two stocks is currently prohibited, this proposed measure would not be expected to result in any revenue loss.</P>
        <P>The no action alternative for Atlantic wolffish and SNE/MA winter flounder would require closure of statistical areas to common pool vessels if sector and common pool catch exceeded the common pool sub-ACL for these stocks. This could lead to derby effects since fishing activity would be constrained if the AM is triggered. The no action alternative for Atlantic halibut would require adjustment to trip limits for common pool vessels. Since the current possession limit is one fish per day, the only possible trip limit adjustment would be to decrease the possession limit to zero, and prohibit possession of this stock. Common pool revenues could be reduced by $25,000 compared to FY 2010 if possession of this stock was prohibited. The no action alternatives for windowpane flounder and ocean pout are expected to have no economic impacts because possession of these stocks is already prohibited.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Removal of Cap on Yellowtail Flounder Catch in GB Scallop Access Areas</HD>
        <P>This proposed measure would not be expected to have any economic impacts on the groundfish fishery. Elimination of the 10-percent yellowtail flounder access area caps would reduce the incentive for derby fishing, and would likely have positive impacts on the scallop fishery compared to the no action alternative. However, removing the 10-percent access area caps could increase the risk for the scallop fishery to exceed its sub-ACL for yellowtail flounder if the scallop fishery catches more yellowtail flounder in the access areas than projected. This would trigger the scallop fishery AMs, which would restrict fishing, reduce scallop landings, and increase fishing costs. The no action alternative would increase the incentive for derby fishing and may have negative impacts on the scallop fishery. Some of these negative impacts could be mitigated because vessels can transfer unused access area trips to open areas if an access area closes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Implementation of the Scallop Fishery AM</HD>
        <P>The proposed revisions to the implementation of the scallop fishery AM would not be expected to have any economic impacts on the groundfish fishery. The proposed revision would have a positive economic impact on the scallop fishery because the scallop fishery AMs would not be triggered if less than 150 percent of the scallop fishery sub-ACL for GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder is caught, or if the total ACL is not exceeded. This would prevent effort shifts to less optimal areas by scallop vessels, as well as effort shifts into seasons with lower meat weights for scallops. The no action alternative would not modify the trigger for the scallop fishery AM, and the pertinent AM would be triggered if the scallop fishery exceeds its sub-ACL by 1 percent or more. The proposed measure would minimize negative economic impacts to the scallop fishery compared to the no action alternative and would prevent the loss of scallop landings, revenues, and increased fishing costs that would result under the no action alternative.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inseason Re-Estimation of Scallop Fishery GB Yellowtail Flounder Sub-ACL</HD>
        <P>The proposed measure would have positive economic benefits for the groundfish fishery. These benefits would only occur in years when the scallop fishery is not projected to catch its initial sub-ACL, and the groundfish sub-ACL is increased mid-fishing year. When additional quota is made available to the groundfish fishery, revenues for the groundfish fishery would be expected to increase if groundfish vessels are able to catch additional GB yellowtail flounder. However, compared to the no action alternative, this measure could have negative impacts if the inseason re-estimation of projected yellowtail flounder catch by the scallop fishery is incorrect. If the scallop fishery sub-ACL is reduced in error, and subsequently the groundfish sub-ACL is increased, total catch of GB yellowtail flounder could exceed the U.S. TAC. Any overage of the U.S. TAC for GB yellowtail is deducted from the following year's TAC. Because the allocation of GB yellowtail flounder is set in advance, and does not vary with changes to the overall TAC, the catch available to the groundfish fishery would be reduced.</P>
        <P>The no action alternative would not provide a mechanism to re-estimate the scallop fishery GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACL mid-fishing year and adjust the groundfish fishery sub-ACL. The no action alternative would have negative impacts on the scallop fishery if a yellowtail flounder AM is triggered and effort shifts to areas and seasons with lower scallop catch rates and meat weights. This could increase fishing costs as scallop vessels fish in less optimal areas, and scallop revenues would decline. The current AM trigger for the scallop fishery would result in lower profits, lower crew incomes, and less economic benefits than the proposed action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Changes Not Included in Framework 47</HD>

        <P>There are several changes proposed in this rule that are considered to be mostly administrative in nature and do not affect individual vessel operations that would result in any economic impact to regulated entities. These changes include modifying the<PRTPAGE P="18194"/>definition of the Ruhle trawl, reinserting text defining stock areas applicable to sector vessels, revising the methodology used to attribute fillets, fish parts, and fish landed for at-home consumption to the pertinent ACL, and clarifying the regulations for charter/party and recreational groundfish vessels fishing in groundfish closed areas. This proposed change to the at-home consumption conversion factors would implement a more precise method using species-specific conversion factors, which would be expected to have positive impacts on the fishery due to improved quota monitoring. In addition, this rule proposes to broaden the definition of the Ruhle trawl to include the mid-size Eliminator trawl Ruhle trawl for use in the Regular B DAS Program and the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP. This proposed revision would provide more flexibility for the groundfish fishery in the use of trawl gear that minimizes catch of stocks of concern. The additional exempted gear option would provide vessels a choice of the most cost-effective means of targeting healthy stocks. Vessels choosing to use the mid-size Eliminator trawl would incur the purchase cost of the gear.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Measures Proposed To Mitigate Adverse Economic Impacts of the Proposed Action</E>
        </HD>
        <P>During the development of Framework 47, NMFS and the Council considered ways to reduce the regulatory burden on, and provide flexibility for, the regulated entities in this proposed action. Proposed actions and alternatives are described in detail in Framework 47, which includes an EA, RIR, and IRFA (available at ADDRESSES). The proposed action contains several measures that would provide small entities with some ability to offset at least some portion of the estimated economic impacts associated with the proposed measures. The delay in the implementation of the area-based AMs for windowpane flounder and ocean pout will give fishermen time to plan their fishing operations in order to mitigate the economic impacts of this proposed measure. In addition, the proposed removal of the Western GB and SNE Multispecies RGAs for common pool vessels would also mitigate the economic impacts of the proposed action by allowing common pool vessels more flexibility to catch the pertinent sub-ACLs, as well as reducing the potential costs of fishing in these areas with selective gear. In addition, the re-estimation of the GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACL would help mitigate adverse economic impacts of the proposed action by allowing increased landings of this stock by the groundfish fishery. These increased landings would be expected to increase revenues for the groundfish fishery. In addition, proposed exemptions for sector vessels in the 2012 sector rule could also mitigate negative impacts of this proposed action.</P>
        <P>Eliminating the cap on yellowtail flounder catch in the Nantucket, Closed Area I, and Closed Area II Sea Scallop Access Areas would reduce the incentive for derby fishing in the access areas, which would have positive impacts for scallop vessels. The revision to the scallop fishery AM trigger would also be expected to have positive impacts on the scallop fishery. This measure would prevent effort shifts to less optimal areas and seasons with lower scallop meat weights and would minimize reduced scallop revenues and increased fishing costs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description of the Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements of the Proposed Rule</HD>
        <P>This action contains no new collection-of-information, reporting, or recordkeeping requirements. This action does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any other Federal law.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 648</HD>
          <P>Fisheries, Fishing, Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 19, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Samuel D. Rauch III,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Administrator for Fisheries,National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, 50 CFR part 648 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 648—FISHERIES OF THE NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 648 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. In § 648.14,</P>
          <P>a. Remove and reserve paragraphs (i)(2)(vi)(B), (i)(2)(vi)(C), and (i)(3)(v)(C);</P>
          <P>b. Remove paragraph (k)(7)(i)(C)(<E T="03">4</E>); and</P>
          <P>c. Revise paragraph (k)(13)(ii)(B) and add paragraph (k)(20) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Prohibitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(k) * * *</P>
            <P>(13) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(B) Possess or land per trip more than the possession or landing limits specified in § 648.86(a), (b), (c), (e), (g), (h), (j), (l), (m), (n), and (o); § 648.82(b)(5) and (6); § 648.85; or§ 648.88, if the vessel has been issued a limited access NE multispecies permit or open access NE multispecies permit, as applicable.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(20)<E T="03">AMs for both stocks of windowpane flounder and ocean pout.</E>It is unlawful for any person, including any owner or operator of a vessel issued a valid Federal NE multispecies permit or letter under § 648.4(a)(1)(i), unless otherwise specified in § 648.17, to fail to comply with the restrictions on fishing and gear specified in § 648.90(a)(D).</P>
            <P>5. In § 648.60, paragraphs (a)(5)(ii)(C)(<E T="03">1</E>) and (a)(5)(ii)(C)(<E T="03">3</E>) are removed and reserved, and paragraph (g)(1) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sea scallop area access program requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(g) * * * (1) An LAGC scallop vessel may only fish in the scallop access areas specified in § 648.59(a) through (e), subject to the seasonal restrictions specified in § 648.59(b)(4), (c)(4), and (d)(4), and subject to the possession limit specified in § 648.52(a), and provided the vessel complies with the requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(6) through (a)(9), (d), (e), (f), and (g) of this section. A vessel issued both a NE multispecies permit and an LAGC scallop permit may fish in an approved SAP under § 648.85 and under multispecies DAS in the Closed Area I, Closed Area II, and Nantucket Lightship Sea Scallop Access Areas specified in§ 648.59(b) through (d), provided the vessel complies with the requirements specified in§ 648.59(b)(5)(ii), (c)(5)(ii), and (d)(5)(ii), and this paragraph (g), but may not fish for, possess, or land scallops on such trips.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>6. In § 648.64, the introductory text of paragraph (a) and paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(1) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.64</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Yellowtail flounder sub-ACLs and AMs for the scallop fishery.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) As specified in § 648.55(d), and pursuant to the biennial framework adjustment process specified in § 648.90, the scallop fishery shall be allocated a sub-ACL for the Georges Bank and Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic stocks of yellowtail flounder. Unless otherwise specified in § 648.90(a)(4)(iii)(C) of the NE multispecies regulations, the sub-ACLs for the 2011 through 2013 fishing years are as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>

            <P>(b) * * * (1) Unless otherwise specified in § 648.90(a)(5)(iv) of the NE<PRTPAGE P="18195"/>multispecies regulations, if the Georges Bank yellowtail flounder sub-ACL for the scallop fishery is exceeded, the area defined by the following coordinates shall be closed to scallop fishing by vessels issued a limited access scallop permit for the period of time specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Georges Bank Yellowtail Closure</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. lat.</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. long.</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 1</ENT>
                <ENT>41°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>66°51.94′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 2</ENT>
                <ENT>40°30.75′</ENT>
                <ENT>65°44.96′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 3</ENT>
                <ENT>40°30′</ENT>
                <ENT>66°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 4</ENT>
                <ENT>40°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>66°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 5</ENT>
                <ENT>40°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>66°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 6</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>66°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 7</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 8</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 9</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 10</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 11</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 12</ENT>
                <ENT>41°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GBYT AM 1</ENT>
                <ENT>41°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>66°51.94′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * * (1) Unless otherwise specified in § 648.90(a)(5)(iv) of the NE multispecies regulations, if the Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic yellowtail flounder sub-ACL for the scallop fishery is exceeded, the area defined by the following coordinates shall be closed to scallop fishing by vessels issued a limited access scallop permit for the period of time specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Southern New England Yellowtail Closure</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. lat.</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. long.</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 1</ENT>
                <ENT>41°28.4′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°10.25′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 2</ENT>
                <ENT>41°28.57′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 3</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 4</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 5</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 6</ENT>
                <ENT>41°18′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°15′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 7</ENT>
                <ENT>41°17.69′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°12.54′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 8</ENT>
                <ENT>41°14.73′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 9</ENT>
                <ENT>39°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 10</ENT>
                <ENT>39°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 11</ENT>
                <ENT>39°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 12</ENT>
                <ENT>40°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 13</ENT>
                <ENT>40°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>73°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 14</ENT>
                <ENT>40°41.23′</ENT>
                <ENT>73°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 15</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°55′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 16</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 17</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNEYT AM 18</ENT>
                <ENT>41°21.15′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <P>7. In § 648.81, revise paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(B), (f)(2)(iii)(B), and (n), and remove paragraph (o) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.81</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>NE multispecies closed areas and measures to protect EFH.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(B) Fish species managed by the NEFMC or MAFMC that are harvested or possessed by the vessel, are not sold or intended for trade, barter or sale, regardless of where the fish are caught; and</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii) * * *</P>
            <P>(B) Fish species managed by the NEFMC or MAFMC that are harvested or possessed by the vessel, are not sold or intended for trade, barter or sale, regardless of where the fish are caught; and</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(n)<E T="03">GOM Cod Spawning Protection Area.</E>(1) Except as specified in paragraph (o)(2) of this section, from April through June of each year, no fishing vessel or person on a fishing vessel may enter, fish in, or be in; and no fishing gear capable of catching NE multispecies may be used on, or be on board, a vessel in the GOM Cod Spawning Protection Area, as defined by straight lines connecting the following points in the order stated (a chart depicting this area is available from the RA upon request):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>GOM Cod Spawning Protection Area</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CSPA1</ENT>
                <ENT>42°50.95′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°32.22′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="18196"/>
                <ENT I="01">CSPA2</ENT>
                <ENT>42°47.65′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°35.64′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CSPA3</ENT>
                <ENT>42°54.91′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°41.88′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CSPA4</ENT>
                <ENT>42°58.27′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°38.64′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CSPA1</ENT>
                <ENT>42°50.95′</ENT>
                <ENT>70°32.22′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(2) Paragraph (n)(1) of this section does not apply to persons on a fishing vessel or fishing vessels:</P>
            <P>(i) That have not been issued a NE multispecies permit and that are fishing exclusively in state waters;</P>
            <P>(ii) That are fishing with or using exempted gear as defined under this part, excluding pelagic gillnet gear capable of catching NE multispecies, except for vessels fishing with a single pelagic gillnet not longer than 300 ft (91.4 m) and not greater than 6 ft (1.83 m) deep, with a maximum mesh size of 3 inches (7.6 cm), provided:</P>
            <P>(A) The net is attached to the vessel and fished in the upper two-thirds of the water column;</P>
            <P>(B) The net is marked with the vessel owner's name and vessel identification number;</P>
            <P>(C) There is no retention of regulated species or ocean pout; and</P>
            <P>(D) There is no other gear on board capable of catching NE multispecies;</P>
            <P>(iii) That are fishing as a charter/party or recreational fishing vessel, provided that:</P>
            <P>(A) With the exception of tuna, fish harvested or possessed by the vessel are not sold or intended for trade, barter, or sale, regardless where the species are caught;</P>
            <P>(B) The vessel has no gear other than pelagic hook and line gear, as defined in this part, on board unless that gear is properly stowed pursuant to § 648.23(b); and</P>
            <P>(C) There is no retention of regulated species, or ocean pout; and</P>
            <P>(iv) That are transiting pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section.</P>
            <P>8. In § 648.82,</P>
            <P>a. Remove paragraphs (n)(2)(ii)(O) and (n)(2)(ii)(P)</P>
            <P>b. Revise paragraphs (n)(2)(i)(A), (n)(2)(ii) introductory text, and (n)(2)(ii)(L) through (n)(2)(ii)(N):</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.82</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Effort-control program for NE multispecies limited access vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(n) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Trimester TACs.</E>(A)<E T="03">Trimester TAC distribution.</E>Any sub-ACLs specified for common pool vessels pursuant to § 648.90(a)(4) shall be apportioned into trimesters of 4 months in duration, beginning at the start of the fishing year (i.e., Trimester 1: May 1-August 31; Trimester 2: September 1-December 31; Trimester 3: January 1-April 30), as follows):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,10,10,10" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Portion of Common Pool Sub-ACLs Apportioned to Each Stock for Each Trimester</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Stock<LI>(percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Trimester 1<LI>(percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Trimester 2<LI>(percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Trimester 3<LI>(percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GOM Cod</ENT>
                <ENT>27</ENT>
                <ENT>36</ENT>
                <ENT>37</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GB Cod</ENT>
                <ENT>25</ENT>
                <ENT>37</ENT>
                <ENT>38</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GOM Haddock</ENT>
                <ENT>27</ENT>
                <ENT>26</ENT>
                <ENT>47</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GB Haddock</ENT>
                <ENT>27</ENT>
                <ENT>33</ENT>
                <ENT>40</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
                <ENT>35</ENT>
                <ENT>35</ENT>
                <ENT>30</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GB Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
                <ENT>19</ENT>
                <ENT>30</ENT>
                <ENT>52</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder</ENT>
                <ENT>21</ENT>
                <ENT>37</ENT>
                <ENT>42</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GOM Winter Flounder</ENT>
                <ENT>37</ENT>
                <ENT>38</ENT>
                <ENT>25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GB Winter Flounder</ENT>
                <ENT>8</ENT>
                <ENT>24</ENT>
                <ENT>69</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Witch Flounder</ENT>
                <ENT>27</ENT>
                <ENT>31</ENT>
                <ENT>42</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">American Plaice</ENT>
                <ENT>24</ENT>
                <ENT>36</ENT>
                <ENT>40</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
                <ENT>28</ENT>
                <ENT>35</ENT>
                <ENT>37</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Redfish</ENT>
                <ENT>25</ENT>
                <ENT>31</ENT>
                <ENT>44</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">White Hake</ENT>
                <ENT>38</ENT>
                <ENT>31</ENT>
                <ENT>31</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Stock area closures.</E>If the Regional Administrator projects that 90 percent of the trimester TACs specified in paragraph (n)(2)(i) of this section will be caught based upon available information, the Regional Administrator shall close the area where 90 percent of the catch for each such stock occurred, according to available VTR data and other information, to all common pool vessels using gear capable of catching such stocks for the remainder of that trimester, as specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(ii)(A) through (P) of this section, in a manner consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act. For example, if the Regional Administrator projects that 90 percent of the CC/GOM yellowtail flounder Trimester 1 TAC will be caught, common pool vessels using trawl and gillnet gear shall be prohibited from fishing in the CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder Closure Area specified in paragraph (n)(2)(ii)(G) of this section until the beginning of Trimester 2 on September 1 of that fishing year. Based upon all available information, the Regional Administrator is authorized to expand or narrow the areas closed under this paragraph (n)(2)(ii) in a manner consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act. If it is not possible to identify an area where only 90 percent of the catch occurred, the Regional Administrator shall close the smallest area possible where greater than 90 percent of the catch occurred.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(L)<E T="03">Redfish Trimester TAC Area.</E>For the purposes of the trimester TAC AM closure specified in paragraph (n)(2)(ii) of this section, the Redfish Trimester TAC Area shall apply to common pool vessels using trawl gear within the area bounded by straight lines connecting the following points in the order stated:<PRTPAGE P="18197"/>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Redfish Trimester TAC Area</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF1</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>1</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>69°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF2</ENT>
                <ENT>43°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF3</ENT>
                <ENT>43°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF4</ENT>
                <ENT>43°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF5</ENT>
                <ENT>43°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF6</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF7</ENT>
                <ENT>42°53.1′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°44.4′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF8</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF9</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>67° 40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF10</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF11</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF12</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF13</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF14</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF15</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF16</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF17</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF18</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF19</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>4</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF20</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>5</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>Intersection with ME shoreline.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>U.S./Canada maritime boundary.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU>East-facing shoreline of Nantucket, MA.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>4</SU>North-facing shoreline of Nantucket, MA.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>5</SU>South-facing shoreline of Cape Cod, MA.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(M)<E T="03">White Hake Trimester TAC Area.</E>For the purposes of the trimester TAC AM closure specified in paragraph (n)(2)(ii) of this section, the White Hake Trimester TAC Area shall apply to common pool vessels using trawl gear, sink gillnet gear, and longline/hook gear within the area bounded by straight lines connecting the following points in the order stated:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>White Hake Trimester TAC Area</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF1</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>1</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>69°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF2</ENT>
                <ENT>43°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF3</ENT>
                <ENT>43°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF4</ENT>
                <ENT>43°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF5</ENT>
                <ENT>43°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF6</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF7</ENT>
                <ENT>42°53.1′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°44.4′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF8</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF9</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF10</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF11</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF12</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF13</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF14</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF15</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF16</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF17</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF18</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF19</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>4</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF20</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>5</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>Intersection with ME shoreline.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>U.S./Canada maritime boundary.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU>East-facing shoreline of Nantucket, MA.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>4</SU>North-facing shoreline of Nantucket, MA.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>5</SU>South-facing shoreline of Cape Cod, MA.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(N)<E T="03">Pollock Trimester TAC Area.</E>For the purposes of the trimester TAC AM closure specified in paragraph (n)(2)(ii) of this section, the Pollock Trimester TAC Area shall apply to common pool vessels using trawl gear, sink gillnet gear, and longline/hook gear within the area bounded by straight lines connecting the following points in the order stated:<PRTPAGE P="18198"/>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Pollock Trimester TAC Area</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF1</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>1</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>69°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF2</ENT>
                <ENT>43°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF3</ENT>
                <ENT>43°40′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF4</ENT>
                <ENT>43°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF5</ENT>
                <ENT>43°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF6</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF7</ENT>
                <ENT>42°53.1′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°44.4′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF8</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF9</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF10</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF11</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF12</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF13</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>68°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF14</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF15</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF16</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF17</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>69°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF18</ENT>
                <ENT>41°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF19</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>4</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">RF20</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>5</SU>)</ENT>
                <ENT>70°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>Intersection with ME shoreline.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>U.S./Canada maritime boundary.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU>East-facing shoreline of Nantucket, MA.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>4</SU>North-facing shoreline of Nantucket, MA.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>5</SU>South-facing shoreline of Cape Cod, MA.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <P>9. In § 648.83 revise paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.83</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Multispecies minimum fish sizes.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *(1) Each person aboard a vessel issued a NE multispecies limited access permit and fishing under the NE multispecies DAS program or on a sector trip may possess up to 25 lb (11.3 kg) of fillets that measure less than the minimum size, if such fillets are from legal-sized fish and are not offered or intended for sale, trade, or barter.</P>
            <P>(i) For the purpose of determining compliance with common pool possession limits, on board the vessel, and at the time of landing, as specified at § 648.86, the weight of fillets and parts of fish, other than whole-gutted or gilled fish, shall be multiplied by 3.</P>
            <P>(ii) For the purpose of accounting for all catch by sector vessels, as specified at § 648.87(b)(1)(v), the weight of all fillets and parts of fish, other than whole-gutted or gilled fish reported for at-home consumption, shall be multiplied by the conversion factors provided in writing by the Regional Administrator.</P>
            <P>(iii) For the purposes of accounting for all catch by common pool vessels and monitoring sub-ACLs, the weight of all fillets and parts of fish, other than whole-gutted or gilled fish reported for at-home consumption shall be multiplied by the conversion factors provided in writing by the Regional Administrator.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>10. In § 648.85,</P>
            <P>a. Remove paragraphs (b)(6)(iv)(J)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">vi</E>), (c)(1), (c)(2), and (c)(3); and</P>
            <P>b. Revise paragraphs (b)(5) and (b)(6)(iv)(J)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>) through (b)(6)(iv)(J)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">v</E>) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.85</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special management programs.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Incidental Catch TACs.</E>Unless otherwise specified in this paragraph (b)(5), Incidental Catch TACs shall be based upon the portion of the ACL for a stock specified for the common pool vessels pursuant to § 648.90(a)(4), and allocated as described in this paragraph (b)(5), for each of the following stocks: GOM cod, GB cod, GB yellowtail flounder, GB winter flounder, CC/GOM yellowtail flounder, American plaice, white hake, SNE/MA yellowtail flounder, SNE/MA winter flounder, and witch flounder. Because GB yellowtail flounder and GB cod are transboundary stocks, the incidental catch TACs for these stocks shall be based upon the common pool portion of the ACL available to U.S. vessels. NMFS shall send letters to limited access NE multispecies permit holders notifying them of such TACs.</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Stocks other than GB cod, GB yellowtail flounder, and GB winter flounder.</E>With the exception of GB cod, GB yellowtail flounder, and GB winter flounder, 100 percent of the Incidental Catch TACs specified in this paragraph (b)(5) shall be allocated to the Regular B DAS Program described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">GB cod.</E>The Incidental Catch TAC for GB cod specified in this paragraph (b)(5) shall be subdivided as follows: 50 percent to the Regular B DAS Program described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section; 16 percent to the CA I Hook Gear Haddock SAP described in paragraph (b)(7) of this section; and 34 percent to the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP described in paragraph (b)(8) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(6) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv) * * *</P>
            <P>(J) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The net must be constructed with four seams (i.e., a net with a top and bottom panel and two side panels), and include at least the following net sections as depicted in Figure 1 of this part (this figure is also available from the Administrator, Northeast Region): Top jib, bottom jib, jib side panels (× 2), top wing, bottom wing, wing side panels (× 2), bunt, square, square side panels (× 2), first top belly, first bottom belly, first belly side panels (× 2), and second bottom belly.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The top and bottom jibs, jib side panels, top and bottom wings, and wing side panels, bunt, and first bottom belly (the first bottom belly and all portions of the net in front of the first bottom belly, with the exception of the square<PRTPAGE P="18199"/>and the square side panels) must be at least two meshes long in the fore and aft direction. For these net sections, the stretched length of any single mesh must be at least 7.9 ft (240 cm), measured in a straight line from knot to knot.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) Mesh size in all other sections must be consistent with mesh size requirements specified under § 648.80 and meet the following minimum specifications: Each mesh in the square, square side panels, and second bottom belly must be 31.5 inches (80 cm); each mesh in the first top belly, and first belly side panels must be at least 7.9 inches (20 cm); and 6 inches (15.24 cm) or larger in sections following the first top belly and second bottom belly sections, all the way to the codend. The mesh size requirements of the top sections apply to the side panel sections.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) The trawl must have at least 15 meshes (240 cm each) at the wide end of the first bottom belly, excluding the gore.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) The trawl must have a single or multiple kite panels with a total surface area of at least 19.3 sq. ft. (1.8 sq. m) on the forward end of the square to help maximize headrope height, for the purpose of capturing rising fish. A kite panel is a flat structure, usually semi-flexible, used to modify the shape of trawl and mesh openings by providing lift when a trawl is moving through the water.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>11. In § 648.86, revise paragraph (c) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.86</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>NE Multispecies possession restrictions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Atlantic halibut.</E>A vessel issued a NE multispecies permit under § 648.4(a)(1) may land or possess on board no more than one Atlantic halibut per trip, provided the vessel complies with other applicable provisions of this part, unless otherwise specified in § 648.90(a)(5)(i)(D)(<E T="03">2</E>).</P>
            <P>12. In § 648.87, revise paragraph (c)(2)(i) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.87.</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sector allocation.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Regulations that may not be exempted for sector participants.</E>The Regional Administrator may not exempt participants in a sector from the following Federal fishing regulations: NE multispecies year-round closure areas; permitting restrictions (e.g., vessel upgrades, etc.); gear restrictions designed to minimize habitat impacts (e.g., roller gear restrictions, etc.); reporting requirements; and AMs specified at § 648.90(a)(5)(i)(D). For the purposes of this paragraph (c)(2)(i), the DAS reporting requirements specified at § 648.82; the SAP-specific reporting requirements specified at § 648.85; and the reporting requirements associated with a dockside monitoring program specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section are not considered reporting requirements, and the Regional Administrator may exempt sector participants from these requirements as part of the approval of yearly operations plans. This list may be modified through a framework adjustment, as specified in § 648.90.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>13. In § 648.89, revise paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(3)(ii) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.89</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recreational and charter/party vessel restrictions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Charter/party vessel restrictions on fishing in GOM closed areas and the Nantucket Lightship Closed Area</E>—(1)<E T="03">GOM Closed Areas.</E>Unless otherwise specified in this paragraph (e)(1), a vessel fishing under charter/party regulations may not fish in the GOM closed areas specified at § 648.81(d)(1) through (f)(1) during the time periods specified in those paragraphs, unless the vessel has on board a valid letter of authorization issued by the Regional Administrator pursuant to § 648.81(f)(2)(iii) and paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The conditions and restrictions of the letter of authorization must be complied with for a minimum of 3 months if the vessel fishes or intends to fish in the seasonal GOM closure areas; or for the rest of the fishing year, beginning with the start of the participation period of the letter of authorization, if the vessel fishes or intends to fish in the year-round GOM closure areas. A vessel fishing under charter/party regulations may not fish in the GOM Cod Spawning Protection Area specified at § 648.81(n)(1) during the time period specified in that paragraph, unless the vessel complies with the requirements specified at § 648.81(n)(2)(iii).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii) Fish species managed by the NEFMC or MAFMC that are harvested or possessed by the vessel, are not sold or intended for trade, barter or sale, regardless of where the fish are caught;</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>14. In § 648.90, revise paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(C) and add paragraphs (a)(5)(i)(D), (a)(5)(i)(E), and (a)(5)(iv) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 648.90</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>NE multispecies assessment, framework procedures and specifications, and flexible area action system.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii) * * *</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Yellowtail flounder catch by the Atlantic sea scallop fishery.</E>Yellowtail flounder catch in the Atlantic sea scallop fishery, as defined in subpart D, shall be deducted from the ABC/ACL for each yellowtail flounder stock pursuant to the restrictions specified in subpart D of this part and the process to specify ABCs and ACLs, as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. Unless otherwise specified in this paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(C), or subpart D of this part, the specific value of the sub-components of the ABC/ACL for each stock of yellowtail flounder distributed to the Atlantic sea scallop fishery shall be specified pursuant to the biennial adjustment process specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Based on information available, NMFS shall re-estimate the expected scallop fishery catch of GB yellowtail flounder for the current fishing year by January 15. If NMFS determines that the scallop fishery will catch less than 90 percent of its GB yellowtail flounder sub-ACL, the Regional Administrator may reduce the scallop fishery sub-ACL to the amount projected to be caught, and increase the groundfish fishery sub-ACL by any amount up to the amount reduced from the scallop fishery sub-ACL. The revised groundfish fishery sub-ACL shall be distributed to the common pool and sectors based on the process specified in paragraph (a)(4)(E)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(5) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) * * *</P>
            <P>(D)<E T="03">AMs for both stocks of windowpane flounder, ocean pout, and Atlantic halibut.</E>At the end of each fishing year, NMFS shall determine if the overall ACL for northern windowpane flounder, southern windowpane flounder, ocean pout, or Atlantic halibut was exceeded. If the overall ACL for any of these stocks is exceeded, NMFS shall implement the appropriate AM, as specified in this paragraph (a)(5)(i)(D), in the second fishing year after the fishing year in which the overage occurred, consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act. For example, if NMFS determined the overall ACL for northern windowpane flounder was exceeded in fishing year<PRTPAGE P="18200"/>2012, the applicable AM would be implemented for fishing year 2014.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>)<E T="03">Windowpane flounder and ocean pout.</E>If NMFS determines the overall ACL for either stock of windowpane flounder or ocean pout is exceeded, as described in this paragraph (a)(5)(i)(D)(<E T="03">1</E>), by any amount between the management uncertainty buffer and 20 percent, the applicable small AM area for the stock shall be implemented, as specified in paragraph (a)(5)(i)(D) of this section. If the overall ACL is exceeded by 21 percent or more, the applicable large AM area for the stock shall be implemented, as specified in paragraph (a)(5)(i)(D) of this section. Any vessel issued a limited access NE multispecies permit and fishing with trawl gear in these areas may only use a haddock separator trawl, as specified in § 648.85(a)(3)(iii)(A); a Ruhle trawl, as specified in § 648.85(b)(6)(iv)(J)(<E T="03">3</E>); a rope separator trawl, as specified in§ 648.81(n)(3)(i)(A); or any other gear approved consistent with the process defined in§ 648.85(b)(6). If a sub-ACL for either stock of windowpane flounder or ocean pout is allocated to another fishery, consistent with the process specified at § 648.90(a)(4), and AMs are developed for that fishery, the groundfish fishery AM shall only be implemented if the sub-ACL allocated to the groundfish fishery is exceeded (i.e., the sector and common pool catch for a particular stock, including the common pool's share of any overage of the overall ACL caused by excessive catch by other sub-components of the fishery pursuant to § 648.90(a)(5) exceeds the common pool sub-ACL) and the overall ACL is also exceeded.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Northern Windowpane Flounder and Ocean Pout Small AM Areas</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWS1</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWS2</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWS3</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWS4</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWS5</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWS6</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Northern Windowpane Flounder and Ocean Pout Large AM Areas</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWL1</ENT>
                <ENT>42°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWL2</ENT>
                <ENT>42°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWL3</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWL4</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWL5</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°00′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NWL6</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>67°40′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Southern Windowpane Flounder and Ocean Pout Small AM Areas</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWS1</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWS2</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWS3</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWS4</ENT>
                <ENT>50°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Southern Windowpane Flounder and Ocean Pout Large AM Areas</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL1</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL2</ENT>
                <ENT>41°10′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL3</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°10′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL4</ENT>
                <ENT>41°00′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL5</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°20′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL6</ENT>
                <ENT>40°50′</ENT>
                <ENT>71°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xls48,xls48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Point</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">N. Latitude</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">W. Longitude</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL1</ENT>
                <ENT>NY Coast</ENT>
                <ENT>73°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL2</ENT>
                <ENT>40°30′</ENT>
                <ENT>73°30′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL3</ENT>
                <ENT>40°30′</ENT>
                <ENT>73°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL4</ENT>
                <ENT>40°20′</ENT>
                <ENT>73°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL5</ENT>
                <ENT>NJ Coast</ENT>
                <ENT>73°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SWL6</ENT>
                <ENT>NY Coast</ENT>
                <ENT>73°50′</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>)<E T="03">Atlantic halibut.</E>If NMFS determines the overall ACL is exceeded for Atlantic halibut, any vessel issued a limited access NE multispecies permit, an open access NE multispecies Handgear B permit, an open access NE<PRTPAGE P="18201"/>multispecies Category K permit, or a limited access monkfish permit and fishing under the monkfish Category C or D permit provisions, may not fish for, possess, or land Atlantic halibut for the fishing year in which the AM is implemented as specified in paragraph (a)(5)(i)(D) of this section.</P>
            <P>(E)<E T="03">AMs for SNE/MA winter flounder and Atlantic wolffish.</E>A vessel issued a limited access NE multispecies permit, an open access NE multispecies Handgear B permit, an open access NE multispecies charter/party permit, or a limited access monkfish permit and fishing under the monkfish Category C or D permit provisions may not fish for, possess, or land SNE/MA winter flounder, as specified in § 648.86(l), as a proactive AM to prevent the overall ACL for these stocks from being exceeded.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">AMs if the sub-ACL for the Atlantic sea scallop fishery is exceeded.</E>At the end of the scallop fishing year, NMFS shall evaluate Atlantic sea scallop fishery catch to determine whether a scallop fishery sub-ACL has been exceeded. On January 15, or when information is available to make an accurate projection, NMFS will also determine whether the overall ACL for each stock allocated to the scallop fishery has been exceeded. When evaluating whether the overall ACL has been exceeded, NMFS will add the maximum carryover available to sectors, as specified at § 648.87(b)(1)(i)(C), to the estimate of total catch for the pertinent stock. If catch by scallop vessels exceeds the pertinent sub-ACL specified in paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(C) of this section by 50 percent or more, or if scallop catch exceeds the scallop fishery sub-ACL and the overall ACL for that stock is also exceeded, then the applicable scallop fishery AM shall take effect, as specified in § 648.64 of the Atlantic sea scallop regulations.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7075 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
  </PRORULES>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>59</NO>
  <DATE>Tuesday, March 27, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
  <NOTICES>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18202"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 22, 2012.</DATE>

        <P>The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments regarding (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB),<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@OMB.EOP.GOV</E>or fax (202) 395-5806 and to Departmental Clearance Office, USDA, OCIO, Mail Stop 7602, Washington, DC 20250-7602. Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received within 30 days of this notification. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8958.</P>
        <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potentialpersons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required torespond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB controlnumber.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Foreign Agricultural Service</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Export Assistance Programs.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>0551-0031.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary of Collection:</E>The Office of Trade Program (OTP) provides vital services within the Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS) of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. It facilitates trade contacts between U.S. exporters and foreign buyers seeking U.S. food and agricultural products. All of the assistance offered is designed to promote U.S. agricultural exports by helping American exporters make contact with export agents, trading companies, importers, and foreign buyers, thus creating opportunities to sell their products in overseas markets. The specific programs covered by this request for OMB information collection authority are: U.S. Suppliers List, Buyer Alert, Trade Shows, Foreign Buyers List, Export Directory of U.S. Food Distribution Companies, and the Madigan Award. The authority for these program falls under 7 U.S.C. Part 1761, 7 U.S.C. Part 5693 and 7 U.S.C. Part 1765b. FAS will collect information using a combination of forms and telephone interviews.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Need and Use of the Information:</E>FAS will collect information on contact names, mailing addresses, telephones, fax, email, and Web sites. The main purpose for collecting the information is to foster trade contacts in an effort to facilitate greater export of U.S. agriculture food, forestry, and fishery products. The databases are used to recruit U.S. exporters, importers, and buyers to participate in market development activities sponsored by USDA. These databases must be updated periodically to maintain the integrity and usefulness to the trade community.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of Respondents:</E>Business or other for-profit.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>1,500.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Responses:</E>Reporting: Annually.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>693.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Ruth Brown,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Departmental Information Collection Clearance Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7327 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-10-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 21, 2012.</DATE>

        <P>The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments regarding (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB),<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@OMB.EOP.GOV</E>or fax (202) 395-5806 and to Departmental Clearance Office, USDA, OCIO, Mail Stop 7602, Washington, DC 20250-7602. Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received within 30 days of this notification. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8958.</P>
        <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Food and Nutrition Service</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>National Universal Product Code (NUPC) Database.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>0584-0552.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary of Collection:</E>The Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 directs the Secretary of Agriculture to establish<PRTPAGE P="18203"/>a National Universal Product Code (NUPC) database to be used by all Women, Infants, and Children (WIC) State agencies as they implement Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) statewide, which is a requirement of the law. As a result of this legislation, the Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) has adopted a plan to expand the number of data elements contained in the existing NUPC database while simultaneously reducing the burden of manual data entry currently borne by WIC State agency employees tasked with populating the database.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Need and Use of the Information:</E>The NUPC database will provide all State agencies with access to a central repository containing comprehensive information about authorized WIC foods. State agencies are expected to use the NUPC database to create an initial list of authorized foods eligible for redemption by WIC Program participants. State agencies may use the NUPC database to maintain their list of authorized foods and to create an Authorized Product List for distribution to Authorized Vendors operating in the EBT environment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of Respondents:</E>State, Local, or Tribal Government; Business or other for-profit.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>182.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Responses:</E>Reporting: On occasion.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>565.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Ruth Brown,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Departmental Information Collection Clearance Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7328 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-30-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Rural Utilities Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Information Collection Activity; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Rural Utilities Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44U.S.C. chapter 35, as amended), the Rural Utilities Service (RUS) invites comments on the following information collections for which the Agency intends to request approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments on this notice must be received by May 29, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Michele Brooks, Director,Program Development and Regulatory Analysis, Rural Utilities Service, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., STOP 1522, Room 5162, South Building,Washington, DC 20250-1522. Telephone: (202) 690-1078. Fax: (202) 720- 8435.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) regulation (5 CFR part 1320) implementing provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13) requires that interested members of the public and affected agencies have an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping activities [see 5 CFR 1320.8(d)]. This notice identifies information collections that USDA Rural Development is submitting to OMB for extension.</P>
        <P>Comments are invited on: (a) Whether this collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Comments may be sent to Michele Brooks, Director, Program Development and Regulatory Analysis, Rural Utilities Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, STOP 1522, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20250-1522. Fax: (202) 720-8435.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Borrower Investments—Telecommunications Loan Program, 7 CFR 1744,Subpart E.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>0572-0098.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>The Rural Economic Development Act of 1990, Title XXIII of the Farm Bill, Public Law 101-624, authorized qualified Rural Utilities Service borrowers to make investments in rural development projects without the prior approval of the Agency's Administrator provided, however, that such investments do not cause the borrower to exceed its allowable qualified investment level as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in 7 CFR part 1744, subpart E. When a borrower exceeds these limits, the security for the Government's loans could be in jeopardy. However, in the interest of encouraging rural development, RUS will consider approving such investments that exceed a borrower's qualified investment level. This information collection covers those items that a borrower would need to submit to RUS for consideration of the borrower's request to make such an investment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimate of Burden:</E>Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Not for profit institutions; business or other for-profit entities.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>2.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses per Respondent:</E>1.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden on Respondents:</E>1 hour.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 20, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan Adelstein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator, Rural Utilities Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7264 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <P>The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agency:</E>U.S. Census Bureau.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>The American Community Survey.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>0607-0810.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number(s):</E>Various.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Revision of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Burden Hours:</E>2,455,868.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>3,760,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Hours per Response:</E>The ACS Household questionnaire takes 40 minutes on average to complete.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>The U.S. Census Bureau requests authorization from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for revisions to the American Community Survey (ACS). The Census Bureau has developed a methodology to collect and update every year demographic, social, economic, and housing data that are essentially the same as the “long-form” data that the Census Bureau traditionally has collected once a decade as part of the decennial census. Federal and state government agencies use such data to<PRTPAGE P="18204"/>evaluate and manage federal programs and to distribute funding for various programs that include food stamp benefits, transportation dollars, and housing grants. State, county, and community governments, nonprofit organizations, businesses, and the general public use information like housing quality, income distribution, journey-to-work patterns, immigration data, and regional age distributions for decision-making and program evaluation.</P>
        <P>Using the Master Address File (MAF) from the decennial census, that is updated each year, we will select a sample of addresses, mail survey forms each month to a new group of potential households, and attempt to conduct interviews over the telephone with households that have not responded. Upon completion of the telephone follow-up, we will select a sub-sample of the remaining households, which have not responded, typically at a rate of one in three, to designate a household for a personal interview. We will also conduct interviews with a sample of residents at a sample of group quarters (GQ) facilities. Collecting these data from a new sample of housing unit (HU) and GQ facilities every month provides more timely data and lessened respondent burden in the Decennial Census.</P>
        <P>We release a yearly microdata file, similar to the Public Use Microdata Sample file of the Census 2000 long-form records. In addition, we produce total population summary tabulations similar to the Census 2000 tabulations down to the block group level. The microdata files, tabulated files, and their associated documentation are available through the Internet.</P>
        <P>Historically the ACS has employed a tri-modal data collection strategy for household data collection—mail, telephone and personal visit. In 2011 the Census Bureau conducted two tests to assess the feasibility of providing an Internet response option to households that receive survey materials by mail. These tests evaluated various methods for providing an Internet response option. Based on the results of these tests, the ACS will add an Internet response option in 2013. If during the course of our preparation activities in 2012 to implement an Internet response option in 2013 we encounter challenges that might delay the Internet implementation after the start of 2013, we may consider continuing the current 2012 mail strategy into early 2013 with the incorporation of the 2013 content changes described later in this document. If the Census Bureau decides to pursue this as a contingency, we will submit a non-substantive change request for OMB approval which would include the modified mail materials. Based on concerns with the results of the 2011 testing in Puerto Rico, we will be delaying the implementation of an Internet response option there until a later date while we assess better alternatives.</P>
        <P>For the 2013 ACS, we will use modified data collection materials based upon results of the 2010 ACS Content Test. The content of the proposed 2013 ACS questionnaire and data collection instruments for both HU and GQ operations reflect changes to content, instructions, and forms design that were tested in 2010.</P>
        <P>The 2010 ACS Content Test resulted in recommendations to OMB to modify five (one housing and four population) question series on the ACS. The modified housing question is the food stamp question, which at the request of the Food and Nutrition Service is being revised to incorporate the program name change to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). The new version will be used in all collection modes. The modified population questions are: veteran status and period of service, and property income and wages. The Census Bureau revised the property income and wage questions to improve response by breaking up these questions into shorter pieces to improve comprehension when the questions are asked by an interviewer. This change will be incorporated into the interviewer-administered modes only. At the request of the Department of Veteran Affairs, the Census Bureau revised the veteran status and period of service questions to simplify the reporting categories. The new version will be used by all collection modes.</P>
        <P>The Census Bureau proposes including two new subjects on the ACS: computer and Internet usage and parental place of birth. As authorized by the Broadband Data Improvement Act of 2008, the Federal Communications Commission sponsored the computer and Internet usage topic; it is comprised of three questions with a mix of fixed choice and open-ended responses. The Census Bureau sponsored the parental place of birth topic; it includes two open-ended questions.</P>
        <P>The Census Bureau believes there is added value in collecting information about parental place of birth, though some may feel that this topic is somewhat duplicative when collected in connection with existing survey questions on race, Hispanic origin, and ancestry. Adding the parental place of birth questions to the questionnaire in 2013 would be done as part of a multi-year process to further examine the relationship of the data for these topics. The ACS data would also be evaluated in connection with results from the 2010 Census Alternative Questionnaire Experiment, and this combined research would be used in determining recommendations for which questions would remain on the ACS at the conclusion of this process. The Census Bureau plans to provide various opportunities for public comment as well as dialogue with groups that are especially interested in these data as we refine the plans and share results on this cross-topical research.</P>
        <P>There is one proposed change that would be unique to the Puerto Rico Community Survey (PRCS) that was not tested during the 2010 ACS Content Test. Concerns with data for Puerto Rico related to the changes implemented to the plumbing questions in 2008 led to further investigation of how these questions were being interpreted in Puerto Rico. Cognitive testing conducted with Puerto Rico residents confirmed that confusion was common related to how to respond to the question “Does this house, apartment or mobile home have hot and cold running water?” because it is common for housing units in Puerto Rico to not have a water heater. After discussions with the Puerto Rico Planning Board, the Census Bureau proposes modifying the PRCS version of this question by replacing it with two separate questions: “Does this house, apartment or mobile home have running water?” and “Does this house, apartment or mobile home have a water heater?”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals or households.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>The ACS is an ongoing survey conducted monthly. Respondents are asked to provide a one-time response.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>Mandatory.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Legal Authority:</E>Title 13 U.S.C., Sections 141, 193, and 221.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Desk Officer:</E>Brian Harris-Kojetin, (202) 395-7314.</P>

        <P>Copies of the above information collection proposal can be obtained by calling or writing Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, (202) 482-0336, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, (or via the Internet at<E T="03">jjessup@doc.gov</E>).</P>

        <P>Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to Brian Harris-Kojetin, OMB Desk Officer either by fax (202-395-7245) or email (<E T="03">bharrisk@omb.eop.gov</E>).</P>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="18205"/>
          <DATED>Dated: March 22, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Glenna Mickelson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Management Analyst, Office of the Chief Information Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7332 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-07-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 111115679-2197-02]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Census Bureau, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of amended Privacy Act System of Records: COMMERCE/CENSUS-4, Economic Survey Collection.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In order to update the system of records the Department of Commerce publishes this notice to announce the effective date of a Privacy Act System of Records notice titled, “COMMERCE/CENSUS-4, Economic Survey Collection.” The notice of proposed amendment to this system or records was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 26, 2012 (77 FR 4004).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The system of records becomes effective on March 27, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>For a copy of the system of records please mail requests to: Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Room HQ-8H115, U.S. Census Bureau, Washington, DC 20233-3700.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Room HQ-8H115, U.S. Census Bureau, Washington, DC 20233-3700, 301-763-6560.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On January 26, 2012, the Department of Commerce published and requested comments on proposed amendments to the Privacy Act System of Records titled, “COMMERCE/CENSUS-4, Economic Survey Collection.” The amendment serves to generally update the system of records by updating the name and purpose of the system, updating categories of individuals in the system, updating categories of records in the system, updating routine uses, and updating safeguards. No comments were received in response to the request for comments. By this notice, the Department notifies the public that it adopts the proposed system as final without changes effective March 27, 2012.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: Macrh 21, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan R. Cantor,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief Privacy Officer, U.S. Department of Commerce.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7297 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-07-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 111115680-2197-02]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Census Bureau, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of amended Privacy Act System of Records: COMMERCE/CENSUS-6, Population Census Records for 1910 and All Subsequent Decennial Censuses.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In order to update the system of records the Department of Commerce publishes this notice to announce the effective date of an amended Privacy Act System of Records titled, “COMMERCE/CENSUS-6, Population Census Records for 1910 and All Subsequent Decennial Censuses.” The notice of proposed amendment to this system of records was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 26, 2012 (77 FR 4000).</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>For a copy of the system of records please mail requests to: Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Room HQ-8H115, U.S. Census Bureau, Washington, DC 20233-3700.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Room HQ-8H115, U.S. Census Bureau, Washington, DC 20233-3700, 301-763-6560.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On January 26, 2012, the Department of Commerce published and requested comments on proposed amendments to the Privacy Act System of Records titled, “COMMERCE/CENSUS-6, Population Census Records for 1910 and All Subsequent Decennial Censuses.” The amendment serves to generally update the system of records by updating certain provisions concerning the safeguards for records in the system, updating system manager information, and address and minor administrative updates. No comments were received in response to the request for comments. By this notice, the Department informs the public that it adopts the proposed system as final without changes effective March 27, 2012.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 21, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan R. Cantor,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief Privacy Officer, U.S. Department of Commerce.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7301 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-07-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 111115678-2197-02]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Census Bureau, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of amended Privacy Act System of Records: COMMERCE/CENSUS-3, Special Censuses, Surveys, and Other Studies.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In order to update the system of records the Department of Commerce publishes this notice to announce the effective date of an amended Privacy Act System of Records titled “COMMERCE/CENSUS-3, Individual and Household Statistical Surveys and Special Studies Records.” The notice of proposed amendment to this system of records was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 26, 2012 (77 FR 4002).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The system of records becomes effective on March 27, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>For a copy of the system of records please mail requests to: Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Room HQ-8H115, U.S. Census Bureau, Washington, DC 20233-3700.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Room HQ-8H115, U.S. Census Bureau, Washington, DC 20233-3700, 301-763-6560.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On January 26, 2012, the Department of Commerce published and requested comments on proposed amendments to the Privacy Act System of Records titled, “COMMERCE/CENSUS-3, Individual and Household Statistical Surveys and Special Studies Records.” Upon amendment, the system will be titled, “COMMERCE/CENSUS-3, Special Censuses, Surveys, and Other Studies.” The amendment serves to generally update the system of records by updating the purpose of the system, updating categories of individuals in the system, updating categories of records in the system, and updating policies and practices for storing, retaining, disposing, and safeguarding the records in the system. No comments were received in response to the request for comments. This notice informs the public that the Department is adopting the proposed system as final without changes, effective March 27, 2012.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 21, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan R. Cantor,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief Privacy Officer, U.S. Department of Commerce.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7302 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-07-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18206"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[A-583-837]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and Strip (PET Film) From Taiwan: Extension of Time Limit for the Preliminary Results of the Antidumping Duty Administrative Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 27, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Gene Calvert or Jun Jack Zhao, AD/CVD Operations, Office 6, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3586 or (202) 482-1396, respectively.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>On August 26, 2011, the Department of Commerce (the Department) initiated the administrative review regarding the antidumping duty order on PET Film from Taiwan covering the period July 1, 2010 through June 30, 2011.<E T="03">See Initiation of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Administrative Reviews and Requests for Revocation in Part,</E>76 FR 53404 (August 26, 2011). This review covers two producers and/or exporters of the subject merchandise to the United States: Nan Ya Plastics Corporation, Ltd. (Nan Ya), and Shinkong Synthetic Fibers Corporation (Shinkong). The current deadline for the preliminary results of review is April 1, 2012.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Extension of Time for Preliminary Results</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the Department shall make a preliminary determination in an administrative review of an antidumping duty order within 245 days after the last day of the anniversary month of the date of publication of the order. The Act further provides, however, that the Department may extend that 245-day period to 365 days if it determines that it is not practicable to complete the review within the foregoing time period.</P>

        <P>The Department finds that it is not practicable to complete the preliminary results of the administrative review of PET Film from Taiwan within this time limit. The Department requires additional time to evaluate the questionnaire responses from Nan Ya and Shinkong in order to conduct a thorough analysis of all information on the record, including possible cost and affiliation issues. Therefore, in accordance with section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act, the Department is extending the time period for the completion of the preliminary results of this review from 245 days to 365 days;<E T="03">i.e.,</E>from April 1, 2012, until July 30, 2012.</P>
        <P>This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(3)(A) and 771(i)(1) of the Act.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 21, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christian Marsh,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7342 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[A-570-890]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Wooden Bedroom Furniture From the People's Republic of China: Second Extension of the Time Limit for the Final Results of the Antidumping Duty Administrative Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>March 27, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rebecca Pandolph, AD/CVD Operations, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, telephone: (202) 482-3627.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On February 28, 2011, the Department of Commerce (“Department”) published a notice of initiation of an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on wooden bedroom furniture from the People's Republic of China covering the period January 1, 2010, through December 31, 2010.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>On October 24, 2011, the Department published its preliminary results of the administrative review.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>On February 17, 2012, the Department extended the time period for completing the final results of the instant administrative review.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The final results of the administrative review are currently due no later than March 22, 2012.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>
            <E T="03">See Initiation of Administrative Review of the Antidumping Duty Order on Wooden Bedroom Furniture From the People's Republic of China, 76 FR 10880 (February 28, 2011).</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>
            <E T="03">See Wooden Bedroom Furniture From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review and Intent to Rescind Review in Part,</E>76 FR 65684 (October 24, 2011) (“<E T="03">Preliminary Results”</E>).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>
            <E T="03">See Wooden Bedroom Furniture from the People's Republic of China: Extension of Time for the Final Results of the Antidumping Dumping Duty Administrative Review,</E>77 FR 9623 (February 17, 2012).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Statutory Time Limits</HD>
        <P>In antidumping duty administrative reviews, section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”), requires the Department to make a final determination in an administrative review of an antidumping duty order within 120 days after the date on which the preliminary results are published. However, if it is not practicable to complete the review within this time period, section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act allows the Department to extend the 120 day period to 180 days after publication of the preliminary results (or 300 days if the Department has not extended the time limit for the preliminary results).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Extension of Time Limit for Final Results</HD>

        <P>The Department has determined that it is not practicable to complete the review within the current deadline because it continues to require additional time to evaluate the arguments and submissions made by interested parties following the<E T="03">Preliminary Results.</E>Therefore, in accordance with section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act, the Department is extending the time period for completing the final results of the instant administrative review until August 19, 2012. Because August 19, 2012 falls on a weekend, the final results are now due no later than August 20, 2012.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>
            <E T="03">See Notice of Clarification: Application of “Next Business Day” Rule for Administrative Determination Deadlines Pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1920, As Amended,</E>70 FR 24533 (May 10, 2005).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>This notice is published pursuant to sections 751(a)(3)(A) and 777(i) of the Act.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 22, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christian Marsh,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7350 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18207"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[A-570-983]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks From the People's Republic of China: Initiation of Antidumping Duty Investigation</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 27, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Frances Veith or Eve Wang at (202) 482-4295 or (202) 482-6231, respectively, AD/CVD Operations, Office 8, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Petition</HD>
        <P>On March 1, 2012, the Department of Commerce (“Department”) received an antidumping duty (“AD”) petition (hereafter, “Petition”) concerning imports of drawn stainless steel sinks from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”) filed in proper form on behalf of Elkay Manufacturing Company (“Petitioner”).<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>On March 6, 2012, the Department issued a request for additional information and clarification of certain areas of the Petition. On March 9, 2012, Petitioner filed a response with respect to general questions about information in the Petition (“General Issues Supplement”). On March 9, 2012, Petitioner also filed responses specific to the AD Petition (“Supplement to AD Petition”). On March 15, 2012, Petitioner also filed a revision to the proposed scope language.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>“Petitions for the Imposition of Antidumping Duties And Countervailing Duties Against Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks From The People's Republic of China,” filed on March 1, 2012 (“Petition”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In accordance with section 732(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the “Act”), Petitioner alleges that imports of drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value, within the meaning of section 731 of the Act, and that such imports are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, an industry in the United States. Also, consistent with section 732(b)(1) of the Act, the Petition is accompanied by information reasonably available to Petitioner supporting its allegations.</P>

        <P>The Department finds that the Petition was filed on behalf of the domestic industry because Petitioner is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act. The Department also finds that Petitioner has demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the antidumping duty investigation that Petitioner is requesting that the Department initiate (<E T="03">see</E>“Determination of Industry Support for the Petition” section below).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Period of Investigation</HD>
        <P>The period of investigation (“POI”) is July 1, 2011, through December 31, 2011.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>19 CFR 351.204(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>

        <P>The product covered by this investigation is drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC. For a full description of the scope of the Investigation, please<E T="03">see</E>the “Scope of the Investigation,” in Appendix I of this notice.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on Scope of the Investigation</HD>

        <P>During our review of the Petition, we discussed the scope with Petitioner to ensure that it is an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief. Moreover, as discussed in the preamble to the Department's regulations (<E T="03">Antidumping Duties; Countervailing Duties; Final Rule,</E>62 FR 27296, 27323 (May 19, 1997)), we are setting aside a period for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage. The period of scope consultations is intended to provide the Department with ample opportunity to consider all comments and to consult with parties prior to the issuance of the preliminary determinations. The Department encourages all interested parties to submit such comments by April 10, 2012, twenty calendar days from the signature date of this notice. All comments must be filed on the records of both the PRC antidumping and countervailing duty investigations. Comments should be filed electronically using Import Administration's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (IA ACCESS). An electronically filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by the Department's electronic records system, IA ACCESS. Documents excepted from the electronic submission requirements must be filed manually (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>in paper form) with the APO/Dockets Unit in Room 1870 and stamped with the date and time of receipt by the deadline noted above.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on Product Characteristics for Antidumping Questionnaires</HD>
        <P>We are requesting comments from interested parties regarding the appropriate physical characteristics of drawn stainless steel sinks to be reported in response to the Department's antidumping questionnaires. This information will be used to identify the key physical characteristics of the subject merchandise in order to more accurately report the relevant factors and costs of production, as well as to develop appropriate product comparison criteria.</P>
        <P>Interested parties may provide any information or comments that they feel are relevant to the development of an accurate listing of physical characteristics. Specifically, they may provide comments as to which characteristics are appropriate to use as (1) general product characteristics and (2) the product comparison criteria. We note that it is not always appropriate to use all product characteristics as product comparison criteria. We base product comparison criteria on meaningful commercial differences among products. In other words, while there may be some physical product characteristics utilized by manufacturers to describe drawn stainless steel sinks, it may be that only a select few product characteristics take into account commercially meaningful physical characteristics. In addition, interested parties may comment on the order in which the physical characteristics should be used in product matching. Generally, the Department attempts to list the most important physical characteristics first and the least important characteristics last.</P>
        <P>In order to consider the suggestions of interested parties in developing and issuing the antidumping questionnaires, we must receive comments by April 10, 2012. Additionally, rebuttal comments must be received by April 17, 2012. All comments and submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using IA ACCESS, as referenced above.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination of Industry Support for the Petition</HD>

        <P>Section 732(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) At least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the<PRTPAGE P="18208"/>domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, the Department shall: (i) Poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”</P>
        <P>Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product, or those producers whose collective output of a domestic like product constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs the Department to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The International Trade Commission (“ITC”), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both the Department and the ITC must apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>they do so for different purposes and pursuant to a separate and distinct authority. In addition, the Department's determination is subject to limitations of time and information. Although this may result in different definitions of the like product, such differences do not render the decision of either agency contrary to law.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 771(10) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>
            <E T="03">See USEC, Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>132 F. Supp. 2d 1, 8 (CIT 2001) (citing<E T="03">Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>688 F. Supp. 639, 644 (CIT 1988)),<E T="03">aff'd</E>865 F.2d 240 (Fed. Cir. 1989),<E T="03">cert. denied</E>492 U.S. 919 (1989).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the class or kind of merchandise to be investigated, which normally will be the scope as defined in the petition).</P>

        <P>With regard to the domestic like product, Petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigation. Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that drawn stainless steel sinks constitute a single domestic like product and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product. For a discussion of the domestic like product analysis in this case,<E T="03">see</E>Antidumping Duty Investigation Initiation Checklist: Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks from the PRC (“AD Initiation Checklist”) at Attachment II dated concurrently with this notice and on file electronically via IA ACCESS. Access to documents filed via IA ACCESS is also available in the Central Records Unit (CRU), Room 7046 of the main Department of Commerce building.</P>
        <P>In determining whether Petitioner has standing under section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petition with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigation,” in Appendix I of this notice. To establish industry support, Petitioner provided its own 2011 production of the domestic like product, and compared this to the total production of the domestic like product for the entire domestic industry.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume I of the Petition at 3 and Exhibit I-1, and General Issues Supplement at 4;<E T="03">see also</E>AD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Our review of the data provided in the Petition, supplemental submissions, and other information readily available to the Department indicates that Petitioner has established industry support.<SU>6</SU>

          <FTREF/>First, the Petition established support from domestic producers (or workers) accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product and, as such, the Department is not required to take further action in order to evaluate industry support (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>polling).<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>Second, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 732(c)(4)(A)(i) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>Finally, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 732(c)(4)(A)(ii) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the Petition.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>Accordingly, the Department determines that the Petition was filed on behalf of the domestic industry within the meaning of section 732(b)(1) of the Act.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act;<E T="03">see also</E>AD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Department finds that Petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because it is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act and it has demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the antidumping duty investigation that it is requesting the Department initiate.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation</HD>
        <P>Petitioner alleges that the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product is being materially injured, or is threatened with material injury, by reason of the imports of the subject merchandise sold at less than normal value (“NV”). In addition, Petitioner alleges that subject imports exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act. Petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by reduced market share; underselling and price depression or suppression; decline in financial performance; lost sales and revenue; and production, capacity, capacity utilization, shipment, and employment data.<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>We have assessed the allegations and supporting evidence regarding material injury, threat of material injury, and causation, and we have determined that these allegations are properly supported by adequate evidence and meet the statutory requirements for initiation.<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume I of the Petition, at 8-25 and Exhibits I-4 through I-32, and General Issues Supplement, at 4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist, at Attachment III.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations of Sales at Less Than Fair Value</HD>
        <P>The following is a description of the allegations of sales at less than fair value upon which the Department based its decision to initiate this investigation of imports of drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC. The sources of data for the deductions and adjustments relating to the U.S. price and the factors of production (“FOPs”) are also discussed in the initiation checklists.<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at 5.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Export Price</HD>

        <P>Petitioner calculated export price (“EP”) based on price quotes of certain drawn stainless steel sinks obtained from Chinese producers, as identified in affidavits regarding price offers and U.S.<PRTPAGE P="18209"/>price.<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>Based on the price quotes and delivery terms, Petitioner deducted from these prices the charges and expenses associated with exporting and delivering the product to the U.S. customer (brokerage and handling and domestic inland freight).<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>Petitioner made no other adjustments.<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at 6;<E T="03">see also</E>Supplement to AD Petition at 7-8 and Exhibit II-S9.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at 5-6;<E T="03">see also</E>Volume II of the Petition at 10 and Exhibits II-4;<E T="03">see also</E>Supplement to AD Petition at 4-6 and Exhibits II-S1, II-S2, II-S3, II-S5 and II-S6.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at 6 for additional details.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Normal Value</HD>
        <P>Petitioner states that the Department has long treated the PRC as a non-market economy (“NME”) country and this designation remains in effect today.<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>In accordance with section 771(18)(C)(i) of the Act, the presumption of NME status remains in effect until revoked by the Department. The presumption of NME status for the PRC has not been revoked by the Department and, therefore, remains in effect for purposes of the initiation of the PRC investigation. Accordingly, the NV of the product for the PRC investigation is appropriately based on FOPs valued in a surrogate market-economy (“ME”) country in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act. In the course of the investigation, all parties will have the opportunity to provide relevant information related to the issue of the PRC's NME status and the granting of separate rates to individual exporters.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at I-2;<E T="03">see also Utility Scale Wind Towers From the People's Republic of China and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Initiation of Antidumping Duty Investigations,</E>77 FR 3440 (January 24, 2012).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Petitioner claims that Thailand is an appropriate surrogate country under 19 CFR 351.408(a) because it is an ME country that is at a comparable level of economic development to the PRC and surrogate values data from Thailand are available and reliable. Petitioner also believes that Thailand is a significant producer of comparable merchandise. Based on the information provided by Petitioner, we believe that it is appropriate to use Thailand as a surrogate country for initiation purposes. In the course of the investigation, interested parties will have the opportunity to submit comments regarding surrogate country selection and, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.301(c)(3)(i), will be provided an opportunity to submit publicly available information to value FOPs within 40 days after the date of publication of the preliminary determination.</P>
        <P>Petitioner calculated the NV and dumping margins for the U.S. price, as discussed above, using the Department's NME methodology as required by section 773(c) of the Act, 19 CFR 351.202(b)(7)(i)(C) and 19 CFR 351.408. Petitioner calculated NV based on its own consumption rates.<SU>18</SU>
          <FTREF/>Petitioner asserts that, to the best of Petitioner's knowledge, these consumption rates are very similar to the consumption rates of the PRC producers.<SU>19</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>18</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at 4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>19</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Petitioner valued by-products and most FOPs based on reasonably available, public surrogate country data, specifically, Thai import statistics from the Global Trade Atlas (“GTA”).<SU>20</SU>
          <FTREF/>Petitioner excluded from these import statistics values from countries previously determined by the Department to be NME countries, and from India, Indonesia, and the Republic of Korea, as the Department has previously excluded prices from these countries because they maintain broadly available, non-industry-specific export subsidies. Finally, the import statistics average unit value excludes imports that were labeled as originating from an “unspecified” country, because the Department could not be certain that they were not from either an NME country or a country with generally available export subsidies.<SU>21</SU>
          <FTREF/>For valuing other FOPs, Petitioner used sources selected by the Department in recent proceedings involving the PRC or publicly available sources from Thailand.<SU>22</SU>
          <FTREF/>In addition, Petitioner made Thai Baht/U.S. dollar (“USD”) currency conversions. The Department recalculated average exchange rates for the POI, based on Federal Reserve exchange rates, to use data for all months of the POI.<SU>23</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>20</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at 6-8 and Exhibit II-5;<E T="03">see also</E>Supplement to AD Petition at 2-3.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>21</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
            <E T="03">Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and Strip from the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value,</E>73 FR 24552, 24559 (May 5, 2008), unchanged in<E T="03">Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and Strip from the People's Republic of China: Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value,</E>73 FR 55039 (September 24, 2008);<E T="03">see also</E>Volume II of the Petition at Exhibit II-5.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>22</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at 5-8 and Exhibits II-4, II-6-7, II-10-12, II-15 and II-17;<E T="03">see also</E>Supplement to AD Petition at Exhibit II-S6.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>23</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at Exhibit II-9;<E T="03">see also</E>AD Initiation Checklist at Attachment V.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Petitioner determined labor costs using the labor consumption rates derived from a U.S. producer.<SU>24</SU>

          <FTREF/>Petitioner valued labor costs using Thai wage rates for manufacturing industries, as reported by the International Labor Organization (“ILO”) in Table 6A of its<E T="03">Yearbook of Labor Statistics.</E>
          <SU>25</SU>
          <FTREF/>Petitioner inflated the wage rate to be contemporaneous with the POI using the International Financial Statistics' consumer price index inflators, consistent with the Department's practice.<SU>26</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>24</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at 6 and Exhibit II-2 and II-6;<E T="03">see also</E>Supplement to AD Petition at Exhibit II-S8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>25</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at 7<E T="03">.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>26</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Petitioner used information published by the “Board of Investment of Thailand” (“BOI”), available on the Government of Thailand's official Web site, to value electricity and water.<SU>27</SU>
          <FTREF/>Since the water rates are not contemporaneous with the POI, Petitioner used Thai CPI as the inflating factor. However, Petitioner inadvertently calculated a deflator when they meant to calculate an inflator. We recalculated the inflator for water and revised the margin calculation, where appropriate.<SU>28</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>27</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at 8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>28</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Supplement to the PRC AD Petition at 7 and Exhibit II-S3.<E T="03">See</E>also<E T="03"/>AD Initiation Checklist at 8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Petitioner determined natural gas costs using Indian gas prices from the Indian Gas Utility Gail and substantiated these prices by Chemical Weekly in February 2005.<SU>29</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>29</SU>For purposes of this Petition, the Petitioner conservatively relied on the Gail India rate because it is not aware of any case where the Department specified a Thai industrial natural gas rate for surrogate value purposes.<E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at 7 and Exhibit II-12.<E T="03">See</E>also<E T="03"/>AD Initiation Checklist at 8</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Petitioner based factory overhead, selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&amp;A”), and profit on data from the financial statements of Siam Stainless Steel Co., Ltd. (“Siam”) and Green Power Engineering Co., Ltd. (“Green Power”), both of which Petitioner asserts are Thai producers of comparable merchandise.<SU>30</SU>
          <FTREF/>We determined that Siam's statements best reflect the U.S. producer's production experience. In our examination of Green Power's financial statements, we found no indication that Green Power produced merchandise comparable to the merchandise under investigation.<SU>31</SU>
          <FTREF/>Therefore, for purposes of initiation, we have relied solely on the financial statements of Siam to calculate factory overhead, selling, SG&amp;A, and profit.<SU>32</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>30</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at II-13 and Supplement to AD Petition at 3-4; see also AD Initiation Checklist at Attachment V.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>31</SU>See Supplement to the PRC AD Petition at 4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>32</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>19 CFR 351.408(4).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Petitioner determined packing material costs using the consumption<PRTPAGE P="18210"/>rates derived from U.S. producer's experience, adjusted to reflect certain differences between U.S. and Chinese packing structures.<SU>33</SU>
          <FTREF/>Petitioner valued packing materials using GTA Thai import statistics.<SU>34</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>33</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at 8 and Exhibit II-2;<E T="03">see also</E>Supplement to AD Petition at Exhibit II-S8.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>34</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Volume II of the Petition at Exhibit II-5.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Fair Value Comparisons</HD>
        <P>Based on the data provided by Petitioner, there is reason to believe that imports of drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value. Based on a comparison of EPs and NV calculated, in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act, the estimated dumping margins for drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC range from 22.81 percent to 76.53 percent.<SU>35</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>35</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>AD Initiation Checklist at 9 and Attachment V.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of Antidumping Investigation</HD>
        <P>Based upon the examination of the Petition on drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC, the Department finds that the Petition meets the requirements of section 732 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating an antidumping investigation to determine whether imports of drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value. In accordance with section 733(b)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determinations no later than 140 days after the date of this initiation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Targeted Dumping Allegations</HD>
        <P>On December 10, 2008, the Department issued an interim final rule for the purpose of withdrawing 19 CFR 351.414(f) and (g), the regulatory provisions governing the targeted dumping analysis in antidumping duty investigations, and the corresponding regulation governing the deadline for targeted dumping allegations, 19 CFR 351.301(d)(5).<SU>36</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Department stated that “{w}ithdrawal will allow the Department to exercise the discretion intended by the statute and, thereby, develop a practice that will allow interested parties to pursue all statutory avenues of relief in this area.”<SU>37</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>36</SU>
            <E T="03">See Withdrawal of the Regulatory Provisions Governing Targeted Dumping in Antidumping Duty Investigation,</E>73 FR 74930 (December 10, 2008).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>37</SU>
            <E T="03">See id.,</E>73 FR at 74931.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In order to accomplish this objective, if any interested party wishes to make a targeted dumping allegation in either of these investigations pursuant to section 777A(d)(1)(B) of the Act, such allegations are due no later than 45 days before the scheduled date of the preliminary determination.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondent Selection and Quantity and Value Questionnaire</HD>
        <P>The Department will request quantity and value information from all known exporters and producers identified with complete contact information in the Petition.<SU>38</SU>
          <FTREF/>The quantity and value data received from Chinese exporters/producers will be used as the basis for selecting the mandatory respondents. The Department requires that the respondents submit a response to both the quantity and value questionnaire and the separate-rate application by the respective deadlines, as discussed below and in the Separate Rate section, in order to receive consideration for separate-rate status.<SU>39</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>38</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>General Issues Supplement.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>39</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g., Circular Welded Austenitic Stainless Pressure Pipe from the People's Republic of China: Initiation of Antidumping Duty Investigation,</E>73 FR 10221, 10225 (February 26, 2008);<E T="03">see also Initiation of Antidumping Duty Investigation: Certain Artist Canvas From the People's Republic of China,</E>70 FR 21996, 21999 (April 28, 2005).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>In addition, the Department will post the quantity and value questionnaire along with the filing instructions on the Import Administration Web site (<E T="03">http://ia.ita.doc.gov/ia-highlights-and-news.html</E>). Exporters and producers of drawn stainless steel sinks that do not receive quantity and value questionnaires but intend to submit a response can obtain a copy from the Import Administration Web site. The quantity and value questionnaire must be submitted by all Chinese exporters/producers no later than April 11, 2012, 21 days after the signature date of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice.</P>

        <P>Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Instructions for filing such applications may be found on the Department's Web site at<E T="03">http://ia.ita.doc.gov/apo</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Separate Rates</HD>
        <P>In order to obtain separate-rate status in an NME investigation, exporters and producers must submit a separate-rate status application.<SU>40</SU>

          <FTREF/>The specific requirements for submitting the separate-rate application in this investigation are outlined in detail in the application itself, which will be available on the Department's Web site at<E T="03">http://trade.gov/ia/ia-highlights-and-news.html</E>on the date of publication of this initiation notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The separate-rate application will be due 60 days after publication of this initiation notice. For exporters and producers who submit a separate-rate status application and subsequently are selected as mandatory respondents, these exporters and producers will no longer be eligible for consideration for separate rate status unless they respond to all parts of the questionnaire as mandatory respondents. As noted in the “Respondent Selection” section above, the Department requires that the PRC respondents submit a response to both the quantity and value questionnaire and the separate-rate application by the respective deadlines in order to receive consideration for separate-rate status. The quantity and value questionnaire will be available on the Department's Web site at<E T="03">http://trade.gov/ia-highlights-and-news.html</E>on the date of the publication of this initiation notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>40</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Policy Bulletin 05.1: Separate-Rates Practice and Application of Combination Rates in Antidumping Investigation involving Non-Market Economy Countries (April 5, 2005) (“Separate Rates and Combination Rates Bulletin”), available on the Department's Web site at<E T="03">http://trade.gov/ia/policy/bull05-1.pdf</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Use of Combination Rates</HD>
        <P>The Department will calculate combination rates for certain respondents that are eligible for a separate rate in this investigation. The Separate Rates and Combination Rates Bulletin states:</P>
        <EXTRACT>
          

          <P>{w}hile continuing the practice of assigning separate rates only to exporters, all separate rates that the Department will now assign in its NME Investigation will be specific to those producers that supplied the exporter during the period of investigation. Note, however, that one rate is calculated for the exporter and all of the producers which supplied subject merchandise to it during the period of investigation. This practice applies both to mandatory respondents receiving an individually calculated separate rate as well as the pool of non-investigated firms receiving the weighted-average of the individually calculated rates. This practice is referred to as the application of “combination rates” because such rates apply to specific combinations of exporters and one or more producers. The cash-deposit rate assigned to an exporter will apply only to merchandise both exported by the firm in question<E T="03">and</E>produced by a firm that supplied the exporter during the period of investigation.<SU>41</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>41</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>Separate Rates and Combination Rates Bulletin, at 6 (emphasis added).</P>
          </FTNT>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Distribution of Copies of the Petition</HD>

        <P>In accordance with section 732(b)(3)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), a copy of the public version of the Petition has been provided to the representatives of the Chinese Government. Because of the particularly large number of producers/exporters identified in the Petition, the<PRTPAGE P="18211"/>Department considers the service of the public version of the Petition to the foreign producers/exporters satisfied by the delivery of the public version of the Petition to the PRC Government, consistent with 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">ITC Notification</HD>
        <P>We have notified the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 732(d) of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Determination by the ITC</HD>
        <P>The ITC will preliminarily determine, no later than April 16, 2012, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to a U.S. industry. A negative ITC determination with respect to any country will result in the investigation being terminated for that country; otherwise, this investigation will proceed according to statutory and regulatory time limits.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>

        <P>Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(b). On January 22, 2008, the Department published<E T="03">Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Documents Submission Procedures; APO Procedures,</E>73 FR 3634 (January 22, 2008). Parties wishing to participate in this investigation should ensure that they meet the requirements of these procedures (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>the filing of letters of appearance as discussed at 19 CFR 351.103(d)).</P>
        <P>Any party submitting factual information in an AD/CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.<SU>42</SU>
          <FTREF/>Parties are hereby reminded that revised certification requirements are in effect for company/government officials as well as their representatives in all segments of any AD/CVD proceeding initiated on or after March 14, 2011.<SU>43</SU>

          <FTREF/>The formats for the revised certifications are provided at the end of the<E T="03">Interim Final Rule</E>and the<E T="03">Supplemental Interim Final Rule.</E>The Department intends to reject factual submissions in any proceeding segments initiated on or after March 14, 2011, if the submitting party does not comply with the revised certification requirements.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>42</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 782(b) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>43</SU>
            <E T="03">See Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Interim Final Rule,</E>76 FR 7491 (February 10, 2011) (“<E T="03">Interim Final Rule”</E>) (amending 19 CFR 351.303(g)(1) &amp; (2)), as supplemented by<E T="03">Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Supplemental Interim Final Rule,</E>76 FR 54697 (September 2, 2011) (“<E T="03">Supplemental Interim Final Rule”</E>).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 777(i) of the Act.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 21, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Paul Piquado,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretaryfor Import Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix I</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>
          <P>The products covered by the scope of these investigations are stainless steel sinks with single or multiple drawn bowls, with or without drain boards, whether finished or unfinished, regardless of type of finish, gauge, or grade of stainless steel (“Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks”). Mounting clips, fasteners, seals, and sound-deadening pads are also covered by the scope of these investigations if they are included within the sales price of the Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks.<SU>44</SU>
            <FTREF/>For purposes of this scope definition, the term “drawn” refers to a manufacturing process using metal forming technology to produce a smooth basin with seamless, smooth, and rounded corners. Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks are available in various shapes and configurations and may be described in a number of ways including flush mount, top mount, or undermount (to indicate the attachment relative to the countertop). Stainless steel sinks with multiple drawn bowls that are joined through a welding operation to form one unit are covered by the scope of the investigations. Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks are covered by the scope of the investigations whether or not they are sold in conjunction with non-subject accessories such as faucets (whether attached or unattached), strainers, strainer sets, rinsing baskets, bottom grids, or other accessories.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>44</SU>Mounting clips, fasteners, seals, and sound-deadening pads are not covered by the scope of these investigations if they are not included within the sales price of the Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks, regardless of whether they are shipped with or entered with Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Excluded from the scope of the investigations are stainless steel sinks with fabricated bowls. Fabricated bowls do not have seamless corners, but rather are made by notching and bending the stainless steel, and then welding and finishing the vertical corners to form the bowls. Stainless steel sinks with fabricated bowls may sometimes be referred to as “zero radius” or “near zero radius” sinks.</P>
          <P>The products covered by these investigations are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (“HTSUS”) under statistical reporting number 7324.10.0000. Although the HTSUS subheading is provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the products under investigation is dispositive of its inclusion as subject merchandise.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7353 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[C-570-984]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks From the People's Republic of China: Initiation of Countervailing Duty Investigation</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 27, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Shane Subler and Hermes Pinilla, AD/CVD Operations, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0189 and (202) 482-3477, respectively.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Petition</HD>

        <P>On March 1, 2012, the Department of Commerce (“Department”) received a countervailing duty (“CVD”) petition concerning imports of drawn stainless steel sinks from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”) filed in proper form by Elkay Manufacturing Company (“Petitioner”).<E T="03">See</E>Petition for the Imposition of Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Against Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks from the People's Republic of China, dated March 1, 2012 (“the Petition”). On March 6 and 7, 2012, the Department issued requests to Petitioner for additional information and for clarification of certain areas of the CVD Petition. Based on the Department's requests, Petitioner filed a supplement to the Petition on March 9, 2012.</P>
        <P>In accordance with section 702(b)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“Act”), Petitioner alleges that producers/exporters of drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC received countervailable subsidies within the meaning of sections 701 and 771(5) of the Act, and that imports from these producers/exporters materially injure, or threaten material injury to, an industry in the United States.</P>

        <P>The Department finds that Petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because Petitioner is an interested party, as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act, and has demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the investigation that it requests the Department to initiate (<E T="03">see</E>“Determination of Industry Support for the Petition” below).<PRTPAGE P="18212"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Period of Investigation</HD>
        <P>The period of investigation is January 1, 2011, through December 31, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of Investigation</HD>
        <P>The products covered by the scope of this investigation are stainless steel sinks with single or multiple drawn bowls, with or without drain boards, whether finished or unfinished, regardless of type of finish, gauge, or grade of stainless steel (“Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks”). Mounting clips, fasteners, seals, and sound-deadening pads are also covered by the scope of the investigation if they are included within the sales price of the Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>For purposes of this scope definition, the term “drawn” refers to a manufacturing process using metal forming technology to produce a smooth basin with seamless, smooth, and rounded corners. Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks are available in various shapes and configurations and may be described in a number of ways including flush mount, top mount, or undermount (to indicate the attachment relative to the countertop). Stainless steel sinks with multiple bowls that are joined through a welding operation to form one unit are covered by the scope of the investigation. Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks are covered by the scope of the investigation whether or not they are sold in conjunction with non-subject accessories such as faucets (whether attached or unattached), strainers, strainer sets, rinsing baskets, bottom grids, or other accessories.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Mounting clips, fasteners, seals, and sound-deadening pads are not covered by the scope of this investigation if they are not included within the sales price of the Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks, regardless of whether they are shipped with or entered with Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Excluded from the scope of the investigation are stainless steel sinks with fabricated bowls. Fabricated bowls do not have seamless corners, but rather are made by notching and bending the stainless steel, and then welding and finishing the vertical corners to form the bowls. Stainless steel sinks with fabricated bowls may sometimes be referred to as “zero radius” or “near zero radius” sinks.</P>
        <P>The products covered by the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (“HTSUS”) under statistical reporting number 7324.10.000. Although the HTSUS subheading is provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the products under investigation is dispositive of its inclusion as subject merchandise.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on Scope of Investigation</HD>

        <P>During our review of the Petition, we discussed the scope with Petitioner to ensure that it is an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief. As a result, the “Scope of Investigation” language has been modified from the language in the Petition to reflect these clarifications.<E T="03">See</E>March 15, 2012 letter from Petitioner regarding Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks from the People's Republic of China: Petitioner's Revision to the Proposed Scope of Investigations.</P>
        <P>Moreover, as discussed in the preamble to the regulations (<E T="03">see Antidumping Duties;</E>
          <E T="03">Countervailing Duties,</E>62 FR 27296, 27323 (May 19, 1997)), we are setting aside a period of time for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage. The Department encourages interested parties to submit such comments by 5 p.m. DST on Tuesday, April 10, 2012, which is twenty calendar days from the signature date of this notice. All comments must be filed on the records of both the PRC antidumping duty investigation as well as the PRC CVD investigation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filing Requirements</HD>

        <P>All submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using Import Administration's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (“IA ACCESS”). An electronically filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by the Department's electronic records system, IA ACCESS, by the time and date set by the Department. Documents excepted from the electronic submission requirements must be filed manually (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>in paper form) with the Import Administration's APO/Dockets Unit, Room 1870, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, and stamped with the date and time of receipt by the deadline noted above.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>
            <E T="03">See http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2011-07-06/pdf/2011-16352.pdf</E>for details of the Department's Electronic Filing Requirements, which went into effect on August 5, 2011. Information on help using IA ACCESS can be found at<E T="03">https://iaaccess.trade.gov/help.aspx</E>and a handbook can be found at<E T="03">https://iaaccess.trade.gov/help/Handbook%20on%20Electronic%20Filing%20Procedures.pdf</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Consultations</HD>

        <P>Pursuant to section 702(b)(4)(A)(ii) of the Act, on March 5, 2012, the Department invited representatives of the Government of the PRC (“GOC”) for consultations with respect to the CVD petition. Those consultations were held on March 15, 2012.<E T="03">See</E>Ex-Parte Memorandum on Consultations with Officials from the Government of the People's Republic of China on the Countervailing Duty Petition regarding Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks, dated March 19, 2012.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination of Industry Support for the Petition</HD>
        <P>Section 702(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) At least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 702(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, the Department shall: (i) Poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A), or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”</P>

        <P>Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product, or those producers whose collective output of a domestic like product constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs the Department to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The International Trade Commission (“ITC”), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both the Department and the ITC must apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product (section 771(10) of the Act), they do so for different purposes and pursuant to a separate and distinct authority. In addition, the Department's determination is subject to limitations of time and information. Although this may result in different definitions of the like product, such differences do not render the decision of either agency contrary to law.<E T="03">See USEC, Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>132 F. Supp. 2d 1, 8 (Ct.<PRTPAGE P="18213"/>Int'l Trade 2001),<E T="03">citing Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>688 F. Supp. 639, 644 (Ct. Int'l Trade 1988),<E T="03">aff'd</E>865 F.2d 240 (Fed. Cir. 1989),<E T="03">cert. denied</E>492 U.S. 919 (1989).</P>

        <P>Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the class or kind of merchandise to be investigated, which normally will be the scope as defined in the petition).</P>

        <P>With regard to the domestic like product, Petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigation. Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that drawn stainless steel sinks constitute a single domestic like product and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product. For a discussion of the domestic like product analysis in this case,<E T="03">see</E>“Countervailing Duty Investigation Initiation Checklist: Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks from the People's Republic of China” (CVD Initiation Checklist) at Attachment II, dated concurrently with this notice and on file electronically via IA ACCESS. Access to IA ACCESS is available in the Central Records Unit (CRU), Room 7046 of the main Department of Commerce building.</P>

        <P>In determining whether Petitioner has standing under section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petition with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigation” section of this notice. To establish industry support, Petitioner provided its own 2011 production of the domestic like product, and compared this to the total production of the domestic like product for the entire domestic industry.<E T="03">See</E>Volume I of the Petition, at 3 and Exhibit I-1, and General Issues Supplement, at 4;<E T="03">see also</E>CVD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II.</P>

        <P>Our review of the data provided in the Petition, supplemental submission, and other information readily available to the Department indicates that Petitioner has established industry support.<E T="03">See</E>CVD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II. First, the Petition established support from domestic producers (or workers) accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product and, as such, the Department is not required to take further action in order to evaluate industry support (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>polling).<E T="03">See</E>section 702(c)(4)(D) of the Act;<E T="03">see also</E>CVD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II. Second, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 702(c)(4)(A)(i) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product.<E T="03">See</E>CVD Initiation Checklist at Attachment II. Finally, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 702(c)(4)(A)(ii) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the Petition.<E T="03">See id.</E>Accordingly, the Department determines that the Petition was filed on behalf of the domestic industry within the meaning of section 702(b)(1) of the Act.<E T="03">See id.</E>
        </P>

        <P>The Department finds that Petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because it is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act and it has demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the CVD investigation that it is requesting the Department initiate.<E T="03">See id.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Injury Test</HD>
        <P>Because the PRC is a “Subsidies Agreement Country” within the meaning of section 701(b) of the Act, section 701(a)(2) of the Act applies to this investigation. Accordingly, the ITC must determine whether imports of the subject merchandise from the PRC materially injure, or threaten material injury to, a U.S. industry.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation</HD>
        <P>Petitioner alleges that imports of the subject merchandise are benefitting from countervailable subsidies and that such imports are causing, or threaten to cause, material injury to the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product. In addition, Petitioner alleges that subject imports exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.</P>

        <P>Petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by reduced market share; underselling and price depression or suppression; decline in financial performance; lost sales and revenue; and production, capacity, capacity utilization, shipment, and employment data.<E T="03">See</E>Volume I of the Petition, at 8-25 and Exhibits I-4 through I-32, and General Issues Supplement, at 4. We have assessed the allegations and supporting evidence regarding material injury, threat of material injury, and causation, and we have determined that these allegations are properly supported by adequate evidence and meet the statutory requirements for initiation.<E T="03">See</E>CVD Initiation Checklist, at Attachment III.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of Countervailing Duty Investigation</HD>

        <P>Section 702(b)(1) of the Act requires the Department to initiate a CVD proceeding whenever an interested party files a petition on behalf of an industry that: (1) Alleges the elements necessary for an imposition of a duty under section 701(a) of the Act; and (2) is accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner(s) supporting the allegations. The Department has examined the Petition on drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC and finds that it complies with the requirements of section 702(b) of the Act. Therefore, in accordance with section 702(b) of the Act, we are initiating a CVD investigation to determine whether manufacturers, producers, or exporters of drawn stainless steel sinks in the PRC receive countervailable subsidies. For a discussion of evidence supporting our initiation determination,<E T="03">see</E>Initiation Checklist.</P>
        <P>We are including in our investigation the following programs alleged in the Petition to have provided countervailable subsidies to producers and exporters of the subject merchandise in the PRC:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Grant Programs</HD>
        <P>1. The State Key Technology Renovation Fund.</P>
        <P>2. “Famous Brands” Awards.</P>
        <P>3. Grants to Cover Legal Fees in Trade Remedy Cases.</P>
        <P>4. Special Fund for Energy Saving Technology Reform.</P>
        <P>5. The Clean Production Technology Fund.</P>
        <P>6. Grants for Listing Shares.</P>
        <P>7. Export Assistance Grants.</P>
        <P>8. Guangdong Province Science and Technology Bureau Project Fund (aka Guangdong Industry, Research, University Cooperating Fund).</P>
        <P>9. Export Rebate for Mechanic, Electronic, and High-tech Products.</P>
        <P>10. Funds for Outward Expansion of Industries in Guangdong Province.</P>
        <P>11. Fund for Small and Medium Enterprises (“SME”) Bank-enterprise Cooperation Projects.</P>

        <P>12. Special Fund for Fostering Stable Growth of Foreign Trade.<PRTPAGE P="18214"/>
        </P>
        <P>13. Local Government Deposits Into Bank Accounts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Loans and Directed Credit</HD>
        <P>1. Policy Loans.</P>
        <P>2. Preferential Export Financing.</P>
        <P>3. Treasury Bond Loans or Grants.</P>
        <P>4. Preferential Loans for State-owned Enterprises (“SOEs”).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Income Tax Programs</HD>
        <P>1. “Two Free, Three Half” Program.</P>
        <P>2. Provincial Tax Exemptions and Reductions for “Productive” Foreign Invested. Enterprises (“FIEs”).</P>
        <P>3. Tax Reductions for FIEs Purchasing Chinese-made Equipment.</P>
        <P>4. Tax Reductions for FIEs in Designated Geographic Locations.</P>
        <P>5. Tax Reductions for Technology- or Knowledge-intensive FIEs</P>
        <P>6. Tax Reductions for FIEs that are also High or New Technology Enterprises (“HNTEs”).</P>
        <P>7. Tax Reductions for HNTEs Involved in Designated Projects.</P>
        <P>8. Tax Offsets for Research and Development at FIEs.</P>
        <P>9. Tax Credits for Domestically Owned Companies Purchasing Chinese-made Equipment.</P>
        <P>10. Tax Reductions for Export-oriented FIEs.</P>
        <P>11. Tax Refunds for Reinvestment of FIE Profits in Export-Oriented Enterprises.</P>
        <P>12. Tax Reduction for High-tech Industries in Guangdong Province.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Other Tax Programs</HD>
        <P>1. Import Tariff and Value Added Tax (“VAT”) Exemptions for FIEs and Certain Domestic Enterprises Using Imported Equipment in Encouraged Industries.</P>
        <P>2. VAT Rebates on FIE Purchases of Domestically Produced Equipment.</P>
        <P>3. City Tax and Surcharge Exemptions for FIEs.</P>
        <P>4. Exemptions from Administrative Charges for Companies in Industrial Zones.</P>
        <P>5. Export Subsidies Characterized as “VAT Rebates”.</P>
        <P>6. VAT and Import Duty Exemptions on Imported Material.</P>
        <P>7. VAT Rebates on Domestically Produced Equipment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Government Provision of Goods or Services for Less Than Adequate Remuneration (“LTAR”)</HD>
        <P>1. Land to SOEs.</P>
        <P>2. Lands to Companies Located in Industrial or Other Special Economic Zones.</P>
        <P>3. Electricity.</P>
        <P>4. Stainless Steel Coils.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Subsidies to Enterprises Located in Industrial Cluster Zones</HD>
        <P>1. Exemptions from Land Development Fees.</P>
        <P>2. Land Purchase Grants.</P>
        <P>3. Grants to Hire Post-doctoral Workers.</P>
        <P>4. Financial Subsidies: Interest Subsidies, Preferential Loans, and Lowered Interest Rates.</P>
        <P>5. Tax Reductions or Exemptions.</P>
        <P>We are not including in our investigation the following programs alleged to benefit producers and exporters of the subject merchandise in the PRC:</P>
        <P>1. Tax Exemptions and Reductions for Enterprises That Utilize Recycled Materials.</P>
        <P>2. The State Science and Technology Support Scheme.</P>
        <P>3. Provincial Loan Discount Special Fund for SMEs.</P>
        <P>4. Tax Preferences Available to Companies That Operate at a Small Profit.</P>

        <P>For further information explaining why the Department is not investigating these programs,<E T="03">see</E>CVD Initiation Checklist.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondent Selection</HD>

        <P>For this investigation, the Department expects to select respondents based on U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) data for U.S. imports during the period of investigation. We intend to make our decision regarding respondent selection within 20 days of publication of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice. The Department invites comments regarding the CBP data and respondent selection within seven calendar days of publication of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Distribution of Copies of the Petition</HD>
        <P>In accordance with section 702(b)(4)(A)(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), a copy of the public version of the Petition has been provided to the representatives of the GOC. Because of the particularly large number of producers/exporters identified at Exhibit I-2 of the Petition, the Department considers the service of the public version of the Petition to the foreign producers/exporters satisfied by the delivery of the public version to the GOC, consistent with 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">ITC Notification</HD>
        <P>We have notified the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 702(d) of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Determination by the ITC</HD>

        <P>The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petition is filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of subsidized drawn stainless steel sinks from the PRC are causing material injury, or threatening to cause material injury, to a U.S. industry.<E T="03">See</E>section 703(a)(2) of the Act. A negative ITC determination will result in the investigation being terminated; otherwise, the investigation will proceed according to statutory and regulatory time limits.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>

        <P>Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under protective orders in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. On January 22, 2008, the Department published<E T="03">Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Documents Submission Procedures; APO Procedures,</E>73 FR 3634. Parties wishing to participate in this investigation should ensure that they meet the requirements of these procedures (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>the filing of letters of appearance as discussed at 19 CFR 351.103(d)).</P>

        <P>Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.<E T="03">See</E>section 782(b) of the Act. Parties are hereby reminded that revised certification requirements are in effect for company/government officials as well as their representatives in all segments of any AD or CVD proceedings initiated on or after March 14, 2011.<E T="03">See Certification of Factual Information for Import Administration during Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Interim Final Rule,</E>76 FR 7491 (February 10, 2011) (<E T="03">Interim Final Rule</E>), amending 19 CFR 351.303(g)(1) and (2). The formats for the revised certifications are provided at the end of the<E T="03">Interim Final Rule.</E>Foreign governments and their officials may continue to submit certifications in either the format that was in use prior to the effective date of the<E T="03">Interim Final Rule,</E>or in the format provided in the<E T="03">Interim Final Rule. See</E>
          <E T="03">Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Supplemental Interim Final Rule,</E>76 FR 54697 (September 2, 2011). The Department intends to reject factual information submissions in any proceeding segments initiated on or after March 14, 2011, if the submitting party does not comply with the revised certification requirements.<PRTPAGE P="18215"/>
        </P>
        <P>This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 777(i) of the Act.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 21, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Paul Piquado,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Import Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7331 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>U.S. Education Mission to Brazil; Brasilia, Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo, Brazil, August 30-September 6, 2012</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The United States Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, U.S. and Foreign Commercial Service is publishing this supplement to the Notice of the U.S. Education Mission to Brazil, 77 FR 13560, Mar. 7, 2012, to announce that the Mission will be executive-led and to amend the Notice to provide for selection of applicants on a rolling basis.</P>
        </SUM>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, U.S. and Foreign Commercial Service now anticipates that this Mission will be led by a senior-level U.S. government official. For that reason, consistent with Department policy, participants will now be selected through a two-tier vetting process. In order to expedite the notification of applicants, the U.S. Department of Commerce will review applications and make selection decisions on a rolling basis.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Amendments</HD>

        <P>1. For the reasons stated above, the Timeframe for Recruitment and Applications section of the Notice of the<E T="03">Education Mission to Brazil,</E>77 FR 13560, Mar. 7, 2012, is amended to read as follows:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Timeframe for Recruitment and Applications</HD>

        <P>Mission recruitment will be conducted in an open and public manner, including publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, posting on the Commerce Department trade mission calendar (<E T="03">http://export.gov/industry/education/</E>) and other Internet web sites, press releases to general and trade media, direct mail, notices by industry trade associations and other multiplier groups, and publicity at industry meetings, symposia, conferences, and trade shows. Recruitment for the mission will begin immediately and conclude no later than August 15, 2012. The U.S. Department of Commerce will review applications and make selection decisions on a rolling basis beginning April 4, 2012. Applications received after August 15, 2012 will be considered only if space and scheduling constraints permit.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Contact Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">U.S. Commercial Service in Brazil</HD>

        <P>Patricia S. Marega, Business Development Specialist, São Paulo, Tel: (55-11) 5186-7482,<E T="03">patricia.marega@trade.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">U.S. Export Assistance Center</HD>

        <P>Joan Kanlian, Westchester USEAC Director, Tel: 914-682-6712, Email:<E T="03">Joan.Kanlian@trade.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Elnora Moye,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Trade Program Assistant.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7312 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-FP-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>United States Patent and Trademark Office</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <P>The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agency:</E>United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Rules for Patent Maintenance Fees.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number(s):</E>PTO/SB/45/47/65/66.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agency Approval Number:</E>0651-0016.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Revision of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Burden:</E>43,605 hours annually.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>573,161 responses per year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Avg. Hours per Response:</E>The USPTO estimates that it will take the public approximately 20 seconds (0.006 hours) to 8 hours to submit the information in this collection, including the time to gather the necessary information, prepare the appropriate form or petition, and submit the completed request to the USPTO.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>Under 35 U.S.C. 41 and 37 CFR 1.20(e)-(i) and 1.362-1.378, the USPTO charges fees for maintaining in force all utility patents based on applications filed on or after December 12, 1980. Payment of these maintenance fees is due at 3<FR>1/2</FR>, 7<FR>1/2</FR>, and 11<FR>1/2</FR>years after the date the patent was granted. If the USPTO does not receive payment of the appropriate maintenance fee and any applicable surcharge within a grace period of six months following each of the above due dates (at 4, 8, or 12 years after the date of grant), the patent will expire at that time. After a patent expires, it is no longer enforceable. The public uses this collection to submit patent maintenance fee payments, to file petitions regarding delayed or refused payments, and to designate an address to be used for fee-related correspondence.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals or households; businesses or other for-profits; and not-for-profit institutions.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>On occasion and three times at four-year intervals following the grant of the patent.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>Required to obtain or retain benefits.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Desk Officer:</E>Nicholas A. Fraser, email:<E T="03">Nicholas_A._Fraser@omb.eop.gov.</E>
        </P>

        <P>Once submitted, the request will be publicly available in electronic format through the Information Collection Review page at<E T="03">www.reginfo.gov</E>.</P>
        <P>Paper copies can be obtained by:</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Email:</E>
          <E T="03">InformationCollection@uspto.gov</E>. Include “0651-0016 copy request” in the subject line of the message.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Susan K. Fawcett, Records Officer, Office of the Chief Information Officer, United States Patent and Trademark Office, P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, VA 22313-1450.</P>

        <P>Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent on or before April 26, 2012 to Nicholas A. Fraser, OMB Desk Officer, via email to<E T="03">Nicholas_A._Fraser@omb.eop.gov</E>, or by fax to 202-395-5167, marked to the attention of Nicholas A. Fraser.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 22, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Susan K. Fawcett,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Records Officer, USPTO, Office of the Chief Information Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7284 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-16-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="18216"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>10 a.m., Friday April 6, 2012.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>1155 21st St. NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor Commission Conference Room.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Closed.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Matters To Be Considered:</HD>
          <P/>

          <P>Surveillance and Enforcement Matters. In the event that the times or dates of these or any future meetings change, an announcement of the change, along with the new time and place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.cftc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Sauntia S. Warfield, 202-418-5084.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Sauntia S. Warfield,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7447 Filed 3-23-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6351-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>10 a.m., Friday April 20, 2012.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>1155 21st St. NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor Commission Conference Room.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Closed.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Matters To Be Considered:</HD>

          <P>Surveillance, Enforcement Matters and a Rule Enforcement Review. In the event that the times or dates of these or any future meetings change, an announcement of the change, along with the new time and place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.cftc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Sauntia S. Warfield, 202-418-5084.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Sauntia S. Warfield,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7450 Filed 3-23-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6351-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>10 a.m., Friday April 27, 2012.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>1155 21st St., NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor Commission Conference Room.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Closed.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Matters To Be Considered:</HD>
          <P/>

          <P>Surveillance and Enforcement Matters. In the event that the times or dates of these or any future meetings change, an announcement of the change, along with the new time and place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.cftc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Sauntia S. Warfield, 202-418-5084.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Sauntia S. Warfield,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7451 Filed 3-26-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6351-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>10 a.m., Friday April 13, 2012.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>1155 21st St. NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor Commission Conference Room.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Closed.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Matters To Be Considered:</HD>
          <P/>

          <P>Surveillance and Enforcement Matters. In the event that the times or dates of these or any future meetings change, an announcement of the change, along with the new time and place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.cftc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Sauntia S. Warfield, 202-418-5084.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Sauntia S. Warfield,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7448 Filed 3-23-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6351-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Applications for New Awards; Investing in Innovation Fund, Scale-Up Grants</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Innovation and Improvement, Department of Education.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview Information</HD>
        <P>Investing in Innovation Fund, Scale-up Grants, Notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2012.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number: 84.411A (Scale-up grants).</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P/>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Applications Available:</E>March 29, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deadline for Notice of Intent to Apply:</E>April 16, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deadline for Transmittal of Applications:</E>May 29, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deadline for Intergovernmental Review:</E>July 25, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Full Text of Announcement</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Funding Opportunity Description</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Purpose of Program:</E>The Investing in Innovation Fund (i3), established under section 14007 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA), provides funding to support (1) local educational agencies (LEAs), and (2) nonprofit organizations in partnership with (a) one or more LEAs or (b) a consortium of schools. The purpose of this program is to provide competitive grants to applicants with a record of improving student achievement and attainment in order to expand the implementation of, and investment in, innovative practices that are demonstrated to have an impact on improving student achievement or student growth (as defined in this notice), closing achievement gaps, decreasing dropout rates, increasing high school graduation rates, or increasing college enrollment and completion rates.</P>
        <P>These grants will (1) allow eligible entities to expand and develop innovative practices that can serve as models of best practices, (2) support partnerships between eligible entities and the private sector and philanthropic community, and (3) support eligible entities in identifying and documenting best practices that can be shared and taken to scale based on demonstrated success.</P>

        <P>Under this program, the Department awards three types of grants: “Scale-up” grants, “Validation” grants, and “Development” grants. The three grant types differ in the evidence that an applicant is required to submit in support of its proposed project; the expectations for “scaling up” successful projects during or after the grant period, either directly or through partners; and the funding that a successful applicant is eligible to receive. This notice invites applications for Scale-up grants. The notice inviting applications for Validation grants is published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The notice inviting applications for Development grants was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on February 24, 2012 (77 FR 11087) and is available at<E T="03">http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-02-24/pdf/2012-4357.pdf.</E>
        </P>

        <P>Scale-up grants provide funding to “scale up” practices, strategies, or programs for which there is<E T="03">strong evidence</E>(as defined in this notice) that<PRTPAGE P="18217"/>the proposed practice, strategy, or program will have a statistically significant effect on improving student achievement or student growth, closing achievement gaps, decreasing dropout rates, increasing high school graduation rates, or increasing college enrollment and completion rates, and that the effect of implementing the proposed practice, strategy, or program will be substantial and important. An applicant for a Scale-up grant may also demonstrate success through an intermediate variable strongly correlated with these outcomes, such as teacher or principal effectiveness.</P>
        <P>An applicant for a Scale-up grant must estimate the number of students to be reached by the proposed project and provide evidence of its capacity to reach the proposed number of students during the course of the grant. In addition, an applicant for a Scale-up grant must provide evidence of its capacity (e.g., qualified personnel, financial resources, management capacity) to scale up to a State, regional, or national level, working directly or through partners either during or following the grant period. We recognize that LEAs are not typically responsible for taking to scale their practices, strategies, or programs in other LEAs and States. However, all applicants, including LEAs, can and should partner with others (e.g., State educational agencies) to disseminate and take to scale their effective practice, strategy, or program.</P>

        <P>The Department will screen applications that are submitted for Scale-up grants in accordance with the requirements in this notice, and determine which applications have met the eligibility and other requirements in this notice. Peer reviewers will review all Scale-up grant applications that are submitted by the established deadline. However, if the Department determines that an application for a Scale-up grant does not meet the definition of<E T="03">strong evidence</E>in this notice, or any other eligibility requirement, the Department will not consider the application for funding.</P>

        <P>The 2012 i3 Scale-up and Validation competitions again include an absolute priority focused on innovations that complement the implementation of high standards and high-quality assessments. There has been much recent discussion about whether high standards, on their own, are likely to improve student achievement. As reports such as the<E T="03">2012 Brown Center Report on American Education</E>
          <SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>point out, the implementation of such standards is crucial to any impact that they may have. This points to the urgent need for practices, strategies, or programs (referred to elsewhere simply as “practices”) that will help teachers, principals, and others apply new standards and use new assessments in ways that improve student achievement. This need is particularly time-sensitive, as much of the implementation of these standards and assessments will occur in the next several years. As such, practices that demonstrate effectiveness and meet the rigorous evidence requirements of Scale-up and Validation grants are of particular interest to the Department.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>
            <E T="03">http://www.brookings.edu/reports/2012/0216_brown_education_loveless.aspx</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Scale-up and Validation grants require ambitious targets for the expansion of effective practices (called “scaling up” in the i3 competition). The Department believes that scaling up effective practices will improve student outcomes, as more effective practices replace less effective solutions to the same problems. In both the Scale-up and Validation grant competitions, the Department is particularly interested in projects that have a well-articulated plan for scaling up and a well-defined set of challenges or barriers that the Scale-up or Validation funding will enable the applicant to overcome. Using i3 funding to address known barriers to scaling up allows i3's limited funding to increase the likelihood that the work of successful projects endures and expands after Federal funding expires.</P>
        <P>Finally, rigorous evaluation is an essential component of all i3 grants—particularly for Scale-up and Validation projects. The Department is especially interested in evaluations that go beyond addressing whether a practice is effective to identifying and formalizing the key features of a model and the factors that contribute to the model's success. In particular, the Department is interested in better understanding for whom and in what contexts particular practices are effective. The Department believes that generating this information is an important way to increase the use of effective practices in settings across the country. As indicated by the inclusion of cost-effectiveness as a selection criterion, the Department also encourages evaluations that produce reliable estimates of the cost-effectiveness of grantees' practices.</P>
        <P>We also remind LEAs of the continuing applicability of the provisions of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) for students who may be served under i3 grants. Programs proposed in applications in which LEAs participate must be consistent with the rights, protections, and processes of IDEA for students who are receiving special education and related services or are being evaluated for such services.</P>
        <P>As described later in this notice, in connection with making competitive grant awards, an applicant is required, as a condition of receiving assistance under this program, to make civil rights assurances, including an assurance that its program or activity will comply with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Department's Section 504 implementing regulations, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability. Regardless of whether students with disabilities are specifically targeted as “high-need” students under a particular application for a grant program, recipients are required to comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of these laws. Among other things, the nondiscrimination requirements of these laws include an obligation that recipients ensure that students with disabilities are not discriminated against because benefits provided to all students under the recipient's program are inaccessible to students because of their disability. The Department also enforces Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act and Title II implementing regulations, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability by public entities, with respect to certain public educational entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes for the FY 2012 i3 Scale-Up Competition</HD>

        <P>The absolute priority focused on teacher and principal effectiveness (Absolute Priority 1) now uses the language from the<E T="03">Improving the Effectiveness and Distribution of Effective Teachers or Principals</E>priority established in the May 12, 2011,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice of final supplemental priorities and definitions for discretionary grant programs. The language in this supplemental priority offers greater flexibility for projects to improve teacher and principal effectiveness through targeted strategies that address components of the teacher and principal pipeline, rather than its entirety, as required by the<E T="03">Innovations that Support Effective Teachers and Principals</E>priority in the notice of final priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria for this program, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on March 12, 2010 (75 FR 12004-12071)(2010 i3 NFP).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Priorities:</E>This competition includes five absolute priorities and five competitive preference priorities. These<PRTPAGE P="18218"/>priorities are from the 2010 i3 NFP<SU>2</SU>

          <FTREF/>and from the notice of final supplemental priorities and definitions for discretionary grant programs, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 15, 2010 (75 FR 78486-78511), and corrected on May 12, 2011 (76 FR 27637) (Supplemental Priorities).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>2</SU>The 2011 notice of final i3 revisions, which was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 3, 2011 (76 FR 32073), provides the Secretary with the flexibility to choose one or more of the priorities established in the 2010 i3 NFP for use in any i3 competition.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Absolute Priorities:</E>For FY 2012 and any subsequent year in which we make awards from the list of unfunded applicants from this competition, these priorities are absolute priorities. Under 34 CFR 75.105(c)(3) we consider only applications that meet one of these priorities. Under this competition for Scale-up grants, each of the five absolute priorities constitutes its own funding category.</P>
        <P>An applicant for a Scale-up grant must choose one of the five absolute priorities contained in this notice and address that priority in its application. An applicant must provide information on how its proposed project addresses the selection criteria in the project narrative section of its application.</P>
        <P>These priorities are:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Absolute Priority 1—Improving the Effectiveness and Distribution of Effective Teachers or Principals</HD>
        <P>Projects that are designed to address one or more of the following priority areas:</P>
        <P>(a) Increasing the number or percentage of teachers or principals who are effective or reducing the number or percentage of teachers or principals who are ineffective, particularly in high-poverty schools (as defined in this notice) including through such activities as improving the preparation, recruitment, development, and evaluation of teachers and principals; implementing performance-based certification and retention systems; and reforming compensation and advancement systems.</P>
        <P>(b) Increasing the retention, particularly in high-poverty schools (as defined in this notice), and equitable distribution of teachers or principals who are effective.</P>
        <P>For the purposes of this priority, teacher and principal effectiveness should be measured using:</P>
        <P>(1) Teacher or principal evaluation data, in States or local educational agencies that have in place a high-quality teacher or principal evaluation system that takes into account student growth (as defined in the footnote to this priority) in significant part and uses multiple measures, that, in the case of teachers, may include observations for determining teacher effectiveness (such as systems that meet the criteria for evaluation systems under the Race to the Top program as described in criterion (D)(2)(ii) of the Race to the Top notice inviting applications (74 FR 59803)); or</P>
        <P>(2) Data that include, in significant part, student achievement or student growth (as defined in the footnote to this priority) data and may include multiple measures in States or local educational agencies that do not have the teacher or principal evaluation systems described in paragraph (1). (Supplemental Priorities)<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>For purposes of this priority, the Supplemental Priorities define “student achievement” and “student growth” as follows:</P>
          <P>“Student achievement” means—(a) For tested grades and subjects: (1) A student's score on the State's assessments under the ESEA; and, as appropriate, (2) other measures of student learning, such as those described in paragraph (b) of this definition, provided they are rigorous and comparable across schools.</P>
          <P>(b) For non-tested grades and subjects: alternative measures of student learning and performance, such as student scores on pre-tests and end-of-course tests; student performance on English language proficiency assessments; and other measures of student achievement that are rigorous and comparable across schools.</P>
          <P>“Student growth” means the change in student achievement (as defined in this notice) for an individual student between two or more points in time. A State may also include other measures that are rigorous and comparable across classrooms.</P>

          <P>Note that the definitions in this footnote apply only to Absolute Priority 1 and, with respect to the term “student achievement,” to Competitive Preference Priority 10. Elsewhere in this notice the use of these terms refers to the i3 definitions established in the 2010 i3 NFP that are provided in the<E T="03">Definitions</E>section of this notice.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Absolute Priority 2—Promoting Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) Education</HD>
        <P>Under this priority, the Department provides funding to support projects that are designed to address one or more of the following areas:</P>
        <P>(a) Providing students with increased access to rigorous and engaging coursework in STEM.</P>
        <P>(b) Increasing the number and proportion of students prepared for postsecondary or graduate study and careers in STEM.</P>
        <P>(c) Increasing the opportunities for high-quality preparation of, or professional development for, teachers or other educators of STEM subjects.</P>
        <P>(d) Increasing the number of individuals from groups traditionally underrepresented in STEM, including minorities, individuals with disabilities, and women, who are provided with access to rigorous and engaging coursework in STEM or who are prepared for postsecondary or graduate study and careers in STEM.</P>
        <P>(e) Increasing the number of individuals from groups traditionally underrepresented in STEM, including minorities, individuals with disabilities, and women, who are teachers or educators of STEM subjects and have increased opportunities for high-quality preparation or professional development. (Supplemental Priorities)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Absolute Priority 3—Innovations That Complement the Implementation of High Standards and High-Quality Assessments</HD>
        <P>Under this priority, the Department provides funding for practices, strategies, or programs that are designed to support States' efforts to transition to standards and assessments that measure students' progress toward college- and career-readiness, including curricular and instructional practices, strategies, or programs in core academic subjects (as defined in section 9101(11) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA)) that are aligned with high academic content and achievement standards and with high-quality assessments based on those standards.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>Proposed projects may include, but are not limited to, practices, strategies, or programs that are designed to: (a) Increase the success of under-represented student populations in academically rigorous courses and programs (such as Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate courses; dual-enrollment programs; “early college high schools”; and science, technology, engineering, and mathematics courses, especially those that incorporate rigorous and relevant project-, inquiry-, or design-based contextual learning opportunities); (b) increase the development and use of formative assessments or interim assessments, or other performance-based tools and “metrics” that are aligned with high student content and academic achievement standards; or (c) translate the standards and information from assessments into classroom practices that meet the needs of all students, including high-need students.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>Consistent with the Race to the Top Fund, the Department interprets the core academic subject of “science” under section 9101(11) of the ESEA to include STEM education (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics), which encompasses a wide range of disciplines, including computer science.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Under this priority, an eligible applicant must propose a project that is based on standards that are at least as rigorous as its State's standards. If the<PRTPAGE P="18219"/>proposed project is based on standards other than those adopted by the eligible applicant's State, the applicant must explain how the standards are aligned with and at least as rigorous as the eligible applicant's State's standards as well as how the standards differ. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Absolute Priority 4—Innovations That Turn Around Persistently Low-Performing Schools</HD>
        <P>Under this priority, the Department provides funding to support strategies, practices, or programs that are designed to turn around schools that are in any of the following categories: (a) Persistently lowest-achieving schools (as defined in the final requirements for the School Improvement Grants program);<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>(b) Title I schools that are in corrective action or restructuring under section 1116 of the ESEA; or (c) secondary schools (both middle and high schools) eligible for but not receiving Title I funds that, if receiving Title I funds, would be in corrective action or restructuring under section 1116 of the ESEA. These schools<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>are referred to as Investing in Innovation Fund Absolute Priority 4 schools.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>5</SU>Under the final requirements for the School Improvement Grants program, “persistently lowest-achieving schools” means, as determined by the State, (a) any Title I school in improvement, corrective action, or restructuring that (i) is among the lowest-achieving five percent of Title I schools in improvement, corrective action, or restructuring or the lowest-achieving five Title I schools in improvement, corrective action, or restructuring in the State, whichever number of schools is greater; or (ii) is a high school that has had a graduation rate as defined in 34 CFR 200.19(b) that is less than 60 percent over a number of years; and (b) any secondary school that is eligible for, but does not receive, Title I funds that (i) is among the lowest-achieving five percent of secondary schools or the lowest-achieving five secondary schools in the State that are eligible for, but do not receive, Title I funds, whichever number of schools is greater; or (ii) is a high school that has had a graduation rate as defined in 34 CFR 200.19(b) that is less than 60 percent over a number of years. See<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/programs/sif/faq.html.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>In this context, “these schools” refers to the schools described in (a) through (c) in this paragraph.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Proposed projects must include strategies, practices, or programs that are designed to turn around Investing in Innovation Fund Absolute Priority 4 schools through either whole-school reform or targeted approaches to reform. Applicants addressing this priority must focus on either:</P>

        <P>(a) Whole-school reform, including, but not limited to, comprehensive interventions to assist, augment, or replace Investing in Innovation Fund Absolute Priority 4 schools, including the school turnaround, restart, closure, and transformation models of intervention supported under the Department's School Improvement Grants program (see Final Requirements for School Improvement Grants as Amended in January 2010 (January 28, 2010) at<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/programs/sif/faq.html</E>); or</P>
        <P>(b) Targeted approaches to reform, including, but not limited to: (1) Providing more time for students to learn core academic content by expanding or augmenting the school day, school week, or school year, or by increasing instructional time for core academic subjects (as defined in section 9101(11) of the ESEA); (2) integrating “student supports” into the school model to address non-academic barriers to student achievement; or (3) creating multiple pathways for students to earn regular high school diplomas (e.g., by operating schools that serve the needs of over-aged, under-credited, or other students with an exceptional need for support and flexibility pertaining to when they attend school; awarding credit based on demonstrated evidence of student competency; and offering dual-enrollment options). (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Absolute Priority 5—Improving Achievement and High School Graduation Rates (Rural Local Educational Agencies)</HD>
        <P>Under this priority, the Department provides funding to support projects that are designed to address accelerating learning and helping to improve high school graduation rates (as defined in this notice) and college enrollment rates for students in rural local educational agencies (as defined in this notice). (Supplemental Priorities)</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Absolute Priority 5 aims to support projects that address the unique challenges of serving high-need students in rural LEAs (as defined in this notice). Based on the overall i3 program requirement, set out in section III.1 of this notice, and as with all i3 projects, applicants choosing to address this priority must specify how they will serve high-need students. In addition, applicants that choose to respond to Absolute Priority 5 may want to consider identifying all rural LEAs where the project will be implemented, or explain how the applicant will choose the rural LEAs where the project will be implemented. Applicants should identify these rural LEAs on the i3 Applicant Information Sheet and provide information on the applicant's experience and skills, or the experience and skills of their partners, in serving high-need students in rural LEAs in responding to<E T="03">Selection Criterion C. Quality of the Management Plan and Personnel. Competitive Preference Priorities:</E>For FY 2012 and any subsequent year in which we make awards from the list of unfunded applicants from this competition, these priorities are competitive preference priorities.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>Applicants may address more than one of the competitive preference priorities; however, the Department will review and award points only for a maximum of two of the competitive preference priorities. Therefore, an applicant must identify in the project narrative section of its application the priority or priorities it wishes the Department to consider for purposes of earning competitive preference priority points.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The Department will not review or award points under any competitive preference priority that (1) fails to clearly identify the competitive preference priority or priorities the applicant wishes the Department to consider for purposes of earning competitive preference priority points, or (2) identifies more than two competitive preference priorities the applicant wishes the Department to consider for purposes of earning competitive preference priority points.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>These priorities are:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Competitive Preference Priority 6—Innovations for Improving Early Learning Outcomes (Zero or One Point)</HD>
        <P>We give competitive preference to applications for projects that would implement innovative practices, strategies, or programs that are designed to improve educational outcomes for high-need students who are young children (birth through 3rd grade) by enhancing the quality of early learning programs. To meet this priority, applications must focus on (a) improving young children's school readiness (including social, emotional, and cognitive readiness) so that children are prepared for success in core academic subjects (as defined in section 9101(11) of the ESEA); (b) improving developmental milestones and standards and aligning them with appropriate outcome measures; and (c) improving alignment, collaboration, and transitions between early learning programs that serve children from birth to age three, in preschools, and in kindergarten through third grade. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Competitive Preference Priority 7—Innovations That Support College Access and Success (Zero or One Point)</HD>

        <P>We give competitive preference to applications for projects that would implement innovative practices, strategies, or programs that are designed to enable kindergarten through grade 12 (K-12) students, particularly high school students, to successfully prepare for, enter, and graduate from a two- or four-year college. To meet this priority, applications must include practices, strategies, or programs for K-12<PRTPAGE P="18220"/>students that (a) address students' preparedness and expectations related to college; (b) help students understand issues of college affordability and the financial aid and college application processes; and (c) provide support to students from peers and knowledgeable adults. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Competitive Preference Priority 8—Innovations To Address the Unique Learning Needs of Students With Disabilities and Limited English Proficient Students (Zero or One Point)</HD>
        <P>We give competitive preference to applications for projects that would implement innovative practices, strategies, or programs that are designed to address the unique learning needs of students with disabilities, including those who are assessed based on alternate academic achievement standards, or the linguistic and academic needs of limited English proficient students. To meet this priority, applications must provide for the implementation of particular practices, strategies, or programs that are designed to improve academic outcomes, close achievement gaps, and increase college- and career-readiness, including increasing high school graduation rates (as defined in this notice), for students with disabilities or limited English proficient students. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Competitive Preference Priority 9—Improving Productivity (Zero or One Point)</HD>
        <P>We give competitive preference to applications for projects that are designed to significantly increase efficiency in the use of time, staff, money, or other resources while improving student learning or other educational outcomes (i.e., outcome per unit of resource). Such projects may include innovative and sustainable uses of technology, modification of school schedules and teacher compensation systems, use of open educational resources (as defined in this notice), or other strategies. (Supplemental Priorities)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Competitive Preference Priority 10—Technology (Zero or One Point)</HD>
        <P>We give competitive preference to applications for projects that are designed to improve student achievement<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>or teacher effectiveness through the use of high-quality digital tools or materials, which may include preparing teachers to use the technology to improve instruction, as well as developing, implementing, or evaluating digital tools or materials. (Supplemental Priorities)</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>For purposes of this priority, the Supplemental Priorities define student achievement as follows:</P>
          <P>“Student achievement” means—</P>
          <P>(a) For tested grades and subjects: (1) A student's score on the State's assessments under section 1111(b)(3) of the ESEA; and, as appropriate, (2) other measures of student learning, such as those described in paragraph (b) of this definition, provided they are rigorous and comparable across schools; and</P>
          <P>(b) For non-tested grades and subjects: alternative measures of student learning and performance such as student scores on pre-tests and end-of-course tests; student performance on English language proficiency assessments; and other measures of student achievement that are rigorous and comparable across schools.</P>

          <P>Note that this definition for student achievement applies only to Absolute Priority 1 and Competitive Preference Priority 10. Elsewhere in this notice the use of this term refers to the i3 definition established in the 2010 i3 NFP that is provided in the<E T="03">Definitions</E>section of this notice.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definitions</HD>
        <P>These definitions are from the 2010 i3 NFP and the Supplemental Priorities. We may apply these definitions in any year in which this program is in effect.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>This notice invites applications for Scale-up grants. The following definitions apply to the three types of grants under the i3 program (Scale-up, Validation, or Development). Therefore, some definitions included in this section—primarily those related to the demonstration of evidence—may be more applicable to applications for Validation grants.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definitions Related to Evidence From the 2010 i3 NFP</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Carefully matched comparison group design</E>means a type of quasi-experimental study that attempts to approximate an experimental study. More specifically, it is a design in which project participants are matched with non-participants based on key characteristics that are thought to be related to the outcome. These characteristics include, but are not limited to: (1) Prior test scores and other measures of academic achievement (preferably, the same measures that the study will use to evaluate outcomes for the two groups); (2) demographic characteristics, such as age, disability, gender, English proficiency, ethnicity, poverty level, parents' educational attainment, and single- or two-parent family background; (3) the time period in which the two groups are studied (e.g., the two groups are children entering kindergarten in the same year as opposed to sequential years); and (4) methods used to collect outcome data (e.g., the same test of reading skills administered in the same way to both groups).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Experimental study</E>means a study that employs random assignment of, for example, students, teachers, classrooms, schools, or districts to participate in a project being evaluated (treatment group) or not to participate in the project (control group). The effect of the project is the average difference in outcomes between the treatment and control groups.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Independent evaluation</E>means that the evaluation is designed and carried out independent of, but in coordination with, any employees of the entities who develop a practice, strategy, or program and are implementing it. This independence helps ensure the objectivity of an evaluation and prevents even the appearance of a conflict of interest.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Interrupted time series design</E>
          <SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>means a type of quasi-experimental study in which the outcome of interest is measured multiple times before and after the treatment for program participants only. If the program had an impact, the outcomes after treatment will have a different slope or level from those before treatment. That is, the series should show an “interruption” of the prior situation at the time when the program was implemented. Adding a comparison group time series, such as schools not participating in the program or schools participating in the program in a different geographic area, substantially increases the reliability of the findings.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>A single subject or single case design is an adaptation of an interrupted time series design that relies on the comparison of treatment effects on a single subject or group of single subjects. There is little confidence that findings based on this design would be the same for other members of the population. In some single subject designs, treatment reversal or multiple baseline designs are used to increase internal validity. In a treatment reversal design, after a pretreatment or baseline outcome measurement is compared with a post treatment measure, the treatment would then be stopped for a period of time, a second baseline measure of the outcome would be taken, followed by a second application of the treatment or a different treatment. A multiple baseline design addresses concerns about the effects of normal development, timing of the treatment, and amount of the treatment with treatment-reversal designs by using a varying time schedule for introduction of the treatment and/or treatments of different lengths or intensity.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Moderate evidence</E>means evidence from previous studies whose designs can support causal conclusions (i.e., studies with high internal validity) but have limited generalizability (i.e., moderate external validity), or studies with high external validity but moderate internal validity. The following would constitute moderate evidence: (1) At least one well-designed and well-implemented (as defined in this notice) experimental or quasi-experimental study (as defined in this notice) supporting the effectiveness of the<PRTPAGE P="18221"/>practice, strategy, or program, with small sample sizes or other conditions of implementation or analysis that limit generalizability; (2) at least one well-designed and well-implemented (as defined in this notice) experimental or quasi-experimental study (as defined in this notice) that does not demonstrate equivalence between the intervention and comparison groups at program entry but that has no other major flaws related to internal validity; or (3) correlational research with strong statistical controls for selection bias and for discerning the influence of internal factors.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Quasi-experimental study</E>means an evaluation design that attempts to approximate an experimental design and can support causal conclusions (i.e., minimizes threats to internal validity, such as selection bias, or allows them to be modeled). Well-designed quasi-experimental studies include carefully matched comparison group designs (as defined in this notice), interrupted time series designs (as defined in this notice), or regression discontinuity designs (as defined in this notice).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Regression discontinuity design study</E>means, in part, a quasi-experimental study design that closely approximates an experimental study. In a regression discontinuity design, participants are assigned to a treatment or comparison group based on a numerical rating or score of a variable unrelated to the treatment such as the rating of an application for funding. Another example would be assignment of eligible students, teachers, classrooms, or schools above a certain score (“cut score”) to the treatment group and assignment of those below the score to the comparison group.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Strong evidence</E>means evidence from previous studies whose designs can support causal conclusions (i.e., studies with high internal validity), and studies that in total include enough of the range of participants and settings to support scaling up to the State, regional, or national level (i.e., studies with high external validity). The following are examples of strong evidence: (1) more than one well-designed and well-implemented (as defined in this notice) experimental study (as defined in this notice) or well-designed and well-implemented (as defined in this notice) quasi-experimental study (as defined in this notice) that supports the effectiveness of the practice, strategy, or program; or (2) one large, well-designed and well-implemented (as defined in this notice) randomized controlled, multisite trial that supports the effectiveness of the practice, strategy, or program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Well-designed and well-implemented</E>means, with respect to an experimental or quasi-experimental study (as defined in this notice), that the study meets the What Works Clearinghouse evidence standards, with or without reservations (see<E T="03">http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/references/idocviewer/doc.aspx?docid=19&amp;tocid=1</E>and in particular the description of “Reasons for Not Meeting Standards” at<E T="03">http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/references/idocviewer/Doc.docId=19&amp;tocId=4#reasons</E>
          <SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>9</SU>The information found at this link when the 2010 i3 NFP was published can now be found at this link:<E T="03">http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/pdf/reference_resources/wwc_procedures_v2_1_standards_handbook.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Other Definitions From the 2010 i3 NFP</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant</E>means the entity that applies for a grant under this program on behalf of an eligible applicant (i.e., an LEA or a partnership in accordance with section 14007(a)(1)(B) of the ARRA).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Consortium of schools</E>means two or more public elementary or secondary schools acting collaboratively for the purpose of applying for and implementing an Investing in Innovation Fund grant jointly with an eligible nonprofit organization.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Formative assessment</E>means assessment questions, tools, and processes that are embedded in instruction and are used by teachers and students to provide timely feedback for purposes of adjusting instruction to improve learning.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">High-need student</E>means a student at risk of educational failure, or otherwise in need of special assistance and support, such as students who are living in poverty, who attend high-minority schools, who are far below grade level, who are over-age and under-credited, who have left school before receiving a regular high school diploma, who are at risk of not graduating with a regular high school diploma on time, who are homeless, who are in foster care, who have been incarcerated, who have disabilities, or who are limited English proficient.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">High school graduation rate</E>means a four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with 34 CFR 200.19(b)(1) and may also include an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with 34 CFR 200.19(b)(1)(v) if the State in which the proposed project is implemented has been approved by the Secretary to use such a rate under Title I of the ESEA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Interim assessment</E>means an assessment that is given at regular and specified intervals throughout the school year, is designed to evaluate students' knowledge and skills relative to a specific set of academic standards, and produces results that can be aggregated (e.g., by course, grade level, school, or LEA) in order to inform teachers and administrators at the student, classroom, school, and LEA levels.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">National level,</E>as used in reference to a Scale-up grant, describes a project that is able to be effective in a wide variety of communities and student populations around the country, including rural and urban areas, as well as with the different groups of students described in section 1111(b)(3)(C)(xiii) of the ESEA (i.e., economically disadvantaged students, students from major racial and ethnic groups, migrant students, students with disabilities, students with limited English proficiency, and students of each gender).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Nonprofit organization</E>means an entity that meets the definition of “nonprofit” under 34 CFR 77.1(c), or an institution of higher education as defined by section 101(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Official partner</E>means any of the entities required to be part of a partnership under section 14007(a)(1)(B) of the ARRA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Other partner</E>means any entity, other than the applicant and any official partner, that may be involved in a proposed project.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Regional level,</E>as used in reference to a Scale-up or Validation grant, describes a project that is able to serve a variety of communities and student populations within a State or multiple States, including rural and urban areas, as well as with the different groups of students described in section 1111(b)(3)(C)(xiii) of the ESEA (i.e., economically disadvantaged students, students from major racial and ethnic groups, migrant students, students with disabilities, students with limited English proficiency, and students of each gender). To be considered a regional-level project, a project must serve students in more than one LEA. The exception to this requirement would be a project implemented in a State in which the State educational agency is the sole educational agency for all schools and thus may be considered an LEA under section 9101(26) of the ESEA. Such a State would meet the definition of regional for the purposes of this notice.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Regular high school diploma</E>means, consistent with 34 CFR 200.19(b)(1)(iv), the standard high school diploma that is awarded to students in the State and that is fully aligned with the State's academic content standards or a higher diploma and does not include a General<PRTPAGE P="18222"/>Education Development (GED) credential, certificate of attendance, or any alternative award.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Student achievement</E>means—</P>
        <P>(a) For tested grades and subjects: (1) A student's score on the State's assessments under section 1111(b)(3) of the ESEA; and, as appropriate, (2) other measures of student learning, such as those described in paragraph (b) of this definition, provided they are rigorous and comparable across classrooms; and</P>
        <P>(b) For non-tested grades and subjects: alternative measures of student learning and performance such as student scores on pre-tests and end-of-course tests; student performance on English language proficiency assessments; and other measures of student achievement that are rigorous and comparable across classrooms.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Student growth</E>means the change in student achievement data for an individual student between two or more points in time. Growth may be measured by a variety of approaches, but any approach used must be statistically rigorous and based on student achievement data, and may also include other measures of student learning in order to increase the construct validity and generalizability of the information.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definitions From Supplemental Priorities</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">High-poverty school</E>means a school in which at least 50 percent of students are eligible for free or reduced-price lunches under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act or in which at least 50 percent of students are from low-income families as determined using one of the criteria specified under section 1113(a)(5) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended. For middle and high schools, eligibility may be calculated on the basis of comparable data from feeder schools. Eligibility as a high-poverty school under this definition is determined on the basis of the most currently available data.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Open educational resources (OER)</E>means teaching, learning, and research resources that reside in the public domain or have been released under an intellectual property license that permits their free use or repurposing by others.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Rural local educational agency</E>means a local educational agency (LEA) that is eligible under the Small Rural School Achievement (SRSA) program or the Rural and Low-Income School (RLIS) program authorized under Title VI, Part B of the ESEA. Eligible applicants may determine whether a particular LEA is eligible for these programs by referring to information on the Department's Web site at<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/nclb/freedom/local/reap.html.</E>
        </P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Program Authority:</HD>
          <P>American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Division A, Section 14007, Pub. L. 111-5.</P>
        </AUTH>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicable Regulations:</E>(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) in 34 CFR parts 74, 75, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, 84, 85, 86, 97, 98, and 99. (b) The notice of final priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria for this program, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on March 12, 2010 (75 FR 12004) (2010 i3 NFP). (c) The notice of final revisions to priorities, requirements, and selection criteria for this program, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 3, 2011 (76 FR 32073) (2011 Notice of Final i3 Revisions). (d) The notice of final supplemental priorities and definitions for Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 15, 2010 (75 FR 78486)), and corrected on May 12, 2011 (76 FR 27637) (Supplemental Priorities).</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 apply to all applicants except federally recognized Indian tribes.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The regulations in 34 CFR part 86 apply to institutions of higher education only.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Award Information</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Award:</E>Cooperative agreements.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Available Funds:</E>$140,452,000.</P>
        <P>These estimated available funds are the total amount available for all three types of grants under the i3 program (Scale-up, Validation, and Development).</P>
        <P>Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of the applications received, we may make additional awards in FY 2013 or later years from the list of unfunded applicants from this competition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Range of Awards</HD>
        <P>Scale-up grants: Up to $25,000,000.</P>
        <P>Validation grants: Up to $15,000,000.</P>
        <P>Development grants: Up to $3,000,000.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Average Size of Awards</HD>
        <P>Scale-up grants: $24,000,000.</P>
        <P>Validation grants: $14,500,000.</P>
        <P>Development grants: $3,000,000.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Number of Awards</HD>
        <P>Scale-up grants: 0-2 awards.</P>
        <P>Validation grants: 1-5 awards.</P>
        <P>Development grants: 10-20 awards.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Project Period:</E>36-60 months.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Eligibility Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Providing Innovations that Improve Achievement for High-Need Students:</E>All eligible applicants must implement practices, strategies, or programs for high-need students (as defined in this notice). (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Eligible Applicants:</E>Entities eligible to apply for i3 grants include: (a) An LEA or (b) a partnership between a nonprofit organization and (1) one or more LEAs or (2) a consortium of schools. An eligible applicant that is a partnership applying under section 14007(a)(1)(B) of the ARRA must designate one of its official partners (as defined in this notice) to serve as the applicant in accordance with the Department's regulations governing group applications in 34 CFR 75.127 through 75.129. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Eligibility Requirements:</E>Except as specifically set forth in the<E T="03">Note about Eligibility for an Eligible Applicant that Includes a Nonprofit Organization</E>that follows, to be eligible for an award, an eligible applicant must—</P>
        <P>(1)(A) Have significantly closed the achievement gaps between groups of students described in section 1111(b)(2) of the ESEA (economically disadvantaged students, students from major racial and ethnic groups, students with limited English proficiency, students with disabilities); or</P>
        <P>(B) Have demonstrated success in significantly increasing student academic achievement for all groups of students described in that section;</P>
        <P>(2) Have made significant improvements in other areas, such as graduation rates or increased recruitment and placement of high-quality teachers and principals, as demonstrated with meaningful data;</P>
        <P>(3) Demonstrate that it has established one or more partnerships with the private sector, which may include philanthropic organizations, and that the private sector will provide matching funds in order to help bring results to scale; and</P>

        <P>(4) In the case of an eligible applicant that includes a nonprofit organization, provide in the application the names of the LEAs with which the nonprofit organization will partner, or the names of the schools in the consortium with which it will partner. If an eligible applicant that includes a nonprofit organization intends to partner with additional LEAs or schools that are not named in the application, it must describe in the application the demographic and other characteristics<PRTPAGE P="18223"/>of these LEAs and schools and the process it will use to select them as either official or other partners. An applicant must identify its specific partners before a grant award will be made. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Applicants should provide information addressing these eligibility requirements in Appendix C, under “Other Attachments Form,” of their applications. An applicant must provide sufficient supporting data or other information to allow the Department to determine whether the applicant has met these eligibility requirements. If the Department determines that an applicant has provided insufficient information in its application, the applicant will not have an opportunity to provide additional information.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note about LEA Eligibility:</HD>
          <P>For purposes of this program, an LEA is an LEA located within one of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        </NOTE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note about Eligibility for an Eligible Applicant that Includes a Nonprofit Organization:</HD>
          <P>The authorizing statute specifies that an eligible applicant that includes a nonprofit organization is considered to have met the requirements in paragraphs (1) and (2) of the eligibility requirements for this program if the nonprofit organization has a record of significantly improving student achievement, attainment, or retention. For an eligible applicant that includes a nonprofit organization, the nonprofit organization must demonstrate that it has a record of significantly improving student achievement, attainment, or retention through its record of work with an LEA or schools. Therefore, an eligible applicant that includes a nonprofit organization does not necessarily need to include as a partner for its Investing in Innovation Fund grant an LEA or a consortium of schools that meets the requirements in paragraphs (1) and (2).</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>In addition, the authorizing statute (as amended) specifies that an eligible applicant that includes a nonprofit organization is considered to have met the requirements of paragraph (3) of the eligibility requirements in this notice if the eligible applicant demonstrates that it will meet the requirement relating to private-sector matching. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Cost Sharing or Matching:</E>To be eligible for an award, an eligible applicant must demonstrate that it has established one or more partnerships with an entity or organization in the private sector, which may include philanthropic organizations, and that the entity or organization in the private sector will provide matching funds in order to help bring project results to scale. An eligible applicant must obtain matching funds or in-kind donations equal to at least 5 percent of its grant award.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>Selected eligible applicants must submit evidence of the full amount of private-sector matching funds following the peer review of applications. An award will not be made unless the applicant provides adequate evidence that the full amount of the private-sector match has been committed or the Secretary approves the eligible applicant's request to reduce the matching-level requirement.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>The 2011 Notice of Final i3 Revisions modified the “Cost Sharing and Matching” requirement established in the 2010 i3 NFP by providing that the Secretary will specify the amount of required private-sector matching funds or in-kind donations in the notice inviting applications for the specific i3 competition. For this competition, the Secretary establishes a matching requirement of at least 5 percent of the grant award.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Secretary may consider decreasing the matching requirement in the most exceptional circumstances, on a case-by-case basis. An eligible applicant that anticipates being unable to meet the full amount of the private-sector matching requirement must include in its application a request to the Secretary to reduce the matching-level requirement, along with a statement of the basis for the request. (2010 i3 NFP, as revised by the 2011 Notice of Final i3 Revisions)</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Other:</E>The Secretary establishes the following requirements for the i3 program. These requirements are from the 2010 i3 NFP. We may apply these requirements in any year in which this program is in effect.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Evidence Standards:</E>To be eligible for an award, an application for a Scale-up grant must be supported by strong evidence (as defined in this notice). (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Applicants should provide information addressing the required evidence standards in Appendix D, under “Other Attachments Form,” of its application. An applicant must either ensure that all evidence is available to the Department from publicly available sources and provide links or other guidance indicating where it is available; or include copies of evidence in Appendix D of the application. If the Department determines that an applicant has provided insufficient information, the applicant will not have an opportunity to provide additional information to support its application.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>•<E T="03">Funding Categories:</E>An applicant must state in its application whether it is applying for a Scale-up, Validation, or Development grant. An applicant may not submit an application for the same proposed project under more than one type of grant. An applicant will be considered for an award only for the type of grant for which it applies. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Subgrants:</E>In the case of an eligible applicant that is a partnership between a nonprofit organization and (1) one or more LEAs or (2) a consortium of schools, the partner serving as the applicant may make subgrants to one or more official partners (as defined in this notice). (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Limits on Grant Awards:</E>(a) No grantee may receive more than two new grant awards of any type under the i3 program in a single year; (b) In any two-year period, no grantee may receive more than one new Scale-up or Validation grant; and (c) No grantee may receive more than $55 million in new grant awards under the i3 program in a single year. (2010 i3 NFP, as revised by the 2011 Notice of Final i3 Revisions)</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Evaluation:</E>A grantee must comply with the requirements of any evaluation of the program conducted by the Department. In addition, the grantee is required to conduct an independent evaluation (as defined in this notice) of its project and must agree, along with its independent evaluator, to cooperate with any technical assistance provided by the Department or its contractor. The purpose of this technical assistance will be to ensure that the evaluations are of the highest quality and to encourage commonality in evaluation approaches across funded projects where such commonality is feasible and useful. Finally, the grantee must make broadly available through formal (e.g., peer-reviewed journals) or informal (e.g., newsletters) mechanisms, and in print or electronically, the results of any evaluations it conducts of its funded activities. For Scale-up and Validation grants, the grantee must also ensure the data from their evaluations are made available to third-party researchers consistent with applicable privacy requirements. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Participation in “Communities of Practice”:</E>Grantees are required to participate in, organize, or facilitate, as appropriate, communities of practice for the i3 program. A community of practice is a group of grantees that agrees to interact regularly to solve a persistent problem or improve practice in an area that is important to them. Establishment of communities of practice under the i3 program will enable grantees to meet, discuss, and collaborate with each other regarding grantee projects. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Application and Submission Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. Submission of Proprietary Information</HD>

        <P>Given the types of projects that may be proposed in applications for the i3<PRTPAGE P="18224"/>program, some applications may include proprietary information as it relates to confidential commercial information. Confidential commercial information is defined as information the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm. Upon submission, applicants should identify any information contained in their application that they consider to be confidential commercial information. Consistent with the process followed in the prior two i3 competitions, we plan on posting the project narrative section of funded Scale-up applications on the Department's Web site. Identifying proprietary information in the submitted application will help facilitate this public disclosure process.</P>
        <P>Applicants are encouraged to identify only the specific information that the applicant considers to be proprietary and list the page numbers on which this information can be found in Appendix I, under “Other Attachments Form,” of their applications. In addition to identifying the page number on which that information can be found, eligible applicants will assist the Department in making determinations on public release of the application by being as specific as possible in identifying the information they consider proprietary. Please note that, in many instances, identification of entire pages of documentation would not be appropriate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. Address To Request Application Package</HD>

        <P>You can obtain an application package via the Internet or from the Education Publications Center (ED Pubs). To obtain a copy via the Internet, use the following address:<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/programs/innovation/index.html.</E>To obtain a copy from ED Pubs, write, fax, or call the following: ED Pubs, U.S. Department of Education, P.O. Box 22207, Alexandria, VA 22304. Telephone, toll free: 1-877-433-7827. Fax: (703) 605-6794. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.</P>
        <P>You can contact ED Pubs at its Web site, also:<E T="03">www.EDPubs.gov</E>or at its email address:<E T="03">edpubs@inet.ed.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>If you request an application from ED Pubs, be sure to identify this program or competition as follows: CFDA number 84.411A.</P>

        <P>Individuals with disabilities can obtain a copy of the application package in an accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc) by contacting the person or team listed under<E T="03">Accessible Format</E>in section VIII of this notice.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3. Content and Form of Application Submission</HD>
        <P>Requirements concerning the content of an application, together with the forms you must submit, are in the application package for this competition. Notice of Intent to Apply: April 16, 2012.</P>

        <P>We will be able to develop a more efficient process for reviewing grant applications if we know the approximate number of applicants that intend to apply for funding under this competition. Therefore, the Secretary strongly encourages each potential applicant to notify us of the applicant's intent to submit an application for funding by completing a Web-based form. When completing this form, applicants will provide (1) the applicant organization's name and address, (2) the type of grant for which the applicant intends to apply, (3) the one absolute priority the applicant intends to address, and (4) a maximum of two of the competitive preference priorities the applicant wishes the Department to consider for purposes of earning the competitive preference priority points. Applicants may access this form online at<E T="03">http://go.usa.gov/PVI.</E>Applicants that do not complete this form may still apply for funding.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Page Limit:</E>The application narrative (Part III of the application) is where you, the applicant, address the selection criteria that reviewers use to evaluate your application. Applicants should limit the application narrative [Part III] for a Scale-up application to no more than 50 pages. Applicants are also strongly encouraged not to include lengthy appendices that contain information that could not be included in the narrative. Applicants should use the following standards:</P>
        <P>• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.</P>
        <P>• Double space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative, including titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, and references.</P>
        <P>• Use a font that is either 12 point or larger or no smaller than 10 pitch (characters per inch).</P>
        <P>• Use one of the following fonts: Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.</P>
        <P>The recommended page limit does not apply to Part I, the cover sheet; Part II, the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; Part IV, the assurances and certifications; or the one-page abstract, the resumes, the bibliography, or the letters of support. However, the recommended page limit does apply to all of the application narrative section [Part III].</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.<E T="03">Submission Dates and Times</E>
        </HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applications Available:</E>March 29, 2012.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Deadline for Notice of Intent to Apply:</E>April 16, 2012.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Informational Meetings:</E>The i3 program intends to hold meetings designed to provide technical assistance to interested applicants for all three types of grants. Detailed information regarding these meetings will be provided on the i3 Web site at<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/programs/innovation/index.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Deadline for Transmittal of Applications:</E>May 29, 2012.</P>

        <P>Applications for grants under this competition must be submitted electronically using the Grants.gov Apply site (Grants.gov). For information (including dates and times) about how to submit your application electronically, or in paper format by mail or hand delivery if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, please refer to section IV. 8.<E T="03">Other Submission Requirements</E>of this notice.</P>
        <P>We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements.</P>

        <P>Individuals with disabilities who need an accommodation or auxiliary aid in connection with the application process should contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>in section VII of this notice. If the Department provides an accommodation or auxiliary aid to an individual with a disability in connection with the application process, the individual's application remains subject to all other requirements and limitations in this notice. Deadline for Intergovernmental Review: July 25, 2012.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Intergovernmental Review:</E>This competition is subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. Information about Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs under Executive Order 12372 is in the application package for this competition.</P>
        <P>6.<E T="03">Funding Restrictions:</E>We reference regulations outlining funding restrictions in the<E T="03">Applicable Regulations</E>section of this notice.</P>
        <P>7.<E T="03">Data Universal Numbering System Number, Taxpayer Identification Number, and Central Contractor Registry:</E>To do business with the Department of Education, you must—<PRTPAGE P="18225"/>
        </P>
        <P>a. Have a Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number and a Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN);</P>
        <P>b. Register both your DUNS number and TIN with the Central Contractor Registry (CCR), the Government's primary registrant database;</P>
        <P>c. Provide your DUNS number and TIN on your application; and</P>
        <P>d. Maintain an active CCR registration with current information while your application is under review by the Department and, if you are awarded a grant, during the project period.</P>
        <P>You can obtain a DUNS number from Dun and Bradstreet. A DUNS number can be created within one business day.</P>
        <P>If you are a corporate entity, agency, institution, or organization, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an individual, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service or the Social Security Administration. If you need a new TIN, please allow 2-5 weeks for your TIN to become active.</P>
        <P>The CCR registration process may take five or more business days to complete. If you are currently registered with the CCR, you may not need to make any changes. However, please make certain that the TIN associated with your DUNS number is correct. Also note that you will need to update your CCR registration on an annual basis. This may take three or more business days to complete.</P>

        <P>In addition, if you are submitting your application via Grants.gov, you must (1) be designated by your organization as an Authorized Organization Representative (AOR); and (2) register yourself with Grants.gov as an AOR. Details on these steps are outlined at the following Grants.gov Web page:<E T="03">www.grants.gov/applicants/get_registered.jsp.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8. Other Submission Requirements</HD>
        <P>Applications for grants under this competition must be submitted electronically unless you qualify for an exception to this requirement in accordance with the instructions in this section.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Electronic Submission of Applications</HD>

        <P>Applications for grants under the i3 program, CFDA number 84.411A (Scale-up grants), must be submitted electronically using the Governmentwide Grants.gov Apply site at<E T="03">www.Grants.gov.</E>Through this site, you will be able to download a copy of the application package, complete it offline, and then upload and submit your application. You may not email an electronic copy of a grant application to us.</P>

        <P>We will reject your application if you submit it in paper format unless, as described elsewhere in this section, you qualify for one of the exceptions to the electronic submission requirement<E T="03">and</E>submit, no later than two weeks before the application deadline date, a written statement to the Department that you qualify for one of these exceptions. Further information regarding calculation of the date that is two weeks before the application deadline date is provided later in this section under<E T="03">Exception to Electronic Submission Requirement.</E>
        </P>
        <P>You may access the electronic grant applications for the i3 program at www.Grants.gov. You must search for the downloadable application package for this competition by the CFDA number. Do not include the CFDA number's alpha suffix in your search (i.e., search for 84.411, not 84.411A).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Please note the following:</E>
        </P>
        <P>• When you enter the Grants.gov site, you will find information about submitting an application electronically through the site, as well as the hours of operation.</P>
        <P>• Applications received by Grants.gov are date and time stamped. Your application must be fully uploaded and submitted and must be date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system no later than 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. Except as otherwise noted in this section, we will not accept your application if it is received—that is, date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system—after 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements. When we retrieve your application from Grants.gov, we will notify you if we are rejecting your application because it was date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system after 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date.</P>
        <P>• The amount of time it can take to upload an application will vary depending on a variety of factors, including the size of the application and the speed of your Internet connection. Therefore, we strongly recommend that you do not wait until the application deadline date to begin the submission process through Grants.gov.</P>

        <P>• You should review and follow the Education Submission Procedures for submitting an application through Grants.gov that are included in the application package for this competition to ensure that you submit your application in a timely manner to the Grants.gov system. You can also find the Education Submission Procedures pertaining to Grants.gov under News and Events on the Department's G5 system home page at<E T="03">http://www.G5.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>• You will not receive additional point value because you submit your application in electronic format, nor will we penalize you if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, as described elsewhere in this section, and submit your application in paper format.</P>
        <P>• You must submit all documents electronically, including all information you typically provide on the following forms: The Application for Federal Assistance (SF 424), the Department of Education Supplemental Information for SF 424, Budget Information—Non-Construction Programs (ED 524), and all necessary assurances and certifications.</P>
        <P>• You must upload any narrative sections and all other attachments to your application as files in a PDF (Portable Document), read-only, non-modifiable format. Do not upload an interactive or fillable PDF file. If you upload a file type other than a read-only, non-modifiable PDF or submit a password-protected file, we will not review that material.</P>
        <P>• Your electronic application must comply with any page-limit requirements described in this notice.</P>
        <P>• After you electronically submit your application, you will receive from Grants.gov an automatic notification of receipt that contains a Grants.gov tracking number. (This notification indicates receipt by Grants.gov only, not receipt by the Department.) The Department then will retrieve your application from Grants.gov and send a second notification to you by email. This second notification indicates that the Department has received your application and has assigned your application a PR/Award number (an ED-specified identifying number unique to your application).</P>
        <P>• We may request that you provide us original signatures on forms at a later date.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Application Deadline Date Extension in Case of Technical Issues with the Grants.gov System:</E>If you are experiencing problems submitting your application through Grants.gov, please contact the Grants.gov Support Desk, toll free, at 1-800-518-4726. You must obtain a Grants.gov Support Desk Case Number and must keep a record of it.</P>

        <P>If you are prevented from electronically submitting your application on the application deadline date because of technical problems with the Grants.gov system, we will grant you an extension until 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, the following business day to enable you to transmit<PRTPAGE P="18226"/>your application electronically or by hand delivery. You also may mail your application by following the mailing instructions described elsewhere in this notice.</P>

        <P>If you submit an application after 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date, please contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>in section VII of this notice and provide an explanation of the technical problem you experienced with Grants.gov, along with the Grants.gov Support Desk Case Number. We will accept your application if we can confirm that a technical problem occurred with the Grants.gov system and that that problem affected your ability to submit your application by 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. The Department will contact you after a determination is made on whether your application will be accepted.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The extensions to which we refer in this section apply only to the unavailability of, or technical problems with, the Grants.gov system. We will not grant you an extension if you failed to fully register to submit your application to Grants.gov before the application deadline date and time or if the technical problem you experienced is unrelated to the Grants.gov system.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Exception to Electronic Submission Requirement:</E>You qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, and may submit your application in paper format, if you are unable to submit an application through the Grants.gov system because—</P>
        <P>• You do not have access to the Internet; or</P>

        <P>• You do not have the capacity to upload large documents to the Grants.gov system;<E T="03">and</E>
        </P>
        <P>• No later than two weeks before the application deadline date (14 calendar days or, if the fourteenth calendar day before the application deadline date falls on a Federal holiday, the next business day following the Federal holiday), you mail or fax a written statement to the Department, explaining which of the two grounds for an exception prevent you from using the Internet to submit your application.</P>
        <P>If you mail your written statement to the Department, it must be postmarked no later than two weeks before the application deadline date. If you fax your written statement to the Department, we must receive the faxed statement no later than two weeks before the application deadline date.</P>
        <P>Address and mail or fax your statement to: Carol Lyons, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 4W203, Washington, DC 20202-5930. Fax: (202) 205-5631.</P>
        <P>Your paper application must be submitted in accordance with the mail or hand delivery instructions described in this notice.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Submission of Paper Applications by Mail</HD>
        <P>If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you may mail (through the U.S. Postal Service or a commercial carrier) your application to the Department. You must mail the original and two copies of your application, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.411A), LBJ Basement Level 1, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-4260.</P>
        <P>You must show proof of mailing consisting of one of the following:</P>
        <P>(1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark.</P>
        <P>(2) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the U.S. Postal Service.</P>
        <P>(3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.</P>
        <P>(4) Any other proof of mailing acceptable to the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education.</P>
        <P>If you mail your application through the U.S. Postal Service, we do not accept either of the following as proof of mailing:</P>
        <P>(1) A private metered postmark.</P>
        <P>(2) A mail receipt that is not dated by the U.S. Postal Service.</P>
        <P>If your application is postmarked after the application deadline date, we will not consider your application.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Postal Service does not uniformly provide a dated postmark. Before relying on this method, you should check with your local post office.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Submission of Paper Applications by Hand Delivery</HD>
        <P>If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you (or a courier service) may deliver your paper application to the Department by hand. You must deliver the original and two copies of your application by hand, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.411A), 550 12th Street SW., Room 7041, Potomac Center Plaza, Washington, DC 20202-4260.</P>
        
        <FP>The Application Control Center accepts hand deliveries daily between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays.</FP>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note for Mail or Hand Delivery of Paper Applications:</HD>
          <P>If you mail or hand deliver your application to the Department—</P>
          <P>(1) You must indicate on the envelope and—if not provided by the Department—in Item 11 of the SF 424 the CFDA number, including suffix letter, if any, of the competition under which you are submitting your application; and</P>
          <P>(2) The Application Control Center will mail to you a notification of receipt of your grant application. If you do not receive this notification within 15 business days from the application deadline date, you should call the U.S. Department of Education Application Control Center at (202) 245-6288.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Application Review Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Selection Criteria:</E>The selection criteria for this competition are from the 2010 i3 NFP and from 34 CFR 75.210.<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>The points assigned to each criterion are indicated in the parenthesis next to the criterion. Applicants may earn up to a total of 100 points.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>The 2011 Notice of Final i3 Revisions establishes that the Secretary may use one or more of the selection criteria established in the 2010 i3 NFP, any of the selection criteria in 34 CFR 75.210, criteria based on the statutory requirements for the i3 program in accordance with 34 CFR 75.209, or any combination of these when establishing selection criteria for each particular type of grant (Scale-up, Validation, and Development) in an i3 competition.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>In responding to the selection criteria, applicants should keep in mind that peer reviewers may consider only the information provided in the written application when scoring and commenting on the application. Therefore, applicants should draft their responses with the goal of helping peer reviewers understand:</P>
          <P>• What the applicant is proposing to do, including the<E T="03">single</E>Absolute Priority under which the applicant intends the application to be reviewed;</P>
          <P>• How the proposed project will improve upon existing products, processes, or strategies for addressing similar needs;</P>
          <P>• What the outcomes of the project will be if it is successful; and</P>
          <P>• What the proposed project will cost and why the proposed project is an effective use of funds.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>The selection criteria for the Scale-up grant competition are as follows:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">A. Quality of the Project Design (up to 30 Points)</HD>
        <P>The Secretary considers the quality of the project design of the proposed project.</P>
        <P>In determining the quality of the project design, the Secretary considers the following factors:</P>

        <P>(1) The extent to which the proposed project has a clear set of goals and an explicit strategy, with actions that are<PRTPAGE P="18227"/>(a) aligned with the priorities the eligible applicant is seeking to meet, and (b) expected to result in achieving the goals, objectives, and outcomes of the proposed project. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>(2) The potential and planning for the incorporation of project purposes, activities, or benefits into the ongoing work of the eligible applicant and any other partners at the end of the Scale-up grant. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>(3) The extent to which the costs are reasonable in relation to the objectives, design, and potential significance of the proposed project. (34 CFR 75.210)</P>
        <P>(4) The eligible applicant's estimate of the cost of the proposed project, which includes the start-up and operating costs per student per year (including indirect costs) for reaching the total number of students proposed to be served by the project. The eligible applicant must include an estimate of the costs for the eligible applicant or others (including other partners) to reach 100,000, 500,000, and 1,000,000 students. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The Secretary considers cost estimates both (a) to assess the reasonableness of the costs relative to the objectives, design, and potential significance for the total number of students to be served by the proposed project, which is determined by the eligible applicant, and (b) to understand the possible costs for the eligible applicant or others (including other partners) to reach the scaling targets of 100,000, 500,000, and 1,000,000 students for Scale-up grants. An eligible applicant is free to propose the number of students it will serve under its project, and is expected to reach that number of students by the end of the grant period. The scaling targets, in contrast, are theoretical and allow peer reviewers to assess the cost-effectiveness generally of proposed projects, particularly in cases where an initial investment may be required to support projects that operate at reduced cost in the future, whether implemented by the eligible applicant or any other entity. Grantees are not required to reach these numbers during the grant period.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>In responding to this criterion, the Secretary encourages the applicant to address what the applicant proposes to do for the proposed project, how the applicant will do it, what the project costs will be, why the project costs will be sufficient and reasonable to achieve the goals, objectives, and outcomes of the proposed project, and how the project costs would change if the project were scaled to serve a larger number of students (i.e., which of the costs are fixed regardless of how many students are served and which of the costs are variable and increase as more students are served). Additionally, an applicant may wish to address why the project costs are reasonable compared to what the project will accomplish, particularly in comparison to similar projects or alternative ways of achieving similar outcomes.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">B.<E T="03">Significance (Up to 25 Points)</E>
        </HD>
        <P>The Secretary considers the significance of the project.</P>
        <P>In determining the significance of the project, the Secretary considers the following factors:</P>
        <P>(1) The extent to which the proposed project represents an exceptional approach to the priority or priorities established for the competition.</P>
        <P>(2) The extent to which the services to be provided by the proposed project reflect up-to-date knowledge from research and effective practice. (34 CFR 75.210)</P>
        <P>(3) The importance and magnitude of the effect expected to be obtained by the proposed project, including the extent to which the project will substantially and measurably improve student achievement or student growth, close achievement gaps, decrease dropout rates, increase high school graduation rates, or increase college enrollment and completion rates. The evidence in support of the importance and magnitude of the effect would be the research-based evidence provided by the eligible applicant to support the proposed project. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note Linking Magnitude of Effect to Presented Evidence:</HD>
          <P>The Secretary notes that the research evidence provided by the eligible applicant is relevant to addressing the third factor of Selection Criterion B, which concerns the importance and/or magnitude of the expected impact of the proposed project.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>In responding to this criterion, the Secretary encourages the applicant to explain what is exceptional about how the proposed project addresses the absolute priority under which the applicant is submitting its i3 application. Also, the Secretary encourages the applicant to explain how the proposed project reflects up-to-date knowledge from research and effective practice. Additionally, the Secretary encourages the applicant to quantify the potential impact of the proposed project, if successful, and the extent to which the project will measurably improve student achievement or student growth, close achievement gaps, decrease dropout rates, increase high school graduation rates, or increase college enrollment and completion rates.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">C. Quality of the Management Plan and Personnel (Up to 25 Points)</HD>
        <P>The Secretary considers the quality of the management plan and personnel for the proposed project.</P>
        <P>In determining the quality of the management plan and personnel for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:</P>
        <P>(1) The adequacy of the management plan to achieve the objectives of the proposed project on time and within budget, including clearly defined responsibilities, timelines, and milestones for accomplishing project tasks, as well as tasks related to the sustainability and scalability of the proposed project. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>(2) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of the project director and key project personnel, especially in managing large, complex, and rapidly growing projects. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>(3) The eligible applicant's capacity (e.g., in terms of qualified personnel, financial resources, or management capacity) to bring the proposed project to scale on a national, regional, or State level working directly, or through partners, either during or following the end of the grant period. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>In responding to this criterion, the Secretary encourages applicants to address how the team's prior experiences have prepared them for implementing the proposed project successfully. In addition, the Secretary encourages applicants to identify the resources that will be required to bring the project to the appropriate level of scale, and whether the applicants possess those resources or how they will secure them.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">D. Quality of Project Evaluation (Up to 20 Points)</HD>
        <P>The Secretary considers the quality of the project evaluation.</P>
        <P>In determining the quality of the project evaluation to be conducted, the Secretary considers the following factors:</P>
        <P>(1) The extent to which the methods of evaluation will include a well-designed experimental study or, if a well-designed experimental study of the project is not possible, the extent to which the methods of evaluation will include a well-designed quasi-experimental study. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>(2) The extent to which the methods of evaluation will provide high-quality implementation data and performance feedback, and permit periodic assessment of progress toward achieving intended outcomes. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>(3) The extent to which the evaluation will provide sufficient information about the key elements and approach of the project so as to facilitate replication or testing in other settings. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <P>(4) The extent to which the proposed project plan includes sufficient resources to carry out the project evaluation effectively. (2010 i3 NFP)</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>In responding to this criterion, the Secretary encourages applicants to describe the key evaluation questions and address how the proposed evaluation methodologies will allow the project to answer those<PRTPAGE P="18228"/>questions. This may include whether the evaluation would produce information about the effectiveness of the proposed project with the specific student populations being served with grant funds. Further, the Secretary encourages applicants to identify what implementation and performance data the evaluation will generate and how the evaluation will provide data during the period to help indicate whether the project is on track to meet its goals. Finally, applicants should address whether the budget allocates sufficient resources to support the planned evaluation.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>We encourage eligible applicants to review the following technical assistance resources on evaluation: (1) What Works Clearinghouse Procedures and Standards Handbook:<E T="03">http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/references/idocviewer/doc.aspx?docid=19&amp;tocid=1;</E>and (2) IES/NCEE Technical Methods papers:<E T="03">http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/tech_methods/.</E>
          </P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Review and Selection Process:</E>The Department will screen applications submitted in accordance with the requirements in this notice, and will determine which applications have met eligibility and other statutory requirements.</P>
        <P>The Department will use independent peer reviewers with various backgrounds and professions, including pre-kindergarten-12 teachers and principals, college and university educators, researchers and evaluators, social entrepreneurs, strategy consultants, grant makers and managers, and others with education expertise. The Department will thoroughly screen all reviewers for conflicts of interest to ensure a fair and competitive review process.</P>
        <P>Reviewers will read, prepare a written evaluation, and score the applications assigned to their panel, using the selection criteria provided in this notice. For Scale-up grant applications, the Department intends to conduct a single tier review and peer reviewers will review and score all eligible Scale-up applications using the selection criteria provided in this notice. If eligible applicants have chosen to address the competitive preference priorities (a maximum of two) for purposes of earning competitive preference priority points, reviewers will review and score those competitive preference priorities. If competitive preference priority points are awarded, those points will be added to the eligible applicant's score.</P>
        <P>We remind potential applicants that in reviewing applications in any discretionary grant competition, the Secretary may consider, under 34 CFR 75.217(d)(3), the past performance of the applicant in carrying out a previous award, such as the applicant's use of funds, achievement of project objectives, and compliance with grant conditions. The Secretary may also consider whether the applicant failed to submit a timely performance report or submitted a report of unacceptable quality.</P>
        <P>In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary also requires various assurances including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Education (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Special Conditions:</E>Under 34 CFR 74.14 and 80.12, the Secretary may impose special conditions on a grant if the applicant or grantee is not financially stable; has a history of unsatisfactory performance; has a financial or other management system that does not meet the standards in 34 CFR parts 74 or 80, as applicable; has not fulfilled the conditions of a prior grant; or is otherwise not responsible.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Award Administration Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Award Notices:</E>If your application is successful, we notify your U.S. Representative and U.S. Senators and send you a Grant Award Notification (GAN). We may notify you informally, also.</P>
        <P>If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Administrative and National Policy Requirements:</E>We identify administrative and national policy requirements in the application package and reference these and other requirements in the<E T="03">Applicable Regulations</E>section of this notice.</P>

        <P>We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the<E T="03">Applicable Regulations</E>section of this notice and include these and other specific conditions in the GAN. The GAN also incorporates your approved application as part of your binding commitments under the grant.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Reporting:</E>(a) If you apply for a grant under this competition, you must ensure that you have in place the necessary processes and systems to comply with the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 170 should you receive funding under the competition. This does not apply if you have an exception under 2 CFR 170.110(b).</P>

        <P>(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multi-year award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to<E T="03">www.ed.gov/fund/grant/apply/appforms/appforms.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Performance Measures:</E>The overall purpose of the i3 program is to expand the implementation of, and investment in, innovative practices that are demonstrated to have an impact on improving student achievement or student growth for high-need students. We have established several performance measures for the i3 Scale-up grants.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Short-term performance measures:</E>(1) The percentage of grantees that reach their annual target number of students as specified in the application; (2) the percentage of programs, practices, or strategies supported by a Scale-up grant with ongoing well-designed and independent evaluations that will provide evidence of their effectiveness at improving student outcomes at scale; (3) the percentage of programs, practices, or strategies supported by a Scale-up grant with ongoing evaluations that are providing high-quality implementation data and performance feedback that allow for periodic assessment of progress toward achieving intended outcomes; and (4) the cost per student actually served by the grant.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Long-term performance measures:</E>(1) The percentage of grantees that reach the targeted number of students specified in the application; (2) the percentage of programs, practices, or strategies supported by a Scale-up grant that implement a completed well-designed, well-implemented and independent evaluation that provides evidence of their effectiveness at improving student outcomes at scale; (3) the percentage of programs, practices, or strategies supported by a Scale-up grant with a completed well-designed, well-implemented and independent evaluation that provides information about the key elements and the approach of the project so as to facilitate replication or testing in other settings; and (4) the cost per student for programs, practices, or strategies that were proven to be effective at improving educational outcomes for students.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Continuation Awards:</E>In making a continuation award, the Secretary may consider, under 34 CFR 75.253, the extent to which a grantee has made “substantial progress toward meeting the objectives in its approved application.” This consideration includes the review of a grantee's progress in meeting the targets and<PRTPAGE P="18229"/>projected outcomes in its approved application, and whether the grantee has expended funds in a manner that is consistent with its approved application and budget. In making a continuation grant, the Secretary also considers whether the grantee is operating in compliance with the assurances in its approved application, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Agency Contact</HD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Carol Lyons, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 4W203, Washington, DC 20202-5930. Fax: (202) 205-5631. Telephone: (202) 453-7122 or by email:<E T="03">i3@ed.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>If you use a TDD or a TTY, call the FRS, toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Other Information</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Accessible Format:</E>Individuals with disabilities can obtain this document and a copy of the application package in an accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc) on request to the program contact person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>in section VII of this notice.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Electronic Access to This Document:</E>The official version of this document is the document published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Free Internet access to the official edition of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and the Code of Federal Regulations is available via the Federal Digital System at:<E T="03">www.gpo.gov/fdsys.</E>At this site you can view this document, as well as all other documents of this Department published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, in text or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). To use PDF you must have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is available free at the site.</P>

          <P>You may also access documents of the Department published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>by using the article search feature at:<E T="03">www.federalregister.gov.</E>Specifically, through the advanced search feature at this site, you can limit your search to documents published by the Department.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 21, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>James H. Shelton, III,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Assistant Deputy Secretary for Innovation and Improvement.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-7362 Filed 3-26-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4000-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF E